VOL. 111,

29 MAY, 1

Contents

PARTS | & 2

987

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Tester, M., Paton, D. C, Reid, N. & Lange, R. T. Seed dispersal by birds and densities

of shrubs under trees in arid South Australia - -

Beecroft, A. S., Cann, J. H. & Stocksiek, C. A proposed reference section for the Tortachilla

Limestone -

McKenzie, K. G. & Guha, D. K. A comparative analysis of Hoceue/Obaotene Sounslary

Ostracoda from southeastern Australia and India with respect to their

usefulness as indicators of petroleum potential - - - ~ -

Southcott, R. V. The classification of the mite families Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae

and related groups, with the description of a new larva (Acarina:

Trombellidae: Nothrotrombidium) from North America - - -

Southcott, R. V. A new larval mite (Acarina: Trombidioidea) ectoparasitic on an Australian

centipede, and the Trombidiidae reclassified - - = - -

Thomas, D. P. New freshwater diatom taxa from tropical northern Australia - -

Arumugam, P. T. & Geddes, M. C. Feeding and growth of golden perch larvae and iy

(Macquaria ambigua Richardson) - - - . -

Birks, P. R. & Olsen, A. M. Pesticide concentrations in some South Australian birds ae

other fauna - - -

Beveridge, I. Echinocephalus overstreeti Deardorf f & Ko, 1983 (Nemnstone:

Gnathostomatoidea) from elasmobranchs and molluscs in South

Australia - ~ - - - - - - - -

Houston, T. F. Fossil brood cells of stenotridid bees baer eben: Apoidea) from the

Pleistocene of South Australia - - - > - - -

Lee, D. C. & Pajak, G. A. Anoplozetes, a new genus of Zetomotrichidae ee as

Cryptostigmata) from South Australia - -

Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 with

a redescription of Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864)

(Mollusca: Polyplacophora) - - - -

Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. & Zeidler, W. A new species of Reahthoehitena (Mollusca:

Polyplacephora: Acanthochitonidae), from South Australia - -

Brief Communications:

Peterson, M. & Shea, G. M. Reidentification of Ctenotus schomburgkii (Peters, 1864)

(Lacertilia: Scincidae) - - - - - - - - -

Storr, G. M. On the identification of Clenotus schomburgkii (Peters) -

Angel, L. M. & Mutze, G. J. On the occurrence of Brachylaima sp. Cirematoday in he

feral house mouse, Mus musculus, in South Australia - - - -

Johnston, G. R. Reproduction and growth in captive death adders et tel antarcticus

(Squamata: Elapidae) - ~ - - -

Pring, A., Snow, M. R. & Tiekink, E. R. T. Bavdlacwmnite fon South ‘Anetealis - -

Smales, L, Parasites of the wombat Vombatus ursinus from the Gippsland region, Victoria

Southcott, R. V. & Glover, C. J. M. The occurrence of Desmonema gaudichaudi (Lesson)

(Scyphozoa, Semaeostomeae) in South Australian waters with records

of fish-jellyfish symbioses ~ - - - - - - -

105

115

119

121

123

129

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, $.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA ING

CONTENTS, VOL, 111, 1987

PARTS | & 2, 29 May

Tester, M., Paton, D, C, Reid, N. & Lange, R. T. Seed dispersal by birds and densities

of shrubs under trees in arid South Australia - -

Beecrolt, A. §., Cann, J. H. & Stocksiek, C A proposed reference section for the Tortachilla

Limestone -

McKenzie, K. G. & Guha, D, K. A comparative analysis of Enceosioligecené Rourdare

Ostracoda from southeastern Australia and India with respect to their

usefulness as indicators of petroleum potential - - - - -

Southcott, R. Y, The classification of the mite families Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae

and related groups, With the description of a new larva (Acarina:

Trombellidae: Nothrotrombidium) from North America - - -

Southeott, R, V. A new larval mite (Acarina: Trombidividea) ectoparasitic on an Australian

centipede, and the Trombidiidae reclassified - - - - -

Thomas, D, P, New freshwater diatom taxa from tropical northern Australia - - -

Arumugam, P. T, & Geddes, M. C. Feeding and growth of golden pen larvae and Iry

(Macquaria ambigua Richardson) - - - -

Rirks, P. R, & Olsen, A. M. Pesticide concentrations in same South Ausialion birds ris

other fauna - - - - - - - - - - -

Beveridge, 1. Echinocephalus overstreeti Deardorff & Ko, 1983 (Nematoda:

Gnathostomatoidea) from elasmobranchs and molluscs in South

Australia = - - - - - - - -

Houston, T. F. Fossil brood cells of stenotridid bees (Hymenoptera Paoieny trom the

Pleistocene of South Australia = - - -

Lee, D. C. & Pajak, G. A, Anop/ozetes, a new genus of Zeromntrichtdne (Acarida

Cryptostigmata) from South Australia - - ~

Gowlett-Holmes, K, L, The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 with

a redescription of Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, #864),

(Mollusca: Polyplacophora) - - - .

Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. & Zeidler, W. A new species of Avmiitochizona: (Mollusca:

Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae), from South Australia - -

Brief Communications:

Peterson, M, & Shea, G. M. Reidentification of Crenotus ithe PeseEs, 1864)

(Lacertilia: Scincidae) - - - - - - .

Storr, G. M. On the identification of Crenotus schomburgkti (Peters) - -

Angel, L. M. & Mutze, G, J, On the occurrence of Brachylaima sp, (Trematoda) in ihe

feral house mouse, Mis niuscu/us, in South Australia - - - -

Johnston, G, RB, Reproduction and growth in captive death adders EAM EES antarcticus

(Squamata;: Elapidae) - - - -

Pring, A., Snow, M, R. & Tiekink, E. R. T. Paratacarilte from South “aniealia - .

Smatles, L Parasites of the wombat Voribatus ursinus from the Gippsland region, Victoria

Southeoit, R. ¥. & Glover, CJ, M, The occurrence of Desrnonema gaudichaudi (Lesson)

(Seyphozoa, Semaeostomeae) in South Australian waters with records

of fish-jellyfish symbioses = - - - - - - - -

105

115

119

12)

123

127

129

131

PARTS 3 & 4, 30 November

Barker, S. Eighteen new species of Stigmiodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) -

Beveridge, I. & Sakanari, J. A. Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. nov. (Cestoda:

Trypanorhyncha) in elasmobranch fishes from Australian and North

American coastal waters - - - - - - - - -

Christophel, D. C & Greenwood, D. R. A megafossil flora from the Eocene of Golden

Grove, South Australia - - - - - - - - -

Beveridge, I, & Campbell, R. A. Trimracracanthus gen. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha:

Eutetrarhynchidae), with redescriptions of 7. aetobatidis (Robinson,

1959) comb. nov. and 7: binuncus (Linton, 1909) comb. nov. - -

Geddes, M, C. Changes in salinity and in the distribution of macrophytes, macrobenthos

and fish in the Coorong Lagoons, South Australia, following a period

of River Murray flow - - - - - - = re =

Dulhunty, J. A. Salina bed instability and geodetic studies at Lake Eyre, South Australia -

Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Floriceps minacanthus sp. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyacha)

from Australian fishes - - - - -

Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, l. Hornelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb.

nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) from Australian elasmobranch fishes

and a re-assessment of the family Hornelliellidae - - - -

Brief Communications:

Davies, M., Watson, G. F. & Miller, C A. New records of Uperoleia (Anura: Lepto-

dactylidae) from Western Australia with supplementary osteological

data on Uperoleia micromeles - - - - - - ~ -

Reay, F. Australian plant nematodes: Longidorus Micoletzky, 1922 and Paralongidorus

Siddiqi, Hooper & Khan, 1963 (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) — - -

Sokol, A. Yabbies at Dalhousie Springs, northern South Australia: morphological evidence

for long term isolation - 5 - : - - - - -

Alley, N. F, Middle Eocene age of the megafossil flora at Golden Grove, South Australia:

preliminary report, and comparison with the Maslin Bay flora - -

Errata:

Smales, L. Parasites of the Wombat Vombatus ursinus from The Gippsland Region,

Victoria - - - - - = - . - - -

taserr te TRinsucrinns af the Royal Sociery of South Avstratia, Val il, Parts ¢ & 4, 28 November, 1987

133

147

155

163

173

183

189

195

201

203

207

SEED DISPERSAL BY BIRDS AND DENSITIES OF SHRUBS UNDER

TREES IN ARID SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY MARK TESTER*, D. C. PATON?, NICK REID® & R. T. LANGE*®

Summary

The frequencies of nine species of shrub under Acacia papyrocarpa trees, under Myoporurn

platycarpum trees and in the spaces between trees were measured in a South Australian arid zone

woodland. All nine species were at least as common under the trees as they were in the open, and

five species had significantly higher frequencies under the trees. Three species with higher

frequencies under trees, Chenopodiurn gaudichaudianum, Enchylaena tomentosa and Rhagodia

spinescens, produce fleshy fruits that are consumed by birds. Their seeds would tend to be

disseminated under trees in which the birds perch. Enchylaena tomentosa was equally abundant

under both three species, but R. spinescens and C. gaudichaudianum were more abundant under

A. papyrocarpa than under M. platycarpurn. Traps set under the canopies of the two tree species

collected similar though highly variable numbers of seeds. This suggests that rates of seed

germination or seedling survival for R. spinescens and C. gaudichaudianum are higher under

A. papyrocarpa than M. platycarpum. The distribution of these two shrubs cannot be explained

solely by the pattern of seed dispersal by birds. For Enchylaena tomentosa, seed dispersal by birds

may provide an adequate explanation for its distribution.

KEY WORDS: Chenopodiaceae, seed dispersal, plant distribution, birds, fleshy fruits.

SEED DISPERSAL BY BIRDS AND DENSITIES OF SHRUBS UNDER TREES IN ARID

SQUTH AUSTRALIA

by MARK TESTER*!, D, C, Paton], Nick REID? & R, T. LANGE*

Summary

Tester, M., Paton, &.C., Reo N. & Lanor, RT. (1987) Seed dispeesal hy birds nnd densitics at shrubs

under trees in afid South Australia. Trams. &. Sac. 8. Aust. 114(1},1-5, 29 May, 1987,

The frequencies of nine species af shrub under Acacia papyrocarpa trees, under Myoporam plutycurpam

trees and in the spaces between trees wete measured in 4 South Australian arid zone woodland, All nine

species were at least as common under the Lrees as they were in the open, wrd five species had significantly

higher frequencies utider the trees. Three species with higher frequencies under trees, Chenopodium

gondichaudianum, Euchylaena tomentosa and Rhagodia spinescens, produce fleshy fruits that are consumed

by birds. Their seeds would tend to be disseminated under trees in-which the birds perch. Enckv/aena

tomentosa was equally abundant under both three species, hut R_ spiriescens and C. gaudichaudianure

were more abundant under 4. papyrocarpa than under M, plutycarpum. Traps set under the canopies of

the two tree species collected similar though highly variable numbers of seeds. This suggests that rates

of seed germination or seedling survival for XR. spinescens and C. gaydichaudianum are higher under A,

papyrocarpa than M. piatycarpum. The distribution of these two shrubs cannot be explained solely by

the pattern of seed dispersal by birds, For Enchwaena tomentasa, seed dispersal by birds may provide an

adequate cxplanation tor its distribution.

Koy Worps: Chenopodiaceae, seed dispersal, plane distribution, birds, fleshy frnits.

Introduction

In the Australian arid zone, a variety of shrubs

("berry chenopods") and small trees (Acacic,

Exocarpus, Heterodendrum) produce brightly-

coloured fleshy fruits or arils that are consumed by

binds (Davidson & Morton 1984; Forde 1986), Many

of the shrubs (e.g. RAagodlia spinescens, Enchylaena

(tomentosa and Chenopodium gaudichaudianurn)

are found at higher frequencies underneath trees

and large shrubs than in the open (c.g. Barker

19723), Two hypotheses have been proposed to

account for this. First, the clumped distribution

reflects the pattern of dissemination by birds, the

hirds defaecating seeds while perched in trees (e.g.

Osborn et al. 1935; Leigh & Mulham 1965; Forde

1986). Alternatively, or in addition, Barkei (1973)?

suggested that the clumping was due to mote

favourable growing conditions beneath {ree

canopies, To distinguish between these rwo

hypotheses requires measuring the seed rain bencath

* Department of Botany, University of Adelaide, ¢9.P43.

Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001.

Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, O.P:0.

Box 498, Adelaide, 8, Aust, 5001,

~ Present address; Botany School, Downing Street,

Cambridge, CB2 JEA, England,

Present address: Facultad de Silviculiura y Manejo de

Recursos Renovables, Universidad Autonoma de Nuevo

Leon, Apdo. Postal 104, 67700 Linares V.L,, Mexico.

Barker, 8. (1972) “Effects of Sheep Stacking on the

Population Structure bf Arid Shrublands in South

Abstralia™, Ph.D. thesis. University of Adelaide,

Adelaide, Unpubl

and between Gee canopies, and determining rares

of germination and seedling establishment in the

different microenvironments.

In this paper, we (1) document the distribution

of several species of shrubs in relation to: tree

canopies on Middleback Station, 27 km north-west

ol’ Whyalla; and (2) report the use of a “seed trap”

to measure the sedd rain. beneath trees due to birds

and discuss the data so derived.

Materials and Methods

Study site

The study site was in the south-western corner

of Overland Paddock, Middleback Sration

(32°57'S, 137°24'E) in an arca of open woodland

which is moderately grazed by sheep. Two tree

species predominated: Myoporum platycarpun

R.Br. which grows to 10 m and has a thin elevated

canopy: and Acaciu pupyrocarpa Benth, which bas

a dense low spreading canopy. The two Irees. were

infected by mistletoes: Af, plaiycarpum by Lysiene

exocurpi (Behr) Tiegh, and A. papyrocarpa by

Amyena quandang (Lindl). Teigh. The understorey

was dominated by the chenopods, Maireana

sedifolia (F Muell.) P. G. Wilson, Atriplex vesicaria

Heward ex Benth., Malreana prramidata (Benth.)

P. G. Wilson and Rhagodia ulicina (Gand,) P. G.

Wilson, Four species of small shrubs (Rhageadia

Spinescens var, spinescens F.Muell., Chenopodium

gaudichuudienum (Mog.) BP. G. Wilson, Enevimerne

tomentosa R,Br., Lycium australe F.Muell.), the nwa

2 M_ TESTER £&T AL.

Tistletaes and two small trees of large shrubs,

Exocarpus aphyllus R.Br, and Meterodendrum

vleaejolium Desf, produced fruits that were

consumed by birds in the area (Reid 19844; Forde

LYR6).

Distribution of stitubs

Distribution of shrubs in three zones; under the

canopies of M, platycarpum, under the canopies

of A. papyrecerpa, and in the spaces between the

trees and large shrubs was measured, Interspaces

were at least 2m from the canopy of any tree or

large Shrub. Two hundred 0.5 m0.5 m quadrars

were placed haphazardly in cach zone, and the

presence of a shrub species in each quadrat was

seored if any part of its canopy occurred in the

quadrat, The diameters of the canopies of 30

individuals of each shrub spevics in each zone was

Measured by measuring the width across the plant

along two axes (north-south and cust-west). Since

the mean canopy diameter of a particular shrub

Species was the same under the two tree Species as

well as in interspaces, Incidence in quadrats provides

2 measuee of the relative density of a plant species

in €ach of the three zones. However, the canopies

of ihe different shrub species were not the same

diameter (Table 1), so the relative densities of the

different species cannot be deterniined from the

quadrat frequencies,

+ Reid, N. (1984) “The Role of Birds in the Reproduction

of an Arid Zone Popiilation ofGrey Mistletae 4 myena

quandang (Loranthaceae),” Ph.D. thesis. University of

Adelaide, Adelaide. Unpubt,

Trapping for bird droppings

Twenty-two traps to collect bird droppings were

deployed in March 1984. Traps were made by tying

1.2145 m sheets of terylene voile (mesh 0.8x

().3 mm) Lo steel stakes to form a catching area of

1.0%1.5 m that stood 90 cm above the ground (e.g.

see Sorensen 1981). This was the largest size of trap

that could be conveniently erected under the

canopies of the trees. A stone was placéd ti the

centre of the catching arca tu prevent spillage of

seeds by strong winds, liqual numbers of traps were

Placed beneath canopies of mature M. platycarpunt

and mature 4. papyrocarpa. All of these trees were

infected with varjable amounts of mistletoes. Traps

were inspected and cmptied of seeds at Iwo

4-monthly intervals. The seeds were identified using

a4 reference collection of seeds compiled in the area.

Many of the traps were damaged 4 to § months after

deployment and observations ceased after 8 months.

Results

Distribution of shrubyspecies in Overland Paddock

Nine species of shrubs were detected in the six

hundred 0.5.0.5 m quadrats. OF these, five species

occurred significantly more frequently under ihe

canopies of either Acacia papyrocarpa ar Myo-

porum platyearpum than in the interspaces between

the trees and large shrubs (Table 1). Of these, three

species produced fleshy fruits that were dispersed

by birds (Chenopodium gaudichaudianum,

Enchylaena tomentosa and Rhagodia spinescens),

while the other two species (C. desertorum and

Tanve L. Frequency of accurrence of shrubs in 200 eae (0.5 *0.5 m) in each of three zones in Overlunad Paddoce,

Mareh 1984.

—_ i

Frequency in 200 quadrats

Meun canopy" heneath beneath in x

Shrub species area (m>) A, pupyrocarpa = M. plalycarpnim interspace valine

Atriplex vesicaria 40 38 74 44 14.3 *4*

Chenopadium desertor yim os 12 10 2 6.0 *

C. paudiéhaudianum OAT Sl 15 () 60.9

Enehylagna tomentosa’ ad 32 34 7 18. ***

Lycium australe’ 49 7 a 13 2,2 NS

Maireana pyranudata — i i 1] Q.0 NS

M. sedifolte 42 42 4 LIONS

Rhegodia spinescens* — 4] 22 0 40.) 44

R. ulicinea — 23 2 18 4.1 NS

A ee

* Canopy areas calculated from diameters of 60 or 90 individuals dependiag on sumber of zones in which plant species

occurred, Standard errors were Jess than 30% of the mean and there were no significant differences in the canupy

area OF it shcub species in different zones (ANOVAs, P=0,05), so dali for the different zones were pooled,

he oo tia (2 ef) tests the null hypothesis that shrub species were evenly distributed across Ure three zones:

"(1,05

F* P<

ete P(N

NS not significant

“Shrubs that produce flashy fraits consumed by birds,

SEED DISPERSAL BY BIRDS AND PLANT DENSITY 1

Airiplex vesicaria) had wind or ant-dispersed seeds.

Enchylaena tomentosa and C. deserrorum were

equally frequent under both canopies, but 4,

yesicarid was encountered most frequently under

Mf. platycarpum, and C, gaudichaudianuen and R.

spinescens were encountered most frequently under

Acacia papyrocarpa.

Four species of shrub showed no significant

clumping under the canopies cf trees (x7 tests,

p>0.05). Of these, the Malreana species and R.

witcina have wind or ant-dispersed seeds but Lrefuen

rustrale produces fleshy fruits that are dispersed by

birds and perhaps reptiles.

Seed rain detected by traps

Table 2 lists the quantity of seeds collected in the

traps'set under the canopies of Acacta papyrocurpa

and M. platycarpum during two time periods, The

numbers of seeds deposited per tap was highly

varlable, with variances often exceeding the means,

There was no significant difference in the tatal

numbers of sceds deposited under A. papyrocarpa

and M, platycarpum (rank-sum tests, p>0,05),

More seeds were caught during the period July-

November than between March-July (rank-sum test,

p<0,002), In general, the number and species of

seeds being deposited during each period reflected

the fruiting seasons of the plants, Chenopodium

gavdichaudianum, Enchylaena tomentosa and

Exocarpus aphyllus tryited mainly during winter

and early spring, while Heterodendrum olesefoline

and Lyciven australe fruited mainly in aeumn,

Rhegodia spinescens fruited mainly during summer,

but like Enchylaena tormentosa and Exocarpus

aphyllus, produced small quantities of fruit

thronghout most of the year:

Many of the traps also collected seeds of misthe

toes, These data are not presented since mistletoe

seeds must be deposited on the branches of host

(recs fo be effectively disseminated, The seeds

collected in the traps therefore represented

ineffective dispersal.

Discussion

The purpose of this study was to measure the

distribution of shrubs, particularly the fleshy-fruited

chenopods, in telation to tree cover, and to

delermine the usefulness of traps in measuring seed

rains, Prior to this study, staremenrs. that fleshy-

fruited shrubs were clumped under trees were based

largely on qualitative observations (e.g, Osborn et

al. 1935; Leigh & Mulhaim 1965; Forde 1986). Our

quadrat data show that three feshy-fruited shrubs

were found mainly under trees, and that the extent

of this clumping varied from species to species.

Rhagodia spinescens and Chenopodium

gaudichaudianum were almost exclusively found

under tree canopies, but more frequently under

Acacia papyrocarpa than under Myoporurn

Platvearpum, Enchyluena tomentosa was foulid

with equal frequency under both tree species and

occasionally in interspaces, while Lyeium australe

was cqually abundant under trees and in interspaces

(Table. 1). However, clumping beneath trees. was n0t

restricted (© bird-dispersed ‘species. Among the

shrubs dispersed by wind or ants, A/riplex vesicoria

was more Common beneath M. plalycarpurn than

Acacia papyrocarpa or in interspaces, and C.

deseriorum was significantly more common under

both trees than in the interspaces. Higher densities

of shrubs under trees could occur because (1) more

seeds are dispersed beneath trees and/or (2)

germination rates and seedling establishment are

Tani e 2, Nuenbers of seeds deposited by birds in traps set under Myoporum platycarpum and wider Acacia papyro-

carpa in Overland Paddock under two time periods in !984-

Species of shrub

raps set under M, platvcarpuni

Chenopodium gaudichaudianum

Envhyluena lomentose

Exacarpos aphyltus

Heterodendrum oleaefolium

“Lbevaen australe

Rhugodia spinescens

Total

Traps set under 4, papyrocurpu

Chenopodium goudichaudianum

Eachyluena tomentosa

Exocarpus aphyllus

Mererodendrum oledefalijint

Lycium australe

Rhagudta spigesceny

Total

Mean number of séeds per trap+S.E-

March-Jily Jyly-November

n=11 t+

0.5 40.2 48+ 33

2.34 2.0 (O84 3.5

3.7 +31 23.5+10.9

3.271.4 ad: a0

D.4+0,2 101 0.0

1bL0,7 02+ OO

12.99 7,2 39,04 7.)

i-4l n=8

&.040.0 a+ 04

14+60.7 §R+ 97

5.84138 2aAt 92

L.740.8 06+ 0.5

0,2=02 O04 0,0

0.4404 blz i

9.5444 36.2+14.2

4 M_ TESTER £7 AL.

higher under (revs than in the open (c.g. Barker

19723) Forde 1986). These Iwo eaplanations are

sequential and wot mutually exclusive, Both are

prubably important in determining the distribudions

of various fleshy-fruited planre in Overland

Paddock. The first thing ro demonstrate, however,

is Whether birds disperse seeds mainly to sites under

Irets.

On Middieback Station, Meshy-lruited shrubs

have their seeds dispersed largely hy birds anil most

bf the seeds appear to land under trees. Although

our [raps Were not deployed ta denionsirate thal

more seeds were deposiced underteees than in the

open, other observations enable such a conclusion.

Ju Overland Paddock, two species.al honeveater

are largely responsible for the dispersal of seeds by

bitds, the Spiny-cheeked (Acunthugenys rufo-

gutoris) and Singing (/ichenoastamns virescens)

Honeycaters (Reid unpubl.). These honeyeaters

oiainly feed on the nevtar and fruit of mistletoes,

supplementing these foods with insects and fruits

of other shrubs (Reid 1984}. More than 90% ol

their facces are discharged while the birds are

perched more than a metre above the ground in

trees or tall shrubs (Reid unpubl.). Consequently

bird-disseminaled seeds should be concentrated

under the canopies of trees.

‘The traps that we deployed under the trees were

successful in collecting seeds, and the quantities

collected {10-30 seeds/m*/4 months; Table 2) are

consasient with eslimates of the mimbers of seeds

(hal should have been voided by birds. Assuming

that chere were 1.2 hotecyeaters/ha, that these

joneyeaters consumed 8O-L6C seeds from fleshy-

fruited shrubs per day, that the birds largely

disseminatet these seeds under (he canopies of trees

und that the tree cover was 10%, then in 4 manths

approximately 10-20 sceds/m* should have been

voided by birds under trees (Reid 1984", in prep.),

The numbers of seeds collected by individual

taps were highly variable. ‘Two potential sources

of variation probably account for this; variation

in the ise oF trees or parts of trees by birds, and

variation in faceal composition, Certain irees or

paris ol trees may be used more extensively by hirds

because of their location, architecture or the

amount of food associated with them, Trees

centrally-locwted in a bird's territory or near the

bird's nest may be used more [requently (e.g.

Qrians & Pearson 1979), The densily of the foliage

or height of a lree may provide birds with better

pPrifection Fram exposure or predators, or better

varrtage points for detecting predators or intruders,

and so trees with these attributes may be used mare

Irequemily, The trees in the study area also differed

1 The NUMbers af Mistleines (hey supported (Rei

19849) and probably also in the quantities of fleshy

(fruits provided by the shrubs heneath them, Birds

should spend more time in trees where the food

supply is greatest (e.g. Charnoy L976; Pyke e/ af.

L977). The second major source of variatien

concerns the fagces of the birds, A single faecal

dropping may contain 0 to 20 seeds, and much of

the variation belween traps may be due to varia-

tions in the numbers of seeds in a faecal dropping

rather than variations in the use of trees by birds.

We counted the total number of seeds in the traps,

not the number of Facces. Future studies may wish

to control for these variations, or at least accent

for them by recording the architectural features,

the locations, arid associated food supplies of the

trees under which the traps were placed, Use of

several traps under the same tree also would allow

within-tree Variation in bird use to be measured,

The size and design of the traps seems appro-

priate for measuring seed rains under trees in the

arid zone. Traps, however, would need to be set

closer to Lhe ground and under shrubs if seed rains

were to be measured in the interspaces becween

trees, because the honcycaters only defaecate while

perched (Reid 19844), The size of the traps

(1.5 x 1.0 m) also seems appropriate since larger

traps would have been tuo awkward to erect under

trees and the size was such that there was a

reasonable chance thal a trap would collect at least

some seeds, Traps failed to collect sceds on only

SIX Occasions out of 34 four-month exposures.

Based on our experience, we wauld recommend

clearing traps of their seeds every two months, and

using @ stronger mesh for ihe catching material.

This would reduce the loss of farcul material duc

to the cutching material deteriovating with (inie. We

found that terylene voile deteriorated after about

four months, particularly under Mlyoporum

plarvearpum where Lhe raps were exposed tn mare

sunlip tit

Given (hal most of the seeds are dispersed to sites

uncer trees we would expect bird-dispersed plants

to be most abundant under trees in the arid vone.

[it gesteral this is die case, bul lhere ate exceptions.

Lyeiunt ausirafe was equally abundant under trees

and in interspaces, and the low clonal tree, Hevero-

dendrum olewefuliam, often occurs away from

other trees. These species reproduce extensively by

rool suckers and are apparently Iong-lived relative

io the trees (Purdie 19695; DB. E, Symon pers.

comm.). Lith: is known about their seedling

recrulfment (cf. suckering), since seedlings are

tarely Seen: no seedlings of A; vleaefolium have

3 Purdie, R. (1969) “The Population Steucture of

Seleered Arid Zone Tree Species”. B.S. (Mutts) (hesis.

Univ, of Adelaide. Unpubl.

SEED DISPERSAL DY BIRDS AND PLANT DENSITY $

been detected on Middleback Station over the last

20 years (Lange unpubl.). Seedlings of these spocies

may only establish under trees, but once esta-

blished, may produce suckers to exploit interspaces

between trees where competitive interactions with

the established trees presumably are reduced, The

present distribulicn of these plants, then, may oot

reflect the sites where scedlings established, and the

relatively high densities of these plants away from

trees is not. necessarily inconsistent with most of

the seeds being deposited under trees. In addition,

Lyeivm australe produces fruit close to the ground

and lizards may therefore consume and disperse

some Lyeium secds to interspaces.

The best evidence thal factors other than seed

dissemination by birds are also involved in the

eventual pattern of distribuuon in these Fleshy-

ruited plants comes from comparing the distri-

butions of the three berry chenopods, Rhagedia

spinescens, Chenopodium eaudichaudianum and

Enchylaena tomenresa. These three species are

almost exclusively bird-dispersed, and similar

quantities of seeds were deposited under 4. papyro-

carpe and M. platyearpunt (Table 2), The density

of Enchylaena tomentosa under thetwo tree species

was similar, and so the pattern of seed dispersal

by birds may provide an adequate explanation for

its distribution. However, both RX. spinescens and

C. gaudichaudianur had higher densities under A.

papyrocarpa than M, platyearpum. Factors besides

dispersal by birds are needed to explain ukis. The

most likely explanations involve the climatic or

edaphic differences encountered beneath trees,

coupled with differences in the regeneration niche

of the shrubs. Acecia papyrocarpa and M_ platy-

cerpunt differ in architecture (branching patiern

ef.) and hence in the amount of shade they provide

a germinating seed or scedling. The canopy of A.

pepyrocarpu is relatively dense and provides

shade and w thick cover of litter. Myoporam

Platyearpum has a tigh thin canopy, so plants

beneath il are subject to conditions of more severe

water stress (Barker 1972+). Other factors such as

increased ‘nutrient cycling under A. papyrocarpa

(Correll 19675} of increased grazing pressure under

M. platycarpum could also be involved. Similar

sorts of factors wauld account for the fact. that

Afriplex vesicaria and possibly Rhagodia ulieina

were more abundant under Mf. platyearpum than

A, pap procarpa, Careful field experiments will be

required to determine the factors (edaphic, climatic,

biotic) that are important for the germination and

seedling establishment of each species. These

experiments should involve transplanting seeds or

seedlings between the canopies of differcnt tree

species as well as info the interspaces. Only after

these experiments have been performed will we

have Ihe necessary evidertee to state the relative

vontributions of bird dissemination of seeds and

environmental factors in devermining the distri-

bution of Fleshy-Pruited shrubs in the arid zone.

Acknowledgments

We would like to thank Tim Croft and Christina

Morris for assistance jn the lleld, and Andrew,

Lesley, Don and Penan Nicolson for their generous

hospitality at Middleback Station, Hugh Ford and

an anonynious reviewer provided helpful comments

on an earlier draft, This work was based at the

Middleback Field Centre which is supported by

Broken Hill Propriety Co, and Mitsubishi Motors

(Australia) Ltd.

Economy of Semi-Arid Vegetation at Yudnapiona

Station, South Australia.” M.Se, thesis. University af

Adelaide, Unpubl,

References

Cratwoyv, E. L. (1976) Optimal foraging: de marginal

value theotem. Theor, Pop, Biol, 9, 129-446.

Davinson, O. W., & Morton, S_. RK. (1984) Dispersal

adaplations of some Acecia-ypecies in Une Australian

urid zone. Lenlogy 65, 1038-1051.

Forpr, N. £1986) Relationships between birds and trnits

in tomperate Australia, pp, 42-58, fr 1. A. Ford &

D.C, Paton (Eds) “The Dynamic Partnership: Birds

and Plants in Southern Australia.” (Govt Printer,

Adelaide),

Hakeenk, J. L. 11977) “Population Biology of Plants.”

(Academie Press, London),

Letch, J. A, & MULHAM, W. E. (1965) “Pastoral Plants

of the Riverine Plain,” (Jacaranda Press, Melbourne).

Ornians, G. FL, & Peansas, N. E. (1979) On the

theory of cencral place foraging. pp. 155-177, In D.

J, Horn, R, Mitchell & G, R, Stair (Eds) “Analysis of

Ecological Systents." (Ohio State Univ. Press,

Columbus, Ohio).

Osporn, T. G. B., Woon, J, G., & PALTRIDGE, T. B.

(1935) On the climate and vegetation of the Koonamore

Vegetation Reserve ta 1931. Prac. Linn, Sac. NWSW.

Gl), 992-427,

Pyat, G. H., Puroiam, H-R., & Cnannoy, EL. (1977)

Optinial foraging @ selective review Of theory and lests,

O. Rev. Bini. 32, 137-154.

SORENSEN, A. EB. (1981) Interactions between birds and

fruit in a temperate woodland. Oecofogia 50, 242-249,

A PROPOSED REFERENCE SECTION FOR THE TORTACHILLA

LIMESTONE

BY A. S. BEECROST*, J. H. CANN? & C. STOCKSIEKE

Summary

Roadside outcrops of sedimentary rocks near Port Noarlunga, South Australia, are identified as Late

Eocene stratigraphic units of the Noarlunga Embayment within St Vincent Basin. Fossil planktonic

and benthic foraminifera from these rocks compare favourably with stratotype Tortachilla

Limestone and the Tuketja Member of Blanche Point Formation. An exposure of highly

fossiliferous, glauconitic calcarenite, bounded below by the South Maslin Sand Member of Maslin

Sands, and above by the Tuketja Member of Blanche Point Formation, is proposed as a reference

section for Tortachilla Limestone.

KEY WORDS: Eocene, foraminifera, Noarlunga Embayment, St Vincent Basin, Tortachilla

Limestone.

A PROPOSED REFERENCE SECTION FOR THE TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE

by A. S. Bernesoery J. AH. CANN] & C, STOCKSIEKT

Summary

Beeckarr, 4.5, Cann, dH. & Srocksirk, © (1987) A proposed reference section for the Torlachitta

Limestone, Jrans, R, Sac, 5. Aust, W1(1), 7-15, 29 May, 1987,

Rowdsidle outcrops of sedinientary tocks near Port Noarlunga, South Austratia, are identifiod as Late

Cocene stratigraphic units of the Noarlunga Embuyrnent within St Vincent Basin. Fossil planktonic and

bentine foraminiena fron these racks compare favourahly with siratorype Tortachilla Limestone anit (he

Tuketia Member of Blanche Poin! Formation, Anesposure of hizhly lossiliferous, glauconitic calearenite,

bounded below by the South Maslin Sand Member of Maslin Sands, and above by the luketsa Member

of Blanche Poin Formation, is propased as a veterence section for Tortachilla Limestone,

Key Worbs: Eocene. foraminifera, Noarlunga Embayrment, St Viruent Basin, Torrachitla | amestone.

Introduction

The ‘fortachilla Limestone is a Late Eocene

stratigraphic Member of St Vincent Basi (Reynolds

1953; Stuart 1970; Buonaiuto 1977; Cooper 1979;

Beecroft 1980): Jenkins er al 1982). Within the

Willunga Embayment, at the type locality, Maslin

Bay, the Tortachilla Limestone bas a maximum

thickness of about two metres. Mt overlies the poorly

fassiliferous. South Maslin Sand Member of the

Maslin Sands (Cooper 1979) and is in turn overlain

by (he younger Tuketja Member of the Blanche

Point Formation (Jenkins ef.a/. 1982), Buonaiuto

(1977) confined the Tortachilla Limestone to the

lower Polyzoal Limestone Member of Reynolds

(1953) and this was follawed by Cooper (1979),

though not by Jenkins er i (1982), whase

nomenclature is used in this paper. Fig. 1

summarizes this stratigraphy,

About (en years ago the beach at Muslin Bay was

proclaimed available for nude bathing and this

factor has deterred some study groups [rom visiting

the stratotype area. Also, an equivalent section at

Whitton. Bluff, Christies Beach, is no longer

accessible for study due to coastal protection works.

There is therefore a need for nominution of other

ourcrops as reference sections of the Tertiary units.

* Peparrmeni of Geology, University of Adelaide, G,P.O,

Box 498, Advlaide, 5, Ausr. 5001.

PAshool of Pure und Applied Sciences, SALCLALE.

(Salisbury Campus), Smith Road, Salisbury Fast,

5. Aust. S109,

+Cenve lor Environmental Studies, Universin of

Adelaide. G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide. 5. Ausr, SOO,

' Beewoltt, A. S. (1980) boraminiferal bioficies of the

Tortachilla Limestoue and the Blanche Point bormation,

Late Locene, Willunga Sub-basin, South Australia,

HOA.(Hoas.) thesis, Univ. of Adeliido,

Outcrop descriptions

Daily (1952)? soted outcrops of Tertiary

sediments of the Noarlunga Embaymient in ctiffs

and road cuttings adjacent te the lower

Onkaparinga River. More recently, additional road

works have exposed these strata in greater detail

(Stocksiek 19834). Aq exposure on River Road

(Fig. 2, Site 1) presents more Can HX) metres of

easily accessible and continuaus outcrop. Part of

this exposure is shown in Fig, 3.

From road level, ycllow. brown clays give way to

coarse, limonitic, crossbudded sandstone, apparently

non-fossiliferous, These sediments have a thickness

of about 2.5 metres and are characteristic of the

South Mastin Sand Member, Overlying, Tortachilla

Limestone, typically glauconitic green, sandy arid

richly fossiliferous, is ) 2 metres thick. Glauconitic

tharls of the Tuketia Member form the upperinest

beds of the outcrop. These three outcropping units

are essentially similar in lithological detail (o

descriptions of stratutype material given in Cooper

(1979), Beeguse of ease of access and clarity of

stratigraphic boundaries, this exposure 14 here

proposed as a reference section for the Tortavhilla

Limestone. Fossil foraminifera trom the section are

discussed later below,

In roadside ooterop west of the Reference Sectivn

(Fig, 2, Site 2) only 0.5 metreol South Maslin Sand

Member appears wbove toad level. Tortachilla

Limestone is bleached and its upper boundary is

indistinct. Tuketja Memiber constitutes most of the

outcrop, though the higher, harder, more prominent

beds may represent the Gull Kock Member of the

* Daily, H. (1952) Stratigraphy and geology of the

Noarlunga basin. B-Su(Hons.) thesis, Univ. of Adelaide,

+ Stocksiek, C. (1963) Some observations of (he Tertiary

stritta Oulcropping adjacent to the Onkaparinga estuary,

South Australia, Geology project report, 8. Aust. Coll.

Adv Edue, Salisbury

§ A. S. BEECROFT, J. H. CANN & C, STOCKSIEK

SUMMARY OF TERTIARY STRATIGRAPHIC NOMENCLATURE

TATE 8

BURR | oENNaNT | REYNOLDS | CRESPIN | COOPER [JENKINS etal

1846 1896 1953 1954 1979

PORT ALDINGA

WILLUNGA (

LIMESTONE

BEDS

AvoINGa | >

MEMBER

CHINAMAN GULLY BEGS CHINAMAN GULLY FOR! INAMAN GULLY FORM

SOFT MARLS

PERKANA

MEMBER MEMBER

GULL

ROCK

MEM&ER

PORT WILLUNGA FORMATION

PIRRAMIMMA SAND MEMBER

OLIGOCENE

BLANCHE

BANDED POINT

MARLS LIMESTONE

MEMBER

(NOARLUNGA

TRANSITIONAL LIMESTONE)

MARLS MEMBER

GLAUCONITIC

LIMESTONE

MEMBER

GULL

ROCK

MEMBER

BLANCHE POINT FORMATION

TUKETJA MEMBER

BLANCHE POINT FORMATION

LATE EOCENE

TORTACHILLA

™&

co)

ce)

POLYZOAL TORTACHILLA

LIMESTONE LIMESTONE | LIMESTONE

MEMBER

EOCENE

TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE | BLANCHE POINT MARLS

TERTIARY

SOUTH SOUTH

SOUTH MASLIN MASLIN

MASLIN SAND SAND

SANDS MEMBER MEMBER

MASLIN

SANDSTONE

NORTH

NORTH MASLIN

MASLIN SAND

SANDS MEMBER

MIDDLE EOCENE

Fig. 1. Summary of stratigraphic nomenclature for St Vincent Basin, South Australia. No scale implied.

REFERENCE SECTION TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE 9

Oval

PORT

NOARLUNGA

O 500

METRES

COMMERCIAL

CHRISTIE

ADELAIDE

— 1

Gulf St Vincent

Fig. 2. Location map showing sites of outcrop of Tertiary sediments referred to in text.

the Blanche Point Formation. The sequence

apparently dips gently westwards.

At the intersection of Morton and River Roads

(Fig. 2, Site 3) Tortachilla Limestone outcrops

prominently. It is conspicuously fossiliferous (Fig. 4)

and overlain by both Tuketja and Gull Rock

Members of the Blanche Point Formation.

Foraminifera

Microscopic examination of washed material

from the identified Tortachilla Limestone at Site 1

revealed a rich micro-fauna dominated by benthic

foraminifera, with occasional ostracods. Scanning

electron photomicrographs of some species of the

foraminifera are shown in Fig. 5. A similar

10 A. 8. BEECROFT, J. H, CANN & C

-, STOCKSIEK

* a

Nig. 3, Composite photography of part of the proposed reference section for the Tortachilla Limestone.

foraminiferal assemblage occurs at Maslin Bay in

stratotype Tortachilla Limestone and has been

referred to Zone PIS (Lindsay 1981.4 and refs,

therein),

Significant planktonic foraminifera present

include; Subbotina linaperta, 8. angiporoides,

Tenuitella aculeata, T. gemma, T. inselita,

Turborotalia nana, T, centralis, T) cerrouzulensis,

Chiloguembelina cubensis, Pseudohastigerina micra

and Globigerinatheka index. The lower disjunct top

lo Tenuitella aculeata occurs within this unit, while

Turboratalia cerroazulensis has only recently been

found in the type section (Lindsay 1981) and is not

known With any certainty to occur locally above the

fortachilla Limestone.

Among the benthic foraminifera, the presence of

Pseudopolymorphina carteri, Linderina glaessneri

and Maslinella chapmani is significant.

Pseudopolymorphina carteri is restricted in

occurrence tO the Tortachilla Limestone and basal

Blanche Point Formation (Tuketja Member) at

Maslin Bay, while the presence of Linelerina

&laessneri at this level represents an extra-tropical

excursion (Lindsay 1967, 1969; McGowran 1978),

The presence of Muslinella chapmani appears to be

lemperature controlled, being found in the

Tortachilla Limestone and Tuketja Member, and

then not again until the basal part of the Aldinga

Meinber of the Port Willunga Formation (P14)

where L. g/aessneri also reappears bnetly,

‘Lindsay, J. M. (1981) tertiary stratigraphy and

foraminifera, Adelaide, South Australia. M.Sc. thesis,

Univ. of Adelaide.

The remainder of the assemblage are specics

which cover a wider stratigraphic range, but as an

assemblage, the unit contains both planktonic and

benthic elements which are consistent with

stratotype Tortachilla Limestone.

The overlying unit contains rare, small, broken,

but nonetheless unambiguous Hanikenina

primitiva, which unequivocally confirms that this

unil is the Tuketja Member of the Blanche Point

Formation, and hence supports the identification

of the Tortachilla Limestone unit. The Tuketja

Member here does not contain 7! weuleata nor L.

glaessneri, consistent with the type section at

Maslin Bay, although P carleri and M. chapmani

are present in reduced numbers.

Conclusions

The presence of key species, in particular

Tenuitella aculeata, Turborotalia cerroazulensis, T.

centralis, Pseudopolymorphina carteri, Maslinella

chapmuni and Linderina glaessneri enable this unit

to be recognized stratigraphically as Tortachilla

Limestone, Identification is further emphasised by

the presence of Hantkenina primitiva in the

overlying unit, which is thus confirmed as being the

Tuketja Member of the Blanche Point Formation,

The foraminiferal fauna of the Tortachilla

Limestone enables correlation with the equivalent

level in the Browns Creek section of south-western

Victoria and the Nanarup Limestone of the Bremer

Basin, Western Australia (McGowran & Beecroft in

prep.),

REFERENCE SECTION TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE Il

my A

Fig. 4, Selected fossils, photographed at outcrop of the Tortachilla Limestone at site 3. A and D, bivalves; B, brachiopod;

C, gastropod; E and F, bryozoa. all x 1.5 approx. (diameter of Aust. 20 cents coin is 28 mm).

os]

the

ira

REFERENCE SECTION TORTACHILLA LIMESTONE 13

Acknowledgments

Sharon Proferes drafted figures 1 and 2; Richard

Barrett provided photographic assistance; Brent

Bowman picked the Hantkenina primitiva; Chris

Moore typed the final manuscript. We thank Dr

Richard Jenkins and Mr Murray Lindsay for

critically reading the manuscript.

References

BuonaluTo, M. F. (1977) Revision of the Australian

‘Tertiary species ascribed to Limatula (Wood) (Mollusca,

Bivalvia). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 11, 21-33.

Coorer, B. J. (1979) Eocene to Miocene stratigraphy of

the Willunga Embayment. Rept. of Investigations 50,

Geol, Surv. S. Aust.

JENKINS, J. B., McGowran, B., BEECROFT, A. 5, &

FitzceraLp, M. J. (1982) Lithostratigraphic

subdivision of the Blanche Point Formation, Late

Eocene, Willunga Sub-basin. Quart. Geol, Notes, Geol.

Surv. S. Aust. 84, 2-7.

Linosay, J. M. (1967) Foraminifera and stratigraphy of

the type section of Port Willunga Beds, Aldinga Bay,

South Australia. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 91, 93-109.

__ (1969) Cainozaic foraminifera and stratigraphy of

the Adelaide Plains Sub-basin, South Australia. Bull.

Geol. Surv. S. Aust. 42.

McGowran, B. (1978) Early Tertiary foraminiferal

biostratigraphy in Southern Australia: a progress report.

BMR Bull. 192, 83-95,

ReyNotps, M. A. (1953) The Cainozoic succession of

Maslin and Aldinga Bays, South Australia. Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 76, 114-140,

Stuart, W. J. (1970) The Cainozoic stratigraphy of the

eastern coastal area of Yorke Peninsula, South Australia.

Ibid. 94, 151-178.

Fig. 5. Selected foraminifera from the Tortachilla 1.imestone at the proposed reference section. A, B Turborotulia

verroazulensis (Cole) x 75; C, D Tenuitella aculeata (Jenkins) x 220; E, F Hantkenina primitiva Cushman and

Jarvis x 120; G Globigerinatheka index (Finlay) x 145; H Subbotina angiporoides (Hornibrook) x 220; 1, J

Chiloguemtbelina cubensis (Palmer) x 220; K, L, M Pseudohastigerina micra (Cole) « 145, N, O T. insolita Jenkins)

x 220, P Pseudopolymorphina carteri Quilty x 27; Q Stomatorbina concentrica (Cushman and Bermudez)

x 65; R, S Eponides repandus Fichell and Moll) x 45; T Linderina glaessneri Quilty x 27.

A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF EOCENE/OLIGOCENE BOUNDARY

OSTRACODA FROM SOUTHEASTERN AUSTRALIA AND INDIA

WITH RESPECT TO THEIR USEFULNESS AS INDICATORS

OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL

BY K. G. MCKENZIE* $ D. K. GUHAT

Summary

Eocene/Oligocene boundary Ostracoda were analysed from selected wells in the Adelaide Plains

Sub-Basin, South Australia and Cambay Basin, India. Source-rock characteristics of the sequences

were determined - based mainly on ostracode parameters, with some additional information coming

from their glauconite and gypsum content. Numerically similar ostracode counts were made for

both sets of samples. The parameters studied were: carapace/valves ratio; adults/juveniles ratio;

percentage of fragments; percentage of crushed and worn specimens; Krithe type; percentage of

pyritised specimens.

Results (which concur with exploration results to date) indicate that the Eocene/Oligocene boundary

zone sediments have little petroleum potential in South Australia, but high potential in India. This

conclusion was largely reinforced when the South Australian borehole Ostracoda were analysed in

more detail. Consistent results were also obtained when the same parameters were determined for

Ostracoda in outcrop samples collected from Aldinga Bay, South Australia.

KEY WORDS: Ostracoda, petroleum indices, Eocene/Oligocene boundary, South Australia, India.

A COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF EOQCENE/OLIGOCENE BOUNDARY OSTRACODA

FROM SOUTHEASTERN AUSTRALIA AND INDIA WITH RESPECT 10 THEIK

USEFULNESS AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL

by K. G. McKen/ie*t & D, K, GuHAt

Summary

MeRenzin, Keo & Gata, De oR, (L987) AN vonipacdhive analysis Of Locene/Oligocene boundary

Osrracoda from southeastern Australis aod India with respect to their usefulness as indicaters of

petrotcum porenual, Tray. R. Soe. S. Aus 1110), 15-23, 29 May, 1987,

Eocene/Oligocene boundary Ostracoda were analysed from selected wells in the Adelaide Plains Sub-

Basin, South Australia and Cambay Basin, India. Source-rock characteristics of the sequenves were

determined — based mainly on ostracdde parameters, with some aitditional mformation coming from

their glauconite and gypsun) content, Numerically similar oxtracode counts were made for both sets of

samples. The parameters studied were: curapace/ valves ratio; adults/(uveniles ratios percentage of fragments:

percentage of crished and work specunjens; Arithe type; percentaye of pyrizised specimens.

Results (which concur with exploration results to date) indicate thar the Baceney Oligocene boundary

vong sediments have litle petroleum potential in South Australia, but high potential in India. Vhrs canelusian

was largely reinforced when the Saurh Australian borehole Ostracoda were analysed in mare detail, Consistent

fesults were also ohianed when the same parameters were determined for Ostracoda in outcrop samples

collected from Aldinga Bay, South Ausoratia.

Ky Words: Ostracoda, petrolcun indices, Eovene/Oligocene boundary, South Australia, India.

Introduction examination ol numerous

During September-October 1983, one of us

(U.K.45.) visited Austraha under the aegis of the

Australia-India Science and Technalocy Agreement

to study the Tertiary ostracode microfaunas of

southeastern Australia for comparison with

ostracodes in Indian Tertiary segucnees. Lhe senior

suihor (&.G.M.) acred as host for the visit und a

ty-operative project was. initiated,

We soon decided on the EocenesOligocene

boundary zone because it was well understood bath

in India and Australia and was known to be

important for petroleum exploration in many parts

of the world (Potmerol & Premoli-Silva 1986),

including India (Guha & Pandey L980), Australia

(Douglas & Merguson 1976) and China (Hou 1982).

Our objective in the comparative study was to

determine the respective petroleum potentials of

selected hoceue/Olpocene sequences from

Australia and India by using ostracode-based

parameters developed by Pokorny (1965) and

Oertili (1971) and tested recently by Giuhs (1983),

plus some other ostracode (Peypouquer 1979) and

sedimentary characteristics regarded by us as

pertinent.

it seemed to us that the most pragmatic test of

the relevanee of the study parameters would be to

determine them for wellsite samples. Nevertheless,

7 Riverina-Miunray Institiate of Higher Education, Wagna

Wagga, NSW 2650,

|) OW and Natural Gus Coomission, Bombay, 400078,

India,

outcrop samples,

including several collecred by us both on a brief

field excursion during October 1983 to Aldinga

Bay, South Australia, made il clear that outcrop

material would also yield consistent results, Of the

pluneering studies in this methodology that by

Pokorny (1965) was based mainly on outerap

samples but included specimens from two

boreholes, whereas Oertli (1971) worked exclusively

with wellsite samples. Im our study, Guha

determined the selected parameters for mne samples

from the Cambay Well, Cambay Basin, India,

while MeKengic deierniined them for the South

Australian Department of Mines and Knerpy

(SADMEB) Light | Well, in the Adelaide Plains Sub-

Basin, South Austrafias and also for the outcrop

samples.

‘Stratigraphic Summary and Material

South Australia

Ihe Adelaide Plains Sub-Basin is part of the St

Vincent Basin (Fig. 1, locality 1), MT hits been

extensively drilled to develop the groundwater

resources of the Adelaide region for which it

contains Iwo of the pritcipal wguilers.

Consequently, the subsurface stratigraphy is well

understood (Lindsay 1969, 1985). The Pulaeogene

sediments include both marine and continentil

sands, marine limestones and marls. They indicate

alternating shallow marine (inshore to outer shell),

transitional and fluvio-lacustrineg Palaeogene

palacoenvironments (Lindsay 1969, Cooper 1985:

Harris 1985}.

Wh kG. MeKENZID ADR. GUHA

Gul

St Vincent

Fig. 1. Locality map of South Australia indicating the

lucatbons of: 1, the SADME Light No. 1 Well (about

138" 26'F, Long, 34° 26'S. Lat.); and 2, the Maslin

Cay/Aldinga Ray coastal section of the Willunga

Embayment (hachured) of the St Vincent Gulf Basia

(dashed ourliney, Seale bar = 20 km. The general

Incation js arrowed on (he inset map of Australia,

The SADME. Light } Weil (reference bored, core

| of Lindsay 1969), is particularly noteworthy

heeause if contains, in a cored interval, the

Eocene/Oligocene boundary as estimated by

Lindsay (1969, 1985) near the base of dark grey,

cherty caleareous siltstones forming the "siliceous

unit” of Port Willunga Formation — the Ruwarune

Member of Cooper (1977, 1979), Below this He

equivalents of the latest Eocene, basal Aldinga

Member of Port Willunga Formation, comprising

ouleareous mudstone, greensand and siltstones grey-

brown speckled green, glauconilic, pyritic,

carbonaceuus, shelly; in part with very fine quartz

sand. Beneath a regressive pebbly sand correlated

with Chinaman Cully Formation (Lindsay 1985),

Fig, 2), an abbreviated interval equivalent to basal

Blatiche Point Formation (Lindsay 1968!, 1969)

resis.on, and fills. fractures jn probably Proterozoic

quartzite (Cornish 1964), Our material includes

seven samples supplied by J, M Lindsay (SADME)

' Lindsay, J. M. (1968) Palacontology and stratigraphy.

Appendix C, Vol. 1, /m Northern Adelaide Plains

groundwater study to May [968.2 vols, Depe of Mines

und Energy Repoet 67/123 (unpubl }

from the Eocene/Oligocene boundary zone i i his

well, i.e. From basal Ruwarung Member and

uppermost Aldinga Member of Port Willutiga

Formation.

Tetal depth of the SADME Tight | Well was

171.9 mi. The seven samples provided iit is froin

core 1 came from the following deprhs: 139.7 - 139.8

m; 139.8-140.) my; 14).1-141.2 ms 142.2-142,3 m;

142.3 -142.4 my 142.75-142.85 my and (43.2-143,3 m.

The Bocene/ Oligocene boundary as determined by

Lindsay. (1969) lies between I4].2 and [42,2 m in

this borehole,

Aspects of tte regional stratigraphy were

described in detail by Cooper (1979) in lis study

of the Willunga Eimbayment based en bores and

the classi coastal section [Fig. 1, locality 2),

Cooper (1979) concludes thar the Willunga

Embayment was a structurally contralled palneo-

bay for much of the Cainozoic. Sedimentation in

this embayment of the eastern St Vincent Basin

began in the Middle Eocene With {luvial sands and

intermittent carbonaceous swampy sediments

(North Maslin Sands), In the Adelaide Plains Sub-

Basin, where SADME Light | is located, lignitiv

Clinton Formation sediments were deposited next,

followed by the onset of marine transgression

(South Maslin Sands) involving reworking of rhe

earlier (inviatile sands as well as deposition af inter-

digitating marine and fluvio-lacustrine sandy

sediments. Further trimsgression was miarked by

high energy bioclastic limestones tich mm goethite

pellets (Tortachilla Limestane) overlain by

glauconitic, spicular and marly clays and silrs

(Blanche Point Formation) as the transgression

attained its maximum level during the Late Eovene,

Scasonal upwellings probably characterised this

interval. There followed a brief regression

(Chinaman Gully Formation) but then marine

conditions returned (Port Willunga Formations.

The sediments indicate inland to: coastal lateral

facies variations tram non-marine and marginal

sands ty richly fossiliferaus marine carbonates.

Such facies persisted from latest Eocene throughout

the Oligocene atid into the Miocene (Lindsay 1967,

1969, 1985; Cooper 1979), Qur material includes

four outcrop samples from the Eocene/Olivocene

boundary vone (Lindsay 1967; Lindsay &

McGowran 1986) in the coastal section at Aldings

Bay (Fig, |, locality 2).

India

The Cambay Basin (Fig. 2) has India’s largest

onshore oilfields and is ranked second alter the

? Goriish, B. E, (1964) Light No, | Well completion

report, Dept. uf Mines repare 39/007 (unpubl

OSTRACODA AS INBICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL 7

CHING

Fined

PARISTAN 74

~ ~.

™ NEPAL ~~?

~_S

ambuy Well

Bomhay

Ny, 2. Locality map of India indicaring the Cambhay Basin

(hachured) and the lncution of the Cambay Well (72°

4o°b Long., 22° 22'N. Uat.), Seale bar - 400 ka,

Rombay offshore region in terms of reserves of

hydrocarbons (Guha 1983). Not surprisingly, tt has

been studied in considerable detail and lhe

Palaeoxene sequence is confidently correlated and

biozoned, based mainly on furaminifers.

Halaeoecological ssulyses indicale alternating

shallow marine (inner to outer shelf) and

transitional depositional environments for the

Basil during the Palaeogene (Guha & Singh 1980).

The Cambay Well is one of several thar were

drilled 16 about 2000-3000 m depth with the

primary objective of determining the basinal

lithostratigraphy.. lt bottomed in Late Cretaceous

basalts of the Deccan Trap. The Kocene/Oligocene

boundary in the Cambay area occurs in the larapur

Shale (Late Bovene-Oligocene) which in this well

overlies Cambay Shale (ltarly-Middle Bovene), The

intervening Vaso Formation (Middle-Late Eocene)

which is usually unfossiliferous was not identitied

in the Cambay Well (Guha 1 unpubl,),

The Tarapur Shale is variegated, grey-greenish

to fight brown, soft to fairly hard and poorly fissile.

I is characterised by thick intercalations of

quartzose,. fine-medium but occasionally coarse-

erained sandstone; and, in the Cambay area, by

thin intercafations of limestune near its base, The

underlying Cambay Shale is dark-colouree-

bituminous, moderately hard to fissile, with

occasional siltstone beds (Guha & Singh 1980),

Guha examined six samples from the Tarapur Shale

and three from the Cambay Shale,

Total depth of the Cambay Well was about 2500

m. The 9 samples available to us came from the

following deprhs: 1520 m; 1530 m; 1835 m; 1548: m;

$580 m; 1555 m (Tarapur Shale); and 1870 m;

L585 m; 1605 m (Cambay Shale). The

focene/Oligocene boundary ligs at about 1540 m

in this well,

Vhere is considerable support for an Oligocene

prospect (rom the offshore Cambay Basin, Guha

& Pandey (1980) in a study based mainly on the

Tarapur Ollshore Welland incorporating micro-

faunal, palynological, lithologic and electric log

analyses interpreted the wuerval wbuove the uis-

appearance of Hantkenina (Late Eocene foram-

iniferal datum) as beginning in deeper marine

basinal facies and proceeding upwards (above an

unconformity/disconformity) into two alternating

repressive — esiuarine and terrestnal — une

Transgressive — shallow marine — cycles befure the

uppearance of a characteristic Lower Miocene

assemblage. Except for the final (younger) shallow

Marine transgression there is good evidence for

abundant organic matter in euxinic deeper facies

and in shallow deltaic and paludal facies also

characterised by rapid sedimentation and burial

(Guha & Pandey 1980),

Methodology: Ostracode and Other Parameters

Carapaces/ Vuives ration

Use of this ratio to yield palacoccalogical

information was pioneered by Pokorny (1965) in

a wide-ranging paper which also dealt with the

implications of changing sex ratios and variations

in shell ornament. The changing sex ratio parameter

has not yet been turned to account for petroleum

exploration. On the other hand, many variations

in shell ornament are now interpreted in terms of

the rhopic factor (Peypouquet, ef.a/. 1982) and can

be used in suitable Facies Lo suggest presence or

ubsence of upwelling (McKenzie & Peypouquct

1984) which, in turn, is linked to the abundance

of organic matter.

Oertli (1971) reviewed Pokorny’s work and

telated the carapaces/valves ratio to potential lor

the formatien of hydrocarbons. Insummury, when

the ratio is high, rapid sedimentation — which

Minimises disarticulation of carapaces |Hto separate

valves — 1s indicated; and with sulficiently rapid

burial organi¢ matter is not absorbed by mincral

particles and so retains the potential for conversion

incu lydeovarbuns.

\8 Ki

Adults/ Juveniles ratio

Ii any inilerprelation of a palaeoenvironment

which is based on ovulispecies assemblaves it is

esserioal to separate the autochthonous fron. the

ullochthotious [anal elements. Ostracoda are one

of the groups in which Unis separation is achieved

rapidly because they molt trequently in progressing

lo adulthood and hecause juvenile shells, being alsa

calcareous, are usually preserved. Reyment {1971}

Uiscusses in derail ihe preparation of a life table

in order to understand the population dynamics of

species, We note that juvenile mortality is always

high in his examples based on gutochthonous.

Ostracoda, Therefare, the adults/juveniles ratio

should incicate a dominant percentage of juveniles

in autochthonous lossil populations, but be heavily

biassed towards either adults only ar juveniles only

for allochthonous taxa. Such biases are interpreted

mast reasonably as post moriem sorting efferts, OF

course, In some environments, <2. shorelines, post

mortem sorting Is charavteristic for all fossils,

autochthovons as well as allochthonous, Thus, to

be usefu) as a positive indicator of petroleum

potential, a relatively low adults/juveniles catio

feeds to be linked with a high carapaces/ valves

ratio, This is hecause the lovter indicates rapid

sedimentauon, which cends 10 minimise sorting,

Percentage of fragcmens

This useful parameter 8 usually ignored by

workers making up assemblages slides who tend to

pick whole spevimiens. The percentage of fragments

is simple ta obtain: two or three Counts of 106

specimens, inclusive of all fragmentary ones, bein

sullicient to estimate it reasonably for any washed

sample, Obviously, care must be exercised to avoid

damaging specimens during preparation al’

washings; and the parameter cannot be used

conveniently, with indurated sediments,

When there t} a Significant percentage of

fragments. it implies a high energy enyireninenr.

Low pervenriges inclicate law energy environments

or else rapid sedimenation,

Crushed or warn specimens

Commonsense sligrests that, where

autochthonous tava are concerned, worn or

abraded specimens aré indicatlve of hieh energy

environments and slow sedimenation, Far

allochihorns, abrasion is another paramerer by

which their allochthonous pravenance can be

interpreted — in the case where autochthonous

species are well preserved (nol abraded). On the

other Ward, crushed specimens are assoeiated

typically with line grained muddy and marty

offshore sediments. When abundant they ate

interpreted as indicating considerable compaction

MeoRENZTE & 1. KR. OUTTA

pressure, as might be caused, for example, by rapid

olfshore sedimentation,

Krithe and Purukrithe

The podocopid ostracode genera Arie and

Parakrithe are used as palaeoecologie Indives by

Peypouquer (1977, 1979) and others to interpret (he

palacohydrology of marine sediments, in particular

palaeodepths but alsa dissolved oxygen (O.}

content, lool supply tnutrient) and upwellings.

Peypouget’s hypothesis is that the size of the

vestibule in the non-calcilied inner laniclla in Arise

and Parekrisie is more or less inversely

proportional to the dissolved 5 content of the

ambient seawater.

Peypouquet (1977) proposed a physiological

explanation based on the known inverse

relationship in crustaceans between external

dissolved O and organism haemozlobin (HB}, In

uw eurrent review, McKetiele (1986) considered the

effects upon MB of several ather enviranmental

actors and found that those which were significant

— PH. food supply and subscrate lerrows iron —

would all affect HB synthesis in the same direction

as dissolved O., This result reinforces the

hypothesis, Reeenly Aladin (1983, 1984) used

microcryoscopical techniques ita show dio-

chemically that HE regulation in puducopid

Ostracoda oceurs probubly via salt sequestration

in the noncalcified membraneous part of rhe inner

lamella. This is precisely the site which Peypouguel

(1977, 1979) hypothesised would reflect HB

respunse by Avithe and Parakrithe to dissolved Os

variations, The hypothesis has been upplicd

frutt Cully in interpreting several palacoenvironments

ranging in age from Manstrichtian to Miocene

(Donze et al. 1982; Peypouquet er af 1982;

Mckenzie & Peypouquet 19844,

Pyrite wind Gypsum

In Oceatic sediments, sulphur is about cqually

divided between salphare and sulphide species. The

lractionation from sulphate cto sulphide

(pyrilisation) is due ro desulfobacterial sulphate

reduvtion, The oecurrence of pyritisation in a

palacocnyironment i§ readily interpreted by

reference to its microfauna. Vor Ostravoda.

pyritisalion is indivated by a signifient percentage

of brownish to blackish valves and carapaces

Oceasional spevimens alisten with pyrite whieh ts

the diagenetic oxidised sity of the pnmary reduced

ferrous sulpfide that stains/permeates shells to

produce the chagnostic coloration

Cypsurn is the predominant form of sulphate in

marine sediments where it is a component in a

ulohal carhon/sulphur redox system that

incorporutes carbonates, sulphates, sulphides amd

OSTRACODA AS INDICATORS OF PEI ROLEUM POTENTIAL, i9

organ carbon (Carrels & Lerman 1984). In

weathered Gutcrops, its presence is signalled by

chimps of relatively large and often Fragile evpsum

erystals; fut in unweathered sediments it can occur

4S (presumably diagenetic) microspherulites. ‘The

laller were recorded, for cxample, in the Mioecne

Fyansford Formation, collected ar Balcombe Bay,

near Mornington, Wietovia ([McKenaie &

Peypouquet 1984); pypsuin crystals are common

ia Weathered oulcrops at the same localiry.

When mirine sedimentary sequences carry

abundant sulphate/sulphide. their pdlaco-

citvironment 4s imterpreted as having been

Ucoxygenated and strongly reducing in the presence

of ubundant decaying organic matter and

imlerstitial plus seawater sulphate. This

interpretation derives from their sulphide content,

Even when diagenesis and weathering have led

tainly to Yormation by oxidative processes af the

sulphate pypauni, the slammed shells of the

microfauna are palimpsests of a depasicional

reducing palaeoenvironment. A reducing

cuvitonment, churdacrerised also by rapid

sedimentiuton/ burial, inhibits oxidation ol urganic

matter hydrocarbons and, under appropriate depth

ef Pdnal and temperature conditions, yields

petroleum,

Cilaucontte

Glauconite is an easily pecounisable green iron-

bearing Silicate which 1 associared wilh stable ourer

shel! environments, slow sedimentation,

moderately anaerobic conditians on the bottom,

and 4 large amount of deeaying organic matter.

Ollen, it decurs together with pyrite. Its significance

in source rock ierpretanan siems from the

association with slow, even negative, secimentation

because under such conditions organic matter

hecomes oxidised and is no longer available to

generate hydrocaibons. Glauconite praing are

readily transported and sorted commonly forming

greensands, Such deposits, with the inpligation of

bollom current action jn addition to slow

sédimenation, alo are cuunlerandicators in

petroleum source Tork interpretation,

Results

ables ) und 2 provide results of determinations

of several of the parameters discussed ubove for

samples from the SADME Light | Well, Adelaide

Plains Sub-basin. Sourh Australia, and the Cambay

Well, Cambay Basin, India, respectively. "There

were no significant occurrences of erushed or

abrailed Specimens in the counts we made, and

eypseous tnicrospherulites were only searched for

in the South Australian samples, in which they were

uniformly rare.

The results indicate: that similar numbers of

specimens were counted for both sets of samples:

that the carapace/Valves ratin is constantly higher

in the Cambay Well as is pyritisation; that che

percentave of fragments’ is much grearer and that

elaucanite is only abundant in SADME Light |;

that the percentage of adalts is similar in both

sections — varying trom 14.5-45% (mean 265%)

in SADME Light 1, and from 15-44% (mean

33.4%) in the Cambay Well.

The Jast statistics suggest that we are dealing with

assemblages which have approximately similar

population dynamics. and are predominantly

autochthonous (both average about 70% juveniles).

Thus, allhough the two wells are widely separated

geovraphically, {hey may fairly be compared using

ostracodes as indices for source rock characteristics.

The combination of high percentages of

curapages and pyritisation in the Cambay Well

section especially in the lower Tarapur Shale and

in the Cambay Shule (Table 2) suggests rapid

sedimentation offshore combined with a reducing

environment in the presence of abundant decaying

Orgame mutter. As organic matter decays it uses

up available oxygen. This is confirmed by the

resulis [ram {he occasional valves of Krithe and

Perakrithe in the Cambay Well assemblages. In ihe

upper Tarapur Shale samples, whove the

Eucene/Oligecene boundary, the Kritke have small

TAM 1. Some parameters of Ostracoda in SADME Light 1 Well, Adelyide Plains Sub-basin, South Australia;

recoded in percent excel for tand & a — abundanize = common, | = carapaces; 2 =

4 whauconite; 5 = pyritisarian, 6

adults; 3 -— fragments;

turnbers of specimens ((he figures i parentheses are the numbers af specimens

excluding fragments}, he Fovene/Olizacene boundary is indicated ar the base of the Ruwaruny Member, Port Willunga

Formation (PW),

t 2

Kuwarung Member, PWF 4.6 M1

Rirwarung Member, PWE 5.4 14,35

busal Ruwaruny U6 22.4

yop Aldina Member, PWEF 3.6 26.2

lop Aldinga Member, PWF 21 241

lop Aldinga Member. PWE 7 m4

tup Aldinga Member, PWR 250 45)

4 4 5 fi

45.1 a 12.0 217: (118)

30.0 a a5 410217)

WI a 15 271 (169)

55.7 4 4.0 305 (135)

53.4 a 15 285 (133)

19.8 a 10 244 (147)

20.0 © nA 40 (42)

—_—_—— Oe OO ees

mt) K.G. McKENZIE & D. kK. GUHA

TABLE 2. Some parantvters af Ostravoda th the Cambay

Well, Cumbay Basin, [ndia, recorded im percent except for

4und 6» — rare, SLR. — noi recorded. | = carapaces;

2 = adulis, 3 = fragmeénisy 4 = glauconites 3 -

pyritisarion; 6 nombers of specimens (inetoding

Irizments). The Bocene/Oligocene boundary 14 ingticuted

in the Turupur Shale.

| 2 3 4 5 h

Tarapur Sluale 52. 30 7 v 32. (156

Tavapur Shale 49° 38 13 t 37 s«78

Tarapur Shale Ss} 43 #11 c 230 ON

Tarapur Shale 72 37 #612 f 6& 24

farapur Shale 9 26 1 NLR 5 196

Tarapur Shale = $2, 1S SCNT 276

Cambay Shale 100 4t 42 NLR. O82 115

Cambay Shale 100 44 28 WLR 87 132

Cambay Shale 100 29 7 NLR 9S RS

vestibules indicative of a well oxygenated milieu:

in the Jower Tarapur Shale sampies the Arirfe have

very large vestibules which indigales an oxygen poor

tur reducing) environment. Untortunalely, no Krithe

or Parakrithe were identified in the three Carbay

Shale samples,

On the other hand, inihe SADME Light 1 Well

avction (Table 1) rhe percentage of carapaces is low

in all samples (2.1-9.6%)) except the oldese (254%)

ald the percentage of fragments is seniticuntly high

(30,0-55.7%) except in the oldest sample (20%),

Further, glauconite is abundant in all samples {it

is tare OF not. recorded in the Camhay Well} except

the oldest sample, where it is common; and

pyritisation is abyays rare except in the uppermost

sample. These dala suggest thal marine

sedimentation in the SADME Light | Well area

during Egeene/Oligocene boundary Lime twuk place

ora well oxygenated outer shell characterised by

slow sedimentation; and relatively constant bottom

traction — Which produced the large numbers of

shell fragments. The occasional Arithe which occur

in these assemblages confirm the well oxygenated

orlicu since they fave small yestibules.

We conclude that, in lerms of the ustracude and

other parameters we have siudied, the

Loone/(Nigocene boundary vone sedinjents lave

good petroleum potential in India but lil!le potential

in South Australia. This conclusion js consistent

with che drilling resiulis. The Adelaide Plains Sub-

basin has been extensively drilled as part of a

thorough aquifer explorauon programme without

Providing any satistactary indications of petroleum

hydrocarbons Jo [ndia, the Cambay Basin is second

ody to the Bombay Of shore Basin in hydrocarbon

reserves itl hits Enclia’s largest onshore oilfields.

The source racks are located in offshore facies

immediately below the bocene/Oligocune boundary

and extending downwards into the Middle-Rarly

Facene sediments,

Detailed Analysis — South Ausrralia

Table 3 provides. the results ol a nare detailed

analysis of the SADME Light 1 Well samples, This

analysis intioduces another paranicter, Ihe number

of ostracodes per gram of washings pickeal, as well

as breaking down the assemblages imto lamilies and

analysing these both compositionally and in terms

of the patametets alreudy studied lor the

assemblages as a Whole. The prime objective is to

enable a more precise palaedecological

interpretation,

All the washings were weighed and then picked

for their ostracodes. In some cases, the entire

fraction had to be picked to yield a satisfactory

count fabeut 100-200 specimens) but in ome

instance (Ihe stratizraphically lowest sample) even

this method yielded only 40 specimens, including

fragments. In most samples, however, Ostracoda

were sO abundant that only a fraction of the

washings teeded to be picked, This was (he case

especially with the two lowest samples from the

Ruwarung Member of the Porte Willunga

Formation. ‘The richest sample was the middle

sample of this Ruwarung Member series and the

poores! was the lowest Aldinga Member sample,

Ti terms oF ostracude diversity, most of ihe

samples seem very similar, having 19-20 species; but

the two lowest {Aldinga Member) samples are Less

diverse carrying 15 and 1 species respectively, Since

diversity can inctease significantly with higher

counts (Cronin 1984; Whatley & Dowoing 1483)

these diversity results do tot warrant more derailed

comment.

Tatlt 3. Anelysiy of oxtrocode relative abundances in

selected faninles for the SA DME Light | Well frenresentiag

93, 7-99.2% wf Jotal ustracodes in the samples examined)

Duta reverted in percent. Also recorded ure the

astracodes‘em data. AG samples examined (a5 lar

‘lable 1). with A | uppermost Rowarung Member saraple

ta G = lowest Aldings Member sample, respectively.

Ortracode

Family A BR «€. TR Ber F

Bythocytheridae 1.8 OO 4,1 9S 10.2 OF 5.0

Cytheruridae 14.8 97 TO UR Th 9.0 12S

Xestoleberididae = =4.2 12.5 100 3,3 3.2 45 10.0

Travhyleberididae 46.1 3L.9 $5 4 43.9 $1.9 58.6 15.0

Krithidae On 2.3 3.0 0.3 0.0 O4 CO

Pontocyprididae 83 23.9 92 11,5 105 6.2 %hO

Paracypodidae 00 $5 85 00 00 OO Oa

Macrocyprididae 0.0 0.0 1.7 Of) WO O4F oo

Bythoxyididae 0.5 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.40

Cytherellidae Ib 9.7 LLL 17-4 10.9 19.7 S.0

% of total

ostracndes YT YT YU) 94 84 992 47S

Qther Parveietery

Osiracsodes/om (less fragments)

14.9 15 52.6 15 169 186 20

Ostragndes“am finvhidiny Cravens)

25.6 LSS) $4.7 43.6 36.5 298 15

OSTRACODA AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL, 2l

Wherr lhe assemblages are broke: down into their

component families it seems clear that the two

Vichese saniples (Ruwarung Member) represent an

offshore, even Outer shelf environment. Both carry

several specimens (7-8) of the genus Arie which

i chagnaste lor uuler shelf and deeper waters.

Additionally, the middle Ruwarung Member saniple

(8B, in Table 3) has the family Bythocyprididae

(genus Bythocypris) which also is typical of deep

water facies. This fauna occurs a little higher than

the Eovene/Oligocenc boundary as determined on

foraminifera (Lindsay 1969) thus its

palagoecological interpretation is consistent

stratignaphically with what we know of ostravode

trends worldwide (Benson 1975) and with the data

from Ostracoda of the Willunga Embaymenr

(McKenzie, in Cooper [979t.

The dominant familes are the Trachyleberididae.

Cythecuridae Xestuleberididwe, Pontucyprididae

and Cyiherellidae. Several other familiees are

represented by so few specimens that they have not

been included tn Table 3, which lists only the Tu

inust abundant families — representing 93,70 to

949.2%) of total ostracode assemblages. These poorly

represented taniilies include J oxevenchidlae,

Cytheridae (genus Loxocythere), Eucytheridae

(yenus Rotundracythere), Leplocytheridac,

Schizovytheridae (genus Patjenborchella).

Surprisingly, no specimens of Bairdiidae were

identilied although this family as virtually

ubiquitous in marine facies. The absence of

Kairdlidac seems ta be a local variation because the

family cerlainiy occurs in coeval sediments [mom the

Willunga Embayment (McKenzie 1979).

Clearly, the mov abundant family is the

Traclvleberididae (Table 3); although 1 is Jess

abundant (31.9%) in the richest sample (B) than in

the arher sainples (45-58.6%). On thiy ground, we

decided i study trachyleheridid data for the

Tsniv 4, Sune perameters ef Trachyleberididae in [he

S4ADME Light 1 Well, Deta recorded in perveni except

column 5S which gives actuel numbers of specimens

analysed, \ = carapaces; 2 = adults; 3 = tragments;

4 - pyrilisation. Thus, for the Ruwarung Member. PWEF

there are: 2% carapaces, (98% valves}; 30% adults (70%

juveniles); 57%) fragments: and a quarter of the specimens

are pyriused.

L 2 3 4 4

Ruwarung Mewber, PWE 27 W i7 25 100

Ruwarung Member, PWF 5 68 40 10 99

basal Ruwarung Member 10 30 40 5 150

top Aldinga Member, PWF 3 30 63 7 134

Aldinga Member, PWF a 22 63,5 6 148

Aldinga Member [WEF 7 25 40 25 \43

Aldinga Member PWT 2 33 O33 0 18

parameters which we used in the preceding more

penenal enalveis (‘fable 4).

We infer, plausibly, that ia the uppernsosi

Ruwarung Member sample bottom conditions were

reducing for at least part of the time. Vhis suggests

that elsewhere in the Becene/Oligacene of Suuth

Australia the Early Oligocene might be a

prospecove petrolilerous zone if the sediments are

thicker and also contain high numbers of carapaces,

fewer Traginents and much less glauconite,

‘The Encene/Oligocene boundary zonets already

a drilling target off Gippsland, Victoria (Douglas

& Ferguson 1976) but with respeet to much thicker

sections than occur in the St Vincent Basin.

Unfortunately, our results from SADMF. Light 1

offer only slight encouragement for a more intensive

exploration of this interval in South Australia

Compurisor with Oulerops

During October 1983, we sampled the classic

coastal Eocene/Oligocene sections at Maslin Bay

and Aldinga Bay, South Australia. Table 5 provides

a resume of the data on ostracode parameters and

glauconite for samples from this collection.

Although the SADME Light | Well (Table 1) was

much more closcly sampled (over only 1.4 m in the

basal Ruwarung Member and only 22 m in the

upper Aldingu Member), the ostracode data [rom

outcrops correspond rather well. Ln particular, the

Percentages of carapaces for the two lawest Aldinga

Member samples of SADME Ligh | {located abuul

1.6-2.0 m below the basal Ruwarung Member

sample) are sinwilar in tle two outcrop samples trom

the Aldinga Member (Table §), Generally, the

outcrop samples are less pyeitised.

Conclusians

Ostracode parameters, reinforced with evidence

from pyrite, gypsum and glauconite can be used tu

indicate petroleum source rock potential in the

enclosing sediments,

lL. A high percentage of carapaces indicates rapid

burial,

2. Large percentages of adults and juveniles (with

juveniles. dominant) indicates a mostly

aittachthorimus community,

_ A low percentage of fragments indicates low

cnerey and minimal bottom cucrents/traction,

+. A high percentage of pyrilisation of ustracode

earapaces and valves indicates a reducing

environment; as do diageneti¢ pyrite and gypsum

in the enclosing sediments,

These several characteristics all inlieate oud

petroleum source rock potential as our extended

discussion has made clears.

22 &G. McKENZIE & DK, GUILA

LAME 5, Some purunielers of Ostracoda, plus alaucanife in ogtcreps uf Aldinga Bay, Sauth Australla, recorded

jn percent except far 5. t — trace; | = carapaces; 2 =

adults; 3

fragmenta; + ghuuyanites 3 = pyritisations

6 — number of specimens ((he figures in parentheses are the mumbers of specimens excluding fragments). The

Eovene Oligocene boundary is indicated.

3m above hase of Ruwatung Member 1.4

MY om below top of Aldinga Member a9

4 nt above base of Aldingau Member 25.4)

2m below top of Gull Rack Member 124

2 3 4 5 6

AW.2 52.8 1 nil 237 (112)

25.8 50,9 12.5 l 236 (1161

25.0 Us t mil 164 (96)

is. 24.6 MW) fit 225 (168)

Inthe exemplar series, astracode parameters and

high pyritisation all confirm the high petroleum

source rock potential of the Eucene/Oligocene

houndary zone in the Cambay Well, India. On the

other hand, in the SADME Ligtt ¢ Well, South

Australia, and. in outcrop samples from South

Australis the only positive correlations are with the

dominantly autochthonous community

characteristic (2, above), Im other respeets, the

Australian samples of the Eucene/Olizecene

boundary zone correlate negatively with indications

of good petraleum source rock potential, Likewise,

elyuconite, which fs counter-indicative of

petroleum source ruck potential, i5 generally

common to abundant in the Austrahban exemplar

samples but is not recorded or rare i the Cambay

Well.

IL is not Surprising, therefore, that the Catmbay

Basin is India’s major onshore oilfield in

bocene/Olipoceneé strata whereas South Australia

is non-praductive for this interval in the section

concerned. Gur present methodology appears to be

ay CHective for the Eocenc/Oligocene of Iidia and

Australia in the areas tested as similur bul less

detailed methods have proved previously in the

Turonian-Coniacian of Bohemia (Pokorny 1965),

the Neucomian-Aptian of southwestern Fraice

(Oerth 1971), the Maastrichtian-Palaeovene oF

Mozambique (Qertl 1971) aud Bathonian-Tertiary

uf India (Guha 1983),

Finally, when these parameters ate reassessed Por

samples iu which the Ostracoda huve been divided

imo their component families as done (K.G.M.) for

she SADME Light | Well, the results alluw an

opportunity to achieve a consisient but more

detailed palaeoecological interpretation than could

result from the gross data alone.

Acknowledgments

D. K. Guha acknowledges with gratitude support

Hon the Australia/ India Scienve and Technology

Agreement enabling his visit to Riverina-Murray

Institute of Higher Kducationd{R.M.H.B.) where

the joint project was carried out, Both authors are

grateful to Mr J. M. Linday and Dy B. I. Cooper,

South Australian Department ef Mines and Energy

(SADME), and to Dr B. MeGowran, Depactrrent

of Geology and Geophysics, the University of

Adelaide for guiding them throurh the classic

Tertiary sectians at Maslin Bay and Aldinga Bay,

neat Port Wilhinga, South Ausiralia, Mr J, M.

Lindsay is also thanked for loaning the samples

from SADME Light 1 Well, and lor his con-

structive comments on the paper. Professor 1, P

Peypouquet, Université de Bordeaux, ig thanked

for a pertinent review. K, G. McKenzie

acknowledges ARGS Grant No, E80 15387, DR.

Guha publishes with permisston from the General

Manager, Oil and Natural Gas Commission, India.

Some Tables and the tWo Figures for this paper

were ¢xhibited at the 8th Australian Geological

Congress, held at Flinders University, Bedford

Park, South Australia, during February 1986.

Kk. G. Mckenzie acknowledges support from the

R.M.NHLE. Staff Develapment Prograuuie

enabling his attendanee at the Congress. Mrs Jan

Scaman um! Ms Colleen Seberry typed the

Manuscript,

References

ALADING N,V. (1983) On the displicemenr of the evitical

sulinity barrier in the Caspian ond Aral Seas, tle

Rrinchiopoda and Ostracoda taken as caamples, Zool.

A, 62, G89-694) (In Russian),

— (1984) Salinity adaptations und oymoreenhuion

anilinies of Ostracoda trom the Blick und Avov Seas.

fool. J. 63, 185-190, (In Russian).

Busse. R.H. (1975) The origin of the psychrasphere

as recorded in changes of deep-sea ostracode

vesemblanes, Letlata 8, ORT,

Coorrk, Bot, (977) New ind revined stratigraphic

nomenclature forthe Willunga tanbaymment Q. veo,

Notes, peal, Serv 3. Aust. 64. 2-5,

(1979) Fovene lo Miocene stratigraphy of the

Willunga Embayment. Rep, fuvest, veal Surv. 8,

clust. St.

~ (1985) ‘The Calfarnie St Vincent Busin —

tectonics, Sttucture, sinuligraphy., fa Dindsay, J, M4

(Ed,) “Stratigraphy, palasontology, malacology, papers

in honour of Dr Nell Ludbraok,” Spee, Pubt, 8 daw

Dept Mines nil Energy 5, 35-4

OSTRACODA AS INDICATORS OF PETROLEUM POTENTIAL 23

Cronin, T. M_ (1983) Hathyal ostracodes from the

Florida-Hatteras slope, the Siruits of Mlorida, and the

Hlake Plateau. Mar. Micropaleont, 8, 89-119,

Doze, P.. Corin, J. P., DAMoTTE, R,, Gert, H. J.,

Pryrououet, J.-P. & Saip, R, (1982) Les Ostracodes

du Campanien terminal a \Rocene Intérieur de ta

Coupe du Ket, Tunisie Nord-Occidentale. Bull. Cént.

Réch. Explor. Prod. Elf Aquitanine 6, 273335,

Dauctas, J. C. & Ferauson, J. A. (Eds) (1976)

‘“Gvology al Victoria”. Spec. Publ. Geol, Soc. Aust. 5.

Gakktrs, R, M. & Lrewan, A. (F984) Coupling of the

sedimentary sultur and carbon cycles — an improved

model, Anter, J, Sci, 284, 989-1007,

Cita, Wd. K. (1984) Use of Mesozoic and Tertiary Indian

Ostracoda in oil exploration. pp. 437-441. In

Maddocks, R, F. (Ed_) “Applications of Ostracoda’

(Univ, Houston Cicoscience, Houston),

& Panory. J. (1980) Palseontology,

sedimentation and palacoenvironment of Oligocene

sedhinents it Southwest Gujarat, J. Palgeonr, Soc, Ind,

23/24, 156-165,

& SincH, No PL (1980) Biostratigraphy and

milacoenvironments of the subsurface Paleogene

sediments of Cambay-Katharia-Sisva arca. Gujarat.

Proc, 3rd. Ind. Geol. Cong, Poona, 1980, 221-234.

Harris, W. K, (1985) Middle to Late Eacene

depositional cycles and dinoflagellate zones in southern

Australia, Spec. Pabl, S. Aust. Dept. Mines and Enerey

3, 134-144,

How, Y. T, (1982) Cretaceous-Lertiary biostratigraphy

and petroleum prespecting of eastern China, Proc.

Svimp. Petrol. Geosci. Acad. Sin., Div. Earth Sci,

Aud. Sin, 97-105,

Linpsay, J.M. (1967) Foraminifera and stratigraphy of

the type secHon of Port Willunga Beds, Aldinga Bay,

South Australia. Trans, R. Soc, S, lust, 91, 93-110.

—- (1969) Cainozme toraminifers and stratigraphy

of the Adelaide Plains Sub-Basin, South Austratia.

Sull Geol Surv. 5 chusr, 42,

(1985) Aspeors af South Australian Tertiary

foraminiferal biostrarigeaphy, with emphasis on stdics

ot Massilina and Subbotina. Spec. Publ, S, Aust. Dept.

Mines and Energy 5, 187-232.

& McGowran, B (1986) Locene/Oligocene

houndary, Adelaide region, South Austraha. Jn

Pomerol, C, and Premoli-Silva, [, (Eds) “Terminal

Eocene events", pp. 165-173. (Elsevier, Amsterdam).

McKENZIE, K. G. (1974) Cainezoic Ostracoda of

southeastern Australia, with the description of

Alanaiceratina n. gen, Geosci, & Mun 6, 153-182-

(1979) Appendix 2, Notes on Ostracoda from

Willunga Embayment borcholes WIG 3%, WLG 40 and

WLG 42. in Cooper. B. J. (Ed.) Hoven: to Mincene

stratigraphy of the Willunga Emabayment, Rep.

Invest., Geol. Surv. S. Aust, 50, 90-101.

(1986) Ostracoda: new aspects of their

biogeography, Jn Heck, K.L., Jr. & Gore, RH. (Eds)

“Crustacean Issues 4, Crustacean Biogeouraphy”

(Balkema, Rorterdam),

& Pevyrouver, J-P. (1984) Oceanic

palacoenvironment ef the Miocene Hyansford

Formation from Fossil Beach, near Morningtat.

Victoria, on the basis of Ostracoda. lcheringa ®,

291-303.

Orrtyet, H. J. (1971) The aspect of Ostracoda faunas —

a possible new tool in petroleum prospecting, Jn Oertli,

H, J. (Ed) *Palévévologie des Ostravades” Aull, Cene.

Rech. Pau-SNPA 5 (suppl.), 137-147,

Peypouourty.-P. (1977) Les Oxtracodes et la

connalssanec des paléomilieux profonds. Application

ay Cénozoique de Atlantique nord-oriental, These

docrorat d’Ftar des Sciences, Univ. Bordeaux. 443 pp.

(1979) Ostracodes et palégenvironments.

Methodolgie et application aux domaines profonds du

Cénozoique., Bull, BLR.G.M, (2nd Ser.) Seet. TV 1,

-79,

, Ducasse, O,, Gaver, J, & PRATVIFT, L. (1980)

“Agradation el dégradation” des (ests d'Ostracodes.

Intérét pour la connaissance de J'évolution

paléohiydrolovique des domainey margino-liltorauy

carbonates, (7 “Cristallisation, Déformation,

Dissolution des Carbonales” reunion orgainisée par le

Groupe d'krude des Systems. Carhonates, Limi.

Bordleanx, 357-369,

—~., Devasse, O. & Gaver, J. (1982) Les Ostracades

et la paléohydrologte, paléogéographie et Ja

paléochimatologie lors de la crise Rockne-Oligocene dans

Atlantique Nord-Oriental. /7) Gallitelli, E. M. (Fd-

‘Palaeontolagy, essential of Historical Geology”. Bre//.

Soe. Paleons., Taf. 20, 97-120.

Powero., C, & PREMoL-Sivva, (Eds) (1986) “Terniinal

Eocene events”, (Elsevier, Amsterdam).

Pokorny, V. (1985) Some palacoecological problems in

marine ostracode faunas, demonstrated on the Upper

Cretaceous ostracodes of Bohemia, Czechoslovakia. Jr

Puri, H, S. (Ed) “Ostracads as Ecological and

Palaevecological Indicators", Pubb/. Staz. Zool.

Napoli 23 suppl,, 462-479,

Reyment, R.A, (1974) “Introduction to Quantitalive

Paleoecology”. (Elsevier, Lundon),

WHATLEY, R-C. & Downing, S. (1983) Middle Miovene

Ostracoda from Vivtoria, Austratia Rev. esp.

Micronaleont, 5(3), 347-407,

THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MITE FAMILIES TROMBELLIDAE AND

JOHNSTONIANIDAE AND RELATED GROUPS, WITH THE

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW LARVA (ACARINA: TROMBELLIDAE:

NOTHROTROMBIDIUM) FROM NORTH AMERICA

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT*

Summary

Amongst the Trombidioidea an unnamed family group containing Trombellidae, Chyzeriidae and

Audyanidae Fam. nov. is recognized; these families are defined and keys provided for the larvae of

the families, subfamilies and genera. The Johnstonianidae is examined, and three new subfamilies,

Tetrathrombiinae, Pteridopodinae and Ralphaudyninae are established, with Ralphaudyna

Vercammen-Grandjean ef al., 1974 being transferred to the Johnstonianidae.

Ralphaudyna amamiensis Vercammen-Grandjean, Kumada, Newell, Robaux & Suzuki is recorded

from a second Japanese location, as an ectoparasite on the gryllacridoid Tachycines robustus Ander

(Orthoptera, Rhaphidophoridae). Further metric and descriptive data are given for this larval mite.

Nothrotrombidium treati sp. nov., larva (Acarina: Trombellidae) is described from a single

specimen found dead on a noctuid moth Spaelotis clandestina (Harris) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) at

Tyringham, Mass., U.S.A.

This is the first record of this genus in North America, previously recorded from Europe and South

America, as well as Madeira, in the Atlantic Ocean, and Asia.

KEY WORDS: Taxonomy, Nothrotrombidium, Ralphaudyna, larva, North America, Japan,

Acarina, Trombidioidea.

TITE CLASSIFICATION OF THE MITE FAMILIES TROMBELLIDAE AND

JOHNSTONIANIDAE AND RELATED GROUPS, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW

LARVA (ACARINA: TROMBELLIDAE: NOTHROTROMBIDIUM)

FROM NORTH AMERICA

by R, V. SOUTHCOTT*

Summary

SouTHeart, R. V, (1987) The classification of the mite families Trombellidae and Johnstonianidae and

related groups, with (he description of 4 tlew farva (Avarima: Trombellidaes Vothratrambidiin) trom

Norrh America. frams. A. Soe. 8. Aust. WAL), 25-42, 29 May. 1987.

Amongst the Thombidioidea an unnamed family group containing Trombellidae, Chyveriidae and

Andyanidae fam, mov. 1§ recognized: these families are defined and keys provided for the larvae of the lamiilies,

sublanntics and genera, The Johnsionianidae is-examined, and three new sublamilies, Terrarhrombiinie,

Pleridopodinae and Ralphaudyninae are established, with Ra/phaudyad Vercummen-Grandjean eral, 1974

being transferred (o the Johnstonianidae.

Ralpheudyne amamiensis Vercammen-Grandjean, Kumada, Newell, Rabaux & Suzuki iw recorded from

asecond Japanese location, as an ectoparasite on the gryNacridoid Jachyeines robustas Ander (Orthoptera,

Khaphidophoridae), Vurther metric and descriptive data are given for this larval mute,

Nathrarrombidtiar treatt sp. nov,, larva (Acarina: Trombellidae) ig deseribed from a single specimen

found dead on a Noctuid moth Spaélotisclandestina (Harris) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) at Tyringham, Mass,

USA,

This is the first record of this genus in North America, previously recorded from Furope and South

America, as well.as Madeira, in the Atlantic Ocean, and Asia.

Kry Worns: Taxonomy, Nethrotrombidium, Relphandyna, larvae, North America, dapam Acatrina,

Trombidiaidtea,

Introduction

The Johnstonianidae and the Trombellidae are

acvepted by some workers a5 the most primitive

families of the Trombidioidew. In the case of the

Johnstonianidac this opinion is based on che

presence of a number of supposedly primitive

morphological, hehaviqural and ecological

characters (Newell L957) Thus there are two pairs

of sensilla on the seutum, crista or equivalent areas

in most species, resembling the situation im the

ierythracvidea, but with loss or modification of the

anterior pair in some genera. Other supposedly

primitive characters are the simplicity of body setae,

the presence of larger than usual numbers of

sensory setae on various leg segments, and the

eeneral lack of reduction of leg segmentation, as

well as the presence of vaTious specialized setae on

ute gnathosoma, Some larvae are apparently

predatory, while others are, as in the majority of

the trombidioids, ectopurasitic upon arthropods,

Newell (1957) has also stressed (he “self{-detaching"

character of the larvae in response to stimuli, for

example when the host with its larval ccroparasites

is immersed in preserving fluids. There is also,

among the adult as wel as the larval jobnstonianids,

a sensitivity to heat and desiccation (Newell 1957,

196()).

The Trombellidae (which have only one pair of

prodorsal sensilla) possess a number of simula

characters. The adult leg segmentation is not

reduced, and in the Jarvae the legs usually carry

more sensory setac than other trombidioids. The

larval coxue (end to he separated, and the urstigma

may not be strangly associated with coxa 1. The

concept of the Trombellidac as primitive may he

based more un a general resemblance to the

Johnstonianidae than on more specific indieatinns

Variant views are expressed by other workers

Thus Feider (1959b) eave an illustration

hypothesizing that the “Tanaupuslidae” and

“Calothrombiidae” ure che two most primitive

families of the Trombidioidea, originating [ron a

commen branch, while the next branch, ata slightly

higher level, gave rise to. the Johnstonisnidae and

“Notothrombiidae”™, On che other hand,

Vercamren-Grandjean ef a/. (1973) considered thie

the families Trombiculidse and Leenwentioekiidae

are more primitive than other “close families, such

us (he Johostonianidae ._ "4,

Thus the phylogeny of these mites remains a

matter of contention (an equivalent situation occurs

in the Drythraeoidea — see Southcott 196]a).

Thor (1935) divided the family Trombidiidae

Leach, 1815 (Trombidioidea of this paper) into 10

subfamilies, many of which have later heen

accorded family status Among such were [he

Johustomianinac and the Trambellinac, the latter

26 R. 8 SOUTHCOTT

delined a5 follows: Body clongale. Abdomen

rectangulat, Skin hardstitm ("hart"), rough-‘uneven

(“hockengz"), hairs short, pointed, Crista lacking:

the two sensory hairs sit close together in the mid-

dle of the horas in two thick tubercles between the

uwo scsuile eye pairs. The fourth palpal segment with

dilfering spines or hairs; fifth seament long,

Only the type genus Prompbella Betlese, 187, is

included {Iransfation RNS), There was no referenve

to the Jarvae. as then unknown. The adulr cenus

CéApzeru Canestnni, 1897 was omitted

Feider (1958b) deseribed the larva of the

trombythu mite Netkrotrombidium otiorvue

(Berlese, 1902), stating that this was the firsi genius

in the tamily for which there was correlation

between larva and adult. However, two genera,

Chyzeria sce Womersley. 934) and Avdvane (see

Wamenley [9$da,b), had previously been correlated

between the larva and the adult or deuronyinph.

These rearings allowed sunie attempts to define the

characters of the larval Trombellida¢ (Vercamimen-

Cirandjean ey af. 1974; Southcoart 1982). Following

avorrelation of an Apstalian Tanbelle larva with

its deulonvuiph, the classification of the

Trombellidae has been developed further (Southcott

[9B6u).

Nathrotrombidiiumn was fourded by Womersley.

(L9S4b), with type species Tramthella atorven

Rerlese, 1902 from Europe. In the genus he placed

alo 7) nothroides Berlese, 1888 from Sauth

America, and 7 lundhladi Willmann, £939, from

Madeira. A further species, No irevirersien Andre,

1960, hus been described [rom Nha Trang,

Indochina. All of these were adults,

In this pauper a secand larval species of

Nothrotrambidium, N. treari sp. noy., is described

from a nectuid moth in North America. This

disovery promprs a further examination of ihe

characters of the Trombellidac and related

trombidioid mites.

TASOQNOMIC DECISIONS AND ACCOUNTS

In the most recent reviews of the Trantbellidie.

Suurheott (1982, 19864) included the follawing

genera: Trombella, Chyzeria Canestrini, 897.

Bonierslevia Radlord, 1946, Nothomombicula

Dumbleton, 1947, Anvdvana Womerslev, 1954,

Nathrotrombidiunt Womersley, 1954, Durenia

Vercammen-CGirandjean, 1955, Parathrampbello

Andrée, 1958, Neanofhrothrombidium Robaux.

L968, Kalphaudyna Vercammen-Grandjean et a/,,

1974 aml Maiputrombella Southcott, LRG. OF these

Trembella, Chvzeria, Durenia, Axdvana and

Nathrothrembidiam ate knowir both as larvae and

adults or deutonymphs; MWorrersferia,

Nalhotronbicula and Ralnhaudvny are Kiown only

as larvae. and Puruthrombeltta,

Nearwhruthromivaiun and Malpotrombela ave

known only as adults,

Southcot (96a) excluded Paruchvseria Hitst,

1926, from the Tromibellidae, and plaved ti in the

Johnstoqiinicdac,

Vervaminen-Grandjean (1973) placed six

subfamilies to the Trombellidae: Trombellinac,

Tanaupodinac, Caluihrombiinae, Spelaeothrom-

bilnae, Noto! hrombiinae and Moyanellinac, He gave

no reasons for these decisions, which may have

stemmed largely fram the difficulties of placing

groups with which he was relatively unfamiliar. A

well-marked crista is present in the adults of the

Tanaupodinae, Calothrombiinae and Spelaeo-

thrombiinac, so there appears no reason to associate

them with the ‘Trombetlidac, Chyceriidae and

Audyanidae. In Nerothrombiunt Storkan, 934

(ihe sole genus of the Notothrambiinae) and In

Movanella Boshell & Kerr, 1942 (the sole genus of

the Moyanellinae} the crisia of the adults is poorly

defined or absenl; both have two pairs of prodorsal

sensilla (see Thor & Willman 1947; Rabais 1967);

thus it appears that their affinities le more with

the Johnstonianidae rather than the Trombellidae,

and they are here considered as being part al the

johnstonianld family group, possibly deserving

Tamily status. As the larva of neither of these two

families Js known, however, they will not be

comsidered further here

A difficulty in the classification af the

Trombidioidea (and other Parasilengona) is caused

by (he extreme heteromoarphy which exiscs beoween

the larvac and the adults (or deutauvinphsy), causing

dual generic und specific names for the hexapod and

octoped instars, as Well.as difficulties [a laaonomic

placements, failing accurate correlations, One such

instance is as follows,

Ralphaudyne Vereammen-Grandjean ef al, 174

was placed by its authors in the tribe Chyzeriini of

the Trambellinae |=lrombellidae of this paper). The

genus Was ereyied lor a single specimen of &,

ananienss Vercommen-Grandican ef al, 1974,

obtained in “soil under an-olden tree eave on the

middle slope of Mt Yawarn-dake Amant).

oshimea istind", Japan, and henee fren an

unknown host, or pocential host, arthropod. They

laid stress upon the “presensillac” Of the dorsul

idiasomal scutum, and therefore considered it a link

herween “the Iwo groups Chyzeria and

Parachyzeria”. However. the larva of Purdehyerta

has not been described. The placing of

Ralphaudyna in the Trombellinae was accepted by

Southicon (1982, [aséa).

Further specimens of Ratyhavedvna annuinien sis

have been Joutid al a sceond locality in Japan, taken

parusile ona eryllacrdoid (Opthoplera} see pr. 38),

MUTE CLASSIFICATION WW

Examination of these specimens stows that the

“nresensillae” or “presensilla” are close to typical

seutal (richobothria, placed more posteriorly an the

seituin, although smaller, The only passibly

Wuportant dilference between the anterior and

posterior trichobothria lies in the antetor ones

having & semewhul thickened shalt for the whole

of the sensillury seta, Ralphaudyna was placed in

the Chyzenini of the Trombellinae by tr authors

father than an the Johnstonianidae principally on

this character, and because it is “provided with w

very wide nasus. Several nude genualac on euch

low."

As fir as the preschee of “prosensilla” is

eoucerned, Newell (1958) used rhis term as

“prosensillar setav” but withour definitions in 1960

he defined aienn “prosensilliim” to apply to paired

ameromedian scutal setae of Trombiculidac,

Johnstonianidac and Trombidiidae, The presence

of such Setue, if ane accepts Newell's concept, is not

a detinilive character for any particular member of

the three tamilics nominated. Newell in fact stated

(YAO) (thar the term “prosensillum™” could be applied

in many Trombiculidae to the wapaired

allrerornedian scural set,

A prominent, even wide, nasus had been

described in various larvae of the Johnstonianidae,

eg. in Diplothrombiurn Berlese, 10 by Newell

(1957), Veider (19894), in Cearrorrombidium

Krumer, 1896 by Newell (1957), and in other genera,

Accepting the term “genuala” as applying to any

nude sensory sete on the leg genu (and excluding

the vestigiogenualie) such setae are absent in

Chyzerig and Nothotrombicula, but are present in

Trombella and Nothrotrombidium (Vercammen-

Cirandjean 1972; Southcort 1982, |9R6u) as well as

in dhe johnstonianid genera Lassenia Newell, 1957.

Oiplothrambium and others (see Newell 1957).

None of the criteria advanved by Vercammen-

Grandjean ef af (1974) for the exclusion of

Ralphaudyna trom the Johnstonianidae and. its

placement in the Trombellinae (Trambellidae) is

sustained,

Thus, Relghuudyne is temoved from the

Trombellidae, and placed in the lohristoniunida,

in Ralphiudyninag, subfam, mov,

Kranz (1978), following advice [i Wh.) from

VYercummen-Grandjvan, Has used the family term

Chyzeriidue (as Chyzeridac), separating it by key

characters’ from Trombellidae. Here | define the

Chyzeridac and a restricied family Trombellidue

Seta and seutal terminology follows Southoot|

(196)a,b, 1963, 1986a,h),

Superfamily Trombidioides tench

Monn! sereanwiny

lrombidides Leach J61S, pp. 387, 395.

Trombidiidae Michael 1884, pp. 4, 38 tad p.)s Thor

& Wilimann 1947, pr 187,

Trombidiinae Michael 1884, p, SJ,

Trombidioidea Banks 1894, p, 209; Southcort (957s,

p. 173; L982, p. 285; tinier card 1973,

p. 109; Welbourn 1983, p. #3; 1084, p, 135

Trombidia beider 1Y54b, pp. 539; 1979, p. 420,

Definition: Prostigmatic mites of generally owpid

or elongate form in post-lurval deutonymphal and

adult toctopod) stages. Wath one or Lwo puirs ol

dorsal propoedasomal sensillary setae in all mobile

sluges, eenerally in association with a crista or shield

if Octopod stages. bul erista and shield may be

rudimentary, vbsolete ar absent, Larva generally

rounded, heaapod, with ane or more dorsal

idiasomal shields, sensillary selac (one or two pairs)

borne by anteramost shield. Gnathosoma well

developed in all mobile staves, with mobile digits

as hinged blades, not retractile, not styliform,

Ocvtopod states cenerally wath genital acetahula

(suckers). Coxse | and Il, and Il and Ty,

contiguous on each side in octopod stages, | and

I] generally continuous in larvae, bul may be

Separate in larvae. Larvae heteromorphic to ovtopod

Stages. Larva with urstigma and anus. Octopod

stages predalory upon sinall arthropods. Larvae

venerally purasite upon invertebrates ond

vertebrates, Mires nevee fully aquatic.

Tyne genus Trenriidinm Fabricius, 1773.

Remarks: The larvae af the Trombellidae and

Johnstonianidae may have ove of more of the

following characters:

(1) vonae usually separated and urstigmea usually

separated from coxa L

(2) idtosomal setae usually arise from expanded

basal plates

(3) usually many sensory setae on the Jemura and

gcnua of the lees,

Two family zroups may be distingurmshed among

these Larvae, as. follows:

Dorsal shield well developed, with 6 or B sere, including

one pair of senyillary setae, well developed, hur never

clavare ov thickened, Caxae of legs separated, Urotlema

allached (o posterior margin of coxa 1. Supracoxalae

present ar absent. Palpat tibtal claws generally well+

developed: pibareare or wifaredte cays

: ‘Trombellidae lamily group

iaorsal shicld phisent with eight sete, bu; may be only

moderately sclerotized; a small separare anterior pam may

be present, Generally two pairs of scutal sensillary sctac

(one pair only, in On’ genus), of whith one pair may be

enlarged in veatrit) part, or-even clavate. Anterior pair ol

sensillary setae and their alveoh may be ridimentary

Coxae (and Tamay be joined of separate on each side,

Urstigsia usually free of coxa — may project laterally

between the coxae, or be altiched io rhe anerior bender

28 RV SOGUTHCOTI

at a separate coxa 1 Clerterhenenbived), Supracexalac

present or absent, Palpal bial elaws generally small,

bifureate or with a single claw, or may be teplaced by

vlonpate setae, not clawelike,

coe eee cece ey Pontily Sotrnstonmiaritag (ys yer

considered a single family, witht

several suibfamnilies, as fir as

knowledge of the larvae is con-

cerned),

As can be seen, there are many shared characters

between the two groups. Nevertheless, at the family

level (here is rarely dilficulty in placement.

Trombellidae family eroup

The Trombellidue (amily group here teludes the

Trombellidac, Chyzeriidae and Audyanidae, fam,

nov. These are separated as follows:

Key ra the larvae of the Trambellidae family vroup

|, AM setae lacking. Dorsal propodosomal scurum with

f setae. Bae segmental formula 7, 7, 7 Pedotgrsal

claws 3. 3, 3. Palpal tibial claw trifureate, Lateral

surface of cheliceral blade with myAity fine teeth,

Supracosalac present, Eyes 2 4 2 -

: | Chyzeriidae

AM seine present. Dorsal proradosorial sculum with

# sctac. Log segmental formula 6, 6, 4 or 7, & &

Pedaovarsa] claws 1, 1,1 or 1, 1,2 of 3, 2, 2 Palpal

tibial claw biturcate, |.areral surtace oF chelicerul blade

amooth, normal. Supracoxalae absent. Eyes 2 2

RT SSCN Ee res wlll BAe wou ten .

Leg seginenial formula 6, é, 6 Pedotarsal claws 1, 1,

tort, 1,2. None of se utal setae shart and clavale,

Coxalae antl palpfemoralae normal, setulose Eyes 2

: Trombelliday

lee segmental formula 1. 6, 6. Pedotarsal claws 2,

2, 2 Some of sental sorac short and clavate, also

coxala 11 a TH, sl palpinirrgraly hyes absent

.. And yanidae

bea

occce yo beee

Family Jrombetlidac

Partial synonymy

ireobelljpac Por 1935, p. LOS! Wamersley 1937,

p. 73; 1954u, p. 117; 1954b, p. 121. Vercammen-

Grandjean 1973, p, 109, Vercammen-Grandican

ev it, W974, ys. 245,

Trombelfidue Peder 1995, pp. 90,67; 1979, pp. 42),

422, Southcott 1982, 7, 289; 1986a, p, 145.

Thrombellinge (sic) André 1960, p. 315; Roba

1948, p. 453, (all ad p,).

Ihrombeltlidae Robaux 1973, p, 124,

Trombstoidew Peider 1979, pp. 421, 422 (ad p.)

(nom. mud.)

Redefinilion; Adult and deutonymph:

Lrombicioidea in which the prapodosoma. cither

lacks a cristu or fas oaly a rudimentary eristay one

pair of sensillary setae (trichobothria), Eyes 2 +

2, sessile, Luiosoina niay bear large plaques, which

may be arranged in columns on upper surtace of

whosoma. Idiosema nor attenuate or waisted,

Larva: Trombidinpidea with one doréal

propedosomal scutum, which projects anteriarly io

a narrowed extension or nasus. Dorsal scutum with

eight setuc, comprising 2 Al.s, 2 Pls, 2 AMs, aril

2 well separated sensillary setae, placed between

ADs and PLs. Eyes 2 - 2. Leg segmental formula

6, 4,6, CoNae Separated. Pedocosal formula 2, 1,

hor]. t, 1. Pedotarsal claws 1, 1, bor t, 4, 2.

Supracosalae absent.

Type genus Tromihella Berlese, [X87-

Remarks: Vhe 'trombellidac, as restricted, includes

all the genera listed curliyr (above) lor the Mamily,

except Chyzeria, Nothatrambicula, Audyana and

Ralphavdyna, The larvae of remaining genera muy

be separated as in the following key:

Key in larvae af Trombellidae

1, Pedotarsal claws i 1, 1. Claws sample. - itz

Pedotarsal claws J, 1, 2 (in 7 and If the single claw

is apically HrifDICATE) oes cess ees bteees renee

Chelicerae compact, the combined chelobases about

as long as wide, Sculal sensilla generally well behind

the level of AL sculale ....... Trombella Berlesc

Chelicerae elongate, the combined chelobases abour

twice as lone as wide, Scutal sensilla only a@ Jiihe

behind level of AL seulalae.. 0.22.0 ...2.-2,.--.

HE A tare. Nothratrombidium Womersley

3, Nasus of scntum sinall, largely accupied by the bases

of the AM scutatac, anid with & deep constriction

behind. Lee tibia Uf) with a large solenoidala -

. Wamerstepir Radford

asus al ,cuLuteh large, Ihdndular, its lateral borders

conbnuous with anterokuteral borders of scutum, with

at most only minor constriction. Leg Ghia Ui wirhout

A large solenmdala . 2.6.6 eee ee

Durenia Persamnmen-Gratidjean.

Nathratronbidiun Womersley, 1954

Redefinition of larva: Trombellidae, Sensillary

setae arise behind middle of scutumi, a litle behind

level of AL seutalae. Coxal setal formula I,

Pedotarsal claws lL. 4, lL. Chelicerae bases long and

Slencers combined elrelicerde bases whoul twice as

lung as wide. Palpi long and slender, palpal tibial

claw small, with two minute terminal nearly

apposed prongs,

Type species N. ofiaruet (Berl) Cadilil

Nothrarennibidinin treali sp. wy.

FIGS | A-E; 2 A-(; 3

“Larva of undetermined genus”, treat (1975, p, 236),

Holotype (in American Museum of Natunil

History) mounted in Hoyver's tector,

identificanion ACB760, somewhat damaged, found

dead “under right forewing of Spaeloris clandestina

\(Harcs)| 68-39 co |Lepidoptera. Noctuiditel

“Tynngham, Masstachusetts], U.S.A. 77 Sept, 196s,

A. E, Treat - (31; 29)", taken (O10 pm

MITE CT ASSIFICATION 24

PARLE 1. Meprie due nf pve species of larval Nothrotrambidium.

TNF AW PW SRK ASB PSB L Ww

SL ieutl ap. riy. 36 47 02 1s 78 44 f22 76

Holorype

Novrithorin (Beck) 90-109 fl

({rani Feider, 1958b)

AP AM AL PL AME SE DS MDS PbS

Nv treat! 45 16 16 29 14 98 33.62 38-49 48 53

Toh Tel Oel Til Tal | Trochlt Pell

No treat? 50 10D 33 3 1s] ad tov

N. oftierun 44 lle 5s 22 IAN 41 122

Gell TiU hat yp Trach Tell Gell

NL eaté 52 43 (25 o4 1s 2

No atiorunt 458 TOO 136 fl 145 47

Tilt Fabtt TH / Gel Tilt Gell THN Gell

N. trealt 14s Id {49 1,60 234

No oreo T&R 1ay (2.10) (0.72) (2.81)

©“ {N = distance from ablerior tip of scutum ta level of the AM setge tsee Southcol! 18966),

7 Omitting glaws and pedicle of the tarsi.

Description of holotype larva: Colour in life not

available; the specimen was found dead by Dr

A. E. Treat (see Treat 1975, p, 236), who advises

(pers. comm, 1983).that the dead mite was orange.

Length of idiosoma (partially engorged) 390 pm,,

width 255 jam; total length of animal from tip of

chelae bases to posterior pole of idinsoma 485 jam.

Dorsal scutum ovoid, narrower anteriorly, lateral

and posterior margins somewhat flattened, but

generally smoothly rounded.

Sculal scobalac as in definition; scural sensilla

behind middle of sewtutn, a file posterior to AL

sculalae, somewhat separated from each other;

scultalac tapering. short, witl slight setules,

Metri¢ dats are as in Table 1.

“yes 2 + 2, sessile, each lateral pair set on oval

plate, separated from dorsal scutum. and placed

between levels of AL. and PL scutalae in specimen,

Corneae oval, anterior 13 pm in longest diameter,

posterior 15 zm.

Dorsal wiosomial setae slender, tapering, slightly

blunted at tip, with minute selules; arising from

normal seta-bases (annul); arranged 6, 6, 6, 6, 5,

2, toral #1.

Venter of idiosomia with coxa I and IT moderately

separated on each side. Sternal area with a pair of

svobalae, between coxae Il, slender, tapering,

pointed, with small setules, 31 zm long. Between

coxge I] a further pais, similar, 33 pm long, but

with slightly more outstanding setules. Behind Icvel

of coxae U1] are 38 setae, slender, tapering, in

irregular transverse rows, 15-49 pm long,

lenethening posteriorad: {he more anterior of (hese

similar to the last-named pair, more posteriaracl

becoming smoother, similar to the posterior dorsal

idiosomalae. Anus (uroporus) 35 am long by 9 pm

wide, with two slender valves and a crumpled lip.

Coxalae 1, 1, 1. Coyala [ anses near AL angle

af coxa, slender, tapering, pointed, with faim

setules, 47 pm long, Coxala Il arises anterior and

lateral to central point of coxa, similar to {, 34 p,m

long. Coxala HI arises anterior to centre of coxa,

simular fo | and IT with adpressed setules, 32. pum

long.

Lez segmental formula 6, 6, 6. Legs lang anc

slender, femoral to ubial segments mote or less

cylindncal; tarsi clongate, spindle-shaped, Leg 1 510

pm tong, IL 445 gm, HW 595 pm (lengths inclade

coxae and claws). Pedocoxal supracoxala absent,

Tarsus } LST pm long by 20 pm high where thickest,

W125 pm 2 20 jun, Ub 146 jain. 18 um Clengths

exclude claw anid! pedicle). For other measurements,

see Table 1. Tarsi bear small, faleiform, stinple,

slender, single claws (in Specimen broken in R Tey

Il, missing in 1, leg 0),

Chaetotaxy of legs: leg scobalae (normal setae)

slender, tapering, pointed, with light setule

formation, Setac of leg scgments are indicated in

Fig. 3, A number of specialized setac present on leg

segments, in addition to scobalac, distal ts

trochunters. These include a number of spinalae

(eupathidalae), These and orher lee setae are

identified in Fig, 3 as far as possible, but since, in

the damaged specimen only three reasonably

cotiplete legs were avilable (L leg L, R legs HW and

11), it has not been possible always to identity them;

ina number al cases only the setae bases remain.

Vestigiogenualae present: VsGel.85pd (7 um long),

VsGell.84pd (6 pm), Vestigiotibiala: VsTil 86d (7

pin). Solenotarsalae aré present to | and 1]: sotal,1Wd

MITE CLASSIFICATION M

(37 pm), SefallJ8d (22 ym); fanvulus is present to

| and Uf: FaTal.36d (4 em), Falall.36d (4 om), (Tarsal

lengths nteasured jo origin of pedicle; for

explanation of coding symbols see Southeotr

I96la,b, 1963),

Cmathosama (damaged in speamen, part of one

chela missing) smiull, elongate, combined chelac

bases to origin of cheliveral divit (blades broken or

missing) 84 um long, x 47 pm across, clongate-

pyriform. Galeala present, pointed, smooth, 1 um

long. Anterior hypostomala apparently absent,

Palpal setal foraiula 0, 1, 1, 3, 8; palpal coxala

("capitular sera”) apparently absent. Palpal

supravoxala absent. Palpfemorala (lorsal in

position, short, pointed, with few setules, abour 14

um long (? broken), Palpgenuala similar, dorsal anil

distal, ca 10 jaw long, Palpal tibialae and tarsalae

as figured, Palpal Libial claw small, slender, with

only a slightieleh and owo minute ventrally directed

prongs.

Remarks: The larva was found “on a ventral axillary

Membrane of the right wing” of the moth, which

had been raken at light. However, the mite has only

one dorsal scutum, The idiosamna contains a mass

of fungal hyphae (Treat 1975), “The mite's leus were

whitish... the mounted mite showed a clump of

mold mycelia with fruiting bodies on one side of

the idiosoma, This was white in the fresh,

unmounted specimen” {Treat pers. comm, 1983).

{The pallor of the legs is consistent with partial

drying of the mite.)

The body of the mite contains fungal elements

consisting of hyeline septate hyphae with numerous

intercalary chlamydospures. No frutting bodies are

visible in the mounted specimen, Whether the

fungal infection occurred before or alter the death

of the mite cannot be determined, bul the lalierc is

considered more likely. The fungus is placed im the

Fungi Imperfecti (G. Kominski & D. Ellis pers,

oomm.),

Nothrotrombidium is he only trambellid Jarva

in Which the chelicerae are elongate; presumably this

character has some adaptive value, if the Jinding

ofaN. read larva ou a lepidopteran indicates some

advantage in burreawing through deep layers of

scales.

Taxonomic position of N. ireati

The two known spevies of Nalarol/rombidium

Turvae nay be separated as follows:

Ja Til¥Ge tf > 2 about 29 ventral setae behind

Conae iif, veer eee eee NM. alianenm (Berl)

Ib Tif/Gel < 2; about 38 | ventral setae behind coxae

0 - N. treat sp. now.

Fig. 1. Nothrotrombidium treat sp, nov,

Remarks: There appears no doubt that N. treads is

congeneny with the larva of NM. olerwn as

described by Feider (19586). The urstigma is well

shown, so thal jhere is no douln as to its

trombidioid affinities, consistent with its general

appearance. Coxa | is shown well separated from

voxa H, which is i agreement with the structure

of Trombella and Chyzeria.

A pale of setae on the idiosomal venrer, anrerior

to couse Tis shown by Feider (1958b, Fig. 3}, which

may be-an error of interpretation of some fold of

integument. ‘The figures of the gnathosoma (his Figs

3, §} Show a pair of hypostomalae (palpal voxalae,

or tritorosirals sensu Newell 1957, p. 403) level with

the medial angles of the femora, which L have tat

been able to identify in M. freati, presumably

because | have only the single damaged specimen

available Feider (1958b) illustrates barbed dorsal

and ventral palpal femoral setac, as Well as a barbed

dorsal palpal genual seta, allhough his text omits

mention of the ventral femoral seta,

Family Chyzeriidae

ms Trombellinae, Thromhellinac auctarum, +

sup. (ad pr).

Chyzeridae (sic) Krang 1978, pp, 278, 304,

Definition: Trombidioidea in which the

propadosoma of the adult and deutonymph either

lacks a crista or has only a rudimentary crista,

bearing a pair of sensillary setac, Eyes 2 ; 2, sessile

Dersum of idiosoma produced into a number of

long processes, Idiosoma not elongate or waisted,

Larva with one dorsal scutum, with 6 setae: 2

ALs, 2 PLs and 2 sensillary setae, sensilla well

separated, arising at about middle af scutum.

Scutum with or without anteromedian nasus. Eyes

2 + 2, sessile, Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7. Coxae

separated. Coxal setal Formula 2, 1, §, Pedotarsal

claws 3, 3, 3, the neolateral claws with widened Lips.

Dorsal and ventral idiosomal setae may have

expanded seta bases. Supracoxalae present to

gnathosoma and leg 1. Lateral surface of cheticeral

blades with many fine teeth. Parasitic of

Onrthoptera.

Typé genus Ciyzeriy Caiestrim, 1297,

Remorks: The two genera new included to the

Chyzenidae may be separated asin the following

key:

Key ta the gener of the Chizeridae

Dorsal scutum withouc hasus, Palpal iarsalae may be

vatiousty moditied wih able) bu mot long and Feather-

like nat _ Chyzerva Canestrini

larva, Holotype A Dorstl view, lees omitted soand trochanters. pde

podocephalic canal. B Dorsal view of tip of rizbt palp. C-E tdiosomal setae. C posteriur dorsal idiosomala. 0

sentral idinsomal seta of first row behind coxae Hl, E pusterior ventral jdiosomala. (All [igures ro nearest scale.)

32 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Fig, 2. Nethrotrombidium treati sp. nav, larva, Holotype, A Ventral view, legs omitted beyond {rochanters, to scale

on left. B Ventral view of right palp, to scale on right. C Further enlargement of tarsus of right palp, not to scale.

Fig. 3. Nothrotrombidium treati sp. nov., larva, Holotype. Legs T, I, TE. Codes: L of left side, R of right side. av

anteroventral. pd posterodorsal, Sc scobala (normal type seta), So solenoidata, Sp spinata (eupathidala), Vs vestigiala.

Symbol A means that the seta is shown doubly, in both aspects for the leg. (Al! figures to same scale.)

MITE CLASSIFICATION

uM R. V. SOUTHCOTT

Dorsal seutiim with a premnent narrow Masus extending

abrupuly frous anterior border. Some palpal tarsalae lone

und feaiter-like -...... Notieatrombicu/a Dumbleton

Audyanidae fam, nov,

Definition: Trombidionea in which the

deutonymphs (adults are as yet Unknown) lack a

crista, Larve dorsal propodosomal shield present,

with anterior wotch: (wo sensilla at posterior edve

of shield, well separated, Idiosomal setae with

annulus produced to form a high papilla bearing

a small scobala at its (ip, arranged in groups of 2-12

on small plates of the idiosoma, Similar selae on

propodosomal shield and legs, Eyes.absent, Palp

with strong tibial claw, clenidium present on palpal

tibia as two dorsal spines, Palpal tarsus. clavate,

modcrately enlarged. Genital valves each with single

large, oval actubulum.

Larva with single prodorsal seuturm, with & setae:

2 AMs, short, clavate, 2 similar ALs close to the

sensilla, 2 normal PLs, sensilla present behind

middle of sculum, sensillary selae pointed,

somewhat thickened. Nasus lacking to scurum, Eyes

absent. Leg segmental formula 7, 6, & Coxae

separated, Coxal setal formula 2, 1, |; coxalae I

and II] clavate, similar to AM and AL seuralae;

palpal fernorala similar, TVarsal claws 2, 2, 2.

Supracoxalae absent,

Content: Audyane Womersley, 1954a.

Johnstonianidae family group

Family Johnstonianidue

Partial synonyiiy

dohnstonianinac Thor 1935, p. 108: Womerstey 1937, p. 76;

Thor & Willmann 1947, p. 221; Foider 19554, p. 75.

Johnstonianidae Newell 1957, p, 396; 1960, fh, 156;

Feider 1959b, p, 540; 1979, (9, 420 tulso

Johnstonianoidea), Vercamiuien-Grandjean 1972, p. 227;

1973, p. 110; Robaux 1973, p. 12h; Vercammen-

Cirandyean ef al, 1974, p. 245,

Definition: Adults: Small or middle-sized

iremnibidioids with or without propodosomial dorsal

crista, Propodosama with one or two pairy of

specialized or relatively unspecialized sensory seiae,

which may be set in trichobothrial pits or be less

clearly defined. Eyes 2 + 2 or lacking; if present,

on short peduncles. Skin comparatively smooth,

without prominences or Jarge sclerotized areas,

Idiosomal setue simple, nude or, if setutase, nut

vlaboratcly so; they commonly originate on small

plates or raised papillae. Genital acetabula 3 + 3

or 2 + 2, Pedotarsal claws without empodium or

empodium-like brush. Palp generally long and thin,

with or without tibial claw, with few or no accessory

spines. Paragenital scleriles presen! ur absent,

Predatory, may be associated with semiaquatyy

envirgniments,

Larvae: Propodosomal dorsal scutum with Ww

pars Ol sensory setae and four normal setae, ar wath

two pairs of setae, one pair sensory and the other

pais normal, sensory setae may be rudimentary or

fully developed in trichobothrial pits. Leg segmental

formula 7, 7, 7 or 7, 7, 6 or 6, 6, 6, Coxal setal

formula 2, 2, 3-4 or 2, 1, 20¢ 2, f, bor Ld

Coxal setae setulose, not highly modified,

Pedolarsal claws 3, 3, 3 or 2, 2, 2. Eyes 2 + 2,

sessile, or absent, Supracoxalae presem or absent.

Free-living predators oF ectoparasitic on insects,

at times semiaquatic

Type genus Jodmstoniaml’ Goerge. 1909,

Remarks; Thor (1935) defined the subfamily

Johnstonianinae as (translation by author):

“Body (abdomen) cylindneal, with pointed, simple hairs.

Crista well developed, with two arcolac in the middle

(or one distal) and Four (-two pairs) of sensory setae.

Anterior ro the thorax is an elongare triangular

projection (nasus), Eyes on short peduncles

(kurzgestielt). Palpi almost without, or with few, spines,

Legs of middling lenerh,

Type: Johnstanianay C. Fo George 1909 (svn.

Diplothrombium Berlese, SHO = Roheultia Qudemuns,

917",

Other genera placed in this subfamily by Thor &

Wilhnann (1947) were; Centrotrombidium Kramer.

1896, Diplotironrbium Berlese, 1910 (they did ot

accept iis synonymy with Johnstuniana),

Myrmicotrombium Womersley, 1934, and

Hirstthrombinm Oudemans, 1947, the last-nanyed

with type species Diplorhrambium wustratiense

Hirst, 1928. They removed Notothrombium

Stork4n, 1934 to a separate, new subfamily,

Notothrombiinae,

Myrmicotrombium was shown by Southcort

(1957a) to belong to the Brythracidac.

All of the genera listed were based on the adults,

exeept for Rohaultia, which was considered to be

a larva of JoAnsloniana (although this has been

widely accepted, Cooreman (1949, p, 10) pointed

out there was no certainty Uhal Reohaultio

hiungulurm Oudemans, 191 was the larva ol

Rhynchaolophus errans Jahnstan, and in fact

Rohauitia was not established to be a larval

synonym of Jo#ristoriana wotil Keer recorded anc

described the rearing of larvae of Jodmsroniana

thaxiria Feider, 1955 (Feider 1955a, 1958a)). Robaux

(1970) described larvae of J errans obtained by

experimental rearing.

Further genera which have been placed in the

Johnstonianidae are (see Vercammen-Grandjean

1973): Polpdiscia Methlagl, 1928 (larva),

Parawenhdek ia Paoli, 1937 (larva),

Crossethraembine Wome4r>sley, (939 (adult),

MITE CLASSIFICATION 35

Lasséenia Newell, 1957 (larva, deutonymph, adult),

Morcandreella Feider, 1957 (adult, deutonymph),

Charadracarus Newell, 1960 fadult, larva),

Pteritdopus Newell & Vercammen-Grandjean, 1964

(larva), Paraplothromibium Robaux, 1968 (adult),

Parachyzeria tHirst, 1926 (adult) was placed in the

Johnstonianidae by Southcou (1986a), Two further

genera placed in the Jobostonianidae by

Vercammen-Grandjean (1973) were

Nathoatrombicula and Grossia (= Chyzeria). Both

ol these genera have been placed here in the

Chyzeriidac. Porawernhoekia is exclhided, as of

doubtful affinity (see Southcott J96ta),

There remains a toral of mine genera in the

Johnstonianidae, known as Jarvae, fur which the

following subfamily groupings are proposed:

Johnstonianinac: Jufinstoniana f= Rohauitiad,

Diplothrombium, Centrotrombidium;

Tetrathrombiinae; Jetrathroabiunr, Lasseniinae:

Lassenia; Polydisciinae: Polvediscie, Preridopodinae:

Preridopus; Ralphaudyninac: Relpheudyne:

Charadracarinae: Charadracarus,

The Following is a key to the subfamilies of the

Johnstonianidae (larvae),

Key (o the larvae in the subfamilies of

Jobastonianidae

1. Yarsal claws 2, 2, 2, Anal selerites absent. Supracaxalae

absent to gnafthusoma and leew T........ 2.2262, 2

Tarsal claws 3, 3, 3. Anal sclerites present... 3

2. Leg segmetital formula 7, 7. 7 or 6, 6, 6, Posterior

sensillury setae of pradorsal scutuin without thickened

central part to shall, filiform (except in

Centrotrambidium where whe vensitlary setae are

terminally clavate), Sterial setae: usually a pair of

sclae between coxae ILL. Terminal seta of palpal rarsus

not cupathiditorm. Urscigma between coxac | and 11

not projecting away laterally (ram idiosoma, Coxal

formula 2, 1,1, Byes 2. + 2. Tracheae absent. Anterior

hyposiomala absent ...-_, .Johnstonianingae Thor

Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 6. Posterior sensillar

selae of prodorsal scurum with thickened part in

middle. Sternal setae numerous in area belween conde

Il and WI. Urstigma in a chitinous extension

projecting well lateral from idiosoma. Coxal formula

2, I, 2. Eyes absent. Tracheae present. Amerior

hypostomala absent. Terminal setae of palpal tarsus

nol eupathidiform ,,, ...Charadracarinae Newell

3, Lev segmental foroiula 6, 6,6. Coxul setal formula

2, 1, 2or2, 2, 3-4. Byes 2 + 2. Anterior sensillary

setae borne on a sniall selerite which may he separated

fram the main body of prodorsal scutum. Sternal

setae absent. A well-developed pore of @ “lasseaus”

ar “fassenio organ" present upon a small separate

sclorile auterint (6 coxa IL]. Suptacexalae present.

Lasseniinue Newell

Leg segmental formula 7,7, 7. Byes 2 + 2.....4

4, Attterios scutal sensilla in anrerior third of prodarsal

sculum, poskenor scutal sensiila in postertur third.

Stermal seme absent, Coxal setal formula 2, 1. 1.

Tetrathrombiinae subfam. nov.

penne

Anterior and posterior pairs of scutal sensilla both

in amerior (woshirds of prodorsal scutum -.. -- 5

5, Coxal setal formula 2, 1. 2. Sternal setae lacking.

Neolateral claws of pedoiarsi divided. Gnathoxomal

supracaxalae present... 2... 2. ee ee ee

--- oes... Polydisciinae Vercammen-Grandjean

Comal setal formula 2, 1, 1. Two sternal setae present

between coxae LIT, Neoluleral claws of pedotarsi

broadetied bul undivided. Supracoxalae present 6

6 Anterior sensilla of prodorsal soutum posterior to level

of AL setac. Bath pairs of scutal sensilla well

developed. Scutum with small nasus. Coxalae normal,

setulose. Tarsus HP extremely elongate and carrying

# dorsal row of Jong, feathered setae ..0.2,. 22. -

We. ey Lr .Pteridopodinae subfam. nav.

Anterior sensilla of prodorsa] scutumn anterior to level

of AL setae Anterior sensilla and seta¢ significantly

smaller than posterior, Scutum with large nasus. Conus!

setae (ubereulate with « subierminal bristle. “tarsus

Remark All subfamilies are known from only one

genus, except Johnstonianinae.

Sublamily Johnstonianinae Thor

Johnstonianinae auct. tad p, v. sup.)

Definition (larvaes: Prodorsal scutum with cight or

four setae; if with eight then these are 1wo pairs of

cach of sensillary se1ae and non-sensillary setae, if

with lour then with one pair of sensillary and one

pair of nonsensillary setae. If with Four setae hen

sensillary Selae clavate; if with eight setae then

sensillary setae filiform, and anterior palr may be

reduced. byes 2 + 2, each lateral pair on a small

ocular plate, which may be elevated into a tubercles

in Cennirarmnhidium postenor cornea may be

obsolete or lacking. Usually twa sternal s¢tac

berween coxac LL. Anal sclerites absent or weak:

if the latter, they are non-etiferous, Coxalae 2. |,

1; medial coxala I generally on a small pars medialis

coxae, which is rarely separate! from vesz.

Urstigma between coxae | and Il, not projecting

away laterally from cowae. Pedotarsal claws 2, 2, 2.

Galeala present, anterior hypostomala present;

reduced or absent, postenor hypostomala present,

Palpal tibial claw bifurcarc, Terminal seta of palpal

farsus not cupathidiform. Trachese absent,

Supracoxulae absent.

Type genus Johisionlana George, 1909,

Remarks: The following is a key jo rhe venerp of

the larval Johnstonianinae;

Kep to genera of larval Johnstameniiae

I. Scutum with four setae, posterior pair clavate

sensillary setae Vs absentalltegs.... ..- i

Se, .. Centrorrambidiamn Kramer, 1895

Seutum With cieht sete (lwo pairs sensillary, two pxins

fon-sensillaty, senoillary selae not clavate -.....2

% R, ¥, SOUTHCOTT

2. Anterior pair of scutal sensillary setae ar least one

third as long as the posterior pain VsGel II present,

VTL, HW, WE absent, Anterior wall of palpal trochanter

not fenestrated , ...- - ge tee Seat rhictie «

heat Johnstoniana George | Rakaultia Ouds.)

Anterior pair of scutal sensillary setae reduced, at

most One sixth as long as posterior pair. Vs absent

allsvaments Antenor wall of palpal trachanter may

be fenestrated ..., Diplathrornbserr Rerlese, 1910,

The key above has been drawn up principally

from descriptions of larvae allotted (o (hose genera

as Follows: Jofmistosiana from J dutiscuta Newell,

1957, £ waxiina Feider, 1955 (described by Feider

1958a), J. Rarghifensis Feider, 1958c, < veniripilesa

Feider, (958, J. errans (described by Robaux 1970)

Diplothrombium monoense and D. cascadense af

Newell (1957), D. molduvicum Feider, 1959a, D,

newelll Robaux, 1977; Centrotrombidium trom C

distans of Newell (1957), C. rameniense of

Vercammen-Grandjean & Feider, 1973, C

dichotomocoxala Vercaminen-Grandjean A

Cochrane, 1974.

‘Tetrathrombiinac subfam. nov.

Definition (larvae): Anterior pair of sensilla in

anterio: third of prodorsal scurum, posterior pair

in posterior third, Sensilla well-developed, sensillary

setae filiform. Eyes 2 + 2. Sternalae absent. Coxae

separated. Urstigma attached to anterior border of

coxa LI. Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7. Coxal setal

formula 2, 1, 1. Pedotarsal claws 3, 3, 3 (lateral claws

may be reduced). Galeala, anterior hypostomala

and posterior hypostomala present, Palpal tibial

claw bifid.

Type genus Tetrathrambiumt Feider, 1955.

Remorks: Jetreihrombian is known trom (wo

species, 7. zuchvaiKini Feider, 1954b (type species)

and T. macronychus Yeider & Suciu, 1956, from

Europe. 1. zachvatkini was obtained as ectoparasitic

upon a plecopteran, and T muacronyehus ftom

lipulid Diptera. The adults of the genus are

unknown,

Lasseniinae Newell

Lasseniinae Newell 1957, p, 447; Vercammen-

Grandjean 1973, p, 110,

Lassenidae (sic) Vercammen-Grandjean

p, 236,

1972,

Definitian (larvae): Anterior scutal sensillary setae

bornc on a small sclerite which may be scparate

from main body of <enjum, Eyes 2 + 2. Sternal

selae absent, Anul sclerites present, setifernus,

Lassenus or “Zussenia organ” present (a small pore

on a small separate sclente anterior tO coxa JM).

Leg segmental dormula 6, 6, 6, Coxal setal formula

2, 1, 2 or 2, 2, 3-4, Coxalae setullose, (inmodified,

VsGel, Fl present, VsTil present, VsTill absent,

Pedotarsal elaws 3, 3, 3, Galeala, anlerion

hypostomala and posterior hypostomala preserr

Palpal tibial claw unidentate a: bidentate.

Stupracoxalae present.

Type genus Lassenia Newell, 1957

Remarks: At present Lasseniinae should be

restricted to one genus, Lassenia, known as larvae,

deutonymphs and adults. Two species are known

as larvae, both from North America. In neither case

was there experimental correlation between larvae

and aclepod stages, and correlation Was based

purely on strong presumptive tield evidence (Newell

1957). The larvae are parasitic on Diptera living in

subaquatic environments.

Vercammen-Grandjean (1973) included in the

“Lussenidae” Lassenia, Polydiscia Methlagl (known

only as Jarva), and Crossothrombium Womersley,

1939 (known only as adult). The status of whe last-

named (which has 2 + 2 eyes, contrary to

Womersley’s description) will be considered In

another paper, Polydiscia was made the type genus

of Polydiscinae (sic) Vercammen-Grandjean by its

author (1972 this subfamiilial status will be retained

here (se¢ below),

Polvdisciinac Vercammen-Grandjean

Polydiscinae (sic) Vercammen-Grandjean 1972, p, 236,

Definition (larvae): Dorsal propodgsgmal scwlum

well developed, with two pairs of trichebothrial

setae and four non-sensillary setae. Anterior pair

of sensillary selae originate anterior to AL. selae,

behind slight convexity of anterior border of

scutum: ho defined nasus preset; scutum markedly

waisted. Eyes 2 + 2, Sternul selae lacking, Anal

sclerites present, setiferous, Coxa — and Tl

contiguous on cach side, with urstigma berween

them. Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7. Casal setal

formula 2, 1, 2; coxalae setulose, unmodified,

Pedotarsal claws 3, 3, 3; cmpodium thin, falciforim,

neolateral claws divided, Dorsul eupathidala |

companala present to tarsus | and II. Palpal tibial

claw greatly modified, reduced to seta without huok

structure, Galeala present, anterior hypostomala

present, posterior hypostomala absent.

Gnathosomal supracoxalae present.

Type genus Polydisciy Methlagl, 1928

Remarks: Known only for the species /? seuurnate

Methlagl, 1928,

Vercammen-Grandjean (1972) gave a careful

redescnption of Pobwdiscia squamata Methlagl, ard

MITE CLASSIFICATION IT

TABLE 2. Pedal seehaler formula for titeé species of larval joknstonianid and one kivdryphaatid larval, mites.

Lassenia Pulydiscia

lasseni! syudinatal

Lez [ u ul i il

Fe 10 10 10 6 7

Ge 8 8 8 4 4

Ti 16 17 15 9 9

Ta 50 43 40 21 21

Sub-rotals 84 78 73 40 4)

Totals 235 120

Plersigia Charadracares

limophila! delitescens*

il [ IL tu J u Iu

6 7 7 6 6 8 6

4 4 4 4 s 4 4

9 g i) 9 § $ 1

20 1k 17 7 22 17 12

3¥ 38 37 36 38 44 32

Mt 104

\From Vercammen-Grandjean (1972), re-atranged-

“Derived from the iWustrations of Newell (1960).

founded Polydisclinae on the sole genus Polydiscia

on the grounds of:

(LY limited size of palpotibial claw

(2) presence of subterminala {+ dorsal cupathidala)

and parasubterminala {= companala to dorsal

eupathidala) on tarsus If

(3) “tabulation of leg setae is very much like that

of certain water mites . . "and commented “Thase

vharacters seem to imply a high ancestry to this

Benus, 4% does the peculiar shape and

ornamentation of the scutum, which interestingly

links the Lasseninae (sic) lo the Hydryphantidae”

(Vercammen-Grandjean 1972, p, 234),

In 1973 he listed (without discussion) Polvdiseia

in the Lasseniinae (possibly due to a publication

delay),

However, the grounds advaneed by Vercammen-

Grandjean for the separation of the Polydisciinae

are worthy of discussion, es they arc relevant wo

subfamilial classification within the

Johnstonianidae. Criterton (1} is true, but by itself

does not appear to be a justification for subfamilial

status, Criterion (2) also applies in ee. Lassenia

fasseni Newell (see Newell 1957) and £ seuterlata

Newell (see Newell 1957).

Criterion (3) is of more interest, and is an

expression of af increasing tendency among

specialists of the prostigmatic mites to use the

numbers of normal setae (scobalae) on the lee

segments in higher classifications. These numbers

imay be expressed in a “pedal seohalar formula”,

as his been done eg, by Vercammen-Grandjean

41972}, Robaux (1977), This formula, for four

species of trombidiform mites, ix shown in Table 2,

From Table 2 it can be seen that there is a decrease

in pilosiy through the four genera Lassenta,

Pelydiscia, Piersigi# and Charadracarus, It

reduction of the number of leg scobalae is

considered to be derived then Lassenia is the most

primitive of the four genera listed, and

Charadracurus the most derived, These remarks

apply only to absolute numbers of scobalae, In the

case of the genua, however, Polyeiscie has fewer

setae thin Cheragracerus ac least for geng |,

On the other hand, if one considers the numbers

of idiosomal scobalae, of the larvae, the relationship

ig reversed between Lassenia and Charadracarus.

Thus Charadracarus larvac have a large number of

setae in the intercoxal area betweety coxae IL and

II, while Lassenia larvae have none,

It would appear, therefore, that any conclusions

abour the phylogeny of the various johnstonianid

subfamilies at Icast, based on the degree of pilosity

of the larvae, should be treated with caution. Other

characters must be introduced into such an analysis,

Pleridopodinae subfam_ nov.

Plecidopiidae Feider, 1979, pp. 420, 421 (wom, wuely

proposed without definition ot key).

Definition (larvae) Prodorsal scutum well-

developed, with anterior nasus and eight setae; two

pairs of well-developed sensilla, anterior pair

originating behind level of AL scutalae, Sensillary

setae setulose, not expanded, may be plumose, Eyes

2.1 2, Sternal setacc two, between coxae It. Anal

sclerites present. Lassenus present, Coxa¢ | and If

contiguous or nearly so on each side, urstigma well

developed, Leg segmental formula 7, 7, 7, Coxal

setal Forniula 2, J, 1; coxalae normal, sctulose.

VsGel. IE, Vail present; VsTill absent. Tarsal claws

3, 3, 3) neclateral claws with distal widening, Tarsus

IL elongated, carrying dorsally a row of plumose

s@laej similar setae on tibla IL. Cheliceral blades

with many fine teeth and tubercles. Palpal

trochanter not fenestrated; palpal tibial claw

strongly bifid. Supracoxalae present.

Type genus Pleridopus Newell & VYercanimen-

Grandjean, ISf4

Remarks; The Pteridopodinae at present contalis

only the genus Preridopus, known for two species

of larvae (adults are nol known) from Atnica: P

auditor Newell & Vercammen-Grandjean, 164

(type species) atid P pseudhaennemunia Newell &

Vercummen-Grandjean, 1964.

Ralphaudyninae subfaim, poy,

Definitien fierveae)s Prodorsal scutum well-

developed, with broad nasus; erght setae, Cour

3% R, ¥, SOUTHCOTT

sensory, Anterior pair of sensilla anterior to level

of Al. scutalae, smaller than posterior pair

Sensillary setae wot enlanyed. Eyes.2 1. 2. Sternal

setae! two, hetween coxae Hl Anal sclerites present,

setiferous Coxae land [I contiguous on each side,

With (he urstigma set laterally between them, Lee

segmental formula 7, 7. 7. Coxal setal formula 2,

1, 1: all coxalae modified, tubercular, with

subterminal bristle in only known species. Tarsus

[IT only moderately elongated, does not carry a row

ol plumose setae alang dorsum, Tarsal claws 3, 3,

3; all claws widened, but undivided. Galeala,

antenor and posterior hypostomalae present. Palpal

tibial claw bifid. Supracoxalae present.

Type genus Ra/phavdyna Vercammen-Grandjean et

al, 1974.

Remarks: The Ralphaudyninae contains only che

genus Rulphaudyna, known onty for ils type species.

Ralphaudyna Vercammen-Grandjean ef al, 1974

Definition: With the characters of the subfamily.

Ralphaudyna umamiensis Vercammen-Grandjean

ef al, 1974

Remarks; Through the kindness of Mr W. C.

Weibourn, Acaroloegy Laboratory, Slate University

of Ghia, | have examined three specimens which

conform to this species. Collection details are as

follows:

Japan, Shikoku, Ishizuchi National Park, Omogo

Uly (sic), 700 m, IS-25.Ni7I9BO, ex Tachyetnes

mbustus [Anders Rhaphidophoridas, Grylacri-

doidea] S, & J. Reck, codes WCW 81406-9, -2,,-9

local identifications (RVS} ACB727A, BC.

Significant morphological features have been

discussed on p. 26, leading to the above taxannmic

placenent,

Metric data of scutum and legs of these three

species ave provided jn ‘lable 3.

The dorsal scutum is shown in Fig, 4C, The

anterior sensilla have the rypical “half-lidded"

appearance of (roinbidiod scutel sensilla, The

stetrialae are between coxae IIE, Jong-conical with

faint adpressed setules, GO zim long. The palpal ribial

claws are Well-cleti: the tines are separated, and in

the qgirrect orientijion can be seen te be angled

about half-way along their length (Fig. 4A, B).

Remurks on biology: The finding of larvac of this

species as ectoparasites on a gryllacridoid (cave

cricket) is of considerable interest. Many of the

larvae of the Johpstonianidae have been taken as

ecloparusiles upon water associated insects, eg.

upon tipulids, or even upon rhe aquatic pupae of

wait beetles uf an unnamed family (Newell 1957),

There i a superficial resemblance between

Ralohaveyae tarvac and Chyzeria in the highly

modified ooxulae ul at least same species of

Chyzeria larvae (see Southcott 1982),

Charadracarinue Newell

Charauracarinae Newell 1960, op.

Grandjean 1973, p. Ud.

Definition (larvae); Amerior propodosomal dorsal

scutum well-developed, with a sharp nasus and

slight-cvidenee of acrista; with eight setae: two pairs

of sensillary setac, two pairs non-sensillary. Anterior

pair of sensillary setae little different from sculalae,

without a well-developed typical alveolar pit,

Posterior sensillary setae with expanded middle

parc, arising from approximately norniul

trichobathrial pics. Ocular sclerites and eyes absent.

Sternal setae numerous on yventer of idiosoma in

area between coxve It and 1, Anal sclerites absent,

Coxae Land I] contiguous on cach side. Urstigma

well-developed, in chitinuus extension on lateral side

of coxa bt. Ley segmental formula 7, 7, 6. Coxalac

2, I, 2; coxalae normal, tapering, selolose.

Pedolarsal claws 2, 2, 2, Galeala presem, anterior

hypostomala absent, posterior hypostomala present.

Anterior wall of palpal trochanter not fenestratec

Terninal setae of palpal tarsus not cupathidiforn.

Supracoxalae absent.

Type genus Charadracarus Newell, (980,

157; Vercaummen

Remarks: Chavadracarinae includes only the genus

Charadracarus, with two species in North America,

C. hurdi Newell, 1960 and GC. delitescens Newell,

1960, and two. European species, GC grandjeani

(André, 1930) and C. aelleni (Cooreman, 1954). The

larva is known only for C. delitescens; correlation

between (he larva ancl adult for this species appears

to have bee based on strong evidence of

association in the field, tagether with the

morphological similarities of the adults and larva,

without evidence of experimental rearing. ‘There is

no present evidence to dispute the proposed

correlation; the larva is clearly a member of the

Johnstonianidac on other grounds.

Acknowledgments

Lam indebted lo Dr Asher E. Treat, U1S.A,, for

sending the specimen of Nothrotromibidiunt treats,

and for additiinal collecting information; and te

Mr W. C. Welbourn, Acarology Laboratory, State

University of Ohio, for the specimens of

Ralphaudyna amamiensis, | thank Mrs Geraldine

Kominski and Dr David Fllis, Mycologisrs,

Adelaide Children’s Hospital, for identification of

the fungus associated with MN. treats.

MITE CLASSIFICATION

“(PL6L) 72 J2 UvolpuRI-UsUTUTesIaA JO

BEp SY} YIM a]QeTeduioo ATIpeal SLOW EyEp asay} ayxeW O41 “(g6E “d ‘g “BLY “EIOGT “WOIYINOS 908) e[[Isuas jo sired OM] YUM WNIMds B IOJ aJeLIdoIdde aie yOIyM “Da

‘BESY JO PRSISUT NT ‘BGS JO peslsul GINY pasn savy | “2'9 ‘BI[ISUaS OMI YITM SBAIL] PUPIQUIO! IO] pasn AplILWIOISNS SULIa1 SY] pasn savy [ 2[qQe] sAoge ay} UT :10N,

St Lvt 79 oF €¢ its lf Sil rs oF oF Sr DLTLEOV

Lt Sel 19 tp ts €¢ o£ 801 os PP Ob LF ALZLGOV

LZ Pr fa) er bs ss 67 SIT €s EF 6b 6r VLTLAOV

CHDITTEL (DHTeL TITEL IllPeD IIPAL 184g (AYITRL (VURL IL IPD ECAA Tea

rf LZ £9 8r eb ip OL 89 9L-9F ay 91 DLZLAOV

re 911 ras) Sr tr 6r SL-P9 P9-8E SL-8E = 81 ALtTLdOVv

TE zal %9 ¥S SP SP OL gg 9L-Fb 001 iI VLTLEOV

(HDTEL (DIEL TLL [PD PAL edd Sdd SAW sd as qv

69 _ oF igs 6S1 él oF 98 a 7 fel £9 SE OF DL7LA IY

£9 9S = zs 6PI OET ar 88 oe rad OT Lg gg or aéZZg or

cL sg & is9 6$1 PEL oF 68 oF &7 al ge 9E oF FL2Z9Or

Td TF WE d¥ mM 7 aSd qsV SW gs Md MY KN NT uatudioeds

wd ui ‘apasny SisuatuEWe eUuApneydey fo suausioads aaiyj fo vinp diajapy °¢ ATAVL

40 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

PaSeFe.d \

50;

Pig. 4. Ralpkaudyna amamiensis Vercammen-Grandean e7 al,, 1974, larva, specimen ACB727A, to standard notation.

A Gnathosoma, dorsal. B Gnathosoma, ventral, C Dorsal scutum. D Part of coxa LIL and the two sternalac. (All

to scale shown.)

References

ANpRE, M. (1930) Sur unc nouvelle espéce francaise BeRLFSsn, A. (1887) Trombella glandulosa Berl. n. sp. (et

dacarien, appartenant au genre Typhlothrombium genus) (with plate). Acari, Myriapoda et

Berlese. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat, Paris (2) 2(5), Pseudoscorpiones hucusque in Italia reperta. Number

527-53). 40, Pr. 2 (Vol. [V), (A. Berlese, Patavii).

(1958) Acariens thrombidions (adultes) de (1888) Acari Austro-Americani quos collegit

Angola. Publ. cult. Diamang No. 35, 1-125. Aloysius Balzan. Boll. Soc, Ent. Ital. 20, 171-186.

(1960) Contribution a l'étude des thrombidions (1902) Descrizione e figura della Trombella

Indochine. Acarologia 2(3), 315-326, atiorum n. sp, Riv pat. veg. (1) 9, 127-128.

Banks, N, (1894) Some new American Acarina. Trams, (1910) Brevi diagnosi di generi ¢ specie nuovi di

Amer. Ent. Soc, 21, 209-222. Acari. Redia 6, 346-388,

MITE CLASSIFICATION 4l

HesHeiiy da & Kier, J. AQ (1942) Veinticinoa especies

tuevas de Trambidiideas en Colombia, &ivy, Acad.

Culomb Cienn Exact, Fis-Ouim. Nat. S(LT), 110-127.

CANES iim, G. (897) Nuovi avaraidei della N. Guinea.

fermeészerm, biz, 1, 461-474.

LewOREMAN, |. (1949) Note sur dadiastenand ercons

(lohuston)(Acarien, Trombiditdae), Bull, Inge A. Sey,

Nal. Belx. 2542), 1-16

— (1934) Notes sur quelques acariens de la faune

cavernicole, frd, 30(34), 1-19.

Dumuterus, L. J. (1947) Trombidiidae (Acarina) from

the Salamon Islands and New Zealand. Trans. R. Soe.

New Zealond 76(3}, 409-413,

Faseicius, J, C. (1775) Systema entomologiae, sistens

Wisectorum classes, ordines, genera, species, adiectis

synonymis, logis, deseriptignibus, observatianilyus,

(Flensbunei er Lipsiae).

Temper, Z. (J9$$a) Acarina Trumbidoidea. Founu &.

Ram, Sil), 1-186,

(9SSh} G noud larvd de aearian pararitd pe un

plecopter (Jétratfrombium sachvatkfai a. &. mn sp.).

Aciwh R, POR. Wil, Fast Stud. Cerc, St, 6-2), 209-224,

(1957) Ln nouveau genre ct deux. espéces nonivelles

d'avariens et leur imponance phylogenctique. An. rh

Univ. “Al. t. Cura” din fasi (o.s.), Sect. MW (Sti. nat.

geogr) 31-2), 1-18.

U958a) O howd larva din Subfamilia

Jolinstonianinae (Acarina), Co: Aced. R. BR Rom.

BS}, 499-506,

(Acarina) obtinuta prin eultard si despre auua

curacterizare a familie. dow RoR Fil Lagi Stal.

Cere. Sti. Biol, Sti Agri¢, 912), 268-282.

(19S8c) Citeva larve de acarieni noi pentru stint.

An. §ti. Univ. “At 1, Cuza" din fagl (n.s.) Sect. WE t$e.

nar.) 4(2),, 39-310.

(19598) Prima specie a weoului Digdathrombiuen

(Acari) din R. BR. gi Europa sub forma de larva

(Diplethrombiuse moldavicum 0, sp.). Acad. &. PR.

fal. fast Stud. Cere.8ti, Biol. Sti, Agric. 10(2), 261-268.

(1959b) New proposals on the classification of

mites from the grauy lyormbidia, Zeal Zur, 38(4),

$37-549, (In Russian, English summary.)

(1979) Principes et méthodes dans lat taxononie

uu amupe des Trombidia. Proe. ak far Congr:

Avdralagy, 1974, pp. 417-423.

& Seciu, F (1986) O naud larvd:

Terraihrombium macraayches nm. sp. (Acarino)

parazilé pe ull Lpulid, da Sri Univ Hf Cuz" din

feyi (nec}, Seet, IT (Sti. Nat.Geogr.) 22), 163-174.

Georce, C FE (1909) Some British earth mites.

Neturalist, Land, 1909(631), 281-282,

Hiest, S. (1926) Descriptions of new mices, includine

four new species vf "red spider”, Prac, Zou/, Soc, 1926

3), 825-84)

— - 41928) On some new Austrahan mires of che

families Trombidiidae and Erythracidae. A cet. Mag. ner

fist. (IO) 4), F63-S7L.

Kaasirrk, P(I896) Neue Acaridesy von der Insel Borkum.

fool Anz VAS1S), 444-448,

Keanz, G W. (1978) A manual of acarplogy, 2nd edn.

{Oregon Stace University Book Stores, Corvallis,

Oregon).

Leach, W. EQ (tR1S) A tabular view af the exiernal

haractvrs Of 4 classes of animals Trans, Line. Sac.

Lone 11(2}, 306-400,

METHLAGL, A. (1928) Uber di¢ Trombidiase in den

Osterceichischen Alpenlandern, Denksohr Akad. wis.

Wien Moth-Naturwiss, Klasse W1(8), 213-250,

MicHAEL, A. 1, (1884) Rritish Oriharidae. Vol. |, (Ray

Sacety, London).

(19586) Prinva tarva din familia Trombetlalaer

Newel, 1 M, (1957) Studies on the lohnstanianidae

(Acari, Parasiiengona), Pacific Sei U1(4), 396-466.

(1453) Specific characters and character yariancs

in adults and larvae of he venus Forertracrbtint Raryant

910 (Acari, Trombidiidae), with deseriptions of nwo new

species from Western North America. bic 12¢4),

350-370.

(ISG) CHarwdracunys hew eyitus, Chraradracarinae

new subfamily (Acari, Johinstoniauidae), and the statis

of Typhlothrembaem Berlese (910, fia, bA(2), 186-172.

& VPRCAMMUN-GRANDIFAN, PL Fl, (1964)

Preridapus 1.2 (Acari, Johnstomanidae) and a probable

auditory arean in a mite. Acarfogia 6(1), 98-110.

OubEMANS, A.C. (1919) Acarologische aanteekeningen

XMAXAYV. Ent Ber, Avisr 3157), t8-126. (Seen in

Typescript),

Paoit, G. (1937) Studi sulle cavallette di Foggia

(Deciosiaurus, mereccunus Thob.) © sui lori oofagi

(Ditter) Bombiliidi e& Colentreri Meloide) ed Acari

ecintagi (Erureidi © lrombidiidil, Redia 23, 27-206,

Raprporp. ¢. D. (1446) Larval and nymphal mires

tAcarina; Trombiculicae) from Ceylon and the Maldive

Islands. Purasitolegy 37(1,2), 46-54.

Rowaux, P, (1967) Mavonelia aigar Boshell et Kerr 142,

type des Moyanellinue n. sub-lam, (Acarina-

Thrombidiicae). Acarologia 9(4), 84) 847

(1968) Throwbidiidae d'Amerique du Sud. | —

Tunaupadinae, Johnstonianioae, Thrombellin. (Acarina

— Thrombidiidue). Zh/d. 10(3), 450-465.

(1970) Fnide des larves de Throibidiidae Hl. —

La fare de Johastoniana errads Uolistan) 1832

Redescription de ludulle et de ta nymphe. fhi@, 1242),

339-356,

(1973) Iniportunce de (4tude des caraciéres

morphologiques, deli biologie ct de Verulopie & Loutes

les Stases, pour Gablir la phylogénése des acariens

vuisins des Utcombidhons, fore PSU), 121-12K,

(t977) Observations sur guclques Avtinedida |

Prostiumates) du so! d'Amerique du Nore. 1X.

Nouvelles formes lurvaires de trombidions (Acarib did.

1917), 254-271.

SubrHcor, RB. V. 19874 The genus Myrnicorreamibuen

Womersley 1934 |Acarina, Ersthraeidac), with remarks

on the systematics of the Erythracanea snl

Trombidioldea. Ree S olusr Afus. LIC), OL 98,

— (6957b) On Vatarerus ipudes 0, gen, nm. Sp

(Acarina; Yrambidigideu), a cew respiratory

endoparasie from a Pacific sea-snake, Frans. R, Soc.

S&S. Aust. 80, 165-176,

(19f la) Studies on the systematics and biclogy of

the Brythrenidea (Acarina), with a critical revision oO!

ahe eenvra and subfamilies, “att, £ Zool 43), 367-610.

(961b) Description of Iwo new Australian

Smarididae (Acarina), with remarks on chactolay and

geographical diswiburion, Trans & Sec. S Aus. 85,

33-153.

(1963) The Smuatrididse LAcaving) of North and

Central America and some other countries. Shia. 86,

159-245,

(1982) Observalions cn Cvpzeria Canestrini and

sume related genera cAcarina: lrombidinldeay with

remurks on the ¢lassilicalion of jhe superfamily and

deseription of a pyemephorid mite photetic on

Chyzeria. Row. S Aust. Miss. (8(14), 285-326

(986a) Un Freambilfa alpha no. sp. (Acarina:

“Tromibellidaey from Austratia: correlation, descriprion,

developmental abmormaities, systematics ald probable

audilory siructures. (Grd, P91N), 145-168.

(1986b) The venus Odonlecorus LAcatina

Vrembiculidoe), 1), Observarions an the tife history anu

42 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

morphology of Qdentacarus swani no. sp., and related

, forms. /bid. 19(12), 169-200.

STORKAN, J. (1934) Notothrombium regis-borisi

mg. n sp, Bull. Inst. Roy. Hist, Nat. Sofia 7, 66-70 (not

seen, cited by yarious authorities).

Thor, S. (1935)Ubersicht und Hintcilung der Familic

Trombidiidye W. E. Leach 1814 in Unterfamilien, Zool.

Anz. 109(5-6), 107-112.

& Wilt MANN, C. (1947) Trombiditdae. Tierreich

Tb, 187-541, XXIX-XXXVi,

Trear, A. E, (1975) Mites of moths and butterflies.

(Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca & London).

VERCAMMEN-GRANDJEAN, P, H. (1955) Un nouveau

genre! Durenia, dans la sous-famille des Trombellinae

(Trombidiidae — Acarina). Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. 52(3-4),

252-260.

(1972) Revision of Womersley’s Apoloniiinae

(Acarina, Leeuwenhoekidae (sic)) from the Asiatic-

Pacific regian. Folia parasitol. (Praha) 19, 227-252.

(1973) Sur les statuts de la famille des Trombidiidae

Were 1815 (Acarina: Prostigmata). Acarologia 15(1),

102-114.

& COCHRANE, A, (1974) On three new species of

tarval Trombidiformes parasitizing American midges

(Acarina: Trombidiidae & Johnstonianidae)_ JZ. Kansas

Ent, Soe, 47(1), 66-79,

& Fewer, Z. (1973) Le genre Evansiella V-G.,

1957 est synonyme de Centrotrombidium Kramer, 1896.

— Description d'une forme larvaire nouvelle, C.

romaniense (Trombidiformes: Johnstonianidae). Riv.

Parassitol, 34(2), 121-126.

+ KUMADA, N., NEwet, 1. M., ROBAUX, P. &

Suzuki, H. (1974) Ralphaudyna amamiensis, an

ultimate homage to the memory of Dr J. Ralph Audy

Scyini Parasitengona). Jap, J, sanit, Zool. 25(3),

245-249,

, LANGSTON, R. L., & Aupy, J. R. (1973) Tentative

nepophylogeny of trombiculids. Fulia parasitol. (Praha)

20, 49-66.

WELBOURN, W. C. (1983) Potential use of trombidioid

and erythracoid mites as biological vontrol agents of

insect pests, pp. 103-140. /n Hoy, M. A., Fuontnghan,

G. L. & Knutson, L. (Eds), “Biological contro! of pests

by mites”, Agric. Exp. Sta., Div. Agr & Natural

Resources, Univ, Calif., Berkeley; Spec, Publ, 3304.

(1984) Phylogenetic studies on Trombidiaidea, pp.

135-142. Jn Griffiths, D. A. & Bowman, ©. E. (Eds),

Acarology V1, Vol. 1. (Ellis Horwood Lid, Chichester),

WILLMAN, C. (1939) Die Arthropodenfauna von

Madeira nach den Ergebnissen der Reise von Prof, Dr

O. Lundblad Juli-August 1935, XIV, Terrestrische Acari

(exkl, Ixodidae), Ark. f Zool. 31A(10), 1-42.

Womers.ey, H. (1934) A revision of the 1rombid and

erythraeid mites of Australia with descriptions of new

genera and species. Rec. S. Aust, Mus. 5(2), 179-254.

- —— (1937) A revision of the Australian Trombidiidac

(Acarina). bid. 6(1), 75-100.

(1939) Further noles on the Australian

Trombidiidae with description of new species. Trans.

R. Soc. §. Aust, 63(2), 149-166.

(1954a) New genera and species, apparently of

Apoaloniinaée (Acarina, Lecuwenhoekiidae), from the

Asiatic-Pacific region, Malaysian Parasites VII. Stud.

Inst. Med. Res.,, Malaya, No. 26, 108-119.

—— (1984b) On the subfamily Trombellinae Siz Thor

1935 (Acarina, Trombidiidae) with the diagnosis of the

nymph of Audyana thampsoni Womersley, 1954, Rec.

S, Aust, Mus. 114(2), 121-128.

A NEW LARVAL MITE (ACARINA: TROMBIDIOIDEA)

ECTOPARASITIC ON AN AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE,

AND THE TROMBIDITDAE RECLASSIFIED

BY R. V. SOUTHCOTT*

Summary

Wondeclia centipedae gen. novy., sp. nov. is described, as an ectoparasite on the centipede Rhysida

nuda (Newport) (family Scolopendridae) from north Queensland. It is the first larval trombidioid

mite known as a centipede ectoparasite. The mite lacks eyes, and is unusual in the posterior

displacement of the anteromedian scutal setae and their wide separation, the anterior displacement

of the posterolateral scutal setae, the thickening of the anteromedian, anterolateral and sensillary

scutal setae, and the excavation of the anterior scutum's anterior border.

A new subfamily, Wondecliinae, is erected for the genus, which is included with the Trombidiinae

and Allothrombiinae in a restricted family Trombidiidae.

Metric characters for shield and leg characters customarily used in describing and specifying larval

trombidioid mites are analysed by correlation methods. A moderate degree of positive correlation,

above twice that of random expectation, is present throughout the sets of comparisons of the groups

of variates utilized. There is no excess of negative correlations.

KEY WORDS: Taxonomy, Wondeclia, Wondecliinae, centipede, Queensland, Acarina,

Trombidiidae, Trombidioidea, correlation.

A NEW LARVAL MITE (ACARINA: TROMBIDIOIDEA) ECTOPARASITIC ON

AN AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE, AND THE TROMBIDIIDAE RECLASSIFIED

by R. V SoutHcoTT*

Summary

SoutHcort, R. ¥. (1987) A new larval mite (Acarina; Trombidividea) ectoparasitic un an Australian

cenlipede, and the Trombidiidae reclassified, Trams. R. Suc. S. Aust. M11()), 43-52, 29 May, 1987.

Wondeclia centipedae gen. n0V., sp. nov. is described, as an cetoparasire on the conlipede RALSside

nuda (Newport) (family Scolopendridae) from north Qucensland. Ii is the first larval irombidioid mite

known as a centipede cctoparasite. The mite lacks eyes, and is unusual in the posterior displacement of

the anteromedian scutal setae and their wide separation, the anterior displacement of the posterolateral

scutal setae, the thickening of the antcromedian, anterolateral and sensillary scutal setac, and the excavation

of the anterior seutum’'s anterior border.

A new subfamily, Wondecliinae, is erected for the genus, which is included with the Trombidiinge and

Allothrombiinae in a restricted family Trombidiidae.

Metric charactérs for shield and Icy characters customarily. used in describing and specifying larval

trombidioid mites are analysed by correlation methads. A moderate degree of positive correlation, above

twice that of random expectation, is present throughout the sets of comparisons of the groups of variates

utilized. There is no excess of negative correlations..

Key Worps: Taxonomy, Wandectia, Wondecliinac, centipede, Queensland, Acarina.. Trombidiidae,

Trombidividea, correlation.

Introduction

Centipedées and millipedes are well known hosts

for commensal or phoretic mites of a number of

families (eg. Berlese 1882, 1910a,,b; Vitzthum 1941;

Evans 1955; Domrow 1956; Rack 1979), André

(1943) considered that some of these relationships

verged on parasitism, a suggestion confirmed by

Shiba's (1976) record of a larval trombidioid mite,

Milliotrombidium milliopodum Shiba, ectoparasitic

on millipedes in Malaya. However, tarval

trombidioid mites seem not to have been found on

centipedes (see eg. Oudemans 1912; Thor &

Willmann 1947; CloudsleyThompson 1968).

A new genus and species of larval trombidioid

mite ectoparasitic upon a north Queensland

centipede is described below and its taxonomic

position within the superfamily Trombidioidea

discussed. It is placed in a new subfamily of a

restricted family Trombidiidac, and some comiments

are made on its biology.

A key for the separation of the subfamilies of the

Trombidiidac is presented.

Seta terminology follows Southcort (1961a, b,

1963, 1986a, 1987),

TAXONOMIC DECISIONS AND ACCOUNTS

Superfamily Troimbidioidea Leach

frombidides Leach, 1815 (restricted)

Trombidioidea Leach; Southeort, 1987.

Definition: As in Southcort (1987).

“2 Taylors Road, Mitcham, S. Aust. 5062.

Family Trombidiidae Leach s, str.

Trombidides Teach, t814 (restricred)

Trombidiidac Sourheort 1086c.

Definition: As. in Southcott (1986e).

Type genus /hombidium Fabricius, 1775.

Key to larvae of subfamilies of Trombidiinae

1, Anterior dorsal sculumn more of less rounded anteriorly,

without anteromedian excavation, AM setae of anterice

dorsal scutum unmodified, arising towards anterior

pole af seutum and in front of all other setae of

seultini, Sensillary setae slender, tapering, aor clavate,

AM setae displaced posteriorad nearly to mid-level of

shield, short and clavate watlr long selules. AL setae

The anicrotnost setae of scutum, arising near AT, angles.

Sensillary setac clavate with strong setules, arising

hehind level of PL setae, yes absent... 2, -...,

Ny .... ... Wondecliinae subfam. now.

2 Urstigrs Oval® oe ees Trembidiinac

Urstigma circular? .........20.- Allothrombiinae

Remarks; With the discovery and formal

description of Wondeclia centipedae and its

placement in the subfamily Wondeclliinue, phe

subfamilies Trombidiinae and Allothrombiinac

Thor, 1935 {see the discussion in Southcott 1986c),

together with the Wondecllinae, should be plaved

ina restricted lamily Trombidiidae, as redefined

*This distinction is teutative. See the discussion in

Southcor ¢1986c).

At R, Vv. SOUTHCOTT

(Southeatt [986c), That definition applies to all

known adulls and deutonymphs of the

Trombidiinae and Allothrombiinae, but may need

inodification lor the Wondecllinae, when the pasr-

larval forms became known,

Subfamily Wondecliinse subfam, nov.

Definilion of tarvee: Eyes absent. Anterior dorsal

scrim without nasus:; with anteromedian

excavatiom AL seural setue ul antensdatent! angle

ef scutum; AM setae well separated, displaced

posteriorly nearly to level of middle af scutunt; PI.

setae displaced anteriorly to level of middle of

sculaim, Sensillary setae widely separated, clavate,

selulose, All coxal'setae setulose. Tarsal claws 3, 3, 3.

Type genus Wondeclia gen, nov.

Genus Wendectia pen. nov.

DeAnirion of farya: Wondechinae. Anterior

prodorsal shield approximately square, posterior

prodorsal scuijum # transverse oblong. Scutal

sensilla at about Jevel of junetion of third and

fourth quarters of sentum. Posterior dorsal seutum

with four normal, setulose setae) Tarsal claws

falciformn, simple, Gnathosoma with compact chela-

bases, Cheliceral blade with 2-4 barbed teeth.

Guleala robust, sinuous, expanded near is base,

unbranched, Palpal tibial claw bifid. Two large,

setnlose, posterior hypostomalae (tritoristral setae).

Type species Hordecha Centipede sp. nav.

Wandeclia centipedze sp. nov.

FIGS. 1-6

Deserplion ul larva Wrom Holotype SAM = N19879,

supplemented by other specimens). Yellow in life.

Idiosoma ovoid (Vip. 1), somewhat Mattened dorso-

venttally: length (mounted) 710 «am, by $70 pm wide

Anterior dorsal scupum widening a little

posteriorad, with (runcate anterolateral angles and

rounded posivrolaleral angles (Fig, 3Ad; all sides

somewhal concave, with anterior excavarion the

deepest, but owing to anterior edge being benr

somewhal forward and down, apparent depth

of uni¢rioe excavdtion may appear slight.

Anteromedian scutal setae short, asymmetrical,

with about four long, strong, pointed setules: (hese

setae nearer co edges of seutum than to. centre.

Anteralateral scutal setae tapering, poiuted, with

long, strong, pointed setules. Posterolateral scural

setae similar, but more slender, near middle of

lateral burder, causing o& slight conveaity there,

Sensillary setae mosr posterior setae af shield, long,

with long, strong, pointed secules, orifices facing

postcrolaterally (Fig. 3A), Ridge of chitin runs trom

AL anele of shield ta the annulus of AM seta,

Shield porose.

Posterior dorsal scutum: porose, anterior border

with a slight anterior projection, lateral borders

convex, proyceling anterolaterally, posterior bordel

straight or sinuaus; medial two setae anterior to

posterior pair, and nearer to middle of scutum,

posterior [Wo setae nearer fo lateral borders, All

selar with auislanding setules,

For metric details of seuta and legs, see Table L.

(See Fig, 4 for interpretation of the setae of the

scuta, and the conventions of seta and other

cadings,)

Dorsal idiosomal setae are pointed, with strong,

barbed setules, and arranged in rows of 2 (between

leve} of the two prodorsal shields), 4, 6, 10, 6, 2,

2; otal 32 (Fig.. 1). Veritral surface of idiosoma lacks

setae between coxae | and [1]; a pair of setae between

coxae TIL, slender, potmed, barbed, 37 zm long,

Behind level of coxae 111 about 27 setae in irregular

transverse rows, similar to preceding, becaming

longer posteriorad, 20-42 xm long.

Legs short, moderately robust; lengths (including

coxae and claws) 1 260 pm, 11 230 pm, U1 240 pm.

All coxalae long, pointed, strongly setulose.

Lateral cuxala 146 ym long, medial coxala | 37 arn,

anterolateral coxila 45am, posterolateral coxala

Il 39nim, coxala tll 27 wim, Urstigina large,

prominent, approximately circular, external

diameters L2 ~m by 10 xm. Lee scobalac similar to

coxalac: Irochanteral scobalar formula 1, 1, 1.

femoral 5-6, 4, 4, zenual 4, 2, 2, tibial 6, 8, 5. Pedal

supracoxalae absent.

Specialized setae of legs (excep iarsi} as follows:

SoGel.20pd (16 wm}, SoGel.40d (17 am), VsGel 7d

(4 um), Sofil.2?pd (134m), VsTUS9d (4 jem},

SoTL. 69pd (2 pm), SoGell.2dpd (29 zm,

Sofill3ipd (2 pm), SoTi.67pd (10 im),

SoGell1.46d (18 pm) (Rigs 5-6).

“Tarsus | and Il each with a large ceniral dorsal

solenvidala, Specialized setue eodings SoTal.44d

(4 pm), FaTal.49d (3 pm), Solall.44d (1 pm),

SoFall.33pd (4 yan), Peetarsal fornia 1, 0, 0, Tarsal

claws nermul, robust, subequal.

Gnathosomy robust, compact, each chela base

from above irregularly ovoid, length §7 pm from

lips of extruded chela digits to pasteriar pole of

bases; combined chela bases 5$ am wide. Chela

digits (blades) sharp-pointed, with 2-4 (usually

retrorse dorsolateral reech, along edge. Galeala 15

wm long, tps pointing latcrally, Posterior

hypostomalae 26 pm long, somewhat bulbous

towards base of shafi, shafl with several Jong, surong

setules. Palpal seral formula 1, 6, 3, 4, Palpal

femorala dorsul, spiniform, § «m long. Palpol

tibialae and tarsalae as figured. Palpal tibial chow

With tines robust, subequal but the dorsal the loner

4§

NEW LARVAL TROMBIDIOID MITE FROM AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE

100

}

Fig, 1, Wondeclia centipedae gen. nov., sp. nov. Larva, holotype. Dorsal view, entire, shown partly in transparency

(scutal sensillary seta from another specimen). To scale shown; seta “c” is figured in Fig. 3C.

46 R. V. SOUTHCOTT

ae daw

V7 4

a 200

Fig. 2. Wondeclia centipedae gen nov., sp. nov. Larva, holotype. Ventral view, entire, to scale shown; seta “d”

is shown in Fig. 3D.

NEW LARVAL TROMBIDIOID MITE FROM AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE

= 0

wo ff

Pasctis E

icc Ga

( PaScFe /,.

Fig. 3. Wondeclia centipedae gen. nov., sp. nov, Larva, holotype. A Anterior dorsal scutum (sensillary seta is from

another specimen). B Posterior dorsal scutum. C Dorsal idiosomal seta (“c* in Fig. 1). D Ventral idiosomal seta

("d" in Fig. 2), & Gnathosoma, dorsal aspect. F Gnathasoma, ventral aspect. (All to seale shown.)

blunt-pointed; with a slight split.

supracoxalae absent.

Metric data are provided in Table J.

Palpal

Maretial examined: Queensland: Wondecla, in eucalypt

forest, 2,i11,1944, R. V. Southeott,; 30 specimens, (South

Australian Museum): SAM NI9879 (Holotype, also with

label ACB6I3A (RVS)); NI98710-198738 (paratypes):

ectoparasitic upon centipede SAM A391, RAysida nuda

(Newport) (kindly identified by Dr L. E. Koch, Western

Australian Muscum).

Correlations hetween shield and leg variates

In continuation of previous studies (Southcott 1966,

1986a, b, c) into the degree of correlation between

shicld and leg variates in prostigmatic mites, the

data of 15 specimens of I centipedae were

examined by correlalion analysis. The results are

shown in Fig. 7.

Among a tabulation of 49 x 49 variates we may

expect to find a nmumber of significant correlations

by chatice alone; half of these should be positive

and half negative. In Table 2 are shown the findings

for the comparisons, at three levels of probability.

Fig. 7 and Table 2 show that there is a significant

excess of positive correlations, and a deficit of

negative correlations, from random expectations.

There are no negative correlations at the 0,001 level

of probability, and only two at the 0.01 level of

48 R, V, SOUTHCOTT

Fiz. 4 Wondeclia centipedae gen. nvv., sp. nov.

Interpretation and coding of structures and dimensions

af anterior and posterior dorsal scula,

probability, neither of which relates to the same

variate. The negative correlations observed can

therefore be ignored,

The positive correlations appear to be scattered

niore or less evenly through Fig. 7, In Table 3 these

significant positive correlations, over 6 groups of

variates, are examined by a classification into

comparisons between variate groups.

The 1176 correlation coefficients under study are

not independent of each other, but approach

independence ag the sample size increases (see, &g.,

Cameron & Eagleson 1985; also Southcott 1986b).

Table 3.shows that at the 0.05 level of probability

(here is an excess of positive correlations in cach

of the six groups examined — above Lwice int every

one except that of group 4, of shield » leg variates.

Table 3 shows also excesses in the numbers of

povitive correlations at tevels of probability

indicating preater significance, The overall degree

of correlation appears comparable with that

observed in some other trombidivid mites that have

been studied for correlations by similar techniques

(Southcott 1986b), lying between the levels observed

for Trombella cucumifera Southcou and 7. rugosa

Southcott. However, as with the findings in

Trombella, the degree of correladon found is not

sufficiently great to inspire confidence in the use

of a restricted set of variates for species identi-

fications.

Vase 1. Metric data for larvae of Wondeclia centipe-

dace, in wm (except proportions),

Variate Holotype n range mean = sd.

LN 30 15 24-31 27.53 1.9223

MA 27 15 22-27 924,67 1.3452

AW 67 15 57-67 62.40 2.5857

PW 73 15 69-76 72.07 2.1536

SB 55 15 49-55 52.67 1.7593

ASB 49 (5 40-49 = 46.80 2.3664

PSH 19 15 16-20 18,00 1,04K)

L 68 1S 58-68 64.87 2.6690

W 83 15 78-86 =—-B2.80 2.4260

AP 32 15 28-35 = 31.73 1.7914

AM 27 15 22-29 26.33 1.7182

AL 40 [4 32-41 36.29 2.7296

PI. 42 1§ 40-$0 44,20 2.4260

AMB 54 159 47-55 50.13 2.1668

SE — 3. S1-5B) = 54,67 35,5119

LA 3 15 3-5 3.80 0.4761

LP 32 15 8-37) 33.27 7.1461

SA 46 15 38-46 «= 43,53) -2,2949

SP 18 1S 33-18 =15.33 1.3452

PLN 7 is 5-8 6.93 0.9837

PSI. 34 15) (31-35 33,93 1,2799

PSW 7 15 69-81 = 75.33 3.2878

Ow 7 1S 16-20 18.13 1.4573

Ql. 53 15 48-59 54.00 2,976)

RLN 18 16 LS-19) 17,07 1.2228

RW 46 1§ 45-56 49.33 3.4157

RL 35 1§ 49-58 35.13. 2.2949

DS (shortest) 39 15 31-44 39.13 53,2704

DS (longest) 35 15 49-56 52.40 2.0976

MDS 55 15 49-56 52.40 2.0976

PDS 51 1§. 43-5) 47.13 2.4456

Fel 40 1S 34-40) 38.60 1.6818

Gel 29 15 27-29 28.00 0.8452

Til 34 1S 30-36 32.13 1.6847

Tal(L) 62 15 55-63 60.47 2,1336

Tal(El) 7 1$ §5-20 = 16.40) 1.1212

Fell 35 1S 28-36 32.87 2.3563

Gell 25 1S 23-26 24.47 0.8338

Tilt 4] 1S 28-3) 29.13 1.1255

Tall(L) 4 15 50-55 = 52.13 1.7265

Tall(H) 15 1S 18-16 =-15.20. 0.4140

Fell) 40 1S 36-41 37,73 1.5796

Gelll 26 15 22-26 =. 23.60) 1.0556

Till 35 15 29-35 = 31.27) 1.6242

‘TaTI(h.) 59 13) 53-42 S413) 2.2949

‘Tal li{H) 15 15-13-15 14,27 0, 7988

Til/Gel L.U7) US £.03-1.33) 1,15 0.0774

Tilk/Gell L240 US LOB-L.24 1.19 0.0488

TUN /Gei ll 135 (5 L2)-145 132 6.0701

Tans 2 Correlations in variates for larvae of Wondectia

centipedne sp. noy,

P tye correlations ve correlations

Observed Expected* Observed Expected?

0.001 7 1 a i

0.01 34 6 2 6

0.05 113 2y 10 29

“Rounded to whole numbers,

Remarks on the biology of Wondeclia centipedae

Since the centipede host was killed on capture,

few observations on the biology of its mites could

NEW LARVAL TROMBIDIOLD MITE FROM AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE 49

jig

Tiny

MLA y f

ae AN 50

ne :

Fig. 5 Wandeclia centipedae gen. noy., sp. nov. Larva, holotype. Legs I, I] and [il, to scale shown, to standard

notation, Dorsal aspect of legs I and II, and anteradorsal aspect of leg IIT-

R, V. SOUTHCOTT

’

af “

oe u

1,!

ty Ti

fi Hy

‘

vr ”

Lal "

rin HY

rity i

wy "

Wa ay i

tT i

Woy t

pier, ~adetates te

YP x

Fig. 6 Wondeclia centipedae gen. nov., sp. nov. Larva, holotype. Legs I, IL and III, to scale shown, to standard

notation. Ventral aspect of legs I and II, and posteroventral aspect of leg IIT.

NEW LARVAL TROMBIDIOID MITE FROM AUSTRALIAN CENTIPEDE

Dontoeciie#0

£snrizedag gen nor., wp. nov.

5 8B

«ABB

7 PSB

. ot

9 9

w AE Oo } Correlasians

al vy CG

on ee 51 |

i a Oo sextel < other neutat

7 ANB Oo varintes 1964 e +

a 0,04 AY >

ald is Dy OF

G baa is iS) ©

1 ah (ens ) o8 @ 8

190 oaP

ai O O89

u si

2200 (ese Oo

22 OO. Cc

24 QL

25 ORL Oo Oo ia

2h Re

ee . O yo tonomet cotne x othr

zo datubsrtentd O D oo —2__._O % (dionowel getae variates

= tatteegene? (OO 00 0 ra @cutnl = Ldicegaa? a

a a O oe) a0 fe) Oo setas variates fa)

31 Pts. 4} oO a |

so Pet @) ° ie;

Sal Oo a

» TAL

35° Tat(h) qodtel » leg A900 oo

36 tar(e) variates '@; Oo teg 3 other leg

370 Farl CG Tari ates

28 Gell oO © taionomal

39 malt ov Sethe x ing oO

AG TarI{L) oO og varishes

a McIts) o oO

6 oOPaNTT ot a

a3 Gerlt J

as matt 9 o 2)

a> TaITTGL) oO o a ia) ,

360 TaTTI(A)

47 tat /oer © © a] ce} 5

4g TALy/ae1D ie) oO is) oO

49 MITT /GerTt | | o

723 © 5 6 7 B 970 1775293 78-45 1677-78-49 20 21 22 24 20 25 OG 27 GB 29 WO 34 22 33h 35 36 97 38 3G AO AT 8d 45 AH OS AE AP 4B AD

Fig. 7. Correlation matrix of data of Wondeclia centipedae gen. noy., sp. nov., for 49 x 49 variates (see texr).

be made. The dead centipede and its mites were

placed in a tube. Two days later some of the mites

were still alive on the host. No particular sites of

attachment on the centipede were observed.

The mouthparts of the mites are well-developed

for piercing, in fact the cheliccral digits are longer,

more pointed, and with more developed barbs than

in most trombidioid larvae, Presumably the

intersegmental membranes of the centipede would

offer least resistance to puncture,

The absence of eyes in a larval trombidioid is

unusual, and is consistent with a hypothesis that

this larva is well-adapted to a life of parasitism upon

a nocturnal and soil- and litter-inhabiting host. The

flattened idiasoma of the mites may be compared,

for example, with that of the trombiculid mite genus

Babiangia, an ectoparasite upon smooth-skinned

skinks (Southcott 1954). Possibly such flattening

is an adaptation to a mode of life in a restricted

space on a flexible, soil-inhabiting host, and might

reduce the risk of being wiped off as the centipede

moves through soil and litter.

Acknowledgments

] thank Mr L. G. Veitch, Principal Research

Scientist, CSIRO Division of Mathematics and

Statistics, for aid and advice in statistical analysis

$2 R. ¥, SOUTHCOTT

Tan t 3. Classification of positive correlations. between variates in (drvde af Wondeclia centipedae, for observed

and expected values,

Variale groups Numher of

compared comparisons

available

i. Shield » other 351

shield variates

2, Shield xidiosomal 108

setae variates

3, Idiosoma! setac * 6

other idiosomal

setae variates

4, Shickd x leg 486

variates _

‘, Idiosomal setae * 72

leg variates

6. Leg « other leg 153

variates

Totals 1176

Observed numbers Expected

TRUrratyer §

0.001 0.01 01.05 0.05

& ig 48 8.78

0] 4 2! 4,7

i i l 0.15

0 " M4 12.48

0 t 7 1k

| 2 il 4.83

8 38 114 29.4

and the Australian Biological Resources. Study for

support.

References

ANDRE, M: (1943) Acariens rencontrés sur des

mynapodes. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hise. Nat, Paris (2)15(4),

181-185.

BerLese, A. (i882) Acari, Myriapoda — et

Psendoscorpiones hucusque in Italia réperta. Fase. |,

No. 4 “Uphis mirabilis Berl. n. sp.", (A. Berlese, Patavii),

(1910a) Lista di nuove specie e nuovi generi di

Acari. Redia 6(2), 242-271.

(1910h) Brevi diagaosi di geneci e specie nuavi di

Acari, Ibid, 346-388.

Cameron, M. A. & EaAqceson, G. kK. (1985) A new

procedure for assessing large correlation matrices. Ausr,

J Slatist. 27(1), 84-95, j

CLOUDSLEY-THOMPSON, J, L. (1968) Spiders, scorpions,

centipedes and mites. (Pergamon Press, London),

(Reprint af 1958 edition).

Domrow, R. {1956} The family Distozerconidar

(Acarina, Mcsostipmata) in Australia. Proc. Lina. Soc.

N.S. 81(2), 193-196.

Evans, G. O: (1955) A review of the laelaptid paraphages

of the Myriapoda with descriptions of three new species

(Acarina: Laelaplidae). Purasitology 45(3 & 4), 352-368.

FAnricius, 5. C. (£775) Systema Entomologiae, sistens

insectorum. classes, ardines, genera, species, adiectis

synonymis,, locis, descriptionibus, observariqnibus.

(Flensburet et Lipsiae).

Leaca, W. E. (1815) A tabular view of the external

characters of 4 classes of animals. Trans. Linn, Sac.

Lond, 11{2), 306-400.

OuDEMANS, A. C. (1912) Die bis jetzt bekannten Larven

van Thrombidiidac und Erythraeidae mii besonderer

Berucksichtigung der fir den Menschen schadlichen

Arten. Zool. Jahrb, Abt. 1, Suppl. XLV, No. 1, 1-230.

Rack, G, (1979) Brennandania scolopendrae sp. 6, von

Scolopendra morsitans (. (Acarina, Tarsonemida,

Fy ppehraraisea, Microdispidae), Kev, Zool, afr. 93(2),

376-381,

Suiba, M, (1976) Taxonomic investigation on free-living

Prostigmata from the Malay Peninsula. Neture and Life

in Saurheast Asia 7, 83-229.

SoutHeort, R. V- (1954) Description of a new genus and

specics of larval trombiculid mite fram New Guinea,

Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 17, 98-202.

(19G1a) Studies on the systematics and biology of

the Erythracoidea (Acarina), with a critical revision of

the genera and subfamilies. Aust. 4. Zool. 9(3), 367-610.

(1961b) Description of two new Australian

Smarididae (Acarina), with remarks on chaetotaxy and

moetaphicat distribution. Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. BS,

135-153.

(1963) The Smarididac (Acarina) of North and

Central America and some other countries, Jbid,, 46,

159-245,

(1968) Revision of the genus Charletontia

Hart an (Acarina; Erythraeidae), Aust J Zoal. 14(4),

-819,

(1986a) The genus Odentucurus (Acarina:

‘Trombiculidae). 11. Observations on the life history and

morphology of Odontacarus swan n. sp., and related

forms. Ree S. Anst. Mus. 1912), 169-200,

(19866) Australian larvac of the genus Trombeller

(Acarina: Trombidioidea). Ausé. J. Zool, 34{4), 611-646.

()986c) Studies on the taxonomy and biology of

the sublamily Trombidiinac (Acarina: Trombidiidne),

with @ Critical. revision of the genera. Anat. J Zool.

Suppl. Ser, Na, 123, L6.

(1987) The classification of dhe mite fantilies

Trombellidae and Johisranianidge and related groups,

with the description of a new Jarva (Acurina:

Yrombellidae; Nothro/rombidium) from North

Aincrica.. Trans, R. Soc. §. Aust, 111(1), 25-42.

Tutor, S, (1935) Ubersicht und Einteiling der Familie

‘Trombidildae W, FE. Leach 1814 in Unterfamilien. Zool.

Anz, 95-6), 107-112.

,& Witratann, C. (1947) Trambidiidae. Vierreich

Thb, XxIX-KXXV, I87-S41.

Virzirniim, H, ($940-1943) Acarina. Jn 1H, G. Bron (Ed,)

“Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs”. Band 5,,

Abteilung 4, Buch 5. (Licterung 1-3, pp. 1-480, 1940;

4, pp. 481-640, 1941; §-4, pp. 641-912; 7, pp. 911-10),

1943),

NEW FRESHWATER DIATOM TAXA FROM TROPICAL NORTHERN AUSTRALIA

by DAVID P. THOMAS*

Summary

THomas, D. P. (1987) New freshwater diatom taxa from tropical northern Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

111(1), 53-58, 29 May, 1987.

Two new taxa were discovered during a study of freshwater diatoms from the Alligator Rivers region

of the Northern Territory. Achnanthes pseudohungarica sp. nov. is differentiated from A. hungarica by

the presence of the horseshoe-shaped area on the raphe valve instead of the rapheless valve. Eunotia didyma

var. maxima f. tumida f. nov. varies from the nominate variety by having a consistently smaller length

to breadth ratio.

Both taxa appear to have a limited distribution within the Alligator Rivers region with the Achnanthes

having been found also in the East Finnis River further to the west.

Key Worpbs: Achnanthes; A. pseudohungarica sp. nov.; Eunotia; E. didyma var. maxima f. tumida

f. nov.; tropical Australia; freshwater; Bacillariophyta.

Introduction

The two taxa described herein were found during

a general survey of the freshwater diatoms of

tropical Australia between 1979 and 1981. More

than 160 taxa from 32 genera of diatoms were

identified from the survey (Thomas 1983).

The climate of this region exhibits a typical

tropical alternation between periods of extreme

drought and periods of monsoonal rain. These lead

to rivers varying from a series of disconnected pools

during the “dry” to components of sheets of water,

often several metres deep, which cover thousands

of square kilometres of Australia’s north coast

during the “wet”. Such extreme environmental

variation provides a wide range of growth environ-

ments for algae and a greater regional algal diversity

compared to the more temperate areas of Australia.

Methods

Field samples were preserved as soon as possible

in 10% formalin (usually within an hour). Sub-

samples were then cleared using 50% nitric acid at

60°C for 12 hours (Crawford 1971). The material

was then rinsed of acid by repeated dilutions in

distilled water before being transferred to absolute

ethanol for storage.

Samples were prepared for light microscopy by

evaporating off the ethanol from a suspension of

cells placed on a coverglass at 90°C on a hotplate.

The coverglass was then mounted on a slide using

CAEDEX (MERCK), a synthetic Canada Balsam.

The slides were examined and specimens photo-

graphed with the aid of a Zeiss PM2 photomicro-

scope.

* Botany Department, University of Tasmania, GPO Box

252C, Hobart, Tasmania 7001.

For scanning electron microscopy, coverglasses

with the dried suspension were mounted onto SEM

stubs and sputter coated with gold before being

viewed with the aid of a Philips 505 SEM.

Terminology follows that of Anonymous (1975),

von Stosch (1975) and Ross et al. (1979).

Systematics

Achnanthes pseudohungarica sp. nov.

FIGS 1-5

Valvae lanceolatae, 14-45 ym longae, 5-13 pm

latae. Striae 21-25 in 10 um, ad centrum parallelae,

versus polos leviter radiantes. Areovalva: area

axialis circa 1 pm lata, recta, inter polos secus lineam

mediam formata, saepe crista angusta longitudinali

secus lineam mediam. Raphovalva: area axialis

recta, ad polos circa I wm latos, versus centrum

inflata area 4 wm lata et 7 um longa formans, Area

centralis rhombea, sed area hippocrepica in late

uno. Raphe recta, in lineam mediam areae axialis

formata, spatio 2 um longo ad nodulum centralem.

Description: Valves lanceolate, length 14-45 wm and

width 5-13 pm. Striae 21-25 in 10 um, varying from

parallel at centre to slightly radiate towards the

poles.

Rapheless valve: Axial’ area approximately 1 pm

wide, straight, formed between poles along the

centre line, often with a narrow longitudinal ridge

formed externally along the centre line of the area.

Raphe valve: Axial area straight, varying from

approximately 1 um wide at the poles and inflating

into a central area 4 pm wide and 7 pm long. The

central area is rhomboid but with a horseshoe-

shaped area on one side. The raphe is straight,

TROPICAL FRESHWATER DIATOMS 55

formed in the central line of the axial area and with

a 2 wm gap at the central nodule.

Holotype: D930 (D. P. Thomas’ collection,

Tasmanian Herbarium—HO 101052), collected by

K. Bishop on 28.ix.1979 at Magela Falls, N.T.

(12°47'12"S, 133°06'07"E) in slightly acid, freshwater

splashpool at the base of Falls.

Distribution: Also found in Bowerbird, Gulungul

and Nankeen water holes from the Magela Creek

and from Rum Jungle on the East Finnis River,

Northern Territory (see Thomas 1983).

With the aid of the scanning electron microscope

(Fig. 2) it is evident that the cingulum is composed

of the valvocopulae alone and that these are open

and apparently unstructured.

Eunotia didyma var. maxima f. tumida f. nov.

FIGS 6-8

Valvae formam maximam_ similes, sed

abbreviatae et plus inflatae, polis obtusioribus (50°

vs 42°) et ratione longitudinis versus latitudinem

reducta (2.4 vs 3.7). Valvae 76-110 um longae et

38-44 wm latae.

Description: Valves similar to E. didyma_ var.

maxima Hustedt 1913 (Fig. 6) but shorter and more

inflated with less acute poles (50° vs 42°) and a

reduced length to breadth ratio (ca. 2.4 vs 3.7).

Valves range from 76-110 wm long and 38-44 pm

wide.

Holotype: D868 (D. P. Thomas’ collection,

Tasmanian Herbarium—HO 101051) collected by D.

Thomas on 19wiii.1979 at Jim Jim Falls, N.T.

(13°16'34’S, 132°50'12"E) in slightly acid, freshwater

splashpool at the base of Falls.

Distribution: Has not been observed outside the

type locality.

Scanning electron microscopy (Fig. 8) shows that

the valve is ornamented with irregularly arranged,

brief, broad based spines. The cingulum is

composed of a valvocopula and up to three pleurae

with all elements open. The valvocopula has fine

vertical striae (ca. 30 in 10 pm) while the pleurae

appear to be unstructured.

Discussion

Achnanthes pseudohungarica is similar to A,

hungarica (Grunow 1863) Grunow in Cleve &

Grunow (1880) except that the horseshoe-shaped

area is formed on the raphe valve of A, pseudo-

hungarica and on the rapheless valve of A.

hungarica. This is the same feature which was used

to differentiate A. pseudolanceolata Manguin (1962)

(non Hustedt 1952) and A. lanceolata (Brébisson

in Kiitzing 1849) Grunow in Cleve & Grunow (1880).

In addition, A. hungarica has a lower strial density

(16-22 in 10 wm vs 22-25 in 10 wm) and A.

pseudohungarica does not have a narrow stauros

on either valve.

The absence of A. Aungarica from this region

combined with the wide distribution of A.

pseudohungarica make in unlikely that this is just

a mutant variant of the latter and can be considered

a stable species. On the other hand, the very narrow

distribution of Eunotia didyma var. maxima f.

tumida and the presence of its nominate variety in

the same and adjacent water holes makes me very

reluctant to raise it to a higher status than that of

forma.

Acknowledgments

Grateful thanks are extended to Dr Peter Tyler

and the members of the Botany Department,

University of Tasmania who participated in the field

studies upon which this paper is based and made

odd collections in out of the way places. The same

can be said of Mr Keith Bishop from the N.SW.

State Fisheries who collected the type sample of A.

pseudohungarica. The Latin diagnoses were

provided by Dr Tony Orchard, Director of the

Tasmanian Herbarium and the manuscript was

critically read by Dr Tyler. This work was supported

by a grant from the Office of the Supervising

Scientist East Alligator Rivers Region and the use

of their facilities at Jabiru.

References

ANONYMOUS (1975) Proposals for a standardization of

diatom terminology and diagnoses. Nova Hedwigia,

Beih, 53, 523-554.

CLeve, P. T. & GRuNow, A. (1880) Beitraége zur

Kenntniss der arctischen Diatomeen. Kongl. Svenska

Vetens.-Akad. Handl. 17(2), 1-121.

CRAWFORD, R. M. (1971) The fine structure of the

frustule of Melosira varians C, A. Agardh, Br. phycol.

J. 6, 175-186,

Grunow, A. (1863) Uber einige neue und ungeniigend

bekannte Arten und Gattungen von Diatomaceen.

Figs 1-5. Achnanthes pseudohungarica sp. nov. 1. SEM of external surface of the rapheless valve, 2, SEM of external

surface of the raphe valve showing lack of external opening of the horseshoe shaped area and the valvocopula.

3. SEM of internal surface of the raphe valve showing the internal opening of the horseshoe shaped area. 4. LM

of the rapheless valve (Holotype slide HO 101052). 5. LM of raphe valve (Holotype slide HO 101052), All scales 10 um.

TROPICAL FRESHWATER DIATOMS 57

Zweite Folge. Verhandlungen der kais.-k6nigl, zool-bot.

Gesell, Wien 13, 137-162, Plates 13-14.

Hustept, F, (1913) Jn A, Schmidt, et af (1874-1959)

“Atlas der Diatomaceen-kunde”. Plates 285-288. (R.

Riesland, Leipzig).

(1952) Neue und wenig bekannte Diatomeen. IV.

Bot. Not. 4, 366-410.

KuTzING, F, T. (1849) “Species Algarum”, 922 pp. (F. A.

Brockhaus, Lipsiae).

Manautn, BE, (1962) Contribution a la Conaissance de la

Flore Diatomique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Mém. Mus.

Nat. Hist. Nat. nouy, sér, sér. B, Bot. 12(1), 1-40.

Ross, R., Cox, E, J, KARAYEVA, N. I, MANN, D, G.,

Papoock, T. B. B., SIMONSEN, R. & Sims, P, A. (1979)

An amended terminology for the siliceous components

of the diatom cell, Nova Hedwigia, Beih. 64, 513-533.

StoscH, H. A. von (1975) An amended terminology of

the diatom girdle. Nova Hedwigia, Beih, 53, 1-28.

Tuomas, D. P. (1983) A limnological survey of the

Alligator Rivers Region, Northern Territory. 1, Diatoms

(Bacillariophyceae) of the region. Supervising Scientist

for the Alligator Rivers Region, Research Report 3,

1-139,

Figs 6-8, 6. LM of Eunotia didyma var. maxima from sample no. 868. Eunotia didyma var. maxima f. tumida f.

nov. 7. LM of valve (Holotype slide HO 101051), 8. Oblique SEM of dividing frustule showing raphe, girdle structure

and marginal spines. Scale 100 pm.

FEEDING AND GROWTH OF GOLDEN PERCH LARVAE AND FRY

(MACQUARIA AMBZGUA RICHARDSON)

BY P. T. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES*

Summary

Golden perch larvae were stocked into an earthen pond and grew exponentially from a mean

standard length 4.5 mm (dry weight 0.16 mg) to a mean of 31 mm (165 mg) in 46 days from

12 November until 28 December, 1984. The growth coefficients were 0.04 mm mm’! day for

length and 0.15 mg mg” day” for weight. The mouth gape was related to length. At first feed the

type and size of prey was restricted by poor swimming and pursuit abilities and small mouth gape.

Larvae and fry greater than 10 mm standard length were able to pursue a wide range of

zooplankters but feeding was limited by mouth gape. The daily food consumption of larvae and fry

increased from 33 to 5600 ug dry weight per day. Because of the relatively small size of golden

perch larvae at first feed, survival is dependent upon a high density of appropriate sized

zooplankters.

KEY WORDS: Fish, larvae, fry, Macquaria arnbigua, feeding, growth, mouth gape.

FEEDING AND GROWTH OF GOLDEN PERCH LARVAE AND FRY

(MACQUARIA AMBIGUA RICHARDSON)

by PLT. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES*

Summary

AKUMUGAM, BT & Gepoes, MC. (1987) Feeding und growth of golden perch larvae and fry (Morquarsa

ambigua Richardson), Yrs. R. Soc. § Aust. V11(1), 59-65, 29 May, 1987.

Golden perch Jarvae were stocked into an earthen pond ahd grew exponentially from a mean standard

length 4.5 mm (dry weighe 0.160ng) to a mean of 31 mm (165 ow) in 46 days from 12 November until

28 December, 9X4, The growth coefficients were 0.04 mm mim-' day! for lengil and 0.15 me mg-! day!

for weight, The manth gape was related to Iength. At Ulyst teed the type and size of prey was restricted

by poor swimming and pursuit abilities and smal! mouth gape, Larvae and try geearer than 1) mor standard

length were able to pursue a wide range of zooplanklers but feeding was limiled by mouth gape, The daily

food consumprion of larvae and fry increased from 33 to 5600 wg dry weight per day. Because of the relatively

4mall size of golden perch larvae at first feed, survival is dependent upon a high density of appropriate

sized zooplankters.

Key Worots; Fish, larvac, Ity, Macguaria emibigua, feeding, growth, mouth gape.

Tniroduction

The golden perch (Macquarta ambigua

Richardson) belongs to the Percichthyidae, a group

ot fishes which includes both freshwater and marine

representatives, Mf, ambigua occurs throughout the

Murray-Darling system excepr.at higher altitudes,

in the Lake Eyre and Bulloo-Bancannia drainage

systems and the Dawson-Fitzroy River system in

eastern Quecnsland (Lake 1971; MacDonald 1978;

Llewellyn & MacDonald 1980; Merrick & Schmida

1984). These references cite the occurrence of M.

embigue in coastal streams in northern New South

Wiles, but there are no self-maintaining populations

in these drainages (Rowland pers, comm.).

Little is known about the biology and ecology

of golden perch larvae and fry in the natural

environment. An upstream spawning migration 1s

tnitiated. by water level rises at the onset of major

floods (Reynolds 1983), The semi-buoyant cegs are

probably carried downstream by the flood waters

with the larvae hatching and drifting in the water,

before entering shallow floadplain areas and

“billabongs", which probably act as nursery grounds

(cl. Lake 1967a; Rowland 1983; Rowland pery.

coinm.). These Floodplain areas receive nutrients

and allochthonous materials that promote increases

in plankton and other organisms essential for

survival of (he larvae and fry (cf. Shiel 1980; Maher

1984; Briges ef a/, 1985), In many areas dams and

weirs have blocked spawning migrations, lowered

water temperatures by discharging colder water

from the deeper water layers of dams and reduced

* Department of Zoology, University uf Adelaide, G.B.O,

Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust, SOOL,

flooding which is necessary to induce spawning and

provide suitable conditions for the pelagic eges and

space and planktonic toad for the young tish (Lake

197); Reynolds 1976; Cadwallader 1978; Pollard e¢

al. 1980; A.R.LE.R. 1983).

Much of the available information on golden

perch larvae and fry comes from research into

spawning and larval rearing carried out at the In-

land Fishcries Research Station (LF.R.S,}, Narran-

dera (Lake 1967a, b; Rowland 1983, L9&6a, br

Rowland ef ei, 1983), Golden perch are induced to

Spawn using humal chorionic gonadotrophin and

the larvae are reared in earthen ponds trom first

feed until they are aboul 25 to 30 mmm standard

length, usually a period of 25 to 35 days, Lake

(1967b) observed that the stomach contents of lar-

vae at first feed consisted of cladocerans, copepods

and phytoplankton.

The present study was conducted at the I,F.R,S.

The main objectives of chis study were to describe

the growth characteristics of the golden perch lar-

vac jn rearing ponds, to investigate the behaviour

and ecology of the larvae and fry in relation to feed-

ing, and to measure daily food consumption of the

different size larvae and fry, The description of

growth involved the determination of length-weight

relationships and the estimation of the growth rate

of golden perch in a rearing pond, Particular em-

phasis was placed on the relationship berween

length and mouth gane, as mouth gape determines

the size of prey that wan be taken (Shirota 1970),

This information, In conjunction with that on feed-

ing behaviour and daily food consumptian will pra-

vide useful guidelines to the conditions required far

survival and growth i golden perch larvae.

a P, T. ARUMLIGAM 4 M. ©. GEDDES

Methods und Materials

Growth Characteristics

Larvae and try were caught froin a rearing pond

ar LER.S. over a period of 46 days trom 42

Novernber-28 December, 1984, They were killed

with an overdase of soda water, standard and rotal

lengths were measured, wet Weights were determined

and then they were dried in an oven fer 24 hours

at 40°C, and dry weights measured. To establish the

power relationships between weight and length,

Jinear fegressions were performed on the log

transformed data of both lengths and weights

(Hagenal & ‘Tesch 1978). For the total length-

standard leneth and dry weighi-wel weight

relationships, regressions were performed an

untranstormed data. The gruwih rates of the larvae

and fry in the pond were analysed hy establishing

standard length-time and dry weight-time

relationships, An exponential model gave The best

fit und so both standard length and dry weigh!

méusuremenis were log transformed. Mouth gape

and standard length were measured for about 450)

specimens collected during 1983 and 1984 and

preserved with forinalin. ‘The mouth gape was

measured as the external distance bel ween the two

corners of te mouth when shut. The regression of

mouth gape and standard length was perlormed

witherut transformation.

Behaviour

Observatiuns ow feeding and cercitoriality were

tmade on fry from first feed to abour 30 mm

sandard lenotl) either alone in 250 ml capacity

beakers or in groups of 10-15 in 70 | aquaria, The

larvae were ted with brine shrimp (Artemia), using

(he nauplil for ybe smaller larvae and adults for the

larcer larvae and fry. Zooplankters and chironomid

larvae were occasionally fed to the larvae and fry.

Cover was provided im the form of a 30-40 mm

length of opaque, plastic tubing with 2.5 mm

infernal diameter for the smaller larvae and a fl 70

mm length of tube with imernal diameter of 3,0 mm

lor the larger fry (25-30 mm). One cover was

provided for the fry held singly and che number of

covers was ahout two-thitds the number of fry for

Lie group surdy, The study was carried our at

1) 24°C under daylight condijions,

Daily foud consumption

The daily food consumption of u fish, estimated

as the number of food items supplied over 24 hours

minus the nurnber ol ems remaining (cf Gophen

1980), Was estimated for size classes of 4.5 (= first

feed), 10, 20 add 30 mm standard length, Treshly

hatched brine shrimp nauptii (length: 400-600 ym)

were used as food except for che 30 mim fry where

Daphnia carinata (enyth: 100-2320 pm) were used

because of {he enormous number of 6rine shrimp

nauplii that would have been required. The leeding

regime involved sinall numbers of food items being

fed to the larvae and (ry al a time, rhe next feed

being given when only a few food items remained.

Three to six feeds were required over the 24-hour

period. Por the feeding trials, five different

individuals of . particular size were placed

simultaneously in separate beakers which received

circulating filtered pond water at 20-22°C. Phe fry

were no} slurved prior to commencement of feeding

trials and a tuhe was provided as 4 réluge for the

fry. ‘Uhe daily food consumplion was expressed as

nuunber of ems and as pe dry weight consumed

per day, Dry weights of brine shrimp nauplil and

Daphnia were obtained from weighing a known

number of oven-dried specimens al 60°C and

obtaining the weight per individual brine shrimp

nauplius (2.55 yg) or Daphnia (20 we).

Results

Larvae al first feed were 4.4-4.6 mm standard

length (mean 4,5 mm) (total length - 4.5-4.7 min:

mean 4,6 mm) with a dry weight of 0.14-0,18 me

(mean 0,16 mo} (wet weight = 0.47-0,53 mg; mean

0.52 meg). Their mouth gape at first Teed was @.5

mm, After 46 days in the rearing pond, they reached

30-31.6 mm (mean 30,6 mm) standard length with

a dry weight of 154-195 ma (mean 165 meg) (wel

weight — 667-743 mg; mean 69L meg), The

regression equations deserihing Jength-weieh|

relationships, che relationship between length and

mouth gape and the growth rate of Try and their

correlation coefficients are given in Table t. The

correlation coefficients ol all pairs of relationships

are highly significant. In the length weight

talationships, regression coefficients (- slopes)

ranged from 3,29-3,72 and for this range growth

is cousidered allometric (cf, Bagenal & Tesch 1978).

The standard length of the fry was directly

Proportional to the total length and dey weight was

linearly related to wet weight, The exponential

growth in beth srandard Tength and dry weight are

shown in Fig. f. The growth ovefficients for

standard Length and dry weight were 0.04 mm/mm

day and 0.55 rag/my day tespectively (Table 1), The

mouth gape of the try was directly proportional to

their standard length with a slope of 0.13 (Fie, 2),

The larvae at First Teed swam [reely in the water

column. They exhibited an innate feeding behaviour

of dacting forward and gulping even when no food

particles. were present, Aller two to Ultree days of

fecding,, larvae could follow and capture brine

shrimp nauplii. efficiency in capturing Mota was

lower, When the golden perch were 10 min aud

FEEDING AND GROWTH IN YOUNG GOLDEN PERCH él

TABLE |. Regression equations, intercepts (a), slopes (b).and correlation coefficients (r) for weight-length, standard

length-iolal length, wet weight-dry weight, mouth gape-standard length, dry weight-time and length-time relationships

in golden perch. (NW = number of data pairs; CL = 95% Contidence Interval; P>0.01; DW = dry weight (mg);

WW = wet weight (mg); SL = standard length (mm); TL. = total length (mm); MG - mouth gape (mm); T =

time (days); € <= exponential),

Y x N Equation a b t

(+/- 95% CL)

DW SL 29 Y =a 7.5 x 10-4 3,61 O.997*#+

(0.10)

DW TL 29 Y =a Xb Lt x» 10 4 3,29 0.998%"

(0,08)

Www SL 29 ¥Y =a Xb 2,9 x 10-3 3.72 U,9ugrr"

(0.18)

Www TL 29 ¥=ake 3.8 x 10-3 3.39 0.995*"*

(0.13)

WwW DW 29 Y=a+dxX 7.98 4.09 0.996***

(0.14)

SL TL 29 Y-a+bxX 0,78 0.79 0.999% **

(0,01)

MG SL 415 Y=ai+bxX 0.23 0.13 0.984*+*

(0.10)

DW T 9 Y = a cbs 0.22 O15 0.99) ***

(0.10)

SL T 9 Y=ae 4,81 0.04 0,992+**

(0.0046)

not have cover stayed in the water colurnn or at the

304 1 bottom of the container away from “defined”

lerritories. When food supply was low, the fry in

covers were healthier and had more convex bellies

van than fry without cover, and with continued low food

= Pa availability mortalities occurred first in fry without

= 2 e cover. Larvae and [ry of 10 mm and greater could

5 53 pursue cladocerans and copepods with ease but the

2 = size of prey engulfed was limited by their mouth

8 f = gape. They altacked very laree Daphnia but released

a them as they were too big ta swallow. (ndividuals

inf } , could slowly engulf a chironomid larva width-wise

? until the whole larva was swallowed.

The larvae at first feed, ate 7-21 brine shrimp

ia 4 5 ell -s nauplii per day (mean 13), 10 mm larvae ate 240-251

Fy 25

-Number of Days Number of Days

Fig. |. The growth in length and weight of golden perch

larvae and fry from release into the pond on 12

November until harvest on 28 December 1984, The

points represent mean values from 3 to § fish on each

sample date.

greater, they preferred cover when kept alone or in

groups and exhibited territoriality. They stayed

inside their tube, with part of their head up to the

eye level protruding, coming out to feed or lo chase

other larvae or fry away, When disturbed, they

would temporarily retreat inside the tube. When a

larger tube was provided, two to three fry sometimes

shared it. In group experiments those fry that did

nauplii (mean 247), while 20 mm fry ate 790-1631

nauplii per day (mean 1110). The 30 mm fry ate

141-423 Daphnia per day (mean 280). The daily

food consumption of larvae and fry ranged from

33-5600 pe dry weight per day and was directly

proportional to the standard length of the fish

(r 0,899), (p< 0.05%) (Fig. 3). There was a large

individual variation in daily food consumption as

indicated by the spread of the points on the graph,

Discussion

Size at first feed is a critical feature of the biology

of larval fish but there is only limited information

osthe size at first feed of Australian freshwater fish

(Table 2). It is clear that golden perch, along with

two other large Australian freshwater fish that lay

62 P, T. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES

Mouth Gape (mm)

(0 20 30 ao 50 60

Fish Standard Length (mm)

Tig. 2. The relationship between standard length and

mouth gape for golden perch larvae and fry from first

feed to 50 mim standard length.

small pelagic eggs, silver perch (Bidyanus bidyanus)

and silver barramundi (Lates calcarifer), possess

larvae that aré particularly small at the time of first

feed. By comparison the larvae of fish such as

Murray cod (Maccullochella peeli) and freshwater

callish (Jandanus tandanus) that lay demersal eggs

are up to three times longer than M. ambigua larvae,

while those of buccal incubating saratoga

(Scleropages feichardti) and fork tailed catfish

(Arius graeffei) are up to seven times longer than

golden perch larvae at first. feed. The small size of

the golden perch larvae presents problems for

feeding and survival similar to those faced by the

10000

8000

6000

40m .

200

Daily Consumption (yg) doy!)

30 40

Fish Length (mm}

Fig. 3. The daily food consumption (pg dry wt day -!) of

golden perch larvae and fry held in the laboratory and

fed brine shrimp nauplii or Daphnia.

larvae of marine fishes during the “critical period”

of larval mortality (May 1974), Another percicthyid

that breeds in fresh water, the North American

striped bass Merone saxatilis, has larvae that are

only 3.1 mm at hatching and 6-7 mm at the time

of first feed and face survival and [eeding problems

similar to those of golden perch (Doroshav 1970).

The allometric growth form of the fry indicates

that golden perch change their body form as they

grow. This is consistent with the observation that

golden perch fry acquire adult features very early

in their development from when the fry are about

11 mm total length (Llewellyn & MacDonald 1980),

TABLE 2, Total length (TL in nmi), size of mouth gape (MG in mm) at first feed and initial food ttems. af the larvae

of some Australian Jishes.

small copepods/cladaccrans

(<500 microns), algac.

mainly small] Moina/ Daphnia

chironomid larvae,

Food. items References

Lake (1967b),

Rowland (1986a)

This study

Lake (1967h)

Daphnia, copepods

mainly filarnentous algae/

Lake (1967b)

phytoplankton

mainly filamentous algae/rotifvers

plankton

microcrustaceans, insect

Arumugam (unpubl)

Lake (1967b)

Rimmer (1985)

larvae, filamentous algae

Species TI. MG

Macquaria ambigua 5.5 —

4,7-4,9 0,5

Maccullockella peeli 12 —

Bidyanus bidvanus 5.5 _—

4.6-5.4 0.4

Tandanus landanus 13 _

Arius grae/fet 50-59 _

Seleropages leicherdti 35 =

Lates calcartfer 3.5-4.5 _

Cyprinus carpio 6.4 0.55

Perea fluviatilis

_ algae, ciliates

rotifers/algue

smal! cladocerans/copepods

= Lake (1971)

— Moore (1982)

M. Mackinnon

(pers, cornm,)

B. Pierce (pers. commi,)

= Lake (1967b)

Guma'a (1978b)

rotifers, cyclopoid nauplii

FEEDING AND GROWTH IN YOUNG GOLDEN PERCH it

Data from I.E R.S. shows that metamorphosis from

the larva to the fry stage is completed when fish

ure about [5-18 mm, 20-29 days atter spawning

(Rowland pers. comm.).

The growth curves. for both length and weight of

the golden perch in the present study were best

described by an exponential relationship with time.

The exponential curve also fitted both length-fime

and weight-time regressions for the first growth

§tanza ota wild population of Perca fluviatilis fry

(Guma‘a 1978b) but other workers have found that

while growth by weight might he exponential, length

inereases linearly, Thus Swanson & Ward (1985)

found that the best fit for total length-time

Tepressioiy curve for walleye (Stizostedion vitreum

vitrenin) was achieved with untransformed data and

A.R.LE-R. (1983) assumed linear Jength-time rela-

Lonships for common carp (Cyprinus carpio),

goldfish (Carassius aurarus) and redfin. However

in these studies, the sampling intervals were so far

apart, especially in the earlier larval phase, thal any

possible exponential relationship during the early

growth phase would have been obscured. The

exponential rate of growth of golden perch larvae

and fry (0,15 mg mg! day -!) can be compared to

the growth rate of fish fry and juveniles, expressed

as Yo increase in weight per day, reviewed by Brett

(1979). Growih cules varied from less than 1% to

Dophnia

Lhe

Boeckella

th {

" Mona

Simm

fish 1Omm fish

— en

MOUTH GAPE OF FISH

20 mm fish

30mm fish

as high as 23% tor small (5 mm) Cyprinodon

macularis, Most figures for various fish under good

conditions were between 1 and 5%. The value of

13'% for golden perch in the present study represents

relatively a high rate of exponential grawth. This

is not surprising as the golden perch were very small

and were in a pond that was fertilized and managed

to promote maximum survival and growth.

The mouth gape of the larvae at first feed is

important because it determines the size of food

items {hat can be taken during this critical period.

Shirota (1970) showed that mouth size of marine

fish larvac at first feed ranged from.200 to 1000 um

and that the range of prey was related 10 mouth size.

In many fish, the size of prey eaten has been shown

to change with growth and the associated increase

in mouth gape (Shelbourne 1962; Einsele 1965;

Shirota (970; Wong & Ward 1972; Siefert 1972;

Guma'a 1978a; Townsend 1983). Therefore

comparisons between the mouth Bapes of different

length golden perch larvae and fry and the array

of common. zooplankters in the rearing ponds will

indicate the food items that can be taken by

different sized fish (Fig..4), The larvae at first feed

are smaller than large Daphnia curinata and

chironomid larvae. Their mouth gapes are similar

to or larger than the smallest Daphnia, small

Mojna, copepodites, cyclopoids, copepod nauplii

chironomid

cyclopoid

golden perch larva

rotifers "s

Fig. 4. Relative sizes-of the development stages of some common zooplankiers and insect larvae in the fry rearing

pond, golden perch larva at first feed, and the mouth papes ol golden perch larvae and fry of different standard lengths.

ed PT. ARUMUGAM & M. C. GEDDES

and rotifers, making them all potential prey. The

potential prey size jicreases asthe try grow. At 30

mm standard lengh, the mouth gape of golden

perch is similar to of larger than the lareest Duphniae

available in the plankton.

The observations on fecding bebaviour suggest

thal goklen perch farvae at first Feed would have

a telatively poor capture efficiency, For striped bass

at firse feed the estimared strike efficiency on

Ariemia nauplii was only about 2% (Miller 1977

in Setzler er al. 1980), More mobile zooplankters

would be less prone tn being captured. Cladocerans

are more sluggish and miore conspicuous than other

xooplankters such as copepods and would be more

prone to. being eaten by the larvae (Zaret 1980). The

feeding efficiency of the golden perch larvae

improved very rapidly and after 2 ta 3 days they

were able to follow slow-moving brine shrimp

nauplii and capture them with ease. At 10mm, they

were agile and last enough © allack any

cladncerans, copepods, ar chironomid larvae, Being

a faster swimmer with good escape responses (Zarer

1972) would not be an elective stralegy for a prey

at this stage. The specd and agility of che [ry meant

Uial once they Visually sighted their prey, capture

was inevilable, In Fact, zooplankton that are faster

swimmers and cover a preater distance (eg,

copepods) may become more prone tu being

predated because the prebability of encountering

the fish would be greater (Townsend 1983),

Although there was a high correlation between

daily food consumption and standard length of the

ry, variability of datly food consumption for the

larger fry was high, Fry used in feeding trials were

individuals recently caught from the pond and so

different growth histories and different levels of

sallauon may have contributed to high variability

(Fuliow & Persson 1978), Also, rhe larger [ry were

easily disturbed and this may have affected feeding.

Considering thal the food intake increayed as a

linear Function of size and that growth of golden

pereh in the pond was caponential with lime, the

daily food consumption would also inerease

exponentially with time. Thus the intensity of

predation by the fry on the zooplankten

hopulations Would increase slowly at first but at

later stages it would increase rapidly and migtt

produce @ sudden impact on the zooplankton

community.

The information on feeding behaviour, growth

and the mouth gape, fighlight (he difficulties faced

by golden perch larvae and Fry, Survival and grewth

requires an environmeat with a high densiry of

appropriate sized food su that larvae with limited

feeding ability and mouth gape can predate

successfully. Mouth gape increases only slowly

during the first weeks and so the range of

zooplankters available to the fry will be limited for

some lime und high densities of small {<1 mim)

zooplankters will be necessary for high survival and

growth rates, These requirements are met at the

LER.S. wheré ponds aré Flooded just prior to the

release of fish fry and the early stages of

zooplankton succession are dominated by rotifers,

small cladocerans (especially Maina) and copepod

nauplii (Arumugam & Geddes 1986), In the wild,

the same conditions may be provided an recently

inundated floodplain areas where zooplankton

communities are in early successional srages. Lf so,

then the possession of pelagic eggs and the timing

of breeding to coincide with rising water levels may

allow golden perch larvae to be dispersed over

recently inundaled floodplains. where they find

conditions that are suitable fur their development.

The availability of cover for the {ry in these areas

may also affect the grawth and survival,

Acknowledgments

We thank the Department of Agriculture, New

South Wales, for permission fo carry out the study

at the Inland Fisheries Research Station.

Narrandera, Thanks tothe LF.R.S. sratf, especially

Stuart Rowland, Steve Thursian and Iohn Dirou

for their help and advice, We alsa thank Stuart

Rowland for critically readirig the manuscript. The

work Was made possible by the provision of a Post

Graduate Fellowship by IDP to one of us (PTLA.)

and support froin FIRTA. Thanks to David Culver

for assistance in the field, Ruth Evans for artwork

and Sandra Lawson and Heather Kimber for word

processing several drafts of the manuscript,

References:

ASKER, (443) Carp Program, Arthur Kylah Inst.

Foviron, Res. Fisheries & Wildlife Div, Ministry for

Conservation, Victorias Rep. 10,

Anomiioam, PT. & Crnnks. M. ©. (1986) An enclosure

tor experimental field studies with fish and xooplankton

communities, Hydrabiofogia 135, 213-221.

Baciesat, TB, & Troon, F OW, (P97R) Age aod growil

pp. 101-136, Jo T. Bo Bagenal (kd) “Methods for

Assessinenc of bish Productian in Fresh Waters.” (3rd

Edn). (Klackwell Sclentitic Publ., Gxford), IBP Hb, No.

Bserr, J, RB, (1979) Environmental factors and gepwth,

pp 599-075. do W.S. Hoar, D. SL Randall & JR. Brete

(Eds,) “Fish Physiology, Volume §. Bioenergetics anid

growth.” CAcademic Press, N23)

Brisas, S. V.. MaHer, M, T. & CARPENTER, 5S. M, (1985)

Limnological studies of waterfowl habitat in south-

avestern New South Wales. J. Water chemistry, Ausr J

Mar Freshivat, Res. 36), 39-68

OQaDwaLLaDeR, PL. (1978) Some causes of the decline

ia ranee and abundance of naive fish in the Murnay-

Darling River system, Proc. & Sac, Viet, 90, 211-223,

FEESING AND GROWTH IN YOUNG GOLDEN PERCH 63

HDoxasHev, S. 1. (1970) Biological features o! the egus,

latvae and young of the striped bass [Roccus suxalilis

(Walbaum)] in connection with the problem of

acclimatization in the USSR. J Ichthyol, W, 235-248,

FINseLE; W. (1965) Problems of fish larval survival in

narure and the rearing of economically important

middle European freshwater fishes. Culif. Coop.

Oveanic Fish. Invest, Rep. W, 24-30,

fruory, |. M, & Persson, L. (1978) The estimation of

daily rates of food consumption for fish. 2 Avum, Ecol.

47,, 977-99),

Gorxen, M. (1980) Pood sources, feeding behaviowr and

growth rates of Sarothereden valilaewm (Linnaeus)

fingerlings. Aquaculture 20, 101-115,

Guar, S.A. (19781) The food and feerling habits of

young petch, Perce Jiiviasilis, in Windermere. Freshwat.

iol, 8, 177-187,

—— (1978b) On the early growth of O+ perch, Peres

fluviatilis, in. Windermere. Mid, 8, 213-220.

ako, 15. (19674) Rearing experiments with five species

of Australian freshwater fishes. 1. Inducement to

spawning. Aust. . Mar. Freshwat, Res, 18, 137-153.

(1976h) Rearing experiments with five species of

Australian treshwater fishes, (1. Morphogenesis and

ontogeny, Jhid. 18, 155-173,

— --— (197)) “Freshwater Fishes and Rivers of Australia”.

(T. Nelson, Sydney}. 61 pp.

Liewettyn, L. C. & Macnomarn, M,C. (1980) Fantily

Percichtyidae, pp. 142-149) /n RB. M. McDowall (Ed.)

“Frestiwater Pishes of South-castern Australia”. (A, Jt.

& A. W. Reid Pry Ltd, Sydney),

Macvonacp, C, My, (1978) Morphiolavical and

biochemical systematics of Australian freshwater and

estuarine percichthyid fishes. Aust J Afar, Freshwar.

Res. 19, 667-698.

MaHeR, M, (IUR4) Benthic studies of walerfow! breeding

habitat in sonth-western New South Wales. 1. The fauna.

Ibid, 35, 85-96,

May, R. C. (1974) Larval mortality in marine fishes and

the criticalperiod concept. pp. 3-19. Ja J. H.'S. Blaxter

(Ed,) "The Early Life History of Fish.” (Springer-Verlag,

Berlin, Heidelberg, New: York),

Merrick, J R. & SoHMinpa, G. B. (1984) Australian

Fresliwater Fishes — Biology and Management. (Griffin

Press Lid, Adelaide).

Moore, R. (1982) Spawning and early life history of

barramundi, Lates calcuri/er (Bloch), in Papua New

Guinea, Aust J Mar. Freshwat, Res. 33, 647-661,

PovLarp, D. A, Li eWwrivyn, L, C, & Tinzey, R. BD, J.

(1980) Management of freshwater fish and fisheries. pp.

227-270. In. W. D, Williams (Ed.) “An Ecological Basis

for Water Resource Management.” (Australian National

University Press, Canberra).

ReyNal bs. L. F. 1976) Decline of the mative species m

iy ae Murray. South dus. Fish. ndusyre Cotdei

, PD

(1983) Migration patierns of five fish species in

the Murray-Darling river system, Ane 2 Mar.

Freshwat. Res, 34, 857-871.

Rimmer, M. A. (1985) Early development dnd hueval

incubation in the fork-tailed catfish Arius gradffer Kner

and Steindachner (Pisces: Anite) from the Clarence

River, New South Wales, (bid. 36, 405-411.

Row ano, S, J. (1983) The hormone-induced ovulation

and spawning of the Australian freshwater fish golden

perch. Muequaria ambiquu (Richardson)

(Percichthyidae). Ayuacnliure 35, 221-238.

(t986a) The hormone-induced spawning and larval

redring of Australian native Treshwater fish, wilh

particular emphasis on the golden perch, Macquaria

amingua, Proceedings af the First Freshwater

Aquaculture Warkshop, Narrandera, NSM, 21-25

February 1983, (Department af Agriculture, Sydney).

(1986b) Design and operation of an extensive

aquaculture system for breeding warmwater fishes, [bic

, Dirou, J, & SeLosse, P, (1983) Production and

stocking of golden and silver perch in N.SW, Aust. Phish,

42, 24-28,

Skivter, BE. M,, Bayntom, W. Ru Woop, K. V., ZION,

H. Hy, Luppers, L., MOUNTFORD, N. K., Frere. PB,

Tucker, L. & Mtnursky, J. A. (1980) Synopsis of

biological data on striped bass, Marone saxatiffs

(Watbaum). FAO Synopsis No, 121. 69 pp.

Siecnougwp, J. B. (1942) A predator-prey size

relationship tor plaice larvae feeding on Orkopleura

fi Mar. Mial, Assoc. UK. 42, 243-252.

SHiEY, R. J. (1980) Billabongs of the Murray-Darling

system, pp. 376-390, In W. D, Williams (Ed) “An

Feoloaical Basis for Water Resource Management,”

(Australian National University Press, Canberra)

SHinuta, A, (1970) Studies on the mouth size of lish

lorvae, Bwll, Jap, See, Se, Fixh. 36, 353-368,

Sievert, R. B. (1972) First food of larval yellow perch,

white sucker, bluegill, emerald shiner and ralnhow sarelt,

Trans. Amer. Fish Sac, 101, 219-225,

Swanson, G, M. & Wake, F. J. (1985) Growth of juvenile

multeye, Stizostedion vitreunt vitreunt (Mitchell) in twa

man-made ponds m Winnipeg, Canada, Verh. Int. Ver.

Limwol, 22, 2502-2507.

‘Townsenp, BD. W. (1983) The relations between farval

fishes and zooplankton in two inshore areas of the Gulf

of Maine. 4 Plankton Res, 5, 145-173,

Wona, RB. & Warn, F. J. (1972) Size selection of Duphniu

pulicariu by yellow belly (Perca flayescerns) fry in West

Blue Lake. J. Fisk Res. Bd. Canada 29, 176)-1764,

FARET, ‘VM, (1972) Predator-prey interaction in a

tropical lacustrine ceosystem. Evology $3, 248-257.

(1980) “Predation and Freshwaler Communities”

(Yale University Press, New Haven and London), 187 pm

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL, iil, PART 2

PESTICIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

AND OTHER FAUNA

BY P. R. BIRKS* & A. M. OLSEN}

Summary

Data are provided for concentrations of the pesticides DDT plus metabolites, HCB, lindane, aldrin

and dieldrin present in tissues of 20 native and two exotic bird species, one freshwater crustacean,

one amphibian, two reptiles (lizards) and two exotic mammals from Saddleworth-Riverton survey,

1972; 18 native and two exotic bird species from miscellaneous areas, 1968-74; eggs of 23 native

and two exotic bird species from miscellaneous areas 1971; and 26 foxes from miscellaneous areas,

1973.

KEY WORDS: Organochlorine pesticides, Aves, Reptilia Amphibia, Crustacea, exotic Mammalia,

South Australia.

PESTICIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN SOME SOUTH AUSTRALIAN BIRDS

AND OTHER FAUNA

by P. R. Rirks* & A.M, OLSENT

Summary

Hinks, BR, & Orsie, A.M, (1987). Pesticide conventrations in some South Australian birds and other

tauna. Zeans. KR. Sov. S. Aust. 11(2),.67-77, 29 May, (987.

Data aré provided for concentrations of the pesticides DDT plus metabolues, HCG, lindane, aldrin

and dieldrin present in Ussues of 20 native and two exotic bird species, one freshwater crustacean, one

amphibian, (wo reptiles (lizards) and two exorie mammals from Saddleworth-Riverton survey, 1972; 18 mative

and two exotic bird species from miscellaneous areas, 1968-74; eggs of 23 native and nyo exotic bird species

from miseellaneous aveas 1971; und 26 foxes from miscellaneous areas, }973,

Key Wokbs: Organacblorine pesticides, Aves, Reptilia Amphibia, Crustacea, exotic Mammalia, South

Ansatralia-.

Introduction

There is a paucity of published data on pesticide

contamination in Australian fauna. In Victoria, 24

widely Separated areas, each covering about 9300

ha, were surveyed for determination of

concentrations of pesticides in 63 bird species, 10

mammal species, 15 fish species and eggs of 14

different birds (Butcher 1967; Australian Academy

of Science 1972). In the Nucthern Territory Best

(1973) surveyed the organochlorine pesticide

residues in the fatty tissues of 12 mammal, four

bird, ten reptile and six fish species from

undeveloped and develaped areas in arid and

tropical zones.

The Australian Academy of Science (1972)

reported ranges in concentrations of DDT plus

metabolites in (he Namoi cotton growing region for

waters of creeks and rivers and their sediments,

algae, crustaceans, fish, birds and turtles together

with the range in concentrations of 29 fat samples

from ten species of birds of the Bathurst area.

Olsen & Settle (1979) when reporting on the

pesticide contamination in various tissues of water

rars in the Murrumbidgee Jrrigation Area, N.S.W.

1970-72 indicated that “little is known of the

pesticide contamination of Australian fauna”.

The South Australia Pesticides Advisory

Cununittee was concerned about the lack of data.

on the concentrations of pesticide residues in fauna

and the implications of this for research planoing.

AS a consequence, in mid 1971, programmes to

obtain these much needed baseline data were

commenced, The Department of Fisheries and

Fauna Conservation arranged for eggs of a number

of bird species to be collected in the spring of 1971

* Dept of Agriculture, 25 Grenfell St, Adelaide.

§. Aust, 5000.

[1 Orchard Grove. Newrm. & Ause 0/4,

while officers of the Deparcment of Agriculture

undertook the collection of representative faurta in

a selected arcu in January 1972.

Broad surveys 10 determine concentrations ot

pesticides in native and exotic avi-fauna and some

other terrestial fauna from selected areas in South

Australia were undertaken between 197] and 1973.

Determinations of pesticide residues in hirds

suspected of pesticide poisoning were carried out

between 1968 and 1974,

History of Pesticide use —

Saddieworth-Riverton arca

po’ DDT

This area was selected because of the relatively

high DDT usage for control of pea weevil (Bruchus

pisorum) and native badworm (Heliothis punctiger)

in field pea crops, As it is usual to have a 7-8 year

crop rotation and the average annual area sown Lo

peas is about 3%, it follows that abour 20% of the

total area of aver SOM) ha would have received direct

applications of about 1.5 kg/ha of pp'DDT in the

8-year period prior to 1971. The area has an anual

rainfall of about 500 mm.

In October 1971, 150 hectares of field peas were

treated with pp'DDT; 40 ha were sprayed with 0.7

ke/ha pp DDT in early October and a second

spraying, ai the same cohcentration was giver later

in the month whilst the 109 ha paddock of peas was

sprayed once with 1,05 ka/ha pp'DDT. Thus a total

of approx. 170 ke of pp'DDYT was applied over 150

ha three months before the fauna sampling study

was commenced in late January 1972, Lucerne

growiog In the area was not sprayed.

Lindane

The only report of the use of lindane in the

SaddJeworth-Riverton atea was a3 lindane-

OLSEN

PR. BIRKS & A.M,

MS wt ens cris

a ro

loay

—

ern sertoeKdsniacesorelicataegwea

ome

=— Be

SAAiItoonsawn

zt a=. eon

ra mtShmanr toes

maw

ral

sToocr

DSMSOMM MAGNE MAA ANH ot

me—ovutrovdcenmnNocoourtoryeyernwemn

Lor

Soauncd

£0

eal

ae: CaS ac en

SoetSecns

We TONNSMA ENS DN

ooen

o* gsessomccs

bed

sanpogriam Ada

inj LC

mw ++ twee OMe *

I a

+ Oe 2 de ee *

a +

FI)

91D

ral)

zi’0

ore

£00

1€0

Ilo

tH] Oro

LOO

£00

£0'()

cuu

£0°U

——

ete ® Me we &

hry

-esced

=>) wo

Fe ere pers

cece

awn

Nou

eee eee Me ye he e+e eee EHR HEHEHE HE

eee ie

*”

90°0

lag Niwa1aid NWaT¥ SNVONI gH

(1UdIaM Jas 3y/8u) apronsag

— eee KK Soo Aes SeSsnoensseoe ss oD SBS LS Sof 5S 8

‘Md ANN wy ¢ LO|aus SHAIOD

ra] q wy sg adiqi) Puryrouiusrg

d INN Wy € wags nuyswouumsg

"AL AN W449 SNAIeULD SNP Fr

nV IN wy ¢ SSO URNS SHIM py

WI UY E soydunysoilnjan Yoioq8D

WI qT wy ¢ soydueysounjau XPs02105

d aN @Y $0 DIRABUDAT DUI

cl AN Uy ISHMISOMMAP JOSSDef

“Ad ANN Wy € ayoYdaIoUnjal NRLOUNA

WL 4wy Z DyoYderouUnjaud DUOUDA

d HNN wy ¢ nyeydaroudjdlu DUOUDLYy

Ste 7SOMABLG

wd uy ¢ Snpdaay nay

Pyoyatl

"NI A wy Ee SMNOLSOUAY NT

pay iopuad

*atl FN Wy ¢ SHUOWSO WAY INT

ya FSA wy ¢ SHIDIYS SHOOpatey

‘1M as uty ¢ SPN DNAIS STUQTO DAO

d ANN Uy £ SHIDLYS SHIG|PPIDD

“NI FN Wy y stuignoid S121 IDiA

d IN Wy 9 SHUI S149). II]

oh) asa Wy + OPNIRT sOALpALUM ALY

d AN Wy E stay daonay Danprdry ey

d ANN hy £ scaydooiay Binprdlyy

‘yn ASA ury ¢ ANAUITRABAQM O72IDGT

“NI INN Urry / snjovajauiaby snjoudasg

“Ad INN Uys snlovejpuiany sHtoydasd

d ANN Wy ¢ Snjouojpuany snioydasg

d INN Wy £ SnjoUO)OMIAPY SHIQYTASA

d ANN Wy Z SAJOMOJMUdanty, SHOYdas

d INN Wy ¢ Snyouojplany snjoy dase

d ANN Wry ¢ SHMUPHBYOY SNINGMAN,

d ANN Wey € SHMPUBYOY SHYLA

d ANN thy € SHIIPUBHOYU SHUYUAUEAN

"A ANN Wy ZI DYITVIHMISOA DAIDIDD

d INN Wy € HyIdyNasad ONIBIND

wd asa wy ¢ sanyday sdoydiaQ

qd ANN yO LPIA] DGMAPYOD

d SNA wy s SAPIDSYINAI OY]

d INN Wy ¢ ADIPUD)/OYIDAOH Papa [7

e(elanerita |

—daUe SIG

11102] PPES SWEU ANyQUaIS

aNSSt] TRIQR AY

§zi6] Adonigas-tionune ‘Nady UOTIANIY-Y]IOMAlPPOS — SUONDAINIIUOD SpIsad BUNDY “| VAY L

uaarl any

diddew upyAsny

onteear uByensny

MOTTEMS

“PODM PAde}-4OB]G

MOLES

-POOM Pamodg-ay ll Ay

YAhoy? pasurm-ayy Ay

YSNOYS PaRurar-aTiy AA

yaiupadseyy

Molds asnoy]

TOUIW ASTOR]

JAUIU ASTON)

TOUT AstORy

soyRa

-Kauoy papeRay-uMolg

4ayR3

-KOUOY PaUINd-arit] Ay

Javea

-auey pawinyd-ayy Ay,

Sopepaed pares

Bopepred pares

alorepred paws

J9daa139001 Ung

dadgain2a.). uMo.1g

Uigo. papooy

[TEM SULA

[TEISEA OLEAN

RLIIQRYOOY Aus]

joured padiuuiny pay

lied padwni pay

jolnd paduini pay

josed paduins pay

joued paduini pay

jo1ied padums pay

Janeyooa

janeyao5

NRA

qeyep

YCIED

uosdid pasa

uaosid eiaz

[a7}s9y WeIpeTsny

UOINT paocej-ouy A

aku uoOMWUd

IDES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA

PESTIC

yey AOupryY =

wep = op aposnur = w

pur, pareapsun = ‘pn yy Apogqg = q

UONEIadIA APIspeo] = ‘vd ye] ysewmois = 5

purl paresya = d IA = |

WeyqeH onsst

‘aprefapy ‘anypnonsy jo “idaq ‘761 woday paysiqnduy ‘g ‘A ‘wry Jayy § ‘sataads snoxg | ‘poelap ION »

eee ee ge Nt

* * * * * * * * 4 ‘WI AN WY ¢ sadjna sadn (anf) xo.

rat ZO " ‘* * Pr + + q ‘AT aN Wy 9 sisuadpa snda] wey

10 TO * * * * * * q ‘AT AN Wy Ss (é) Masuaynog arylas0py qs

” mn z a mn m se + s ‘NI q wy ¢ Snjogsng Snanjoqgiydiuy psezyy uoseg

SISUAIUDLUSD]

10 0 * * r'0 * * L00°0 q P AN WA € SAjSDUAPOUMATT Qynpe) soa papquepy

SISUDIUDWUSD}

50 $0 * * * * * * q p aN Wy ¢ sajspudpouwtT (anf) Body payqieyy

ae) at) * * * * * F000 Ww Pp AN UY ¢ MODINAISAP XDIAY) STQqeA

semogriow Fd ddd Ldd NIC IaId NIXd1VY ANVGONIT dH YONA]

suid qq dd ~aaUurisiq

(ysiam lam AY /su) apiousag aNsst] TNQE,Y Ylomayppes AWPU INUALIIS AWIBU UOWWLUO)

ee et SE ee we a a a

§2L67 Aapnigag-Cipnuve ‘pasy Udstaaly-ylloMma]ppvs — SuOIJOLIUAIUOD aplIiSag OuNndDJ “| TIAV]

ny PB &. BIRKS & AM.UODSEN

superphosphate for the control of redicgged

earthmite (Halatyeeus destructor) and lor pests of

germinating cereals in May to July 1971.

Dieldrin

The use of this organochlorine compound tor

pasture or crop spraying was discontinued In the

Saddleworth-Riverton area in 1967,

HCB

The only wse of FICB was as a seed dressing and

its use and availability ceased in 1972_

Methods

All bird and mammal specimens in the

Suddleworth-Rivetion area were Laken by shooting

with 0410 gauge shotgun or 0.22 calibre rifle

Whereas the lizafds, frogs and yabbies were taken

alive, All Specimens showed normal behaviour al

the time of collection.

All dowd specimens were placed individually in

polythene bays approved by the Chemistry Division,

Deparhmeat of Services and Supply, The specimens

were labelled and packed in ice lor delivery to

Department of Fisheries and Fauna Conservation

for identification checks before being sent for

analysis by gas liquid chromatugranhy in the

Chemistry Division, Limits of detection were HCB

U.007 me/ke, lindane 0.01 mg/kg, dieldrin (01

me/ky, PDE 0.01 mg/kg, DDD 0.05 me/kg,

pp’ DPT 0,07 mu/ke,

Some bird specimens were badly damaged by

shat and for that redson only the available parts

of the bodies were used in the analysis. The wines

and feathers of all birds were removed before

extraclion,

Some data on pesticides residues in a few native

birds trom miscellaneous areas taken incidentally

in the course of other studies as well as results of

analyses of birds forwarded for examination by

interested people suspecting that the birds may have

died from pesticide poisoning were obtained,

A limited sampling of birds’ cgas for pp'DDT

plus metabulites was undertaken in the spring of

1971, Single eggs Irom chitches of two or more eges

were collected from a wide range of habitats

extending from Lyndhurst in the north of the State

to Lucindale in the south-east by AH. 3, Morton of

Jervois. No shell thickness measurements were

ntade.

During 1973 the Animal Health ranch, Depart-

ment of Agriculture, curried out a survey of the

imestinal parasites of foxes, the animals being taken

trom widely scattered districts Uhroughqut the State.

The Pesticides Commitiee requesied that samples

of fac adhering to the Kidney be taken for pesticide

wtralysis.

Results

Saddleworth-Riverian area

Table | shows indivMidiial pesticide concentrations

in the Taunt examined from (he Sadedlewerth-

Riverton area.

The metabolite DDE was present in all birds

while the parent pp'DDT was present at low

concentritions or absent,

The rearrangement of the data in descending

order of DDT plus metabolites (Table 2) indicates

thar pesticide coricentrations were extremely

variable, the highest and lowest were in grain feeding

ypecies. However, the high concentration in the

house sparrow (a grain feeder) and the lower levels

in the laughing Kookaburra and the Australian

kestrel (meat-ealers) demonstrate the need for mare

data before a relationship can be postulated between

residues and diet.

In thus! cases, those spevies which are known

from data of the Australian Bird Banding Scheme

lo show least mayement From banding sites, were

those which had the higher concentrations af

pesticides in their tissues.

Miscellaneous areas

The analyses of 35 birds representing 21 spectes

from miscellaneous areas (Table 3) showed that 14

birds had concentrations above 1 meg/ke DDT plus

metabolites, (wo birds had above 0.5 but less than

10 mg/kg and 19 birds had less than 0.5 mg/ko

in various body rissues.

The two highest concentrations were in birds

forwarded by concerned people who considered that

the birds may have died froin pesticide poisoning,

A grey bulcherbird (28) mg/kg), which came [rom

afarm on Eyre Peninsula, is believed to have died

from ealing dield mice froma grain Mere which had

heen dusted with pp'DDT for rodent control during

the 1970 mouse plague. Even then the use of

pp’ DDT as a rodenticide was nolalticially approved

or recommended. likewise ihe sucred kinglisher

from Rendeclshim (South-East) with a

concentration of 75.6 me/ke DDT plus metabolires,

Was suspected by the finder, of poisoning from

pesticides.

The next highest congenfrations were in an

Australian pelican (2.4) mye kek a little penguin (5.2

mg/kg); a stubble quail (4.2 mg/ks); another two

fitthe penguins (4.0 atid 3.8 mg/ke respectively) ana

a darier (3.78 mg/kg) all of which were collected

opportunistically, Four young little penguins came

Ashore with oi! soaked bodies: they were starving,

Because of the seareity of thelr body fat, oil from

the preening gland was used in the analyses,

itis doubtful whether the presence of pp’ DDT

was tcspousible for the deaths of birds from home

PRSTICIDES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA 7

TABLE 2. Descending order af concentrations uf DDT plus nietaholites in birds — Saddleworth-Kiverton area 1972

Prime-Food*

Small

Animals

Species

Invert-

ebrates

House sparrow

Magpie-lark 4

Australian magpie + {

Willie wagtail +

White-faced heron + i

Black faced wood-

swallow ’ hocy

Striated pardalote '

Little raven ' {

Noisy miner \

Brown treecreeper \

Hooded robin \

White-plumed

haneyedlec ‘

Red-rumped parrot

Brown-headed

honeyeater '

White-hrowed

swallow '

Laughing kookaburra \ ‘

Galak

Galah

Australian kesirel ' +

feral. piecon

White-winged chough +

Cockatiel

Crested pigeon

Concentration (mg/kg — wet weight)

Seeds Fat

Fruits Max Other Tissuc

* 282.3 body

‘ 148.8 liver

\ 95.8 lives,

25.3 stomach

61.9 16,2 body(2)

46.7 liver

43.8

+? 39.0 15.2, 8.0 body(3)

+ 39.0 stomach

+7? 33.2 16.3, 14.5 hody(3)

{8.8 9.4 body(2)

16.2 bady

13,2 5.5 hody(2)

. 6 3.98, 0.67, body(6)

0.6, (1.46, }

0.44

8.1 bady

8.0 body

7.68 stomach

+ 6.0 liver

4.7 stomach

3.94 liver

+ 2.47 liver

+ 2.1 14 liver(2)

+ 1s t.16, 0.33 body(3)

+ 0.34 liver

(after Lim 1972 see Table [)

* Invertebrates = insects, crustaceans, and some mollus¢s. Small animals = fish, frogs, lizards and young birds.

Seeds and fruits = includes bulbs and such like underground plant storage tissues.

gardens in various areas of the State (Table 3) when

apparently healthy birds of the same species with

much higher concentrations of the pesticide were

surviving without showing any stress symptoms

(Table 2). In post-mortem examinations of the

cormorants and the pelican by veterinarians, death

was ascribed to respiratory infections.

Twenty-six cggs of 23 species (21 native species)

were examined and no evidence of pp'DDT or

metabolites was found in epgs from eight species.

Atiother eight species had a range of concentrations

from 0.01 to 0.10 mg/kg DDT plus metabolites,

whereas seven species had egys with concentrations

between 0.12 and 0.50 mg/kg. Eggs of three species

had concentrations above 0,5 mg/kg, namely a

butcherbird (1.34 mg/kg),.a brown tharnbill (0.69

mg/kg) and a superb fairy-wren (0.62 mg/kg). All

three species came from near cleared cultivated

areas,

Three species had eggs taken rom separate nests

at different times. In the black-faced cuckoo-shrike

from two widely separated areas, the Beltana ege

sample from the earlier brood had no pesticides

(0) Number of birds examined.

present whereas the Finnis sample of November had

a concentration of 0.50 mg/kg DDT plus meta-

bolites, Two eggs from different broods of the

superb fairy-wren had a five-fold difference in

concentration (0.12 to 0.62 mg/kg) of the pesticide,

On the other hand the concentrations of DDT plus

metabolites in broods of the iwo rainbow bee-eaters,

taken six weeks apart at Tailem Bend were virtually

identical (0.03 and 0.02 mg/kg respectively). Most

birds, whose broods were sampled, are

predominantly insect and arthropod eaters and only

a few cockatoos supplement their diet with seeds

while two species, the common bronvewiny and

little quail have seeds as their prime food.

In the bird broods sampled (Table 4) those eggs

with the nil or lowest concentrations of pesticides

came from nests in the lower rainfall areas.. Those

birds with the higher concentration of DDT plus

metabolites were from higher rainfall areas and

hence more closely settled districts where cropping

practices were more intensive.

In only two of the 26 foxes was the sex recorded

and no observations were given on the estimated

sez fizz thn tra FO sou" gq tuapme® awoy Umoljaqd ur

+ purl

we'd eo wu + q “MSG SHH SPre]epy

huapsed

30 91 q TWO, AODABIER

i) {uapred

woe Pel al aa | €0-0 9 swoy tueys|apulay

‘op juepsed

* 4 * . 4q astuno> WOO]

- * * * aq tysiew ugosey] [oog

+ * . * 3q Tysavu uoode’y] [oog.

* * + . * wp tysieu ucoseT] Joog

tI el 0 + * 1 Tyaraq aqoy

* frase

14'6 Ws 96E ro 0 . * 4 aYyR] AAO aye]

rat

Eran gs't 80°0 lam) oo * [zoo q = |durems saat Bure Les

4 30°70 * « * | tdiwtems aau Yyomooy eau

a 90°0 ry & « } tduems ton YOOIOOWW eau

a 310 " 4 } fdwras aaa YOOIOOW MAL

. 910 L0°0 son PaO) q

= F100 soo | SN 00 |

t 660 rt sO rl) 60°0 q flues sasu YNQUOOW

ot P70 Ato roo E00 q

a 900) co 6 z0'0 w00 ]

% Zz oro 600 4070 ag jeiwrems aaa yoorooyy

ea {spurl

* rant) z0'0 * + q ued aprejapy

4 ayqqnis

a Le Lr’ + * 10'0 q aunised BIUCOW ' WY b

aiqanis

Tr rr * * “ q aunised RIUOOW "Fwy PF

ayqqnis

fe 1 tf * + . * q aunisnd RIUGOPY “WY Pp

071 s0 * rant) + . * Fd {payeus ito) aq

RE ss * £0 # * = ‘sud (payeos ||0) agoy

zs 6F * ra) * € . “wad (payeos ]10) aqoy

OF OE * +0 ® * * ‘aud yorsq aqgoy

90 so * TO * ~ ig wad

* + * * * ® . l

Fl cl = TO ra * * q mong (QS) purjsy umsuag

smjogeru gaq ada taddd NiMaiaid ANVONIT 4H

snd pad

PoUILUEX |

{iydtawm jam Fy4/Sw) apmousag ansst |, IENQE}] Bay

$L6. inp

Ome

uy sol

[Lis'0z

ROM RT

69ST

GIST

69 UN RE

oLwoz

6 ET

ouMIvE

OLUNE

OLTINE

OLWTE

Inol “YO

ZLUET

CLT be

TLV PE

Teal

él

[e6l

evel

paiayjop

aed

Sipsajoy

sdoseisoz

sa4uydo way

oinpidiuy

AMAXIIU OPUNIE

DIQUDS MOOAPOY

sujesng

YAQIOIOSAIYD

bingo}? banrzg

pIngo} Banizig

STOO

STH IOIYSAAYD

AO1DL4AS DING

SHIOYLRESUDD

SAUD IA Af

dasodounjout

pauMyRy

DYsDI XDLOIOUIDMY

OGIND XDIOIOIIDINYe}

OGIBI XOLNIOLIBj OY

OYADI XMIOIOMID|DY

OQINI XMLOIOIINGDY cf

sazoyda) sdaydtoc)

AN pUapTINAVGH

XNAHIOD

apipunjazapaou

NiisRIOD

ODI Piusjazavaou

xiunIOD

SOMME ILA PNT

foun nynjdapngq

fourm oniddpny

sounds onjdapnyz

DAAIBATIS

[erdeas STLAN

MOP[RAS TUIGIAAL

JOUSHTULY PaLRS

ooyon2

-AZUOCIG 8,PpOUSJOH

Yonp Ysa

yenp Asn

fant)

St] Payoou-MeNg

wUUED

Updyed UEYRISny

JaEC]

THEIOUIOS TEI

WWeIOULIOS TAH

WEOWIOA TeaIt

JUBIOWIION 1BeIt

IWEJOWWOD [Raley

(Ant) uoadid paysaz>

qeab apqqnis

penb srqqms

penb aiqqnis

Cant) uinduad apy

Cant) uindued 2)

(and uinguad apy

Cant) uinduad ayy

Jounu opdApny (jnpe) uinsuad ayy

aweu ayuUaIg

jure UOWLUO

‘SDIMD SNOAUDIJAISIMA — SPING U1 SUEIINITUAIUOD apiIt}Sad “| TIA¥ I,

SEN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA

PESTIC

SUBGIO DANSAIP= “o'p

wreiq — 4q

purs sutueaid — “ud

Jal = |

wy Apoq = q

Sulkp 10 peap punog ft

saiad¢s anoxg |

PA19919P ION +

ZOPrO 6eo clo"o O1d'0> AU) F000 900°0 op umoypqdue pal Ainy ESUDSyNA SMUG SUIPEIs UOLULUOD

L090 6S 900°0 1l0'0 §z0'0 soo'o F000 ‘op fuapues awoy umoypeqdwey pPLé6r Ane LAD AINA SHUINIS Sulpiv1s UOUWIUO,)

Bre 0 Ztr'09 910'0 TOO Lo" Cou'O q luapied suo0y umoypqdues plé6r Arne PSNINSIMLOP 42SSD_q MOLeds asnoH

{pied snionbio}

O18 Ot8 OST Ot ( “Wey BNsuIUag AAT OLE SMI.IDE parqaeyaing Keir)

‘op jtuapies

£0 £0 * * * iq AMUNOD Te RUIN RZ NaaUid Naply Nays Puig apwody

* + ia «GUPUur,, q fuspuns swoy SITH 2PIEIPY 8961 "PO Mang DUrYysoNUED aidaeu uelyelsny

(wseds

ul palp)

Ovo oro Fy * op juapies Snsoyiuadns

oro 0f'0 % * 1g ALUNOS UG go lvgt SMMOAISO}OUOG IA|GQRG Pawo1g-A AK

¥ DIDINIUNADI

‘ * ® a * ‘Op Tuspued awoy SUaPIL) YOO, = BON PT niapysoyyiuyy pargap em pay

* DIDJMIUNADI

wad) ZO * # * ‘op fuapues awoy SUIPIkT) YHOO] = QOrxI' PE DLADYIOYINY parqaynem pay

& DIDINIURADI

070 070 * * of 1q fuapies awoy suapley YeIoo, ggxXU PZ DLaDYIOY UY Pgs] TEA pay

ssryoqring qdd dad faddd NINCrItid) ANVONIT OH

smd Lcd

PRULELEN -7 Papacy

(yaw 1a By. aw} AP sagd ANSst | Je1ige HL Noy Me ouru NETO AS PLU UOLLLIO. >

*SDAID SHOIUD) [AIST — SPLIQ Ul SUOIIDAJUGIUOD ApIISag ‘¢ AW]

M. OLSEN

R, BIRKS & A,

Pp,

FLI

Ose

00t

has

60T

OBS

SBE

Sil

OOF

O8E

Ose

O19

Pre

0z9

Oso

OES

O19

O6¥

OSE

0¢9

0c9

OSP

0c9

0z9

ors

(ur) [yeyures

jenuue

aFe1OAR

“xosddy

r + + * IsNypury

* * + * BIYydUeN

* + * * atmoapy

* * * * OOIOHIO

+ & * + Burisg

a * * IH suds

* * * * puey WesleL

* * * * TSANYPUA J

10°0 10°0 * * stOalap

70 rain) * * puag wayyy,

£0°0 £0'0 ’ * puag welll

£0°O 00) * * aduey ssayeg

s0'0 s0°0 ¥ * aspug ABIINIA,

90°0 900 + 4 puag wale

90°0 90°0 * * aepunn’y

80'0 80°0 * + EsUNTTIAN

zU0 zI'0 * * 1Bl4 apamg

zV0 TIO * « aduey saayegq

Zio cro * + yaaa yes

LI LV0 + « StOAIa[

80 80 * € ayepuiony]

6e°0 ea) cud -0'0 ayepulony]

OS"0 oc'0 + * SIUUL]

790 Is"0 S00 90°0 ayepunny

69°0 9¢0 Fro 60'0 ayepulany]

Fo'T Fel * * iL apang

salljoqeiour

suid 1dd qyaq «6 daqq-~—sldadd

(iysiam Jam ay /8w) UONBIUZIUOD raly

‘spain SHOIUD aI — Sa&8a ul sazyogpjau snjd ,aC fO Suolipijuaauos fo sapson Suipuarsagq “p AWAY 1

lL 'X'€l

ran era|

[Lee

[LIX 87

12 X's]

LL *X'OL

LL or

[L871

LLEX by

tL °x9I

Lameora

T2082

This

TL XL

WNL

[Lsg

pajoa|[o3

aed

saidads 30x J

SN}DISIUI SAPOYUOSY

syp1odiaay muazqiay

SNIDUOSLAd SNUB

Shauiindg SHanpadapy

ADIPUDTOYIDAOL NUIIDIOD

Snagaunf SNYyIUAysOIdLjOD

DAdjdOIoYyD STBYT

SOjaa KMMINE

LsyanpsDs Sapa y

snjpuso SdOLapY

sroUIO SdoIapy

PHUOULIDY DIQUIMANYOD

SHIMAS SNUIOLM

bons Ouiajquey

oudydiod oudydsog

vanYdOING) SiddJIDUAN]D

njNYdIOUDjaw DULMOUBPYL

SU DL2]D} SHOIBSOZ

SNBUDAD SHINIDY

jojniatd sHpIANg

psouisyny binpidiyy

sypasne oajjosdoy

ADIPUNTOYADAON DWIIDIOD

SNauUNAD SHINO PY

nypsnd pzyyunoy

SHIDNBIO) SHINIDLD

AWBU NUUIIS

pa}slap ION .

Igespam surdnaiy?)

[Blau PaM@oiq-pay

MOT]BMSPOOM PIysefAL

Pllqssrsa aye]

Sylys-Ooyond padyy-yovig

O0IVYIOI-YIE]Q paper-moylay,

SUIMeZUOIG LOUTWO>

enb ayy

youryppos uvadoing

J3183-33q MOqUIRY

JajRa-3aq AOQUIRY

USMY ]-ayLys Aa

UsIMSSbls paretys

[felsity PUOWeIT

uayduems ayding

19039194911 PIWoIy Psy A

JUL ASIOKY

SAADA[LS

uaim-Aliey gisdng

PrIQyoe)d

WeIUBy APD

WIgol MOAA Wa ed

ay UYS-OOYoNI padwy-yaeygq

vaim-Aniey qiedny

YiIquioy? UMolg

puqiayang Aug

EWU UOUTWIO)

PESTICIDES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA

ages of the foxes ic, juvenile or adult. The foxes

Were faken in the course of a tapeworm survey and

it is presumed they were mostly older animals and

hot pups.

HCB

All 26 samples of fox kidney fat showed traces

of HCB. Thirteen foxes showed the presence of

dieldrin in the kidney fat. The highest concentration

of 0.67 mg/kg was present in a fox from Mannum

district, the next highest was 0.27 ng/kg in a fox

from the Port Lincoln area (Table §). The remaining

11 foxes had concentrations ranging from 0.02 ta

0.16 mg/kg dieldrin. Six enly of the 26 foxes

cxamined showed the presence of pp'DDT or

metabolites, the highest concentration of 1.34

mg/ke was in the same fox from Mannum which

registered the highest concentration of dieldrin,

Discussion

The amounts of pp’ DDT used in the

Saddleworth-Riverton area were believed to be the

highest used anywhere in South Australia at that

time and survey results from that area were

considered likely lo show the highest residues from

DDT in this State, The annual application of about

1,§ kg/ha of pp'DDT to about three percent of the

area is not high compared with application rates

o! four to six times heavier on greater areas of

cotton and robacco planted elsewhere in Australia

(Australian Academy of Science 1972).

The data on pesticide residues in Australian fauna

is limited to small numbers of some of the more

common species present in different areas.

Comparison of residues is difficult because of

different tissues analysed,

Of the 38 native and four exotic bird species from

South Australia, only 12 native and one exotic

species Were common to the 63 species previously

surveyed in Victoria (Australian Academy of Science

1972). Table 6 shows these in descending order of

maximum concentrations of DDT plus metabolites

found in any tissues.

The highest concentration, 160 mg/kg was in the

body fat-of an Australian kestrel and was also the

highest level recorded in six other raptor species

from Victoria. Best (1973) reported up to 12.15

mg/kg wet weight in bulked samples of body fat

of fork tailed (black) kites, raptors from the NU.

The recording of 3.94 mg/kg im the Australian

TABLE 5, Concentrations of pesticides in fat af foxes — miscellaneous areas — 1973,

Pesticide (mg/kg wet weight) DDI plus

Date Town or district HCB DIBLDRIN pp DDT DDE DDD metabo-

received lites.

8-i-73 Por{ Lincoln 0.006 0.06 = * J »

131-73 Port Lincoln 0.007 0.06 7 * * *

13-1-73 Fort Lincoln 0,007 0.06 * } * *

25-4-73 Port Lincoln 0.08 0.14 * 0.08 ¥ 0.08

19-41-73 Port Lincoln 0.001 Q,27 * 0.02 + 0.02

25-v-73 Port Lincoln 0.02 . O11 0.26 * 0.37

28-v-73 Port Lincoln 0.18 4 > ‘3 »’ +

§-vi-73 Port Lincoln 0.2) + > O18 sf 0.18

16-vi-73 Murray Bridge 0.31 (1,05 > * * +

16-vi-73 Murray Bridge 0.006 a 4 ps *

16-vi-73 Mount P

Gambier 0.002 + 3 * *

25-¥i-73 Port Lincoln 0.008 0.08 + * * +

25-vi-73 Mout

Ganibie: 0.005 “ * ? * <

25-vi-73 Mount

Gambier 0.002 3 * * ‘ ?

27-vi-73 Murraylown 0.008 + * : 3 +

27-vi-73 Murraylown 0.015 0.04 bg 7 Le id

27-¥1-73 Murrayrown 0.014 (1.02 id . * *

2-vii-73 Port Lincoln 0.003 0.16 * 4 * 4

4-vii-73 Port Lincoln 0.004 * * * * 4

1B-vii-73 Mannum 0.028 0.06 * * . *

18-vii-73 Mannum 0.091 {).67 0,50 0.75 0.09 1.34

26-vii-749 Port Lincoln 0.004 * 4 + is &

26-vu-73 Port Lincoln 0.004 * * ® - if

26-vu-73 Port Lincoln 0.02 + ys 0.05 * 0.05

8-viii-73 Jamestown {).007 6.10 * 7 * ”

R-Vii-73 = Hallet 0,009 $ ‘ * « é

* Not detected

Th PR

RIR KS AoA Me OLSIN

Tan 6, Descending arder of concentrations of DDT plus ietabolites vi 13 bird spécres Conan to South Australia

and Victoria.

Species Maximunt pesnvide concentration mg/kg wel weight

South Australia Victoria

Australian kesrfel 3.94 160.0

Magpie lark TAKS v.20

Australian magpie 95.6 2.4

White faced heron At, 7 78.0

Line raven 0) 0.36

Laughing kookaburta 708 2)

Fairy penguin $2 0)

‘Stubble quuil 4.2 O.67

White-winged choigh a4 109

Great (larec black) cormorant (139 1%

Welcome switllow 0,80 1.2

Red wate bird 0,20 0.81

Starling ).60 0.07

kestrel is the only measurement From a rapror

species in S.A.

Although many waterbird species were examined

for pesticides in Victoria, only the white-faced

heron, the great (large black) cormorant and the

fairy penguin were also examined in the South

Aus|ralian studies and they had lower

coficentrations than their respective Victorian

SspECcIMeEns,

In the Namoi cotton growing area of N.SW,,

which had received the highest rates of application

ol pp'DDT in Australia (Australian Academy of

Science 1972), seven cormorants had ab average of

4.6.mg/kg (basis unspecified) in the body fat.. Fwo

freat cormorants from Moarook, '8.A., had 0.24

and 0.39 mg/kg wet weight in body fat whereas a

Victorian great (large black) cormorant had 1.8

me/ke wet weight in body fat.

Two quail from the Namo area bad an average

of 0.45 me/kg (basis unspecified) in body fat, three

stubble quail from Moonta,’S.A., bad 1.43, 1.47 and

4.2.me/kg wet weight in body fat and four stubble

quail in Victoria had 0,67 and 0.14 myg/ke wet

Weight in fat.

Two galahs (rom Saddleworth-Riverton area had

DDT residue concentrations of 4.7 and 6.0 me/kg

(stomach and liver fat respectively) whereas lower

concentrations (0,22 to 3.69 me/k wet weight),

were recorded in bulked samples of galahs fron

developed arid areas near Alice Springs and still

Tower concentrations (nil ta O17 mg/kg) in bulked

sainples from undeveloped arid areas in the N-T.

(Best 1973).

Freshwater crayfish from river and creek sources

in the Namoi area had DDT residue concentrations

ranging from 0.17 10 6.5 me/Ka, dry weight, and

higher vahies hetween 13,8 and 54,7 mg/kg,

averaging 29.9 mg/kg dry weight from specimens

collected in irtigation drains (Australian Academy

of Science 1972), A yabbie from a dam in the

Saddleworth-Riverton area had 4 Jower

concentrauion of 0:4 me/Kg wet weight..

In the South Australian results, pesticide levels

were generally higher in those bird species which

feed on Other animals, including insects, than in

bird species which utilise food of vegetable origin,

ie. Seeds, fruits, bulbs and other underground

storage organs,

The Jower proportion of pp'DDT than DDE

present in the tixsucs is indicative of pesticides

having been applied some time ago rather than of

recent application. There was no-apparent effect on

the general well-being of the birds examined in the

Saddleworth-Riverton survey although some, ag.

the sparrow, carried high concentrations of

pesticide, particularly DDE, Davis (1967, 1974) drew

attention to the wide variations i) susceptibility of

different bird species to specific pesticides and

considered that lethal levels for a species may vary

with conditions such as stress, From the high

concentrations of pp’DDT plus metabolites in the

butcher bird and its known contact with pp'DDT,

iL is presumed that this chemical caused its death.

With the sacred kingfisher from Rendeisham, the

cause of death is uncertain because there was Wo

known association with pesticide application and

it had lower concentrations of pesticides than three

other apparently unaflected bird species with high

pesticide concentrations in the Saddleworth-

Riverton survey (Table 1).

In the species, other than birds, examined,

concentrations of SDT plus metabolites were low-

In foxes the low concentrations. and absence (21 out

of 27) was interesting particularly in view of the

omiuvorous dict of (his species. Two foxes in the

Northern Territory also had low concentrations of

DDT residues (0.03 mp/ko) (Best 1973).

The DDT plus mctabolites-concentrations in eggs

PESTICIDES IN SOU'TH AUSTRALIAN FAUNA 77

of 23 South Australian bird species were relatively

low. Eggs of seven species were free of pesticides,

13 species had concentrations of 0.5 mg/kg wet

weight or less and the eggs of three species

contained 1.34 mg/kg (grey butcherbird), 0.69

mg/kg (brown thornbill) and 0.62 mg/kg (superb

fairy wren) (Table 4).

In the Victorian survey, eggs from nests of 14

different bird species, nine of which were water

birds, contained DDT plus metabolites. Four of the

species contained concentrations higher than values

found in eggs of the 23 South Australian species.

The eggs of a stilt had a concentration of 12 mg/kg

wet weight, a whistling eagle 3.2 mg/kg, a little pied

cormorant 2.5 mg/kg and a starling 1.70 mg/kg.

Because of wide differences in food preferences

and feeding habits of birds from Victoria and those

from S.A. there is no basis for comment except to

record the concentrations of DDT plus metabolites

found in the eggs of birds in these two surveys.

References

AUSTRALIAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCE (1972) The use of

DDT in Australia, Reports of the Australian Academy

of Science No. 14.

Best, S. M. (1973) Some organochlorine pesticide

residues in wildlife of the Northern Territory, Australia,

1970-71. Aust. J Biol Sci, 26, 1161-70.

Butcuer, A. D. (1965) Wildlife hazards from the use of

pesticides. Australas. J Pharm. 46, Suppl. 35, 105-9.

Davis, B. N. K. (1967) Recent developments in pesticide-

wildlife studies. J ent. Soe. Aust. (N.SMW.) 4, 3-9.

(1974) Advances in pesticide-wildlife studies since

1967. Ibid 8, 22-31.

Oxsen, P, & SETTLE, H. (1979) Pesticide contamination

of water rats in the Murrumbidgee Irrigation areas, New

South Wales, Australia, 1970-72. Pestic. Monit, J. 12(4),

185-188,

ECHINOCEPHA LUS OVERSTREETI DEARDORFF & KO, 1983

(NEMATODA:GNATHOSTOMATOIDEA) FROM ELASMOBRANCHS AND

MOLLUSCS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY IAN BEVERIDGE

Summary

Specimens of Echinocephalus overstreeti were found in the following elasmobranch and

chaemeriform fishes from South Australia: Heterodontus portusjacksoni (Meyer, 1793),

Parascyllium ferrugineum McCulloch, 1911, Orectolobus maculatus (Bonnaterre, 1788),

Myliobatis australis Macleay, 1881, Aptychotrema vincentiana (Haacke, 1885), Trygonorhina

guanerius Whitley, 1932, Raja whitleyi Iredale, 1938, Urolophus mucosus Whitley, 1939, Dasyatis

brevicaudatus (Hutton, 1875), D. thetidis (Waite, 1899), Hypnos rnonopterygium (Shaw & Nodder,

1795) and Callorhynchus milii Bory de St Vincent, 1823. Gravid nematodes were found only in H.

portusjacksoni. A redescription of the nematode is given and its differentiation from congeners

discussed. Nematodes undergoing the final moult in elasmobranchs permitted the identification of

the scallops Pecten albus Tate, 1887 and Chlarnys bijrons (Lamark, 1819) as possible intermediate

hosts.

KEY WORDS: Nematoda, Gnathostomatoidea, Echinocephalus, morphology, life history.

ECHINOCEPNALUS OVERSTREETI DEARDORFF & KO, 1983 (NEMATODA:

GNATHOSTOMATOIDE A) FROM ELASMOBRANCHS AND MOLTEUSCS IN

SOLTH AUSTRALIA

by TAN BEVERIDGE*

Summary

Hevreipoe, 1. 987) Evhinocephalus oversireeti Deardortt & Ko, 1983 (Nematoda! Gnathostomatoidea)

from clasmobranchs and maltuyes in'South Australia. Trams, 8, Soc. & Aisi. W112), 79-92, 29 May, 1987,

Specimens of Echinoeephalus overstreett were found in the following elasmobranch and chacmeritorm

fishes fiom: South Australia: Hereraduntus portusjackson’ (Meyer, 1793), Paraseviliam ferruginewn

McCulloch, 1911, Orectolobus maculatus (Bonnaterre, 1788), Mylobatis australis Macleay, 188),

Apiehotreme vincentiand (Haacke, 1885), Trygorortina guunerius Whitley, 1932, Raja whirley) ledale,

1938, Urolophus tnucosus Whitley, 1939, Dasvatis brevicaudatiuy (Hution, 1875), D. thetidis (Waite, 1899),

Hypnos monoplerygine (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) and Callorkynchus milii Bory de. St Vincent, 1823, Gravid

nematodes were found only in J, portusjacksori, A sedeseription of the nematode is given and its differen-

clailan from congeners discussed, Nemarodes undergoing the tinal moule in clasmobranchs permirted the

identiligation of the scallops Pecten albus Tae, 1887 and Chtanis bifrons (Lamatk, 1819) as possible

intermediate hosts.

Kry Worns, Nematoda, Ginathostomarolidea, Kehinoeephalus, morpholagy, lite history,

Introduction

Adults of the nematode genus Echinovephalys

Molin, 1858 occur in the stomach and spiral valve

al sharks and rays in various regions of the world,

Larval stages occur commonly in the gonads or

adductor muscles of molluscs as well as it the

mesentenes of teleosts, In Austrahan waters, adult

Echinocephalus Wave been found in the Port

Jackson shark, Heleradonius portusjacksoni

(Meyer 1793) (syn. ¢7, philipp/) and the stingaree,

Urolaphus testaceus (Mueller & Henley 1841)

Clohnston & Mawson 1943, 1945a), Johnston &

Mawson (1943) assigned the material they examined

lo £ spinosissimus (Linstow 1904), a species

described originally from Myliohalis aquila

(Linnaeus 1758) from the Gulf of Manaar, Sri

Lank#. However, £ spinosissimus has usually been

regarded asa synonym of E, uneinarus Molin, (858

(see Milleman 1963). Johnston & Mawson (1943)

noted however thar their specimens were much

Jarger than any previously described, while

Milleman (1963) pointed to differences in cephatic

anatomy and the caudal papillae of the male tail,

suggesting that the Australian specimens might

represent a distinc! species, Notwithstanding this

suggestion, Milleman (1963) tenlatively inched

Johnston and Mawson’s specimens under &.

dutemnals,

Larval stages of Eehinocephalus in the Australian

rewon have been found in the molluses A riviera

bulfoti Bernardi, 1861, Aatylesia scalarine (Lamarck,

(S18) and Polinices conicus (lamarck, 1822)

Unhnston & Mawson '945ar Lester #/ a/, 1980) as

well as in che mesenteries of the teleosts

Chrysophrys auratus (Schneider, 1801) (Syn,

Pagrosomus auratus), Platycephalas arenarius

Ramsay & Ogilhy, (885, A bassensis Cuvier, 1829,

P fusens Cuvier & Valenciennes, 1829, P laevigarus

Cuvier, 1829, Psendolabrus psittaculus (Richardson,

1840) and Sillaginndes punctatus (Cuvier, 1829)

(Johnston & Mawson 19484, b; Hooper 1983),

Larval echinacophalids have.alyo been found in the

stomachs of turtles, Carefta caretia (Linnacus, 1758)

(Lester et al 19R0), and dolphins, Delphinas

delphius Linnaeus, 1758 (Johnston & Mawson

1941). Generally, specitic identifications of larvae

have not been made excep! for those identified as

E. uncinatus by Johnston & Mawson. (1945a, b)

based on the earlier designation by Baylis & Lane

(1920) of a larval specimen as the type of Molin’s

species uncinatus. Baylis & Lane's (1920) action is

now considered invalid (Milleman 1963; Beverigc

1985) but in the intervening period many larval

forms have been incorrectly identified as £,

uncerains (see Beveridge 1985).

The taxonomic status of both larval and adult

forms of Bchinocephalus from Australian hosts is

therefore i duubt, Examination of new collections

has shown that they belong neither to £, wacinaties

nor to £. spinasissimus, but to &. oversrreet/

Deardorff & Ko, 1983 originally described from the

tay Ja@eriura sielanpspilos Bleeker, 1853 from the

Marqueses Islands (Deardorff & Ko 1983) although

they differ from the original description in some

* Central Veterinary Laboratories, South Austrahan

Departinent of Agriculure, ove Instiruw of Mecical

and Veverinary Scienve, Frome Road, Adelaide. S, Aust

5000.

a IAN BEVERIDGE

jeapects, A detailed description of both adult and

lurval specimens from Australia is [herelore given

below, tegether with some observaliens on life

Iistony..

Materials and Methods

Elasmebranchs were collected on cominercial

fishing vessels in St Vincent and Spencer Gufs,

Encounter Bay, off Beachport and off the south

coas!| of Kangaroo Isfand, S.A. Additional

specimens were obtained af Goolwa, 5,A,, using

tramllines, The sex and teral lenerh of each fish were

revorded and the gastroinicstinal iraet was removed

and opened. Nematodes were presetved either by

washing Them in sea-waler and fixing them

immediuiely in Rerland’s Wnid or allernalively,

opened spiral valves and stomachs wete flooded

with boiling waler Lo straighten any helminths, and

formalin was added to preserve the specimens.

Nematodes were cleared in lactophenol and the total

length measured while cleared, Drawings were made

using a drawing tube attached to an Olympus BH

microscope. Measurements were made cither

Girectly with an ocular micrometer ar trom cali-

brated drawings: In the descriptions, measurements

ure given in millimetres as the range tor Tive

specimens followed by the mean in parentheses,

Scallops, Chlamys (Equichlamps) difrass

fLumarck, |809) and Pecten albus Tate, 1887

(probably a synonyin of PB meridionalis Tate, 1887),

were collected from Nurthayen and hdijhburgh. The

otal length from hinge te free side, was recorded

and they were then examined fresh of were frozen

prior to examination jor nematodes. Live larvae

were fixed in Berland’s fluid and cleared in

lactophenol, Larvae from frozen scallopy were fixed

in 10% formol saline. Sixteen abalone, Hefioris

Jeevigate Donovan, 1808 frum Edithburgh were also

examined.

Larval and adult nematodes were prepared for

seaming electron microscopy (SEM) by dehydiating

in ethanol, air drying and couting with gould an¢l

curbon. Specimens were viewed with a JEOLSE

microscope.

All nematodes collected have been deposited in

the Australian Helininthological Collection (AHC)

heused in the South Ausinalian Museu.

Existing collections of Evkinucephalus in AHC

were alsu examined as well as the paratypes of E.

oversireeti trom the United Stales National Muscum

Helhuinth Collection (77384),

Adult fermale nematodes {rom one shark were

inaintained in sca-water at room temperature For

the collection of caps. Eag development and

hatching was observed. Larvae were lined in fori

saline or in lactaphenal.

Results

Echinocephalus averstreeti Deardort? & Ko, 1983

FIGS 1-38

Adults: Large sroawt nematodes; body woarmed,

maximum wideh in mid-body region; cuticle with

fine, regwlarly-spaced annular striations 0.002-0,003

apart; female straight; tail of male coiled in loose

spiral. Mouth opening derso-ventrally elongate with

2 elongate tateral pseudolabia;y lateral part of

pscudolabium bulbous, with median amphid and

double cephalic papilla on enter side; medial

exuemity of pseudolabium wider than lateral

extremity, indobed. cach lobe with 2 cuticular

thickenings along external edges; thickenings of

median lobes interlock 10 give appearance of pairs

of “teeih” in amecal views median lobes may be

partially or fully introverted such that one lobe or

both is wot visible in apical views projections or

“igeth™ of sub-dorsal and sub-ventral lobes of

pseudolabia only clearly visible in mediaiy views,

sumefintes visible in oblique or apical views giving

appearance of additional interlocking ‘Yeeth”;

postero-dersal and postero-ventral part of buxe of

each pseudolabium with distinet cuticular serra-

tions; small triangular interlabia present dorsally

ind ventrally, with 2 additional small (riangular

projections on cither side of apex, Cephalic bulb

prominent, anned with numerous cows ol sntall

uncinadte spines; anterior rows incomplete, restricted

to dorsal and ventral areas of bulb; rows af mid-

bulh region frequently non-conlinuous; raws of

spines won-overlappings buccal capsule weakly

developed; oesophagus divided into antenur

muscular und posterior glandular sections; nerve

ring in anterior oesophageal region, immediately

posterior to cephalic bulb; 4 cervical sacs extend

tram cephalic hulb almost to junction of muscular

and glandwar ocsophagus. Tail conical, with blunt

fips tail (ip without ernaieitatian,

Male: Votal length 53-60 (50); maximum width

1,0-1,2 (I. cephalic bulb 0.31 0.56 (0,54) long by

0.76-0.82 (0.78) wide; bulb with 30-40 (34) rows of

spies; spires 0.010 long; oesophagus 5.9-8,5 (7.2)

long; anleriur muscular region 3.0-5.4 (4.7) long:

eee EEE

Pips 1-10 Achieavephafus aversteert, 1. Oesophageal region, lareral wew; 2. Cephalic extremity, lateral views 7

Pseudolabium, lateral view; 4. Pscudolabium internal suiface; 5. Pseudolabia, apical view; 6. Pseudotabia, dorsal

view; 7. Spines of cephalic bulb; 8. Dettils of interlocking tveth of pseudoktbia, apicd view; 9 Dvirid, median

view) TD, Transverse section through oesophageal region showing (yar cervical saves. Scule Limes in cum.

E. OVERSTREET] IN VISH AND MOLLUSCS

1h 7

i} Wit.

wee

82 IAN BEVERIDGE

we)

se Sa

SHO

wks

4 11,12,18 \

o. 45.16

ey |

& OVERSTREET? IN FISH AND MOLLUSCS &3

posterior plandular region 2.5-3.2 (2.9) long; nerve

ting 0.85-0.9§5 (0.91) from anterior end: dcirids

1.1-1 3 (1.2) from anterior end; cervical sacs extend

2.6-3.2 (2.9) posterior [0 cephahe bulb, Tail }.0-1.6

(1.3) long; spicules sub-equal 1,70-1,94 (1.82), ratio

Of lett: right spicule lengths (.98-1.03; distal

extremity of spicule slender, tapering to sharp point;

gubernaculum present, poorly sclerotised, clearly

visible in young specimens only, punctate, 0.07-0,09

(0.08) long; W shaped in ventral view. Prominent

caudal alae present on male tail, extending 1.6-2.6

(2.0) from posterior end; prominent rugose area

extending along lateral areas of alae fram between

Papillac 2 (numbered antero-posteriorty) arid 3 to

between papillag § and 6, most prominent in region

of papilla $; composed of prominent! bosses

arranged in irregular rows, wiving cobblestone

appearance, 7 pairs of caudal papillae; 3 pairs pre-

anal; anterior pair distant from remainder; pairs

2 and 3 on lateral alae, pait 2 largest; 4 pairs of pust-

anal papillac; pair 5 slightly medial to remainder;

pairs 6 and 7 witlely separated from pair 5; pair 6

larger than pair 7, phasmids ar level of pairs 7,

Annularions on ventral surface of male tail; extend

from a little anterior to papillae to between mugose

areas, Annulations 0.007-0.010 (0.009) apart; meet

normal striations in region of lateral lines.

Jreriaiiere mates: Total length 20-31 (27); maximum

width 0.53-0.68 (0.60); cephalic bulb 0.39-0.42

(0.40) lung by 0.56-0.64 (0.60) wide; bulb with

30-35 (32) rows of spines: spines 0.010 tong:

oesophagus 4.2-5,.5 (4.7) kong; anterior muscular

region 2.8-3.5 (3.0) long; posterior glandular region

1,2-2.0 (1.6) lung; nerve cing 0.55-0,74 (0,64) From

anletior end; deirids 0.77-0.90 (0.84) from anterlot

end; caudal alae extending 1.1-1.5 (1.4) from

postenor end,

Female; Total length 58-63 (39); maximum width

1.3-1.6 (1.5); cephalic bulb 0.48-0,66 (0,55) long by

0,80-0,90 (0,84) wide; bulb with 29-35 {33} rows of

spines; spines O.0KS-0.010 (0.00%) long; vesophagus

8,0-8.9 (8.5) long; anterior muscular region 5.0-6,0

(5.5) long; postertor glandular region 2.4-3,3 (3.0)

long; nerve ring 0,70-0,35 (0.77) from anterior end;

deirids 0,88-),20 (0,96) from anterior end; cervical

sacs extend 2.1-3.8 (3.1) posterior to cephalic bulb;

tail 14-17 (1.6) long, conical, blunt; vulva 1.8-2.6

(2.3) from posterior end; vagina (sphincter to vil vis)

0.9-1.2. (1.0) Long; length from sphincter to division

of iterus approximately 6.0; uterus didelphic,

prodeiphic; ¢gks oval 0.050-6,055 (0.053)

«0.036.040 (0.038), Operculate, with ifregularly

pitted shell.

hnmeure feioles Total length 28-31 (29);

maximud width 0,58-0,86 (0.66); cephalic bulb

0,34-0,45 (9.39) long by 0.56-0,72 (0.64) wide; bulb

with 30-345 (33) rows of spines 6.010 long;

oesophagus 4.2-6.5 (5,1) long; anterior muscular

region 2.8-4,8 (3.6; posterior glandular region

1.4-2.7 (17) nerve ring 0.67-0.72 (0,70) from

anterior end; deinds 0,79-1,02 (0,89) from anterior

end; cervical sacs cxtend |.9-2.9 (2.3) posterior tu

cephalic bulb. Tuil 0.95-1.06 (0.98) long; vulva

[,35-1.61 (1.48) from posterior end} vagina

(sphincter to vulva} 0.51-0.60 (0,56); eggs absent,

Fourth-stage farvee: (measurements of specimens

from Chlamps bifrens. Small nematodes, coiled

ventrally; 12,9-14,3 (13.7) long, maximum width

0,28-0.35 (0,33); body covered with fine annular

striations; mouth opening dorso-ventrally elongate,

sutrounded by 2 lateral pscudolabia; pseudolabia

without accessory lobes, beating amphids and pairs

of barely discernible cephalic papillac; cephalic bulb

prominent, 0.25-0.40 (0.33) long by 0.30-0.36 (0,33)

wide; 5 tiny spine-like structures, arranged in rows

of Zand 3 on dorsal and ventral aspects of jnouth

opening. Cephalic bulb armed whh 6 rows of

subulate hooks arranged in semi-cireles, with

unarmed spaces laterally: hooks yenerally increase

in size medially, but some median hooks smaller

than submiedians; number of hooks in dorsal and

ventral sectors of rows not always identical; hook

numbers as follows: row 1, 14-18 (16,9); row 2, 16-20

(17.4); row 3, 16-22 (18.8) Tow 4, L6-£9 (18.3):

tow 5, 16-19 (18.2); hooks tn tow 6 could not be

counted accurately, Length of median hooks

Increases from row | to row 4; jnedian hooks of

rows 4-6 of similar size; hook lengths: row L,

0.020-0,025 (0,023); row 2, 0.025-0.035 (0.031); row

3, 0,020-0,035 (0.034); row 4, 0.035-0.040 (0,038)

row §, 0.035-0.045 (0.039); row 6, 0,035-0,040

(0,038; oesophagus 2,2-4.4 (3,3) long: tail conical,

0,25-0,36 (0.30) long. Genital primordia visible in

some specimens. Male primordivm divided into 3

regions; posterior region terminating near secrum,

contains approximately § cells; mit-regtan short,

with 6 pairs of cells; anterior region elongate, cells

atranged in pairs tn posterior two-thirds, singly in

anterior third, Female primordium elongate,

subdivided at anterior cnd into two short lobes, each

with 5 cells.

Aegs! Eggs held in seawater at room teniperature

began te hatch after 10 days. Larvae emerging from

bigs H-1. Achthacephalus overstreesi, 11, Male cail, ventral view; 12. Male tail and spicule, lateral view; 13. Detail

of nigose area bn vicinity of Jeft fourth caudal papilla of mole; 14. Spictile tip, lateral view, 18. Gubermaculue,

lateral view: 16, Gubernaculum, spicule sheaths and spicule tips, ventral View; 17- Ternvinal region of female genitalia,

lateral view, IR_ Female tail, lateral views 19. Ege. Scale ines In mien,

84 IAN BEVERIDGE

wi 5 OTD,

Fagg 5 9) dee

ne | asta

94 a8

ay 48

Qe Gam

21,23,25,26

Figs 20-26, Larva of Fchinacephalus overstreeti trom scallops, Chiamys bifrons, 20, Cephalic extremity, lateral view;

21. Median row of hooks, lateral view; 22. Ocsophageal region, lateral view, 23. Mouth opening and pseudolabia,

apical view; 24, Tail of female, lateral view; 25, Pseudolabia, dorsal view; 26. Pseudolabia, lateral view. Scale lines

in mm.

E. OVERSTREET! \N FISH AND MOLLUSCS 85

Figs 27-29. Larval stages of Echinocephalus uncinatus. 27. Male genital primordium in larval stages from scallop;

28, Female genital primordium in larval stage from scallop; 29, Ensheathed larva newly emerged from egg. Scale

lines 0.1 mm.

eggs were ensheathed, with a conspicuous

thickening at the anterior end of the sheath. Few

internal features of the larvae were discernible

except for an apical thickening and paired granular

regions in the mid-region of the nematode body,

even when stained with methylene blue. The tail of

the larva was long and slender with a recurved tip.

Motile larvae quickly became attached, by the tail,

to debris in the sea-water. Length of larvae

0.108-0.122 (0.114), maximum width 0.009-0.010

(0.009).

Fourth-stage larvae in elasmobranchs: Larvae

identical to those occurring in scallops were found

in the stomachs of rays and sharks, In addition,

several specimens were found undergoing the final

moult. The external cuticle of the cephalic bulb bore

six rows of hooks identical with those occurring on

larvae in scallops; underneath the external cuticle

were the numerous rows of small spines found on

the cephalic bulb of the adult, indicating that the

larvae in scallops and the adults in elasmobranchs

belong to the same species. No further moults were

observed in elasmobranchs.

Spicule lengths: Observations indicated that the

spicules of immature nematodes were shorter than

those of adults. Data (Fig. 39) indicate a linear

relationship between worm length and spicule

length of the form y=0.46+0.24 x (r? =0.922).

Larval stages in scallops; Larval stages were found

in C. bifrons and P. albus from Northaven in Gulf

86 IAN BEVERIDGE

Figs 30-36. Micrographs of adult and larval Echinocephalus overstreeti. 30. Cephalic end of adult with single interlabium

exerted; 31. Cephalic spines of adult showing discontinuities in rows; 32. Cephalic end of adult with both interlabia

visible; 33. Cephalic end of adult with both interlabia inverted; 34. Cephalic end of larval stage from scallop, showing

detail of interlabia and groups of spine-like structures anterior to major rows of hooks; 35. Larval E. overstreeti

newly emerged from egg; 36. Egg shell showing mammillate surface. Scale lines: figs 30, 32, 33, 34, 0.1 mm; figs

31, 35, 36, 0.01 mm.

St Vincent and in C. bifrons from Edithburgh The prevalence of infection was significantly

(Table 1). A higher prevalence of F. overstreetiwas lower, using a x? test, in C. bifrons less than

found in P albus as well as a higher intensity of 65 mm in total length compared with larger class

infection. sizes. Other differences in prevalence between class

E. OVERSTREETI IN FISH AND MOLLUSCS 87

Figs 37-38. Adult male and larva of Echinocephalus overstreeti. 37. Male tail, ventral view with papillae numbered;

phasmid indicated by arrow; 38. Cephalic end of larva from scallop, Ch/amys bifrons. Scale lines 0.1 mm.

2,0

Y= 0,46 +0.024x

length

1.0

Spicule

12) 10 20 30 40 50 60

Nematode length mm

Fig. 39. Relationship between spicule length and total body length of 40 specimens of Echinocephalus overstreeti

from Heterodontus portusjacksoni.

88 IAN BEVERIDGE

TABLE 1. Occurrence of larvae of Echinocephalus overstreeti in scallops, Pecten albus and Chlamys bifrons.

Intensity of

Prevalence infection

Host species Locality No, examined (%) Range (mean)

Chlamys bifrons Northaven 136 61.8 1- 7 (2.0)

Edithburgh 34 41.2 1- 4 (2.5)

Pecten albus Northaven 20 80.0 1-14 (4.4)

sizes were not significant statistically. Intensity of

infection (Table 2) declined slightly, but not

significantly, with increasing size.

The occurrence of different intensities of

infection fitted an exponential curve of the form

y=113.6, -0.566 x(Fig. 40).

No nematode larvae were found in abalone

(Haliotis laevigata).

Prevalence

No.

larvae per scallop

Fig. 40. Intensity of infection in 153 scallops, Chlamys

bifrons, from St Vincents Gulf, with the larva of

Echinocephalus overstreeti, Numbers of scallops in each

class is indicated above the histogram. The relationship

between Prevalence and larvae per scallop is

y=113.6, 966%,

Definitive hosts: E. overstreeti, including some

gravid females, was found commonly in H.

portusjacksoni (Table 3). There was no association

between host length, used as an indicator of age,

and either prevalence or intensity of infection

(Table 3). Infections were also found in several

species of ray and in the chaemeriform C. milii, but

in none of these hosts were gravid females seen. The

largest nematodes found in a ray were in Myliobatis

australis in which females reached 45 mm in length;

none was gravid. No E£. overstreeti were found in

11 Furgaleus ventralis (Whitley, 1943), 11

Notorhynchus cepedianus (Péron, 1807), 40

Mustelus antarcticus (Guenther, 1870), 6

Galeorhinus australis (Macleay, 1881), 9

Pristiophorus cirratus (Latham, 1794), 15

Centrophorus moluccensis Bleeker, 1860, 41

Squalus megalops (Macleay, 1881), 17 Carcharhinus

brachyurus (Guenther, 1870), 30 Orectolobus

tentaculatus (Peters, 1864), 14 Narcine tasmaniensis

Richardson, 1840, 47 Raja cerva Whitley, 1939, 20

Urolophus expansus McCulloch, 1916, 8 U.

cruciatus (Lacépede, 1804) and 7 Squatina australis

Regan, 1906 examined. Histograms of nematode

lengths (Fig. 41) indicate that those from rays were

predominantly immature nematodes and that a

greater proportion of the nematodes recovered from

rays were larvae.

Echinocephalus from other regions of Australia:

Two collections of Echinocephalus from

Queensland were available for examination. The

first, consisting of 15 males, 25 nongravid females

and 2 larvae of E. overstreeti was collected from

Dasyatis fluviorum Ogilby, 1928 at Caloundra

(AHC 1077).

A second collection consisting of 5 females and

2 males, taken from Aetobatus narinari (Euphrasen

TABLE 2. Prevalence and intensity of infection of Echinocephalus overstreeti /arvae in scallops, Chlamys bifrons

of different length classes.

Scallop length Prevalence Intensity of infection

class No. of infection (no. larvae per infected

(mm) examined (%) scallop)

<60 20 40 2.88

61-65 23 48 2.18

66-70 31 71 2.18

71-75 52 65 2.03

>76 27 63 1.94

eC rrr

&, OVERSTREETI IN FISH AND MOLI USCS 89

Taste 3. Prevalence and intensity of infection af adult Echinocephalus overstreeti #7 Heterodantus portusjacksoni.

Size class

Intensity of

Prevalence infection

{cm) No. sharks (fy) range (mean)

Males 30-40 13 100 8-52 (22)

41-S0 y 100 2-61 (19)

51-60 5 BO 3-13 (7)

Gls 3 77 12-16 (14)

Total 30

Females 30-40 10 100 §-35 (19)

4t. 50 9 89 3 47 (14)

51-60 5 100 &-30 (13)

61= 5 40 13-63 (38)

Total 29

TABLE 4. Occurrence of Echinocephalus overstreeti in elasmobranch and chaemeriform fishes from South Australian

gulf and adjacent waters.

Tatensity of Adult (A)

Prevalence infection or larval (L)

Host species No. Examined (%o) Range (mean) stages

Heteradontius portusjacksoni 49 ROS 3-63 (13.9) AL

Parascyllium ferrugineurn 6 66,7 1-13 (8,3) {1

Oreclolobus maculatus 7 14,3 2 L

Dasyatis brevicqudatus 17 35.3 1-42 (8.3) L

Dusyatiy thetidis 4 75.0 1-10 (2.7) L

Raja whitleyi 10 40.0 1-24 (3.1) AL

Urolophus mucosus 10 20.0 1-4 = (2.5) AL

Trygonorhina guanerius 47 12.7 1-20 (7.7) AL

Aptychotrerna yincentiana 35 2.9 1 L

Myliobatis australis 26 30.8 1-16 (3,6) AL

Flypnos monoprerygium 6 16.7 1 L

Callarhynchus milti 21 42.8 1-4 (2.0) L

1790) from Moreton Bay (AHC was

identificd as £. sinensis Ko, 1975.

1080),

Discussion

The adult nematodes described above mast

closely resemble &. overstreeti, They are distin-

guished from all congeners except E. pseudounci-

natus Milleman, 1951 by the arrangement of the

papillae on the tail of the male, with the terminal

three pairs widely separated from the remaining

papillac. In addition, the specimens differ from E.

diazi Troucy, 1969, EL multidentatus Balyis & Lane,

1920, E. southweili Baylis & Lane, 1920, E. pseucto-

uneindlus and E, sinensis Ko, 1975 in having more

than 29 rows of spines on the cephalic bulb, from

E. spinosissimus (Linstow, 1905) and £. daileyi

Deardoff, Brooks & Thorson, 1981 in possessing

a well developed rugose area on the ventral surface

of the tail of the male and from &. uncinatus in

the form of the rugose area, which in the latter

species is ornamented with regular tows of fine

bosses (Beveridge 1985) rather than the irregularly

shaped bosses illustrated in Fig. 13. BE. mobulae

Kalyankar, 197] is considered a species inquirenda

following Ko (1975) and Soota (1983), as is &.

aligocanthus Anya, 1977 which is based solely on

a Jarval form, These two species have nor been

considered further. The Austrahan specimens

conform to. the description of E. averstreeti in all

details except for measurements, Males. from the

type series of &. overstreeti measured 21-30 mm

with spicules 0.4-1.4 mm long (Deardoff & Ko

1983), compared with Australian specimens

measuring 55-60 mm and. spicules 1.70-1.94 mm.

However, as indicated in Pig. 39, considerable

growth occurs during the final stages of

development and the spicules as well as the body.

increase markedly in length, the relationship

between the two being linear. The ratio of spicule

length: body length for the Australian material is

similar to that of &. overstreeti. Specimens of E.

overstreeti from Australian rays were generally

smaller than those from sharks, and since the type

series of E. overstreeti was taken from a tay,

90) 1AN BEVERIDGE

LARVAE MALES

No nematodes

5 to % 5S 10 1 20 25 39 435 4y

Size

45 50 55 60 65 70 s

FEMALES

H.goriusjacksani

Other elasmobranchs

and chaemeriforms

w 1S 20 25 3O 3s 40 45 50 Ss €6 €5 7H

class mm

Pig. 41. Size distribution of larval and adult Behinocephalus averstreet] arranged in § mm size classes, Numerals

on abscissa indicate lower limit of size class. Nematodes from Heterodontus portusjacksoni are compared with

thase from other species of shark, from rays and from chaemeriforms, grouped together.

Taeniura melanospilos, the size differences noted

may be host induced. The Australian material was

compared with paratypes of E. overstreeti before

being, assigned to this species.

Redescription of the cephalic anatomy of

Australian specimens confirms that the

arrangement of the pseudolabia and teeth is

identical with congeners and contradicts

Milleman’s (1963) suggestion that the pseudolabia

and tecth of Australian Aehinecephalus are unique.

These differences plus the large size of the

specimens was the basis of Milleman’s suggestion

that Johnston & Mawson's (1943) Specimens

tépresented a new Species. Although a correct

conclusion, Milleman’s (1963) reasons for reaching

it were not.

Two features of the morphology of the adult, the

arrangement of the pseudolabia and the guber-

haculum, warrant comment. Examination of several

specimens of E, overstreet? by SEM revealed that

cephalic morphology is cxtremely plastic, a feature

nol noted previously m the genus. The median lobes

of the pseudolabia may both be exerted and inter-

lock (Fig. 32), one may be concealed below the

other (Fig. 30), or both may be completely intro-

verted such that the trilobed nature of the inter-

labia is concealed (Fig. 33). Congeners have been

described exclusively with both pseudolabia exerted,

The gubernaculum was only clearly visible in

immature males, as a weakly sclerotised structure

at the junction of the spicule sheaths, In adult

males, the highly developed surrounding muscu-

Jature makes it more difficult to detect, A

gubernaculum is present in all species which have

been described or re-cxamined in. recent. years

(Troncy 1969; Ko 1975; Deurdorff et af 1981;

Deardorff & Ko 1983; Beveridge £985), and may

well be present in all members. of the genus.

Attempts to sub-divide the genus based on the

Presence or absence of a gubernaculum (Deardor!f

et al, 1981) may thus be premature until all species

have been re-examined carefully,

The larvae of Echinocephalus from scallops are

also attributed to E. overstreeti based on the

evidence of moulting nematodes which clearhy

demonstrated the features of the fourth silage

externally and those of the adult internally,

Milleman (1963) considered the stage of Ff.

pseudouncinatys in abalone to be the second stage,

and Ko (1975) described the larval stages of E

Sinensis in oysters as second and third stages. By

contrast, the nematodes in scallops are considered

to be fourth stage larvae. Not only are adult features

present in larvae entering the final moult, but well

developed genital primordia are present in larvae

from the scallops. Gonad development normally

E, OVERSTREET IN FISH AND MOLLUSCS 9)

occurs during the latter part of the fourth stage in

teinarodes. Although the mematodes jn scallops

undergo considerable growth in H. portusjavksoni,

no evidence of moulting was seen in nematodes

greater than 15 min in length when the six rows of

hooks on Lhe cephalic bulb are replaced by the 30

rows present in the adult.

Only the larvae of £. psevdouneinatus and £

sinensis have been described tn deiail, and both are

remarkably similar to that of E overstreeti. Hook

numbers and sizes may allow rhe species ta be

separated, bul more detailed niorphological data

are needed before this can be done, No larval

Echinecephalus were found in the abalone

examined, |huugh abalone are the normal pnter-

mediate host of & Pseudauncinatus (Milleman

1931), E. overstreert is the only species that has been

found in South Australia, and on this provisional

basis, earlier records of Echinecephalus sp_ or E.

wnermanes from this region can probably be

attributed to E. overstreeti. Records from other

parts of Australia (Johnston & Mawson 194Sa, b;

Lester ef al. 1980; Houper 1983) cannot be assigned

to any species with certainty at present, pending

investigations of the geographic distribution of &.

overstreeti, but the original description of the

nematode from the Marquesas Ishands sugvests that

iLis widely distributed. The naming of larval forms

as &, uncinatus by Johnston & Mawson (1945a, b)

is due to the fact chat at che time of their work,

the name sencinatus had been applied, incorrectly

by Baylis & Lane (1920), to a larval nematode from

Dasyatis centroura (Mitchill, 1815) (syn. Tygon

firuceo) from the Adrialic sea (Milleman 1963;

Beveridge 1985) and their specimens closely

resembled larval wacinerus &. uncinarus is known

only from the Adriatic and Black seas (Heveridge

1983).

Ko (1975) described the larva of & sinensis as

having seven rows of spines, &, overs(reeti ts

considered to have six major rows, and the groups

of five spine-like projections dorsally and ventrally,

posterior to each pseudolabium, described as the

“first" row by Ko (1975) are not considered to

constitule a ruw of spines, Their siructure ts quile

different to spines of the major rows, but their

function is not known.

Data presented above suggest that Ff, porius-

yweksont is the principal definitive host of &.

oversireeti in South Australian gulf waters. This

shark feeds predominantly on molluscs, echino-

derms and crustaceans (McLaughlin & O'Gower

{97]), and gravid female nematodes were commonly

encounrered in it. There appenred to be a slight

reduction in prevalence in larger sharks of both

sexes, Hithouoh the number of sharks examined in

cach size class was small. A. pertusjacksonl are

Approx, 23 em at birth, and grow at 5.1-7.4cm per

year. (McLaughlin & O°Gower 1971), Thus mose of

the small sharks examined were probably at lease

Two years of age, and the relatively large numbers

of nematodes in sone sharks of this length ts

therefore not surprising. Because of the paucity at

data on growth in A. portusjeckson! (McLaughlin

& CyGower 1971), the relationships between host

age and infections with &. oversirevti has not been

analysed in detail. Scallops are heavily infected with

E. aversrreeti, but ne other species of moltuses other

than abalone Were examined, and scallops mav not

be the only passible intermediate hosts,

Rays and other species of shark which feed on

shellfish may also ingest larvae ol £) oversirées.

The high percentage of larvae present and the lack

of mature nematodes in hosts other than H.

portusjacksoni suggests that they may not be

entirely suitable hosts for the development al’ the

nematode. The largest nematodes found in a ray

were ina specimen of Myliabasis australis, bit the

females were not gravid. Examination of a wider

variety of elasmobranchs may reveal thar £.

oversireeti develops lo inaluriry in some species,

since the type specimens from the ray Teeniuee

malanospilos were gravid (Deardorff & Ko 1983),

The same species of ray occurs In northern

Australian waters but none were examined in (his

study.

E. sinensis ts reported here for jhe first time Fran

Austraha, in the ray Aetoduues nurinari. The

nematode was formerly known only Irom Hong

Kong, from the same definitive host species (given

as A. flagellum, now a synonym of A. arinart}.

The usual intermediate hosts are oysters,

Crassostrea gigas {Thunberg, 1793) (Ko 1975),

Acknowledgments

Thanks are due 10 Mesdames E. Moore and J.

Clarke and Messrs M, O'Callaghan and R. Martin

for experi assislance in the laboratory and for

collecting sharks and rays, to Mr B, Robertson for

the collection and <xamination of many of the

clasmobranchs and tu Dr J. R. Lachtentels Por tle

loan of specimens, MrK, Smith took the scanning

electron micrographs and Dr T, Deardorff kindly

conficmed the identity of the species.

The descriptive work was carried oul in the

Laboratoire des Vers, Muséum national d’Histoire

naturelle, Paris. Prof. A. G. Chabaud ‘s thanked

for providing laboratory assistance and financjal

support, Mr J. Glover is thanked for his advice on

host nomenclature and Dr D. M, Spratt for

comunents on a draft of the manuscript.

Collection of the majority of rhe elasmobranchs

was supported financially by tbe Austraiisn

Biological Resources Survey,

92 IAN BEVERIDGE

References

Bayuis, H. A. & Lane, C. (1920) A revision of the

Nematode family Gnathostomidae. Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. 245-310.

Beveripac, |, (9&5) A redeseription of Echinocephalus

uncinatus Molin, 1858 (Nematoda: Gnathostomatoidea)

from european rays, Dasyatis pastinaca (Linnaeus

1758). Aull. mus, nat. Hist, Paris, 4 me sér. 7, 762-780.

Drarporrr, T, L., Brooxs, D. R. & THorson, T, B,

(1981) A new species of Echinocephalus (Nematoda:

Ganthostomatidae) from neotropical stingrays with

comments on Ff. diazi. J. Parasitol. 67, 433-439.

& Ko, R. C. (1983) Echinocephalus overstreeti

sp.n. (Nematoda: Gnathostomatidae) in the stingray,

Taeniura melanospilos Bleeker, from the Marquesas

Islands, with comments on £, sinensis Ko, 1975. Prac.

Helminthol. Soc. Wash, 50, 285-293.

Hooper, J. N. A. (1983) Parasites of estuarine and

oceanic flathead fishes (family Platycephalidae) from

northern New South Wales. Aust. J) Zool. Suppl. Ser.

90, 1-69.

JOHNSTON, I. H. & Mawson, P. M. (1941) Nematodes

from Australian marine mammals, Rec. S. Aust. Mus.

6, 429-434,

& (1943) Some nematodes from Australian

élasmobranchs. Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust, 67, 187-190.

& (1945a) Parasitic nematodes, Rep. Brit.

Aust, New Zeal, Antarct. Res. Exped. 1929-1931, B, 5,

1-141.

&— — (1945b) Some parasitic nematodes from

South Australian marine fish. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

69, 114-117,

Ko, R. C, (1975) Echinocephalus sinensis n. sp.

(Nematoda: Gnathostomatidae) from the ray

(Aetobatus flagellum) in Hong Kong, Southern China.

Cun. J. Zoal. 53, 490-500,

Lestcr, R. J. G. Biair, D. & HFAio, D. (1980)

Nematodes from scallops and turtles trom Shark Bay,

Western Australia. Ausr, J, Mar. Freshwater Res. 3A,

713-717.

McLauGuiin, R. H. & O’Gower, A. K. (197L) Life

history and underwater studies of a heterodont shark.

Ecol. Monog, 41, 271-289.

MiLLEMAN, R. E. (1951) Echinocephalus pseudo-

uacinatus n, sp, a nematode parasite of the abalone.

J, Parasitol, 37, 435-439.

(1963) Studies on the taxonomy and life history

of echinocephalid worms (Nematoda: Spiruroidea) with

a complete description of Echinocephalus pseudo-

Hucinatus Milleman, 1951_ Ibid 49, 754-764.

Soota, T. D. (1983) Studies on nematode parasites af

Indian vertebrates. I. Fishes. Rec. Zool. Survey India.

Mise. Publ. Ove. Pap. no. 54.

Troncy, P-M. (1969) Description de deux nouvelles

especes de nématodes parasites de poissons. Bull. mus.

nat. Hist. nat, Paris, 2 éme sér., 4, 589-605.

FOSSIL BROOD CELLS OF STENOTRITID BEES (HYMENOPTERA:

APOIDEA) FROMTHE PLEISTOCENE OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY TERRY F. HOUSTON*

Summary

Calcareous fossils from the west coast of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, previously recognized

correctly as petrified brood cells of burrowing bees and denoted by the ichnospecies names

Celliforma bedfordi and C. septata by Zeuner & Manning (1976), are assigned to the bee family

Stenotritidae. Notes are provided on a fossil site and samples from it are described, figured and

discussed.

KEY WORDS: fossils, brood cells, stenotritid bees, Pleistocene, South Australia.

FOSSIL BROOD CELLS OF STENOTRITID BEES (HYMENOPTERA: APOIDEA) FROM

THE PLEISTOCENE OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by TERRY F, HOUSTON*

Summary

Houston, T. F (1987) Fossil brood cells of stenotritid bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) from the Pleistocene

of South Australia. Thins. R. Soc. S. Aust, 111(2), 93-97, 29 May, 1987.

Calcareous fossils from the west coast of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, previously recognized correcly

as petrified brood cells of burrowing bees and denoted by (he ichnospecies names Celliforma bedforai

and C. septata by Zeuner & Manning (1976), are assigned to the bee family Stenotritidae, Notes are provided

on it fossil site and samples from it are described, figured and discussed,

Kev Worbs: fossils, brood cells, slenotrilid bees, Pleistocene, South Australia.

Introduction

The fossils forming the subject of this paper were

first described by Zeuner & Manning (1976) who

recogmzed them as the petrified brood cells of

burrowing bees but could not identify them further.

Instead, they referred them to the ichnogenus

Celliferma recognizing two ichnospecies C bedfordi

and C, seplata, Zeuner and Manning’s specimens

were collected from “coastal (travertine and

consolidated dune-rock"” of Pleistocene or Sub-

Recent age at Venus Bay on the west coast of Eyre

Peninsula, South Australia, and are lodged in the

British Museum of Natural History, Their descrip-

tion of the fossils contains some confusing errors

and these are dealt with tater.

Additional specimens of the fossils from the west

coast of South Australia were located in the South

Australian Museum (registered numbers SAM

P24877-82). They were collected by A, Crooks tram

“S ml [miles] east of Rocky Point". Guided by

directions from this collector, 1 was able to locate

a bed of the fossils in coastal cliffs 0.5 km west of

Scott Point (32°01S, 132°23'E) and abour 6 kin

west of Fowlers Bay. | observed the form and

distribunon of the fossils and obtained samples for

the Western Australian Museum (registered nos.

WAM 86.723-86.730) on 7 January 1985,

Recent studies af stenotritid bee nests (Houston

1984; Houston & Thorp 1984) have revealed several

features which distinguish stenotritid broad cells

fram those of other bees, These same features

characterise the fossils known as Cel//forma septata

and ©. bedfordi and are the basis of my contention

that the fossus are a legacy of the nesting activities

of stenotritid bees,

* Western Australian Museum, Francis Street. Perth,

Western Australia 6000.

' Flint, R, B. (1986) Explanatory Notes, Nuyts (:250 000

Map Sheet area. South Australian Department of Mines

and Energy report 86/7 (unpublished).

Observations

Description of fossil site

The geological terminology employed here

follaws Flint (1986).!

The bed of fossils found near Scott Point is

located in an embayment of the coastal cliffs and

forms a band about 20 om high and approximately

30 m Jong in the cliff face (Fig. 1). The fossil band

rests ona hard calerete shelf that rises gently at each

side and beneath this are three other calcrete shelves

separated by sott aeolian calcarenite. The fossil

band appears to be situated in the lowest horizon

of a fossil colluvial soil about | m high, Three

horizons are evident: (J) an upper zone of brown

silt about 30-40 em high (presumably rhe original

surface); (2) a middle zone of calerete breccia; and

(3) a lower zone of pale yellow clayey calcareous

aeolianite in which the fossils are embedded. Above

this fossil soil is deep white aeolianite capped by

calerete and on this are recent acolian dunes

(suffering deflatian),

The fossil brood cells are very numerous and

aceur densely packed, some being welded together

or to the calcrete basement. All are horizontal or

subhorizontal.

Searches nearby located only a small number of

Other brood cells welded to a lower calerete shelf,

Description af fossils

Loose fassils fram the Seatt Point site (Fig. 2)

measure 40-70 mm in fength and 17-20 mm in

diameter. Usually they are slightly curved, rounded

at one end and truncated or concave at the other,

Within the rounded end of each is a somewhat

ovoidal chamber (either empty or soil-filled)

measuring 13 mm in maximum diameter and, when

plugged, 28 mm in maximum length. When nar

plugged, the chamber is continuous with 4

cylindrical burrow which extends ta the truncate

94 T. F. HOUSTON

Fig. 1. Fossil site west of Scott Point (background). Fossiliferous horizon in upper Bridgewater Formation is arrowed.

Fig. 2. Loose fossils from upper Bridgewater Formation west of Scott Point. Holes in the specimens on the right

were probably made by emergence of a parasite (upper) and a bee occupant (lower). (WAM 86.723-86.726).

FOSSIL BROOD CELLS OF BEES 95

end. The cemented wall of the chamber varies from

2-7 mm in thickness and while variably rough

externally it is quite smooth internally (Figs 2, 3).

Many of the fossils are sealed with a complex

closure, In the neck of each chamber is a plug about

10 mm long, the inner face of which usually exhibits

an inverted conical spiral pattern and the outer face

being smoothly concave. Between this and the

truncate end may be 4-8 thin concave cemented

partitions, 3-4 mm apart. The spaces between them

are solidly filled with fine soil and gravel particles

up to 5 mm across.

Figs 3 and 4. Sagittal section of an intact fossil (WAM

86.727) from west of Scott Point (3) and interpretation

of its structure (4). Legend: ch, cell chamber; cs, concave

septa (Ist-3rd appear to have been disturbed in lower

parts); g, gravel particles; p, cell plug.

Other fossils lack the plugs and partitions and

are uniformly filled with soil and gravel. Many

specimens with intact closures had a lateral hole

9-10 mm in diameter about 30 mm from the

rounded end while a few had smaller holes in a

similar position (Fig. 2).

Amongst the S. Aust. Museum specimens are

some that are embedded in a solid calcrete rock

matrix (e.g. P24879 and P24882) and which are

evidently older than those described above. Never-

theless, they clearly show the series of concave

partitions in the chamber access burrows and their

internal dimensions match those of free fossils

(Fig. 5).

Discussion

An uncritical observer could easily confuse the

fossils described here with other more common

Fig. 5. Trace fossils embedded in solid calcrete from lower

Bridgewater Formation, 8 km west of Rocky Point.

(SAM P24879, P24882). Scale lines, 1 cm.

kinds of fossils derived from the pupal cases of

Coleoptera, in particular the large weevils,

Leptopius spp. These were described and figured

by Lea (1925) and are distinguishable by their more

ovoidal form (both externally and internally), the

absence of a chamber closure, and usually by their

larger diameter.

That the fossils described here are the petrified

brood cells of a stenotritid bee can scarcely be

96 T. 0, HOUSTON

doubled in view of their close resemblances to thre

brood cells of extant species. Diagnostic features

of srenarritid cells (Houston & Thorp 1984) which

are observable in the fossils are: (1) built-in walls

of cell chamber continuous with those of access

burrow: (2) cell plug with concave spiral pattern on

inner face, outer face smooth and concave: (3)

aceess burrow sealed with one or more convave

cemented partitions; (4) gravel particles included in

soil-filling between plug and partitions; and (5) cells

more ov jess horizontally orented,

Only two genera of Stenatritidae, Stenairitus and

Ctenocolletes, are recognized and our present

knowledge af stenotntid nest architecture provides

no means of distinguishing the braod cells af these

two taxa. However, adults of Ctevrocol/etes are

larger on average than those of Stenosritus and,

since the internal dimensions of the fossil cells

marginally exceed those of the largest known

Clenocolletes cells (C michalsoni (Cockerell);

unpublished personal observations), it seems more

probable that they are derived from the construc-

tions Ol a Crenocalletes species. Were that species

to be extant, it would most probably be C

Julveseens Houston, the only stenotriod know to

inhabit. the country Fringing the Great Australian

Right, Unfortunately, neste of this species are

unknown, One of the extraordinary features of the

fossils is the high pAumber of concave septa

occurring in the cell clasures (up to eight of them),

Three is the maximum number chserved in the

closures of extant Stenotritidae (Houston & Thorp

1984),

Although Zeuner & Manning (1976) recognize

two ichmospecies of fossil cells from Venus Bay,

ihere is n0 reason to suppose thar mare than one

hee species was Invalved in the making. Celliforena

bedfordi was distinguished by the cell plug having

a concave spiral pattern on its inner face (absent

im C. septafa), The spiral pattern would be typical

al cells which remained undisturbed after closure

(presumably when occupants bad died). The-closure

of cells from which adults had emerged would be

modified or destroyed as the becupants burrowed

oul.

Retallack (1984) hkened C bedfordi and ©

septate to the earthen braod cells of living Melitorma

and Plilethrix bees (Anthophoridae) but the

resemblatices are few and are far surpassed by those

of stenotritid brood cells.

The stenotritid fossils occur Ig packs forming part

ofthe Bridgewater Farmatian which was laid down

during the middle Pleistocene (Flint 1986),! Fossils

occurring inthe lower part of this formation (those

embedded in solid calerete) are of uncertain age but

possibly as old as 700 (00 years while those from

(he upper part (the separable or only slightly fused

fossils) may be up to 100 000 years old (R. B. Flint,

personal communication).

J consider the fossil bed in the upper Bridgewater

Formation near Scott Point to represent a perennial

nesting site where hundreds of female bees over

numerous generations had nested gregariausly (bul

individually) in colluyial soil filling a limestone

swale. Stenotritids burrow into level ground wid

construct broad cells at the lower ends of the shafts,

They cement the earthen walls of the cells and the

access burrows wilh some secretion so thal they are

quile durable constructions which may remain for

years. There must be a tendency for lime to be

deposited in the walls of the cells ar a greater rate

than in the surrounding soil, Thus they become

calcified first as separate entities, then gradually

fused to one another, then finally encased in a solid

calerele matrix,

Because of the high frequency of unperforated

closures amongst the specimens examined it must

be supposed that either there was a high mortality

rate amongst immatures or that emerging adults by-

passed the closures. Evidence for the latter

possibility occurred in the many specimens with a

large lateral hole in near proximity to the cell plug

(Fig, 2). However, such lateral emergence is so far

Unknown amongst extant Stenotritidae and is

atypical of bees generally, emergence usually

occurring via the old access burrows and involving

demolition of the closures,

Comment

The following corrections are made to Zeuner & Manning

(1976).

Page 205: Under "Remarks" for €. bedfordi, the second

sentence should be resiructured to make it clear that the

Whole fossils are “some 6-7 cm long by 2. cm in diameter”,

nol the scptate cross walls.

Registration number for paralype of C. sepra/a should be

tn. 31433 (not 34133).

Camion for Plate 1, Fig, 9, should read Paratype (mor

Holotype).

Plate | figure numbers should he altered as follows: 6 to

9.7 to 6, and 9 tu 7

Caption for Plate 2, Pig. 1, should read Holotype (noc

Paratype).

Acknowledgntetits

Preparation of this paper was facilitated by the

generous assistance of a purnber of people. Ir

particular [ wish to thank the following: Messrs

Alistair Crooks and Richard Flint (Department ef

Mines and Energy, South Australia) and the

Director-General of their department for informa-

tion on fossil sites in South Australia and access

FOSSII. BROOD CELLS OF BEES 97

to an unpublished report; Mr Tony Gayski (Geology

Department, University of Western Australia) for

preparing sections of the fossils; Dr Ken McNamara

(Department of Palaeontology, Western Australian

Museum) for providing copies of some relevant

literature; and Mr Neville Pledge (Department of

Palaeontology, South Australian Museum) for

providing access to specimens and data in his

department. Dr McNamara and Mr Pledge also

read a draft of this paper and made useful

suggestions for its improvement, as did two referees,

Dr B. Webby and Professor A. Seilacher.

References

Houston, T. F. (1984) Biological observations of bees in

the genus Crenocolletes (Hymenoptera: Stenotritidae).

Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 11(2), 153-172.

& THorP, R. W. (1984) Bionomics of the bee

Stenotritus greavesi and ethological characteristics of

Stenotritidae (Hymenoptera). [bid. 11(4), 375-385.

Lea, A. M. (1925) Notes on some calcareous insect

puparia. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 3, 35-36.

RETALLACK, G. J, (1984) Trace fossils of burrawing

beetles and bees in an oligocene paleosol, Badlands

National Park, South Dakota. J Puleont. §8(2), 571-592.

ZEUNER, F. E. & MANNING, F. J. (1976) A monograph on

fossil bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Bull, Br. Mus. nat.

Hist, Geology 27(3), 149-268.

ANOPLOZETES, A NEW GENUS OF ZETOMOTRICHIDAE

(ACARIDA:CRYPTOSTIGMATA) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY DAVID C. LEE & GEORGE A. PAJAK*

Summary

Anoplozetes jamiesoni gen. nov., sp. nov. is described from arid tussock grassland in the Victoria

Desert, northern South Australia. The Zetomotrichinae are considered and a key provided to

separate the seven genera. This is the first record of Zetomotrichidae from Australasia.

KEY WORDS: Acarida, Zetomotrichinae, new family record, Anoplozetes jamiesoni, new genus,

new species, South Australia.

ANOPLOZETES, A NEW GENUS OF ZETOMOTRICHIDAE (ACARIDA:;

CRYPTOSTIGMATA) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by Davin C. LEB & GEORGE A. PAJAK*

Summary

lan, DC. & Paiak, G. A. (1987) Anoplozeres, a new genus of Zelomotrichidae (Acarida: Crepiostigmata}

from South Australia. Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, LL(2), 99-403, 29 May, 1987.

Anouplogeles jamiesoni gen. nov.,.sp. nov. is described from arid tussack grassland in Lhe Victoria Desert,

northern South Australia. "he Aetamotrichinac arc considered and a key provided to separate the seven

genera, This is the first record of Zetomotrichidae from Australasia,

Key Worbs; Acarida, Zeromotrichinag, new family record, Anop/ozeles samiesoni, Tew Bens, new

species, South Australia.

Introduction

This publication is part of an ongoing study (Lee

HORI; 1982; (985; in press) of sarcoptiform mites of

South Australian soils, sampled from nine Mlorally

diverse sites. The new species described here was

collected only at the arid grassland site. It is

established as the type of a new genus and requires

modification of the subfamily diagnosis. The

Zetomotrichidae include two subfamilies of which

the Rohriinae Balogh & Balogh, 1984 from Brazil

are not considered. The briefness of the description

of the single species of Rohriinac makes it uncertain

as lo whether or mot some of the diagnostic

character states of the Zetomotrichinae should

apply to the whole family.

Materials and Methods

The notation and methods of measurements

follow Lee (1981) with modifications made by Lee

(in press), Measurements are in microns (jm). The

crochantera are illustrated (Fig. 3), although normal,

lo emphasize their similarity to both those of the

short-legged Constrictohares (Lee in press) and the

saltatory Zefomoirichus, The mites examined are

deposited in the South Australian Museum.

ZETOMOTRICHINAE Grandjean

Yetomotrichidae Grandjean, 1954: 16,

Diognosis: Comalida, Planotissurae, Poronotae.

Onpodoidea. Zetomotrichidae. Noral foramina

absent, but numerous scattered refractile micro-

pores, ‘Soma spindle-shaped, dorsosejugal furrow

“ Div. of Natural Sctence, South Australian Muscum,

North Terrace, Adelaide, S, Aust, 5000.

mainly absent, row of sigilla across line it would

occupy. Rostral margin of prateronotum

denticulate. Lamella (seta 21 to 72) absent, Ptero-

morphs absent but conspicuous tooth-shaped

provess bearing seta (ZL) on hysteronotal shoulder

(both directed forward) and deep limbus around

lateral and posterior hysteronotal margin. Hystero-

netum with 10 pairs (3.7, 52, 2.9) of setae. External

malae narrow, not ventrally obscuring oral setae,

Legs long, leg [V longest (femur-tarsus longer than

half somal length), both tibia and tarsus 1V

subequal in length to femur 1V, femur J and LI with

long stalk, tarsi I, 11, WE narrow proximally

(subequal to distal diameter), pretarst pedunculate

with three claws,

Distribution: Previously known from two main

areas: around the Mediterranean, Caspian scas and

in India, and from the Andes in Peru and southi-

ward, Particular species recorded from caves,

tussock grass or as saxicolous, but also known from

woodland and forest litter,

Remarks: The Zetomotrichidae are unique in the

Oripodoidea (-Oribatuloidea; Balogh & Balogh,

1984, sce Lee in press), and unusual in the Poro-

notae, in Jacking foramina. Although the refractile

notal micropores may serve the same function, they

do not appear to be homologous. Despite the

absence of this diagnostic character State, the only

nymphs described (Covarrubias 1969) belong to the

"Excentrosclerosae” (=Oripodoidea, see Lee in

press).

Balogh & Balogh (1984) record only three genera

in the Zetomotrichinae and incorrectly date the

authority of the hame-as “1934”. Besides the new

genus established in this paper, there are six genera

recorded here in chronological order of establish-

ment date, with references to fuller deseriptions for

two genera, as well as number of species and

distribution:

1H! D.C, LEE & G. A. PAJAK

Zelvorwirichus Grandjean. 1934: One species;

Algeria (Pm), ? Caucasus (Vs), Pakistan (Oi)

Mikizeres Hanwner, 1958 (Covarrubias, (969

includes onty description of immatures for the

family): Two species: Aigentina, Peru and Chile

(NTc).

Ghifarevus Krivoluisky, 1966 (Subias & Pérez-Iniga,

1977): Three species; Spain (Pm), Uzbekistan and

lurknienia in Central Asia (Ps near Pm),

Paliliducarus Krivolutsky, 1974: Qne species;

Turkmenia in Central Asia (Ps near Pm),

Oelasacarus Bernini, 1978; One species;

Monitcerista Island (Pm),

Kevuloiricdus Mahunka, 1985: One spectes; South

India (Oc).

KEY TO ZRTOMOTRICHINAE GENERA

(Adults)

b, Noral setae Z1 & 72 similar to 42_ Pores Aj2, fy'S slit-

like, enlarged, twice length of setit 22. No pyriform

organ itt drea bf pore Af3, no himetal organ or

subapical pracess present, Coxisternal seta (2 & 72

more than twice length of MW & W. Genital shields

bearing fuur setal pairs neh two pairs of parainal

setae (25a) , ' Anoplaretes

Notal setuc 2 d& j2 at jest twice ap long and stout

a3 72, 71 usually not setose, Pores A/?, A/3, uf similarly

slit-like, subequal in length (0 or shorter thar seta 22.

Humeral organ or subapical process present, pyrite

organ may be present in area of pore 4/2. Coxisteraal

sctae /2 & #172 subequal in lengih to or sharter ahan

AL & ML. Genital shields with three ta five setal pairs,

cwo or three pairs of paranal setae, but never Vee,

28d

2. Hysteronot#l pores 4/3, A/6 slit-like, subequal mm lengi

(4 seta Z2. Covisiernal setae /2 & 12 suboqual in

tenerh tn J) & 7/1. Rostral margin denticulure, teerh

shape similar, Jarger lowards centre ,,,, 0 ...... 3

Ilysteranonal pore 4/6 slit-like, 4/3 invouspiewous or

absent, pyriform onan in similar location. Coxisternal

setac 72 & (7/2 less than half tength of entarged f1 &

{7}, Rostral murgin with convey apes borderod by large

feetly, , .- 100 bapececcere tihheess sven vere &

3. Genital and paral setal formula 4/42, Wee. +

Genital and paranal seral foruiula $JZy, 28a... 5

4. Hiimeral process present, oo humeral organ. Soma

yellow brown, integumear withowr linear sculpturing.

Kosteal woth larger towards centre, .... Ghilarovus

Humerul process absent (humeral organ not known).

Soma pale yellow, Integament- covered in parallel linear

sculprurine, Kostral teeth subequal in size Pallidacarus

3. Hinicral organ without associated larger sacculate

SEPLICIUTE eve APs . Atikizetes

Humeral argan with associated larger sacculire

HEMOTUINE ye chen Oxglasaearis

6, Genithl setal formiute 3/%2, Hysteronotal seta Zt

subeqital In length to el. Liner hysteronatal, region

framed by conspicuous line (adaxial to setae, 71, 22;

24, 35, 25, 16) , Kerulotrichus

Cienital seta) formula 4/Ze, Hysteronotal seta /4

shiurter than st, No conspicuous line fraraing part of

hysteronotum, . . Ly. Zelamotricins

The short descriptions of Pallidacarus and

Keralotrighus were a drawback in constructing the

key. Pallidacarus 1s assumed lu be similar to

Ghilerovus, but it would be useful to know whether

or not it has a humeral organ. Aeralorrichus can

be delineated from Zefurmotrichus, but there is a

suggestion in an illustration (Mahunka 1985;

Fig, 42) that it may have acetabulum IV similarly

dorsal to acctabulum [11, and it is, therefore,

assumed here that it has character states as for

Zetamatrichus which are associated with jumping,

such as The enlarged dorsal selge on tarsus IV, The

homologies of the pyriform organ, humeral organ

and pssociated sclerire or sacculate structure nexl

ta be clearly established, The phylogenetic model

held in this study is that Anop/ozetes is prinmtive

and Aerulorichus and Zefumotrichus are the latest

derived sister group, The remaining gener

apparently form ad intermediate group, amonast

Which the similarity heiween the South American

Mikizetes and the others, which are all Palacarctie

genera, suggests that this group is, or has been,

widespread. The loss.of setuc is not valuable as an

indicator of derivation, different losses on the venjer

not being correlated, and setal losses are only

ovcasional in the leg chaetoraxy (Ghilarovus, only

four setae on femur IW; Zeremeotrichus, only two

setac on tibia I).

Anoplozetes gen, nov,

Type species! Anoplozetes jamiesoni sp. nov.

Diagnosis: Zctamotrichinae: Notal setae Zi) and 2

fing, setose, similar to 72, Hysteronotal pores Af

and Asa slit-fike, enlarged, twice length of seta 72,

Pyriform ora in area of pore 4/3 wbsent. Humeral

organ and subapical humeral process absent. Coxi

sternal setae 72 and 7772 at least twice length of SI

and ///1. Genital shiclds bearing four setal pairs

(4/22). Two pairs (2S) of paranal setae. Tarsus 1Y

without enlarged dorsal setae.

Remarks: Two. character stales previously diagnostle

of Zelomoatrichinae are not represented, These are

the enlarged setac Zl and /2 and the presence of

cither hurneral organ or subapical process. Also, the

derived stutes of the type-genus (and. possibly

Keralotrichus) associated wilh jumping, such as the

presence of enlurged dorsal setag on tarsus TV and

the positioning of acetabulum LV dorsal to aceia-

bulom III, are absence. On the other hand, although

ANOPLOZETES, ZETOMOTRICHID MITE 101

the lack of these states has been regarded (Covar-

Tubias 1969; Bernini 1978) as indicating a lack of

adaptation of Jeg |V for jumping, it is possible that

the unusual length of leg 1V may be related to some

ability to jump. Anoplozetes, lacking the derived

character states of the hysteronotal shoulder and

leg IV, is considered to be the most primitive genus

in Zetomotrichinae,

Anoplozetes jamiesoni sp. nov.

FIGS 1-3

Female: General appearance shiny yellow-brown,

cerotegument inconspicuous, most somal setae fine

and short, Integument generally smooth, irregularly

placed refractile micropores on notum, few fine

striations around proteronotal seta j2 and

reticulations on coxisternum. Idiosomal length 323

(4, 298-344). Appendage lengths (femur-tarsus, for

333) — I 173, 11 150, 111 149, 1V 202; tibial height

— 1 23, II 16, 111 13, [V 16,

Prosternum with deep mentotectum, crossed

laterally by longitudinal ridge. Custodium extending

forward from pedotectum II, no discidium nor

circumpedal ridge present. Five refractile ridges

running vertically up into pleural region from

between aceltabulae [I1/1V. Coxisternal sctae in 10

pairs (3/1/, W//, 34/1, 31), lateral setae longer, seta

100gLm

Figs. I-2: Aneplozetes jamiesoni sp, nov. Fig. 1, notum of soma. Fig. 2, sternum of soma.

102 D.C. LEE & G, A, PAJAK

M2 and [772 more than twice length of Ji and

iN.

Proteronatal rostral margin weakly denticulate,

laterally extending backward behind level of scta

JJ (not illustrated because pointing ventrally).

Without lamella between setae zl and 22, although

short apodeme anterior to 72 and weak ridge behind

zl. Proteronotal setae in five pairs: /l, zl long and

stout, /l with conspicuous unilateral row of cilia,

z2 long with conspicuous bilateral rows of cilia, j2

and s2 fine and short, with s2 positioned ventrad

to. bothridium (around 22),

Opisthosternal shield margin (Fig. 2, broken line)

extending unusually far behind anal shields and

marginally overlapped by hysteronotal limbus.

Chaetotaxy: 4/Zg, |Se, 2JZa, 2Sa. On genital

shield, anterior setae Jonger (han posterior setae.

Slit-like pore Saf almost transverse.

Hysteronotal margin with forwardly directed

triangulate shoulders, elsewhere ventrally directed

limbus overlapping margin of opisthosternal shield

and with two posterior hyaline lobes, one over-

lapping the other (note Fig. 2 has no representation

of hysteronotal margin with unsclerotized cuticle

between it and opisthosternal shield). Chaetotaxy:

34, 5Z, 2S. Two pairs of slit-like pores, Af3 and A/6,

over [hree Limes length of nearby setae, 4/4 and hf5

subequal in length to such setae (not completely

visible from above, see Fig. 1). Many refractile

micropores scattered over surface.

Legs long, order of decreasing length IV, I, IL,

Il, leg LV (femur-tarsus) longer than half somal

length, Femora I and I! with long stalk, short

ventral flange bearing ventral seta on femur II.

Femora IIf and 1V with short stalk, caput large.

rectangular, anteroposteriorly flattened with shallow

100m

m mw

hig. 3. Anaplozetes jamiesoni yp. nov., posterior aspect of right legs, showing only flagelliform solenidia and one

ventral seta.

ANOPLOZETES, ZETOMOTRICIUD MITE 103

ventral flange. Tarsi long (J-1.5» length of tibia),

anterior three tarsi gradually tapering proximally

to Jess than quarter of breadth. One long Slagelli-

form solenidium on tibia [, If and tarsus 1, other

solenidia setiform or bacillitorm and shorter (not

illustrated, Fig, 3). Solenidiotaxy: 1(1,2,2,), 11(1,1,2),

Hi001,1,0), £¥(0,1,0),

Length of finely wrinkled ovipositor tube, 129

(soma 333), including three lobes (23).-Ovipositor

bearing 16 setac, subequal in size tu each other, all

longer than coxisternal seta #2, proximal setae (pg)

with lips reaching bases of distal setae (dg). Only

one female with a single large oval eyg (141 « 102),

surface smuoth. Boli may be granular, including

amorphous. fragments, non-septate hyaline tube

fragments (?hyphae), regular minute rods (? bacilli)

or spheres (?spores), and sometimes larger fungal

(Deuteremycotina, 2Alternaria) conidia (one bolus

with 26 dark brown septate conidia, 18-26 long).

Male: As female except for measurements and

spermapositor, ldiosomal length 289 (14, 258-314).

Spermapositor very short, length less than greatest

breadth (24), anierior-posterior axis of included

bilobed sclerite 22. Spermapositor bearing 14 setae,

shart, subequal to each other, length about twice

diameter of setal base:

Material examined: Holotype female (N1986244),

three paratype females (N1986245-N1986247), 14

paratype males (N1986248-N1986261), bases of love

grass (fragrostis eriopoda) tussocks, near Emu

{28°41'S, 132°O8’E), |(1.x,1974, D. C. Lee,

Distribution: Australia (Aa). South Australia, Great

Victoria Desert, tussock grassland, 4 females, 14

males, in 5 of 8x25 cm* samples.

Remarks: This. species, being the type of a

monotypic genus, has diagnostic character states as

tor Anuplozetes, There is. an unusually high propor-

tion of males possibly refleciing an adaptation to

the environment or that the material collected does

Nol represent a vormal population,

The species is named after Dr B. J. M. Jamieson,

Queensland University, for his encouragement

during the earlier slages of this project on soil mites.

Acknowledgments

We wish to thank the Australian Biological

Resouces Study for a grant to one of us. (D,L,)

funding the salary of the other (G.P.) and Ms Jenni

Thurmerc for vie woration and presentation of the

hyures.

References

BavocH, J, & BAtocH, P, (1984) Review of the

Oribatuloidea Thor, 1929 (Acari; Oribatei). dere goat,

Aung, 30, 257-313.

BERNINI, FP. (1978) Notulae Oribatologicae XVIIL.

Oglasacarus oglasae i. gen., 1. sp., Un nuovo

Zetomotrichidae raccolto sull'isola di Montecristo

(Acarida, Ovibatida), Redia 61, 273-289,

COVARRUBIAS, R, (1969) Observations sur le gerire

Mikizeley (Oribates). Acarologia 11, 828-846,

GRANDIFAN, F. (1934) Oribates de l'Afrique du Nord (Ze

serie), Bull, Sac, Ais Nat, Afr. Nord 25, 235-252.

(1954) Zeromuitrichns lacrimuns, Acarien sauteur

(Oribate) (Avar, Zetomotrichidae) Ann. Soc. Entomol.

France 123, 1-16.

HAMMER, M, (1958) Investigations on the Oribatid faund

of the Andes Mountains. I, The Argentine and Bolivia.

Biol. Skr. Dan. Vid. Selsk. 10, 1-129.

Krivyouersky, D, A. (1966) Q pantsimyh klechtchah

{Oribatei, Avariformes) poich srednei Asii. Zool Zn

45, 1628-1638,

(1975) Zetomotrichidac, Jn Ghilarov M. S. &

Krivolutsky D. A. (Eds), Opredelitel obitaiouchi& ¥

potchve Klechtchi. (Nauka, Moscow).

Lee, D, C. (1981) Sarcopliformes (Acari) of Soattr

Australian soils, 1. Notation. 2. Bifemoraia ane

Ptyctima (Cryptostigmata). Rec, 8. Aust Aqus UR,

199-222.

(1982) Sarcoptiformes (Acari) of South Australian

soils. 3. Arthronotina (Cryptostigmata). Ibid 1s,

327-359,

(1985) Sareoptiformes (Acari) of South Australian

soils. 4. Primitive oribate mites (Crypitoatigmata) with

an extensive, unfissured bysteronoral shieltl ana

aptychoid. bid, 19, 39-67,

(in press) Introductory study of advanved oribate

mites (Acaridia: Cryptostigmata: Planofissurae) and a

redescription of the only valul species of

Consrrictobates (Onipodoides). fbid, 21.

MAHUNKA, 8. (1985) Neve und interessante Milben aus

dem Genfer Museum. .1V. Oribatids from South india

| (Acari: Oribatida), Revue suisse Zuv7 92, 367-383,

Supias, L. S. & Peere-Iriae, €. (1977) Notes sur les

Oributes U'Espangne. 1. Description de Chilarowes

hispanicus n. sp. et quelques considérations suc tes

eetomatsgetane (Acari, Oribatei), Acarologia 1&8,

729-739,

THE SUBORDER CHORIPLACINA STAROBOGATOV & SIRENKO, 1975

WITH A REDESCRIPTION OF CHORZPLAX GRAYZ (H. ADAMS &

ANGAS, 1864) (MOLLUSRA:POLYPLACOPHORA)

BY K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES*

Summary

The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 is reevaluated and redefined as a

suborder of the order Neoloricata. The sole living member of this suborder, Choriplax grayi, is

redescribed and its habitat discussed. The family Afossochitonidae is reyiewed and placed in

synonymy with the Acanthochitonidae. Afossochiton is placed in the Acanthochitonidae. Lirachiton

is placed in synonymy with the subgenus Bassethullia of Notoplax in the Acanthochitonidae.

Glyptochitonidae is recognised and contains the genus Glyptochiton.

KEY WORDS: Chiton, Polyplacophora, Choriplacina, Choriplacidae, Choriplax grayi,

Afossochitonidae, Acanthochitonidae, Glyptochitonidae.

THE SUBORDER CHORIPLACINA STAROBOGATOV & SIRENKO, 1975 WITH A

REDESCRIPTION OF CHORIPLAX GRAYI (H. ADAMS & ANGAS, 1864) (MOLLUSCA:

POLYPLACOPHORA)

by K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES*

Summary

Gow.ett-Hoimes, K. L. (1987) The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 with a

redescription of Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864). (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Trans. R. Soc.

S. Aust, 111(2), 105-110, 29 May, 1987,

The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 is reevaluated and redefined as a suborder

of the order Neoloricata. The sole living member of this suborder, Choriplax grayi, is redescribed and

its habitat discussed. The family Afossochitonidae is reviewed and placed in synonymy with the

Acanthochitonidae. Afossochiton is placed in the Acanthochitonidae. Lirachiton is placed in synonymy

with the subgenus Bassethullia of Notoplax in the Acanthochitonidae. Glyptochitonidae is recognised and

contains the genus G/yptochiton.

Key Worps: Chiton, Polyplacophora, Choriplacina, Choriplacidae, Choriplax grayi,

Afossochitonidae, Acanthochitonidae, Glyptochitonidae.

Introduction

The suborder Choriplacina was erected by

Starobogatov & Sirenko (1975) to accommodate the

two monogeneric families, Glyptochitonidae

(Carboniferous) and Choriplacidae (Recent).

However, both families were regarded as synonyms

of Afossochitonidae by Van Belle (1975, 1981, 1983),

Ferreira (1981) and Kaas & Van Belle (1985), who

placed them in the suborder Lepidopleurina, based

on characters of the shell (the animal of the

Choriplacidae being then unknown).

Starobogatov & Sirenko (1975) placed Choriplax

grayi in the Choriplacina because of its reduced

tegmentum, but Van Belle (1975, 1983) and Ferreira

(1981) placed this species in the Afossochitonidae

(Lepidopleurina) because of its unslit insertion

plates, regarding the reduced tegmentum as of

generic value only.

The recent discovery of several complete

specimens of C. grayi has provided the opportunity

to fully redescribe this species and reexamine its

systematic position. Consquently it is necessary to

reevaluate the suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov

& Sirenko, 1975, based on the characters of

Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864), the

only known extant species.

The following abbreviations are used: AM,

Australian Museum, Sydney; BMNH, British

Museum (Natural History), London; NMYV,

Museum of Victoria, Melbourne; SAM, South

Australian Museum, Adelaide. Colour descriptions

follow Kornerup & Wanscher (1978).

* South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.

Aust. 5000

Systematics

Class Polyplacophora Blainville, 1816

Order Neoloricata Bergenhayn, 1955

Suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko,

1975

Diagnosis: Small to large chitons with large unslit

insertion plates in all valves; tegmentum much

reduced; gills holobranchial.

Composition: This suborder contains the two

monogeneric families Choriplacidae and

Glyptochitonidae.

Family Choriplacidae Ashby, 1928

Diagnosis: Small to medium chitons with the

characteristics of the suborder.

Composition: This family contains only the

monotypic genus Choriplax, endemic to southern

Australia.

Genus Choriplax Pilsbry, 1894

Microplax H. Adams & Angas, 1864, p. 194 (Microplax

grayi H. Adams & Angas, 1864, original designation) not

Microplax Fieber, 1861 (Hemiptera).

Choriplax Pilsbry, 1894, p. 139 (Microplax grayi H.

Adams & Angas, 1864, original designation).

Diagnosis: Small to medium chitons; tegmentum

sculpture granular; articulamentum very large,

sutural laminae well developed, sinus obsolete;

girdle large and fleshy; gills holobranchial, abanal.

Composition: This genus contains the single species

Choriplax grayi.

Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864)

FIGS 1-2

Microplax grayi H. Adams & Angas, 1864, p. 194; Angas,

1865, p. 58, pl. 2, fig. 16; Angas, 1867, p. 224; Pilsbry,

1892, p. 21, pl. 6, figs. 9-11.

106 K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES

Fig. 1 Choriplax grayi. A. dry adult specimen, x3.2 (SAM D17443); B. dry juvenile specimen, x7 (SAM D16543);

C, median valves, x15 (BMNH 1877.11.7.2); D. posterior valve, x20 (BMNH 1877,11.7,2).

Choriplax grayi (H, Adams & Angas, 1864); Pilsbry, 1894,

p. 139; Ashby, 1924b, p. 383; Kaas & Van Belle, 1980, p.

56; Kaas & Van Belle, 1985, p. 204, fig. 95, map 16; Zeidler

& Gowlett, 1986, p. 105.

Lepidopleurus (Choriplax) grayi (H. Adams & Angas,

1864); Ashby, 1918, p. 83.

Choriplax grayi pattisoni Ashby, 1921, p. 137, pl. 9, figs,

la-c; Iredale & Hull, 1925, p. 100, pl. 11, fig. 28; Iredale

& Hull, 1927, p. 90, pl. 10, fig. 28; Kaas & Van Belle, 1980,

p. 56, 96; Zeidler & Gowlett, 1986, p. 105,

Choriplax grayi grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864); Iredale

& Hull, 1925, p. 99, pl. 1, figs. 24-27; Iredale & Hull,

1927, p. 89, pl. 10, figs, 24-27.

Choriplax pattisoni Ashby, 1921; Ashby, 1924a, p. 331;

Ashby, 1924b, p. 383; Cotton & Weeding, 1939; p, 188;

Cotton & Godfrey, 1940; p. 540; Cotton, 1964, p. 85, fig.

542, fig. 96.

Material examined

Types: Holotype (BMNH 1877.11.7.2) dredged from

Watsons Bay, Port Jackson, New South Wales,

collected by G. F. Angas (anterior valye missing,

CHORIPLACINA (POLYPLACOCOPHORA) 107

presumed lost). Choriplax grayi pattisoni: Holotype

(SAM _ D15019) from Cape Banks, South Australia,

collected by G. Pattison, 1918.

Other material: Tasmania: SAM D16542 (1) Fluted

Cape, Bruny Island, S. A. Shepherd, 11.ii.1972.

South Australia: SAM D17443 (1) Racecourse Bay,

Port MacDonnell, T. & M. Young, 1968;

SAM D16543 (2) Cape Northumberland, S. A,

Shepherd, 19.vii.1974. Western Australia:

NMV F51767 (2) Carnac Island, Perth, N.

Coleman, 1971; AM C151131 (1) Carnac Island,

Fremantle, N. Coleman, 18.xii.1971.

Species description: Small to medium chiton to 30

mim. Semicarinated; tegmentum discrete, very small;

more or less posteriorly positioned on valves.

Tegmentum colour variable: greyish-red to greyish-

orange to light brown. Articulamentum white with

pastel red under tegmentum and along posterior

edge of valves. Girdle very large, fleshy (Fig. 2A);

in dried specimens shrinking to thin horny covering

(Figs 1A, 1B). Girdle colour in living animal

matches tegmentum (Shepherd pers. comm.), dried

or alcohol preserved specimens greyish-yellow to

khaki.

Anterior valve tegmentum almost circular, with

slight beak; sculptured with longitudinal, granular

ridges posterior to beak, central area with radiating

granular riblets over 1/3 of area, granules becoming

coarser, then irregularly pustulose over remaining

area. Median valves (Fig. 1C) tegmentum heart

shaped, with distinct beak; sculptured like anterior

valve. Posterior valve (Fig. 1D) tegmentum tear-drop

shaped; antemucronal area with longitudinal,

granular ridges; mucro granulose, in anterior 1/3

of valve; postmucronal area like anterior valve

anterior to beak,

Girdle covers valves completely with transparent

layer over tegmentum; subsurface with granular

appearance; with sparse, 20-30 »m long, smooth,

conical, calcareous spicules, wider at the base in a

chitinous cup (according to Kaas & Van Belle 1985).

Gills (Fig. 2B) numerous, holobranchial, abanal,

23 to 28 medium to large ctenidia on each side.

Radula (Figs. 2C, 2D) with small weak central

teeth, heads weak and asymmetrical; first lateral

teeth broadly rounded, slightly narrower basally;

major lateral teeth with wide tricuspidate heads,

cusps sharp, of equal length.

Habitat: On the prostrate red alga Sonderopelta

coriacea Womersley & Sinkora, 1981; occasionally

on sponge on brown algae or on stones,

Range: Port Jackson, N.SW. to Perth, W.A.; and

south eastern Tas.

Remarks: This species was known for many years

from the two type specimens (Kaas & Van Belle

1985), which had never been compared together.

Ashby (1921) distinguished his new subspecies

Choriplax grayi pattisoni from the nominate

subspecies by its greater width and its

proportionately smaller tegmentum. He elevated his

subspecies to specific rank (Ashby 1924a) after

examining the holotype of C. grayi in the British

Museum, but did not actually compare the two

holotypes. Kaas & Van Belle (1985) synonymised the

two taxa, which is in agreement with my findings.

Kaas & Van Belle (1985), who have not examined

the holotype of C. grayi pattisoni, state that the

proportionately smaller tegmentum of this

specimen is an artifact of Carpenter’s (in Pilsbry

1892) erroneous measurements of the holotype of

C. grayi. However, they appear to misunderstand

the proportions involved, as they state that the

tegmentum of the holotype of C. grayi pattisoni is

nearly 14% larger than that of the holotype of C.

grayi, but ignore the fact that the former specimen

is 50% larger than the latter, so that the ratio of

tegmentum to total size is in fact smaller. The

holotype of C. grayi (BMNH 1877.11.7.2) is a

juvenile shell with a proportionately larger

tegmentum than the holotype of C. grayi pattisoni

(SAM_ D15019), which is an adult specimen. After

examining the series of specimens available, it is

apparent that the tegmentum is produced at an early

stage of growth and then does not increase in size.

The articulamentum continues to increase in size,

so that the tegmentum in an adult shell (Fig. 1A)

is proportionately much smaller than in a juvenile

(Fig. 1B), and is more central on the valves.

The habitat of this species has been in doubt for

many years. The first specimen found (BMNH

1877.11.7.2) was collected on a stone (Angas 1867),

but of the other eight specimens known, two were

found washed ashore with kelp (SAM DI1S5019,

D17443), one was found on sponge on brown algae

by a diver (AM C151131) and five were found on

red algae by divers (SAM D16542-3;

NMV F51767). The last five specimens were all

pink in colour, matching the host plant, when

collected. The host plant was identified for three

specimens (SAM D16542-3) as the red alga

Sonderopelta coriacea. The identity of the host

plant of two of the W.A. specimens (NMV_ F51767)

is unknown, and could not be determined from the

preserved sample. Previously, C. grayi had been

recorded as epiphytic on kelp (Ashby 1921; Cotton

& Godfrey 1940), in particular on Macrocystis

porifera (Cotton 1964). This arose because the

holotype of C. grayi pattisoni was found washed

ashore with this kelp, and because the colour of the

K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES

Fig. 2, Choriplax grayi (SAM D16542). A. dorsal view of spirit specimen, 3.5; B. gills, x4.8; C. radula, scale

bar = 10 xm; D. major lateral tooth cusp, scale bar = 10 pm.

CHORIPLACINA (POLYPLACOCOPHORA] 1

dried girdle was very similar to that of the kelp, the

above authors assumed this to be the host plant.

The records from Tas. and W,A, are notable ringe

extensions for the species, and new records for the

faunas of those states.

Discussion

The family Afossochitonidae Ashby, 1925 was

defined by Van Belle (1975, 1981, 1983), Ferreira

(1981) and Kaas & Van Belle (1985) as containing

the geneta Afossochiton Ashby, 1925 (Miocene,

Pliocene), Limrehiton Ashby & Cotton, 1939

(Pliocene), Chariplax (Recent) and Giyprochiton De

Koninck, 1883 (Carboniferous). The distinguishing

feature of the family as defined by these authors

is the presence of unslit insertion plates in all valves.

The type specimens and any other material in

8AM collections of all species of Afossochiton and

Lirachiton were examined to determine the position

of these species and their relationship to Choriplax

grayt, All of these specimens are incomplete, and

Many are in a poor state of preservation,

The members of the genus Afossochiton have

tegmental form and sculpture identical with the

genus Avcanthochitone (Acanthovhitonidae:

Acanthochitonina), fyi are distinguished by raised

ridges on the well developed insertion plates where

grooves and slits would be on the latter genus.

Ajfassochiton is defined as lacking inserGion plate

slits, bur the worn and incomplete nature of the

insertion plates makes it impossible to confirm the

Presence or absence of slits. [ regard A/ossochiton

a5 a gewus within the Family Acanthochitonidae,

aid Alessochtlonidae as a synonym of this family.

Mare completespecimens of Afossochiron with well

preserved insertion plates are required to verify the

position of this genus.

The single species in Lirechiton, L, inexpectus

(Ashby & Cotton 1939) appears to be very closely

related to the extanc species Natoplex (Basset hullit)

matthews! (Bednall & Pilsbry, (894)

{Acanthochitonidae), a relationship also recognised

hy Coton & Godfrey (1940) and Cotton & Weeding

(1941), Lirachiton ts defined as tacking insertion

plate slits, bub I believe the slits are not visible on

Whe available specimens due to the extremely worn

and incomplete state of thetr insertion plates, As

i. inexpectus has the same combinanon of

Pustulose sculpture and grooves as the members of

the subgenus Bassethuiltia, | regard Litachiron as

# junior synonym of this subgenus.

In Choriplax greyi, the structure of the valves and

girdle, and the position of the gills, demonstrate thar

i a unique extant species with characters differing

fron all existing suborders recognized hy Kaas &

Var Belle (1980, 1985) and Van Belle (1981. 19837.

The large number of holobranchial and abanal

gilts preclude its inclusion in the suborder

Lepidopleurina, characterised by few posterior gills

only (Smith 1960; George & George 1979), and the

sombination of characters — large, waslit inseriion

plates, reduced tegmentum, holohranchial gills —

preclude ils assignment co any of the recognized

suborders within the order Neolaciuzta. Recognition

of the family Choriplacidae Ashby, 1928 and the

suborder Choriplacina Starobogatovy & Sirenka,

1975 ts therefore justifled.

Starobogatuv & Sirenko (1975) and Sirenko &

Starobogatoy (1977) regard the Choriplacina as a

suborder of the Lepidopleurida in the subclass

Neoloricata. Their classification includes many

orders and suborders, the majority of which are

poorly defined. In view of the poor definttion and

ambiguity of many of the taxa of these authors, [

prefer to follow the higher classification of Van

Belle (1983), which is well defined and consistent

within the characters used,

Choriplacina is here regarded as a fourth

suborder of the order Neoloricala, because its

combination of characters place it within this order

but distinguish it from the three subartlets

recognized by Van Belle (F983). | believe that the

gills and girdle, as well-as the insertion plates, are

important characters in the higher systematics of

the Polyplacophora. If the gills and girdle are

ignored as distinguishing characters in the higher

systematics of chirons, as proposed by Van Belle

(1983) and Kaas & Van Belle (1985), then the

remaining characteristics of the valves do not

appear to be sufficient to justify the division of the

orders of the Polyplacophora into suborders,

Regarding Glyptochiton, no specimens were

available for study. however, based on descriptions

and illustrations of the genus and species (Kirkby

& Young 1867; De Koninek 1883; Van Belle 1983),

it would scem to be sufficiently distinctive to

warranl recognition of the family Glyplochitonicdae

Starobogutoy & Sirenko, 1975. This family appears

to be related to rhe Choriplacidae, because of its

large. unslir insertion plates and much reduced

leginentum. A detailed examination of

Glyprochiton ts required to determine its true place.

Acknowledgments

I am grateful to Mr and Mrs T. Young who

collected the third known specimen of Choriplex

erayi, which precipitated this investigation, J wish

to thank Ms & Morris (BMINR), Mr L. Lock (AM)

and Ms S3..Bayd (NMY) for the loan of specimens

from their respective institudions, Mr W- Zeidler,

Mr §. A. Parker and Dr W. F Ponder kindly

reviewed earlier versions of the manuscript. Dr P.

Kaas and an anyonymons referee are thanked for

1h K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES

critical comments. The photographs were tuken by

Mrs.J, Forrest, Ms. A. Renfrey (SEM of radula) and

Mr N. Holmes (BMNH 1877,11.7.2).

References

Apams, H. & Ancas, G. F, (1864) Descriptions of new

genera and species of Chitonidac from the Australian

seas, in the collection af George French Angas, Prac.

Zool, Sac. Lond. for 1864, 192.194,

Astias, G. P. (1865) Descriptions of ten new species of

shells, chiefly trom the Australian seas. Proc. Zool See.

Jiond. for 1865, 55-58, pl. 2.

—— (1867) A list of marine MoUusca found in Port

Jackson Harbour, New South Wales, and on adjacent

coasts, With notes on their habitats, etc. Part [. Zhid.

for 1867. 185-233.

AsHay, E, (1918) Notes on South Australian

Polyplacophora, with additions 10 the fauna; together

with a list of Australian Polyplacophora, showing their

distribution in the Australian states. Trans, R. Soc, §,

Aust, 42, 79-87,

—— (1921) The rediscayery of Choriplax (= Microplax)

grayi, Adams and Angas {Order Polyplacophora), with

notes on its truc place in the natural system) and the

description of a new sub-species. [hid, 45, 136-142.

—— (1924a) Notes on the types of Australian

Polyplacophora in the British Musuem. Mid 48,

328-333.

— (1924b) The regional disiribution of Australian

chitons (Polyplacophors). Aust, Assoc, Adv, Sei 17,

366-393.

Corton, B.C. (19694) “South Australian Mollusca:

Chitons.” (S. Aust, Govt. Printer, Adetaide,)

— & Gonrrey, EK, (1940) “The Molluses of South

Australia, Part UH, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda,

Aplacophora and Crepipoda.” (8. Aust. Gavt. Princes,

Adelaide.)

—- & Weeping, B. J, (1939) Plindersian Loricates.

Trans, R. Soe. §. Aust. 63(2), 180-199, pl. 7.

—— & —— (1941) The correlation of recent and fossil

Crepipoda (Mollusca) of the Australian sub-region, Rec.

S. Aust. Mus. 4(4), 435-450.

De Kontncr, L.-G. (1883) Faune du Caleaire Carbonifere

de ly Relgique, Quatnéeme Partic. Gasteropodes (spite

afin). dnn, Mus. R, Bist, Nar, Belg, 8, 1-240, pls 12-94.

FERRFIRA, A. J. (1981) Laminoplax, a new gents of

chitons and the taxonomic position of Hanleva dalli

Kaas, 1957 (Polyplacophuora, A fossochitonidye).

Nautilus 95(4), 189-193.

Geoxce, J. D. & Groce, J. J. (1979) “Marine Life, An

Illustrated Encyclopedia of (nvertebrates in the Sea.”

(Rigby, Adelaide)

IkepALE, T. & Huu, A. F. B. (1925) A Monograph of

the Australian Loricates (Phylum Mollusca-Order

Loricaia). Part V. Ausé. Zeal 4(2), 75-L11, pls 942.

— & (1927) “A Monograph of Australian Loricates

(Phylum Mollusea-Order Loricata).” (R, Soc, N.SW.,

Sydney.)

Kaas, PB. & VAN BRILe, R. A. (1980) “Catalogue ol

Living Chitony (Mollusca: Polyplacophors).” (W.

Backhuys, Rotterdam.)

— & (1985) “Monograph at Living, Chitons

(Matlusca: Polyplucophora) Vol. 1, Order Neoloricuta:

Lepidopleurina.” (fi. J. Brill/W. Backhuys, Leidew,)

Korky, J. Wo & Youna, J. (1867) Notes onsome remains

of Chiton and Chiftenellus fram the Carboniferous

strata of Yorkshire and the wesi of Sealand, Geol, Mae,

4(38), 340-343, pl. 16,

KormFeur, A, & WAnscHer, J. H. (1978) “Methuen

Handbook of Colour, 3rd Kdition.” (Kyre Methweti,

London)

Prispry, H- A_ (1892) Polyplacaphora. Jn G, W. Tryon

(Ed.), “Manual of Conchology” Vol, 14, pp. i-wsaiv,

1-128, pls 1-30.

—— (1894) Notices of new chitons IIL. Nuntifus 712),

148-139.

SIRENKO, B. lt. & Staropocatov, Y, 1, (1977) Gn the

systematics of Palgozoic and Mesozoic chitons, Paleent,

Zh, 1977(3), 30-41; English trans!., (1977) Paleons, Jf

T4(3), 285-294,

Smitu, A, G, (1960) Amphineura. pp. 47 76. In Moare,

PC. (ed.), “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part

1, Mollusca {" (Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence.)

STAROBOGATOV, Y, 1. & SrReENKO, B. I, (1975) Gn the

systemanics of the Polyplacophora, Jv Likharev, 1. M-

(Ed.), “Molluscs, Their systematics, evolution and

significance,” Lenigrad, Vol, 5, pp, 2-23; English tranal.,

(1978) Malac. Rev, Li(1-2), 73-74.

Van Beure, R. A. (1975) Sur ta classification des

Polyplacophora: UW. Classification systetiatique des

Lepidopleutina (Neolorivala) avec Ja description des

Helminthochi\oninae, nov, subfam. (Lepidopleuridac)

el de Mesochiton noy, gen. (Helminthochitoninae), Inf

Soc, Belge Molac. 4(6), 133-145, 3 pls.

— (1981) “Catalogue of Fossil Chitons (Molluscs:

Polyplacophora).” (W. Backhuys, Rotterdam,)

—— (1983) The Systematic Classification of the Chitons

(Mollusca: Polyptacophora), Inf Soc. Belge Malac,

T4U(1-3), 1-178, pls 1-13.

Zemier, W. & Gow.err, K. 1, (1986) Molluse type

specimens in the South Australian Museum, 3.

Polyplacophora. Ree. S. Aust Mus, 19(8), 97-115.

A NEW SPECIES OF ACANTHOCHITONA

(MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA:ACANTHOCHITONIDAE),

FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES & W. ZEIDLER*

Summary

A new species, Acanthochitona saundersi sp. noy., is described from Nuyts Archipelago, Spencer

Gulf and Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. The new species most closely resembles A. bednalli but

is distinguished from it by a narrower, deeply grooved jugum and by the spicule arrangement of the

sutural tufts. The new species was located on rocks embedded in sand pockets amongst reef by

divers.

KEY WORDS: Chiton, Polyplacophora, Acanthochitonidae, South Australia, Acanthochitona, new

species.

A NEW SPECIES OF ACANTHOCHITONA (MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA:

ACANTHOCHITONIDAE), FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES & W. ZEIDLER*

Summary

GowLett-Hotmes, K. L. & ZEIDLER, W. (1987) A new species of Acanthochitona (Mollusca:

Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae), from South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 111(2), 111-114, 29

May, 1987.

A new species, Acanthochitona saundersi sp. nov., is described from Nuyts Archipelago, Spencer Gulf

and Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. The new species most closely resembles A. bednalli but is distinguished

from it by a narrower, deeply grooved jugum and by the spicule arrangement of the sutural tufts. The new

species was located on rocks embedded in sand pockets amongst reef by divers.

Key Worps; Chiton, Polyplacophora, Acanthochitonidae, South Australia, Acanthochitona, new

species.

Introduction

The chiton fauna of South Australia is relatively

well known due to the past work of E. Ashby,

W. G. Torr and others (Zeidler & Gowlett 1986).

The last species description from South Australia

was that of Weeding (1940), During studies on the

Acanthochitonidae, one of us (KLG-H) located

what was thought to be an aberrant form of

Acanthochitona bednalli (Pilsbry, 1894) Later

discovery of four more specimens with the same

characters and from similar habitats has led us to

recognise the form as undescribed. Here we describe

this new species.

Materials and methods

The material reported here is desposited in the

South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM) and

was collected by “Hookah” diving. All wet material

is preserved in 2% formaldehyde/propylene glycol

solution, Measurements of specimens are linear

when the specimen is laid flat rather than along the

curved surface. The radula was removed from one

of the paratypes (SAM D16698) for examination

after the method of Ponder & Yoo (1976). As the

holotype has not been disarticulated, diagnostic

features of the articulamentum and radula are

described from the above paratype. Colour

descriptions follow Kornerup & Wanscher (1978).

Acanthochitona saundersi sp. nov.

FIGS 1, 2

Holotype: SAM D16699, dry, complete specimen

11.95 = 5.15 mm, collected on edge of granite slope,

under sand in 8 m depth, in cove off NW point of

East Franklin Island, Nuyts Archipelago, S. Aust.

by K. L. Gowlett, 20.vii.1983.

* South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.

Aust. 5000.

Paratypes: SAM D16698, one specimen,

disarticulated, in spirit 10.9 x 6.15 mm, collected

on granite ledge, under sand at 6 m depth, on inside

of reef off SW side of East Franklin Island, Nuyts

Archipelago, S. Aust. by K. L. Gowlett, 18.vii.1983:

SAM DI17441, two dry complete specimens 12.8 x

6.8 mm and 8.05 x 5.4 mm respectively, collected

on smooth rock, under sand at 12 m depth, on Far

West Bottom, Tiparra Reef, Spencer Gulf, S. Aust.

by K. L. Gowlett, 13.v.1982. SAM D17475, one

complete specimen, in spirit 11.85 x 6.9 mm,

collected on granite fragment in sand pocket on reef

at 7 m depth, off Point Gilbert, Port Moorowie,

Waterloo Bay, Yorke Peninsula, S. Aust. by N. J. C.

Holmes, 29.iii.1986.

Diagnosis: Small chiton to 15 mm. Carinated.

Tegmentum white to cream speckled with brownish

yellow; jugum about 1/6 width of specimen with few

nodulose ribs with deep narrow interspaces; beak

of 4th valve with dark brown spot; pustules “U”

shaped. Articulamentum white, slit formula 5/1/3.

Girdle with alternating bands of white and brownish

yellow; spiculose with prominent sutural tufts of

various sized white spicules.

Description of Holotype: Anterior valve with five

weak ribs, sculptured with distinct, random, “U”

shaped pustules, smaller, but not coalescing near

apex.

Median valves beaked, jugum narrow, 1/6 to 1/3

width of tegmentum, with longitudinal nodulose

ribs containing deep, narrow interspaces, pustulose

posteriorly. Lateropleural areas with longitudinal

rows of distinct, elongated, triangular pustules near

jugum; pustules becoming random and “U” shaped

toward edges. Third median valve with distinct dark

brown spot on beak.

Posterior valve tegmentum slightly longer than

wide; jugum pustulose; antemucronal area with

radially arranged, distinct, triangular to “U” shaped

pustules; mucro dark brown, granulose, central;

112 K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES & W. ZEIDLER

. .

pis

—

Fig. | Acanthachitona saundersi sp. nov. A. holotype, x 10,5 (SAM D16699); B. girdle and sutural tuft, paratype,

«25 (SAM D17441); C. radula, paratype, scale bar =20 ~m (SAM D16698).

postmucronal area slightly concave but not steep,

with distinct, random, “U” shaped pustules.

Girdle with numerous coloured, blunt-tipped

spicules (75-100 «m long, 5 »m wide), and sparse,

long, clear, sharp-tipped spicules 4- 5 times longer,

more numerous toward outer edge. Some spicules

in girdle encroachment at valve sutures and toward

outer edge are clear, blunt-tipped, 3-5 times thicker

and 2-4 times longer than coloured spicules. Sutural

tufts (Fig. 1A, 1B) prominent, with many clear,

tapering, sharp-tipped spicules (100-350 zm long,

20-30 um wide at base) with a few to 2 mm long,

600 xm wide at base.

Gills merobranchial, adanal, with 11 ctenidia on

right side and 10 ctenidia on left side.

Etymology; Named for Mr Frank L. Saunders

(1887-1982) who, as an amateur collector,

contributed significantly to the study of the chiton

fauna of southern Australia and was directly

responsible for one of us (KLG-H) developing an

interest in chitons.

Additional Characters from Paratype:

Articulamentum white; anterior valve slits 5, short,

1/6-1/5 width of articulamentum, in short grooves

1/4-2/3 width of articulamentum (Fig. 2A); median

valve slit 1, short, 1/5-1/3 width of articulamentum,

BREW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN CHITON 3

in shallow groove to edge of regmentum (Fig. 2B);

posterior yalve slits 3, 1/3-1/2 width of

articulamentum, in grooves to edge of tegmentum,

articulamentuim edge between Leeth pectinate (Fig,

2C, ZE)..

Radula (Fig. 1C) with small, rectangular, concave,

central teeth, slightly narrower apically, heads weak;

first lateral teeth narrow, elongate, folded around

base of central tecth: major lateral teeth elongate,

narrower basally, wilh wider tricuspidate heads,

central cusp slightly longer,

Variation: Apart from slight colour variations, the

four paratypes are like the holotype and vary only

in the number of gills, with 12-14 ctenidia om right

side and 11-13 ctenidia on left side,

Range; Central to western South Australia.

Habjiat: Singly on rock embedded in fine to

medium sands, in sand pockets on reefs in areas

usually exposed to moderate swell.

Comparison with other species: 4. saunders} was

compared with ather species. of Acanthochitena in

the collections of SAM, the Australian Museum,

Sydney (AM), the Museum of Victoria, Melbourne:

(NMV), the Western Australian Museum, Perth

(WAM) and the Tasmanian Museum iand Art

Gallery, Hobart (TM). It most closely resembles 4.

bednatli{Pilsbry, 1894) and superficially resembles

A, granostriata (Pilsbry, 1894). Both A. saundersi

and A, hednalli are easily distinguished from other

southern Australian species, including 4,

granostriata, by the jugum which is ribbed in these

(wo spevies but is smooth or pustulose in the other

dig. 2. Aéanthochitona saunders’ sp. nov. paralype (SAM 016698). A. anterior valve; B. median vaive, C. posterior

valve; D, median valye (anterior profile): E. posterior valve (side profile); scale bar =

i mm.

TARLE 1. Distinguishing characters of Acanthochitous bednalli.and A. saundersi SP. HON,

Character A. hednatli

Jugum

Pustules oo valves

Sutural oofts

elongate, drop or oval-shaped

spicules, all of simitar length

Colour white and dark brown; beak of 4th valve

without spor

Habitat intertidal, under rocks in silty areas

width approx. 1/3 width of specimen (dry);

with many ribs with wide inlerspaces

with very numerous, thin, sharp-tipped

A. saunders?

width approx. 1/6 width of specimen (dev);

wath few nodulose ribs with deep narrow

interspaces

“U" shaped

with fewer, slighuly thieker spicules of

various sizes

while and brownish yellow; beak of Silt

valve wilh dark brown spot

sUb-littoral, on rock under sand, in-sand

pockets amongs! reel

114 K. L, GOWLETT-HOLMES & W. ZEIDLER

species. We consider A. johnstoni (Ashby, 1923)

(holotype, SAM D12185) to be a synonym of A.

bednaili, (Zeidler & Gowlett 1986), A. saundersi is

best distinguished from A. bednailli by the

characters given in Table 1, but is otherwise very

similar,

Remarks: The kind of habitat occupied by A.

saundersi and its relatively small size probably

accounts for it not having been collected previously,

It is probably rare as only five specimens have been

collected despite extensive collection of chitons by

SAM divers or associates for the past decade. None

were found in the collections of other Australian

museums.

Acknowledgments

We thank Ms M. A, Garback, Academy of

Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, U.S.A., for the

loan of the syntypes of A. bednalli (ANSP 64955)

and A, granostriata (ANSP 64847) and the

following curators and collection managers for

providing data and specimens from collections held

by their respective institutions: Mr I. Lock (AM),

Ms 8S. Boyd (NMV), Dr F. E. Wells (WAM) and Ms

E. Turner (TM). The photographs were taken by

Mrs J. Forrest and Ms A. Renfrey (SEM). Mr Nigel

Holmes is thanked for his many collecting efforts

resulting in the discovery of the fifth specimen of

A. saundersi.

References

Kornerup, A. & Wanscuer, J, IL. (1978) “Methuen

Handbook at Colour, 3rd Edition.” (Eyre Methuen,

London.)

Ponper, W. F. & Yoo, E. K. (1976) A revision of the

Australian and tropical Indo-Pacific Tertiary and Recent

species of Pisinna (=Estea) (Mollusca: Gastropoda:

Rissoidae). Rec, Aust, Mus, 30(10), 150-247.

WEEDING, B. J. (1940) A new Flindersian chiton

Acutoplax cottoni. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 64(1), 48-49,

ZEIDLER, W. & Gow eTT, K. L. (1986) Molluse type

specimens in the South Australian Museum 3. Poly-

placophora. Rec. 8. Aust, Mus. 19(8), 97-115,

REIDENTIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKII (PETERS, 1864)

(LACERTILIA: SCINCIDAE)

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

REIDENTIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKII (PETERS, 1864)

(LACERTILIA: SCINCIDAE)

Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters! was described in 1864

from a collection of reptiles made by Richard Schomburgk

of Buchsfeld, South Australia (= Loos, 4.5 km W of

Gawler2). Peters neither indicated the number of

specimens on which he based the species, nor whether all

of the collection was from the vicinity of Buchsfeld.

However, with the exception of Moloch horridus (“ein

einziges verstiimmeltes Exemplar”), a single specimen of

Litoria adelaidensis} and Ctenotus schomburgkii

(auctorum), all of the 42 species of reptiles and amphibians

recorded in the paper (on modern synonymies) have been

subsequently recorded within 50 km of Buchsfeld (our

data: T. D, Schwaner, pers. comm.).

After devoting “a month to the examination of the

specimens in the Berlin Museum”, at which Peters was

based, Boulenger4 placed L. schomburgkii in the

synonymy of L. /esueurii, diagnosed in the generic key

as having 24-32 midbody scales, feebly keeled subdigital

lamellae, four supraoculars and prefrontals in contact,

However, C. schomburgkii as currently recognised has

mucronate subdigital lamellae and prefrontals usually not

in contact5®,

Storr> examined four specimens identified as types of

Lygosoma schomburgkii in the collection of the

Zoologisches Museum, Universitat Humboldt, Berlin

(ZMB). Two species were represented and ZMB 4713a

(SVL 45 mm) was designated lectotype® (not Storr® as

listed by Cogger ef ai.7), One of the paralectotypes (ZMB

4713b) is conspecific with the lectotype, while the others

(ZMB 4713c-d) were subsequently® (as ZMB 4719c-d)

included in the paratype series of Ctenotus uber orientalis

Storr®. These latter two specimens were re-registered

ZMB 41236-37.

Subsequent collections of reptiles from about the type

locality by us, and examination of South Australian

Museum specimen records, have revealed only C. uber

orientalis (AM R59944, Thompsons Beach; R115921, 6.3

km S Mongalata; R115926, “Tracy”, 4.8 km N Mongalata;

R115979, Middle Beach; R115989, R115991, nr “Glenview”,

Barossa Range; SAM R11202, 1.6 km N Tea Tree Gully;

R15034a-b, Pt Prime; R15141, Sturt Ck, Adelaide Hills;

R15617, Golden Grove; R16543, Morialta Conservation

Park; R16867, Belair Recreation Park) and C. robustus

Storr (AM R111491-92, 4.5 km SSE Gawler; R115878-79,

Burra Creek Gorge; SAM R1703, Bute; .R2093, Fifth Ck,

Montacute; R8144, Hummock Mt; R9983-86, R9992,

R9994-95, Waterfall Gully, R10006, foot of Mt Osmond;

R11208, Eden Hills, nr Sturt Ck; R11209, 1.6 km N Tea

Tree Gully; R14192a-b, Aroona Rd, Reynella; R27413-14,

4km W Palmer) from the Adelaide Plains and Mt Lofty

Ranges. The latter is presumably Peters”! “12. Lygosoma

australe Gray sp. = L, Lesueurii D.B.” There have been

no subsequent records of C. schomburgkii (sensu Storr

and subsequent authors) from the Adelaide Plains, the

nearest record being from Bungunnia Station (33°50'S

139°50'E; South Australian Museum R15045), over 120

km from Buchsfeld, in the Murray Mallee.

A translation of the type description of Lygosoma

schomburgkii reads:

“Stands between L. /abillardieri and australe. Head

and tail brown, back black, with four white or green

stripes, of which the two middle ones are the thinnest

and are almost twice as far apart from the outer stripes

as from each other; on either side of the body is a line,

which is twice as far from the outer back stripes as they

are from the middle back stripes which lie next to them;

between each outer and inner back stripe is a line of

white spots; between the side stripes and the outer back

stripes are three to four rows of small white spots, and

below the side stripes a few largish speckles, which often

blend in with the greenish-white belly.”

In the nomenclature of subsequent workers on

Ctenotus, Lygosoma schomburgkii has a pair of

paravertebral stripes (Peters’ “middle back stripes”), a

single laterodorsal line of white spots between the

paravertebral and dorsolateral stripes (“outer back stripes”)

and three to four lines of small spots in the upper lateral

zone between dorsolateral and midlateral stripes (“side

stripes”) on a black dorsal ground, Our interpretation is

supported by the stated degree of separation between

stripes.

South Australian populations of Cfenotus

schomburgkii (auctorum) are of the eastern colour type

of Storr5 (Fig. 1A), and have an irregular orange

laterodorsal stripe between an orange paravertebral and

a white dorsolateral stripe (i-e., six light dorsal stripes),

and a single row of large orange squarish to oblong

blotches between the dorsolateral and midlateral stripes.

Eastern populations do not have a single laterodorsal row

of white spots (this being replaced by an orange stripe),

and no population of this species has three to four series

of small spots between the dorsolateral and midlateral

stripes. Specimens ZMB 47l3a-b (Fig. 2A) are

representative of this species. Both have the prefrontals

separated.

In contrast, the populations of C. uber orientalis from

about Buchsfeld (Fig. 1B), including ZMB 41236-37, agree

in all respects with the description of Lygosoma

schomburgkii Peters, although the white midlateral stripe

may be absent in some individuals and the dorsal ground

is more brown than black in some (but not all) specimens

from coastal situations. A white midlateral stripe is present

in ZMB 41236-37 (Fig. 2B).

As Peters did not designate types in his description, and

as the four specimens formerly included in ZMB 4713 were

untagged, and probably registered after the publication

of the description (R. Giinther pers. comm.), we consider

that the type status of the two syntypes ZMB 4713a-b is

open to question, and as these specimens do not agree

with the type description or Boulenger’s? subsequent

definition, and are representative of a species not known

from near the type locality, we reject their type status. If

ZMB 4713a is not a syntype, Storr’s> designation of this

specimen as lectotype is invalid.

The Zoologisches Museum collection contains frogs

purportedly collected by Schomburgk from Adelaide?

additional to those listed by Peters!, suggesting that

Schomburgk sent material from South Australia to Peters

subsequent to 1864 and supporting the possibility that

Fig. 1. A, Crenotus schomburgkii auctorum (Australian Museum R114482; Lake Mungo National Park, NSW);

B, Ctenotus uber orientalis (Australian Museum R115926; 4.8 km N “Mongalata” HS, SA),

ZMB 4713a-b were sent to Peters after the description of

L. schomburgkit.

We consider that ZMB 41236-37 are syntypes of L.

schomburgkii Peters, and we designate ZMB 41236 as

lectotype.

This reassignment of the name Lygosomta schomburekii

necessitates four nomenclatural changes. C. wher orientalis

Storr® becomes a synonym of C schomburgkii (Peters),

while C, wber uber Storrs and C. uber johnstonei Storr’

become C. schomburgkii uber and C. schomburgkii

johnstonei respectively. The only available name for C.

schomburgkii (auctorum) is Lygosoma fiseheri

Boulenger**:7, a nomen novum for Hinulia muelleri

Fischer?, at that time a junior secondary homonym of

Scincus muelleri Schlegel’, Although the types of H.

muelleri cannot be found’, the description and figures?

clearly apply to the western colour type of C

schomburgkii (auctorum),

H. G. Cogger kindly allowed access to unpublished

notes and reproduction of photographs of the types

Fig, 2. Syntypes (sensu Storr) of Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters. A, ZMB 4713a (upper; lectotype of Storr)

and 4713b (lower) and B, ZMB 41236 (upper; lectotype designated herein) and 41237 (lower; paralectotype).

(Fig. 2), and provided useful comments on the manuscript.

T. D. Schwaner and A. Edwards permitted us to examine

South Australian Museum material, and checked locality

data, N. Shea translated much of Peters’ paper. B, Coulson

provided Fig. 1B. A. E. Greer and R. Sadlier also

'Peters, W. (1864) Mber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin

1863, 228-236,

2Praite, R. & Tolley, J. C. (1970) “Place Names of South

Australia.” (Rigby, Adelaide).

3Tyler, M. J.(1985) Mitt. zool. Mus. Berl. 61, 335-337.

4Boulenger, G. A, (1887) “Catalogue of the Lizards in

the British Museum (Natural History). 3.” (British

Museum, London).

5Storr, G. M. (1969) J. Proc. R. Soc. W. Aust. 51, 97-109,

commented on the manuscript.

Our field work was supported by a grant from the

Reserves Board of South Australia. B, Coulson and B.

Miller are thanked for field assistance,

6 (1971) Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(6), 1-15.

7Cogger, H. G., Cameron, E. E. & Cogger, H, M. (1983)

“Zoological Catalogue of Australia. 1, Amphibia and

Reptilia.” (Aust. Govt Publishing Service, Canberra).

8Storr, G. M. (1980) Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 8, 441-447.

Fischer, J. G. (1882) Arch. Naturgesch. 48, 281-302.

Schlegel, H. (1837) “Abbildungen neuer oder

unvollstandig bekannter Amphibien, nach der Natur

oder dem Leben entwofen.” (Arnz, Disseldorf).

M. PETERSON, 69 Alvah St, St James, W.A. 6102 and G, M, SHEA, Dept of Veterinary Anatomy, University of

Sydney, N.SW. 2006,

ON THE INDETIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKII (PETERS)

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

ON THE IDENTIFICATION OF CTENOTUS SCHOMBURGKI! (PETERS)

In preparation for a paper on the Ctenotus of the

Eastern Division of Western Australia, I borrowed the

types of Lygosoma schomburgkii Peters from the Berlin

Museum. Two of the specimens belonged to a wide-

ranging Western Australian species; the other two could

not be matched with any Crenorus | then knew (they were

later found to agree with C. uber orientalis Storr, 1971),

I therefore settled the name schomburgkii, by lectotype

designation, on the taxon I knew.

Twenty years later, when my usage of the names

schomburgkii and wber is well-established in the literature,

Peterson and Shea attempt to upset the above designation

on the grounds that the lectotype and paralectotype were

not part of Peters’ original material. They argue thus:

(1) Legosama schomburgkii (sensu Storr) does not occur

within 50 km of Buchsfeld;

(2) Boulenger, alter examining specimens in the Berlin

Museum, placed L, schomtburgkii in the synonymy

of L, lesweurii; and

(3) Peters’ description does not fit Crenotus schomburgkii

(sensu Storr) but agrees “in all respects” with C, uber

orientalis Store.

The first two arguments are frivolous grounds for

upsetting a lectotype designation, and the third is untrue,

There is no evidence that Schomburgk ever provided

Peters with locality data. If he had obtained his specimens

of schomburgkii in the Murray Mallee, would he have

informed Peters of it? The locality “Buchsfeld” applies

more to Schomburgk’s place of residence than to the

provenance of his specimens. Al any rate Peterson and

Shea admit that other specimens, apart from Lygosoma

schomburgkii, could not have come from the vicinity of

Buchsfeld.

Boulenger’s concept of Lygosuma lesueurii was so

grossly composite that it tells us nothing about the

specimens of L. schomburgkii that he may have seen in

Berlin. The subdigital lamellae of L. pantherinum Peters

are finely keeled (as in L. schomburgkii) but that did not

deter Boulenger from synonymizing pantherinum with

lesueurii (a species whose subdigital lamellae are widely

callose),

was composite. His description of the back as “black with

four white or green stripes" could only apply to spirit

specimens of eastern Cienotus schomburgkii (sensu Storr),

in spirit specimens of C, uber orientalis the back is brown

or grey and the stripes brownish white or greyish white.

Peters’ description of the side of the body is almost as

certainly based on the specimens of C. uber orientalis.

It is not surprising that Peters was unable to separate

two such superficially similar taxa as Ctenotus

schamburgkii and C, uber orientalis (no one could until

! pointed the way). Believing his material to comprise a

Single species, Peters was free to base his description on

any or all four of his specimens; and I, as first reviser,

was equally free to choose any of them as lectotype.

G. M. STORR, Western Australian Muscum, Francis Street, Perth, W.A. 6000,

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF BRACHYLAIMA SP. (TREMATODA) IN THE

FERAL HOUSE MOUSE, MUS MUSCULUS, IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Summary

TRIER COMMUDICATION

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF BRACHYLAIMA SP. (TREMATODA) IN THE FERAL

HOUSE MOUSE, WUS MUSCULUS, IN SOLTH AUSTRALIA

Durtigs study al the ecology af the house mouse, Mus

measeufus, conducted in the Lower light area of Seurh

Australia, mice were crapped overnight in break-back Lraps.

Inthe moming the stomachs aud intestines were removed

from (he dead mice and preserved in 70% erhanal for eut

anulysis. Trematades identitied as Broctwlittnre sp. were

found inthe small intestine of nine of 9§ mice examined

herween February 1985 und Junge 1986. The greatest

numbers of infected mice were found in September’

October 1985S, Infection data lar ahe period Septeniber

1985-Tune 1984 are more eeliable (han earlier observations,

During ts period, seven of 48 animals were infected. Mhe

resiricuon of the infectian ta the small Intestine is not

Certain as examination of olher parts of the cul was less

thoraugh,

Numbers of irematodes found it individual mice ranged

trom one ta 34. Trematode-infected mice were found in

ull parts of the study area, living Under dense roadside

vegctation from one iw five Kilometres gorth of Lower

Light,

A large aumber of Srchkelaima app. have been

described from the small intestine and cuecum ot birds

and arnumals, but only three species are recounised from

Australia"! Iwo are from selall marsupials and ane

from a bird, Aracéelaie desyuri (Ss. J. Johnston. r91ayt

was dea¢ribed from the nalive cat, Dasvures viverrinus,

“itt the vicinity of Sydney, NSW"

Sandars, (1957) pave a further description ot &,

dasyurt Tram the short-nosed bandicoal, Lseadan

olesulus, from Queensland, and placed A simile (S.J,

tohnston. L93) described from Masvuras v/verrinus, as

asynonym of A daspurt Brochylaime pulehellans (S.J.

Johnston, 1917)" was described from the Wonga pigeati,

Leucusarcie melenmonea, from Nocthwestern NSW, and

Brachvlaimea antechini Peisley & Howell, 19757 was

described from marsupial mice, “afechinus snuartié and

A. swaiasani, trom the vicinity of Canberra, AST.

Because of the method of preserving rite mice with the

(etiatodes sullin the alimentary canals, the tremiaicaes

were rather distorted and wWeatificaion was difficult. Two

speeimens which were recovered from a deep frozen mouse

(2.A1L.P98S] were fixed in formal aleobol under coverslip

pressure. They measure (1) 4.0 mm by 0.5) mm ane (2)

3,9 mm by O.d4 mim, These measurements lie within the

ranges siver for the three Australian Brocfiviaiine spp. We

have only been able to get a comparison of sizes of rhe

oral sucker and thy aeetabulum in one (flattened)

spechmen, fhe diameter of the cral sucker was 0.24 mom

and of the acetabuthim 27 myn.

in deseribing & entechini, Peisley & Howell did rot

menuon & diasevuri (syn. Hermasionnum dusvuri) and it

16 possible iat Cumnparison of the bwo species will show

ia & avteehin’ is a synonym ot KB desveri.

Certainky: Que species appears ro resemble & dus puri

al & anteckia’ mare closely than i does & pulchedturn.

The figures of & ouichellynr differ [ram those of the othey

TWO species HL Ue relationship of the organs": alse,

Jolwistyn states that (he gonails are not us lose tuverher

zs iy usimil in the pends, However, wu species must be

consklersd distinct Mom & desvuri and & oetewhin

bevause of the forward extent of the ierus. The uterine

coils in B dasywri have been described as reacluny the

middie of the agetabulua, and reaching the posterior

matin af the acetabulum. In A entecfeni they are

confined posteriatly to the acerabulum’, In the

speciniens examined here, the uterus extends rom beyond

the anterior burder of the acetabulum (o the region of the

pharynx.

ic is unlikely Chal the species-was introduced with Mus

nixscalus in the early days of aceupation of South

Australia, ‘Tematades have not been recorded previously

in ML enjéseie/us int Austeatia'®, The latler study occurred

in habitat and climate thar are very similar i those at

Lower Light. and the area way subject to similar agri-

cultural practices Filteen species of endo- and ecto-

(purasiles were recorded, but did not include tremaiodes,

Tn a continuation af the Vieronan scudy”, a further 98!

mice colleetad at megular intervals since November 1983

wert dlyo recently examined, and found to be free of

trematodes,

In. 1971"? thirty species of Brachy aint were recognised

aad since then some sixty more have heen deserbed, Four

of the species recorded by Yaraguri!” were from Mf

muscles, B riuseuli (Rud, L819)", Bo recervum Duj.,

1845", A mequans (Loass 1899)" and & peroniysct

Reynolds, 1938!, the last three as synonyms of &

muscu, A dequans and B recwrvem were recovered

experimentally fram white mice © B rudninie Mase

Coma & Monto, 1986'7 was found. naturally and

experimentally, in Aduy musecu/us in. Spain.

Nisalsa untkely that the ematode hay bern acquired

from Rarius ractas, which has been ¢aprured at the study

site, ar R. norvegicus which may have been in the arew

in The past and may be still extant!®, Alihough a few

Brichviaine spp. have been found expert ientally in cats,

only & migrans Dujardin, 1845! Crom Afus ratty (now

Kars rattys) and Mus decwmunus (now Rattus

forewwews) in Europe, and B nerti Bagh, 1962!" (trom

Rattus ratius in Midial are listed a9 natural infections!.

& ishigakiense Kamiya & Machida, 197774, has since

been recorded from R. natives in Japan, and Brachylaima

ruminge Mas-Coma & Montoliu, 19867 from Ro raftus

ia Spain,

Iris mast likely that the tremutode originated from a

sinall mammal (though as. bird cannot be cecluded) which

was nee, or perhaps still is, an nihabirant of the general

area in which che trematade Was found, The animal must

include snails in its food 4s these are second Intermediate

hosts in all seven species of Hracky aie tor which life

histozy data are available”,

Twerry-nine maninials have been recorded within a radius

of 3) kin of 34°32'S, 1L8°20"R (Lower Livtn)!*, The

habitel within this area is nor honivesneous, Three af these

mammals (Teehaswrus vulpecula, Betiongia lesuewr and

Sacewaimes Jlaviventris) are known to be or to have been

in the study area, others may have evry it the area in.the

past Whilt some Wav be still extant, Nine small marsupials

and lau rocdunts are vonsidered as possible original hosts

122

ol our Brachylaina sp. on the basis of dietary habits, The

marsupials are Dasvurus maculatus, Do viverrinus,

Phascogule tapouiusa, Perameles hougainville, Macratis

fonoris, Antechinus flavipes, Sminthopsis murina, S.

crissicaudata aud Isuodon obesubes, and the rodents ire

Hydronys vhresogaster, Rartus fuselpes, R. lutrentus and

Noaromys mitcheltii.

We cannot exclude the native rodents as original hosts

of our Brachyiaimasp., bur we eansider that they are less

Nkely hosts than ure the marsupials. The presence in the

study area al any time of the last three rodents on ow

list iy Cousidered doubiful!®. Aydromyy vhrysopasier

almost certainty 1s or was in the general area and is very

common i newhbouring areas. Brachy/ofnine was not

founcl in 49/7. chrysogaster examined (rom S_ Aust. and

six from Vietoria**, or in 32 from Tasmania’, No

Trematodes were found (0 47 Rattus Seseipey [ror

Vieloria’?. Aruchylaima sp. was collected fram

R. fuscipes trom Brindahella Ranges, A,CT?*, Thirty

& fuscipes fed with metacereariae of Brachplaine

aatechint did not develop adult trematodes, nor did seven

white mice’,

Of the recorded hosts of Brachy aime spp. in Australia,

Desyurus viverrinus and Iroodon obeselus are regarded

as once possible inhabitants of the stucly area, Thoueh

Despyurns vivecrTus 1s now lovally eXtinel, and fyeedorn

obesulus probably extinet in that area, the latter is still

living in the Adelaide Fills, and may have heen formerly

in the Dower Tight areal

Antechinus flavipeois the only species of the genus

which has possibly been in the area. UP muy still be extant.

Antechinus swainsoni and A. stuariti have never heen

found in-S, Aust,

Lencosdrdid Mélangleuce does toy oceur jn Seth

Australis. Native birds evident in the experimental area

' Muckerrax, M.d_ (1498) Prac. Linn. Soe, N.SW. 83,

, 160,

* Spratt, D. M., Beveridge, 1 & Walters, kK.

(Unpublished) “A catalogue of Australasian

monotremes and marsupials and their regarded

' helminth parasites,”

” Mawson, P.M., Angel, L. M. & Edmtoneds, 5, J, 11986)

Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 19, 219-325.

‘ Jotmston, §, J-(1913) Prac, Linn. Soc, N.SAV, 37,

727-740,

" Sandars, 1. F (1957), J. Helminth. VW, 263-272,

8 Serie 8. J. (1917) J. & Prov, R. Soe, NSW. 30,

* Poistey, FR. & Howell, M4. (1975) Ini, Jour, Parasil,

, S, 441-447)

9 () buntgleton, G, BR. (1985) Aust. Wildl, Res, 12, 447-445

" Singleton, G. R. (June 1986) Pers. Comm.

'"-Yamaguti, S. (1971) “Synopsis of digencti¢ trematedes

of vertebrates", Vol, 1, 1074 py, (Kkeigaku Publ, Co.,

Tokyo).

N" Rudolph, C A, (819) “Entozoorum synopsis ai

sees mantissa duples ¢t indices looupletissimi ”

ervin,

'F Dulaedin. F. (1845) "Histoive natoeelle clos Helminthes

OU vers intestingaus", Paris,

which are likely to eat snails are Gyrnarhina ribicern,

Corvus coronvides, C. mellori, Colluricincla harmonica,

Strepera versicalor, Corcorux melanorhamphos and

Pomatastomus supereiiiosus, and the introduced birds,

starlings and blackbirds, We know of no trematodes from

starlinws or blackbirds in Australia, and there are no

records of Brachylaima spp. ‘from the native birds

mentioned,

Life History: Metacercariae have been found in the kidneys

of It.of 30 of the gustropod Strangesia capillacea, from

the areas where Aprectinus sruaeri/ was rapped’. There

were no other stages found — ie. nv cercuriae in slime

trails nor sporoeysts in the digestive gland, Two other snail

genera were not infected, Feeding experiments showed that

the metacercuriae were the larval stage of Brachyleima

antechini.

Although we fave looked for snails in the study area

singe we first became interested in che trematodes from

mice, we have Not found any native species, The introduced

snails, Cernuelle virgata and Thebe pisaru, are locally

abundant.

As Tice in the area are known ta eal a yanety of

invertebrates, infection of the mice presumably oceury by

eating snails containing metacercariac, Invertebrate rissue

was found in the stomachs of 39% of mice living in and

adjavent 4) rice stubble im N.S andl it is considered likely

That mice would ent snails when availabte*, Inveriebrare

issue ts als0.a common dlary componenl in mike from

the Victorian mallee’.

We wish to thank friends and colleagues for advice and

help given in this project

" Leoss, A, (1899) Zool, Jahrb. Syst, 12, 521-784.

; * Reynolds, B.D. (1938) J. Parasit. 24, 245-248.

5 Punin, V. ta. & Sumenkava, N. 6 (1963) (Russian text)

Triidy. Inst) Zool Akad. Nauk. Kavakhxk, SSR, 19,

83-8.

'S Timon-David, J. (1954) Campi, Rend. Soc. Biol.,

Paris. 148, TARTU,

i Mee Cpalty, & Montolin, 1. (1986) Z. ParasiiKele. 2,

'* Kemper, C. (1956) Pers, Comm,

Lb * Baugh, SC (1962) 2. ParasiiKde, 21, 502-512,

" Kanelyt, H. & Machida, MM, (1977) Rul. hath. Sei

Mus, Ser, A. (Zool). 3, 125-129,

4 Vamaguti, 5. (1975) “A synoptical review. of life

histories of digenetic trematodes of vertebrates with

special reference to the morphology of their larval

forms,” 596 pp. (Keigaku Publ, Co,, Tokyo),

* Angel, L. M. (1938-1967) Unpublished data,

Obendort, D. L. & Smales, L. RB. (1985) Aust. J. Zool,

33, 33-33-

4 Cyhendor?, 1,4; (1979) Aust, 4. Zool, 27, 867-879,

*5 Spratt, Uk ML (1986) Pets. Comm.

*> Rumford. M. (1985) “Food quality, diet and

reproduction of house mice on irrigated cereal farms.”

Unpobl. PhD. Thesis, Australian National University

ery

L MADELINE ANGEL, Souh Austealian Museum, Norih Terrace, South Australia. ane G. J. MUTZE_ Vertebrue

Pests Cantera! Auihority, Depaetment of Agriculture, South Australia.

REPRODUCTION AND GROWTH IN CAPTIVE DEATH ADDERS

ACANTHOPHIS ANTARCTICUS (SQUAMATA: ELAPIDAE)

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

REPRODUCTION AND GROWTH IN CAPTIVE DEATH ADDERS

ACANTHOPHIS ANTARCTICUS (SQUAMATA; ELAPIDAE)

A captive calony of 4Acunthaphis antarcticus has been

maintained at Whyalla, South Australia since 1975, Several

papers have described the birth of individual elutches into

the colony!?4. Mirtschin has outlined (he maintenance

schedule for the colony’ and the release of death adders

bred at Whyalla’, This paper presents new data on the

biology of A. antarcticus kept at Whyalla, including

seasonality of mating and births, primary sex ratio, clutch

size, caudal luring, growth and maturicy.

Adult snakes were callected from Iran Duke (33° 18'S,

137'08'L), Port Germein (33¢01'S, 138"00'L), Tumby Bay

(34°23'S, 136°06'E) and Ardrossan (34°25'S, 37954'E).

They were housedt in enclosures deseribed by Mirtschin*

ar temperatures: of 27-30°C and ed entirely on house mice

(Mus musculus) and rats (Rattus norvegicus). Neonates

xecepted pink mice, Snakes were fed older, larger mice or

rats commensurate with increasing body size and their

ability to consune larger food items.

Dates of mating and births have been recorded from

the foundation of the colony. Weight (gm) using a Mettler

top-loading balance and total length (cm) using a

centimetre rule were measured for snakes in the colony

of known age in February, June, August and December

1982. Snakes were measured and weighed from clutches

barn in 1979, 1981 and 1982. Primary sex ratios were

determined by probing® for seven cluiches born between

January 1982 and April 1983 (Table J). Chitch size was

défermined for 14 clutches borti between February 1976

and April 1983,

Length and weight against jime and length against weight

were examined by least-squares regression’. Linear (Y =

a + bX), exponential (In¥ = a + bX), logarithmic (Y

a + bInX) and power (InY = a + bln X) equations

Were used to find the besr fit ta ihe data, where Y = the

dependent variable, X = the independent variable, a =

the y-intercept and b = the slope of the fitted fine. For

each regression the coefficient of determination (R2) was

used as the criterion for which equation best fit given

ser of data, Daw were treated without regard to sex,

The A. avturcticus. reported. ‘here show an annual

reproductive cycle’, mating shortly after winter

Tattt t. Dales af birth, sex ratios and clutch sizes for

death adder clutches born in captivity at Whyalla

Clutch Date male female umnsexed total

1 10. 111.1976 — _ — 24

2 20.41.1976 — oe -- 19

a 13i37.1977 — — = 1G

4 10. ii).1979 = = = 24

5 28,i.1981 — oa — IL

6 3su18RP | = = 18

7 G. ii. 1982 7 8 2 i7

8 10,44, 1982 12 Is — 27

9 10.11. 1983 7 17 — 24

10 10,0, 1983 4} 11 — 16

1) Vii, 1983 16 17 _ 33

42 ZL ii, 1983 7 14 _ 21

3 Vi 1983 8 17 — 25

14 221984 ¥ 7 — 16

brumation and giving birth betore brumation the

folluwing year, Mating was observed 24 times prior to

March 1983. and fourteen clutches lotalling 285 neonates

were born into the colony during the same period (Fiz. 1.

Table 1). Mating was at its height (n October and births

peaked in February and March, Gestation takes four-five

montis over summer. Minor mating activity occurs

shortly after parturition.

an)

* &

ag)

JFMAMJJASOND

MONTH

Fig. 1. Monthly ovcurrence of births (open. bars) and

inalings (solid bars) recorded in A. aatareticus at the

Whyalla Tauna Park, South Australia between 1976

and 1983.

Mating has been reported previously for A. antercricus

in January-April!!! and August-December? 0. Shine!?

found that ovulation fakes place in late spring to early

summer and embryos were present in females collected

belween December and March, Males were in

reproductive condition throughout the year,

One female A. entarcticus born in 1980 is known to

have produced clutches in four successive years. Hay &

Magnusson!¢ reported a female who bore clutches For

three years in succession, However, Shine!* found that

approximately 50% of wild adult females were not in

reproductive condition over the summer months and

canchided they show repraductive asynchrony such that

individuals reproduce biannually but the popolation

reproduces each year, Discrepancies between annual

reproductive cycles reported for captive death adders and

biconial cycles in the Field are probably due ia # shift in

Une relative adaptive value of low frequencies of

124

feploduction iit captive versus field conditians!*. Food

availability and low thermal stiess may be prime factors

involved! here,

The meao primary sex ratio differed signiticanny trom

expected’, with females ournumbering males (X2fdr = 1]

~ 44.032, Po0.001), although there was considerable

variation between clutches (Table 1). Hay &

Magnusson!” have-alse noted a significant bias Loward

fernales in death adders. The variation trom oxpected sex

tario cannot be explained by differential reproductive

investments by females to hatchlings of each sex ‘Twenty

seven’ fermale neonates from clutches 7 & 8 (Table 1)

measured within 24 brs of parturition were significantly

heavier (x =5,.84,5D — 0,426¢m, range — $,22-6.65)

thin 15 mates from rhe sare clutches (x = 5.09, 5D -

1,269, tange ~ 4.38-5.54) (t{dl =40] = 6.499, p< 0,001),

Datla contained in Shine’s!? table | show wsignificantly

higher number of adull males than-adult females in wild

populations (N2[d=1] = 4.300, P<0.05). As elapics

hay: heteromorphic sex chromosomes!? if is probable

that sex determination in .4. antarcticus is genetically

controlied'5, [tis interesting to nite that the sex ratia

bias reverses between captive nconates and wild adults,

indicating differential mortality between the sexes in wild

populations.

Clutch sizes of 2-24 have been reported previously for

A. gartarcteus!!?_ The captive clutch sizes reported here

(Table 1) (x = 20.4, SD = 6.31) and by Hay &

Magnusson! (x ~ 20.8, SD = 2.30, N = 12) ag

considerably larger chan those reported for clutches ia

the tleld (x = 7,9)!2.

Neonates have been observed on several occasions

caudal uring immediately pos-parturition, This indicates

that caudal luring is an innate behaviour and Hot learned.

Heatwole & Davison!® found that most species which

exhibit caudal luring do so only as juveniles. Adult dearh

adders in the Whyalla colony have always been observed

10 Whiggte their tails vigorously whenever an enclosure

is approached and especially when a food item is placed

in the enclosure, Carpenter, Murphy & Carpenter also

have reported adult Acanthophis caudal luring!?.

At parturition neonates averaged 15,85 em (SD - L2u)

10 total leagui and $.93 ym (SD = 1.09) in weight. Growth

by weight was best described by the exponential equation:

MW = 1.822 + O,123T

where W = weight (gm) and T = age (mop (Pig. 2).

Correlation coefficients (r) were significantly different

hetween exponential and logarithmic models

(P<20,001)'* but linear aud power models were similar

(uy the exponential model (P's5> 0.05) (Table 2). Growth

by total Jength was best described by rhe linear equation:

L — 15.907 + 1.2U1T

where T is as above, aud L = length (cm) (Fig. 3),

Correlation coefficients of exponential and lowarithimic

models where significantly different from the tinear model

(P's<0.001) but the power model was similar (P >0.5)

(Table 2). The relationship between weight and total

length is given by the power equation:

InW = -6,761 + 3.088InI,

where W and |..are as above. Correlation coefficients for

tle Linear, logarithotic and exponential models were all

500 a

Bi °°

1 r* +

100 So

= * +

mM .

sl ' s+

om , *

& ’ ' x (yet 29+ 128e

Gi ONO) hg Ne zou

2 | mO.97 (Ped Hor)

] .

ee ee a |

Q 12 24 56 44

AGE (mo)

Fig. 2. Growth by weight (gm) of captive 4, aetarcticus

over a four year period, Fach symbol may represent

More (han one data point,

significantly different from the power modet (P's < 0,005)

(Table 2, Fig. 4).

In the field newborn A. antereticus appear in autunin

measuring 42 cm snout-vert length and grow to 20 em

hy the end of che calendar year and 30 em by 24 mol,

This curve considerably underestimates the curve reported

here over that time period for captive animals, but it does

predict actual fourth year size accurately if extended on

ut the same gradient. The results reported here may be

taken as an apcmun curve lor captive death adders. The

initial difference in the growth curves may be because

juvenile death adders at Whyalla are fed mice and wild

populations take mostly reptiles in younger life’.

Wild A. aatarcticus do not reach sexual maturity waril

24 and 42 mo for males and Semales, respectively’.

TABLE 2. Comparison of regression ediations Jor

grow?h on weight, grow/h on total fength and weigh? vn

total length in captive death adders at Whyalla.

Equation R?

Weight vs Ape

W= 4.009 + 9.434T 0.869

Wo 230.233 + 147.134In1 N.O4z

InW R22 = 01236 0,942

uW = 0.217 + 1.533inT 0.885

Length vs Age

L = 18,907 4 1.2tIT 0.941

TL = - 4,067 + 16,330InT OBIL

lunL = 2,789 + 0.0397 0.923

Inl, = 2,356 + 0.462InT 0,893

Weight vs Lengtt

W = | 221.04) ~ 7.499. 0.855

W ~ —614,020 + 320.40Mn1, 0.770

InW — (286 + 0,09XI 01.939

faW = — 6.7) + F.08SInL 0.966

LENGTH (m)

ry *

z i] yrl5.907+1,211%

N=206

re 0.97 (P<0.001)

0 2 24 36 48

AGE (mo)

Fig. 3. Growth by length (cm) of captive A. antarcticus

over a four year period, Each symbol may represent

more than one data point,

Newly mature females measure approximately 30 cm in

length and males 44 cm’. In captivity these lengths may

be reached in ien and fifteen months, respectively, Hay

& Magnusson's death adders matured at similar ages to

wild populations’, Maturity is generally related to size

rather than age in repriles'¥:20_ This would explain why

some specimens held at Whyalla have been observed

mating at 19 mo}.

'Mirtschin, P. J. (1976) Pferpetofauna 8, 16-17.

2Hudson, P. (1979) Herpetofauna 11, 1113,

3Mirtschin, P. J. (1982) Herpetofauna 13, 14-17.

4 (1985) Jn G, Grigg, R. Shine & H, Ehmann

(Eds) “Biology of Australasian frogs and reptiles”. (Royal

Zoological Society of NSW, Sydney). pp. 505-509,

i) (1983) 8. Aust, Nat, 58, 24-28,

“Fitch, H. S. (1960) Herpetologica 16, 49-51,

‘Sokal, R. R. & Rohlf, FJ. (1981) “Biometry, 2nd

Edn”. (W. H. Freernan & Co., San Francisco),

§Fisher, R. A. (1930) “The genetical theory of natural

selection”, (Clarendon, Oxford).

°Saint-Girons, H, (1966) Mem. Inst, Butantan Simp.

Internac. 33, 105-114.

Hay, M. & Magnusson, W.

13-15.

'iCoyger, H. G. (1983) “Reptiles and Amphibians of

Australia, 3rd Edn”. (A. H. & A. W. Reed, Sydney).

Ek. (1986) Herp. Rev. 17,

G.R. JOHNSTON,

5005 F

2 1007

Ee Inye—6 7814 3, 08Sine

ion)

~~ N=206.

i 7=0,98 (P<D.009)

a) 7

gq 107

T 7 pt

0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0

LENGTH (m)

0,01

Fig, 4. Relationship between weight (gm) and length (cm)

in captive A. antarcticus. Each symbol may represent

more than one data point.

R. Angus, P. Fennell, P. Hudson, W, Ingall, P.

Mirtschin, H. Nygren, J. O’Reilly and H. Van Dyke helped

maintain the snakes upon which this study is based at the

Whyalla Fauna Park. K, Bradley, B. Doherty, T. Gruster

and M, Klessens assisted in taking measurements. Dr J.

Miller assisted with the analysis of growrh. Dr R. Shine

and Mr B. Roberts read dratt manuscripts.

1 Shine, R. (1980) Herpetologica 36, 281-289.

& Bull, it J. (1979) Am. Natur. 114, 296-303.

iptesmpiiene A. (1985) In Gi. Grigg, R, Shine & H.

Ehmanno (Eds). “Biology of Australasian frogs and

reptiles”, (Royal Zoological Society of NSW, Sydney).

pp. 185-192.

'SBull, J. J. (1980) Quart. Rey. Biol. 55, 3-21.

\6Heatwole, H. & Davison, FE. (1976) Herpetologiva 32,

332-336,

"Carpenter, C. ©, Murphy, LB. & Carpenter, G. C.

(1978) J. Herpetol. 12, 574-577.

Zar, J. H. (1974) Biostatistical Analysis (Prentice-Hall

Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey).

‘Porter, K. R. (1972) Herpetatagy (Saunders,

Philadelphia).

20Goin, C. 4. & Goin, O, B, (1971) Introduction to Herpe-

tology, 2nd Edn. (Freeman, San Francisco).

16 Nottingham Crescent, Glandore, South Australia $037,

PARATACAMITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

PARATACAMITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Atacamite and paratacamite are important crystalline

modifications of copper(II) trihydroxychloride,

Cu,OH),;Cl, found in the upper portion of the oxidized

zones of many copper deposits throughout the world,

Atacamite, the orthorhombic polymorph of Cu,(OH),Cl,

has previously been reported from over twenty different

localities in South Australia, the most important being

the mines in the Moonta-Wallaroo district." In contrast,

paratacamite, the rhombohedral polymorph, has only been

reported from two localities in South Australia; Dome

Rock Copper Mine on Boolcoomata Station, Olary, and

the Mount Gunson Mine near Pernatty Lagoon. We now

report three new occurrences of paratacamite in this State;

see Fig. 1,

et med

Fig. 1. Map showing paratacamite localities in South

Australia.

Small, well formed, dark-green rhombohedral crystals

of paratacamite (Fig. 2) were found associated with

brochantite and quartz in cavilies ina brecciated hematitic

greywacke from the upper workings at Wallaces Gully gold

Prospect, 10 km NNW of Mt Painter in the Flinders

Ranges. A small crystal fragment was examined by single

crystal X-ray diffraction methods with the use of an Enraf

Nonius CAD4F diffractometer fitted with MoKa (graphite

monochromator) radiation. Accurate unit cell dimensions

were obtained from a least-squares refinement on the

setting angles of twenty-five well-centred reflections in the

range 7<#<22°% The cell obtained had parameters

a=9.169(6) A and @=96.25(7)" (hexagonal setting

a-13.659(6) and b~14.047(5) A), The mineral was

identified from its cell constants using the NBS Crystal

Data Identification File incorporated in the Chemical Data

Fig. 2. Paratacamite crystals on quartz from Wallaces

Gully gold prospect, 10 km NNW of ME Painter,

Flinders Ranges (Specimen SAM G13208).

Service VAX computer system, operated by the Science

and Engineering Researeh Council at Daresbury in the

U.K. The crystal structure of paratacamite has been

reported}

The identification of paratacamite from Wallaces Gully

prompted a systematic examination of the atacamite

specimens held in the collection of the South Australian

Museum, Paratacamite was identified, by powder X-y'ay

diffraction methods, on six specimens from the New

Cornwall Mine, Kadina, and on two specimens from the

Wallaroo Mines, also at Kadina.

At the New Cornwall Mine, paratacamilte occurs as line

grained masses honeycombed with vugs containing small

groups of atacamite crystals up to 1 mm in length, The

Coexistence of the two polymorphs indicates two periods

of crystallization, paratacamite being formed earlier than

atacamite. The formation of paratacamite is favoured by

relatively low concentrations of CuCl;.4 At higher

concentrations (greater than 0.04 F) atacamite is the

favoured crystallization product. Such variations in

conditions could be associated with movements in the level

of the watertable,

Paratacamite at Wallaroo Mines is associated with

aragonite, chalcocite and cuprite in an altered vein caleire

Here the paratacamite has been formed by the oxidation

of cuprite, The mineral occurs both as a fine crust

replacing cuprite crystals (Pig, 3) or as partially spherical

masses of small crystals, 0.5 mm thick, surrounding a core

of unaltered cuprite.

At the three localities cited, paratacamite appears to be

restricted to the upper part of the Oxidized zone,

We would like to thank Mr C, Johnston for providing

the material from Wallaces Gully and ta Ms F. Gommers

for assistance with powder X-ray diffraction and

128

photography. The financial support of the Australian

Research Grants Scheme is gratefully acknowledged.

'Noble, R. J., Just, J. & Johnson, J. E. (1983). “Catalogue

of South Australian Minerals.” (South Australian Dept.

of Mines and Energy, Adelaide.)

2Cloud, T. C. (1883). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 6, 72-93.

3Fleet, M. F. (1975). Acta Crystallogr. B31, 183-187.

4Sharkey, J. B. & Lewin, S. Z. (1971). Amer. Mineral. 56,

179-192.

Fig. 3. Paratacamite replacing cuprite crystals with groups

of radiating aragonite crystals from Wallaroo Mines,

Kadina (Specimen SAM GI11409),

A, PRING, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000, M. R. SNOW and E. R. T. TIEKINK,

Department of Physical and Inorganic Chemistry, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, S. Aust, 5001.

PARASITES OF THE WOMBAT VOMBATUS URSINUS FROM GIPPLAND

REGION, VICTORIA

Summary

HRIEF COMMUNICATION

PARASITES OF THE WOMBAT VOMBATUS URSINUS

FROM THE GIPPSLAND REGION, VICTORIA

Lhere have been a number of taxonomic papers on the

helminths of the common wombat Forrhatus ursinus but

uo detailed studies of their parasite fauna. Fascioliasis,

an economically important disease of dumestic ruminants,

is sometimes found in wormbals grazing contaminated

aprigultural pasture.! But in o study on the prevalence of

Fasciola hepatica infection in south eastern Australia, na

hosts were collected from the Central Gippsland region.?

‘The womat is commonly and widely distributed across

Gippsland’, pasture damage and fence destruction being

such that it ts still legally designated vermin. From 1982

to 1984 wombat road kills were collected and examined

[0 determine their parasite fauna, and the results are

presented here.

Tiys, b. Localities in the fiippland tezion Where wombuts

were collected.

Although a number of road kills wece sighted within

(he study area, only seven were suitable for further

cyamination (Fig, 1). The internal viscera were examined

for gross pathological changes, then the lungs, liver and

gut contents were examined under a dissecting microscope

hot internal parasites. Nematodes. and castodes were tired

in 10% formalin, Nematodes were stored in 70% aleohol

with 5% glycerol and identified in Jactophenol, Ticks were

stored in 70o. alcohol.

Of the seven individuals examined, one was infected

with the mite, Sarcoptes scabiei Degeer, 1778 while five

harboured licks, Aponomme auruzinans Schultz, 1936.

No gross pathological conditions were found and no

helminths were observed in sites other than the digestive

tract. ‘lwo hosts harboured cestodes, Phascolotenta

comait Beveridge. 1976 in the ileum of one and

Triplotwenia undosa Beveridge, 1976 1n the duodenum of

another. All seven hosts were infected with the nematodes

Phascolostrongvlus turfevi Canavan, 1931 and

Vesophugosteumoides longisnicularis Beveridge, 197

while four hosts also were infected with Q. giltneri

Schwiitrtz, 1928 (Table 1). The parasite burdens were nol

high and except for the wombat with mange all the hasts

seemed to be in pood physical condition, No treniatode

infections, and more specitically no Fusciola hepatica

infections were found.

This is the first record of 7 undosa, previously known

only from macropodids, in a Wombat. Tripluteenia undosa

is found in a number of macropodid hosts. including

Wallabia bicolor and Macropus,fuliginosus, both of these

being cormmon throughout Victoria. However, the only

record of 7. wndasa from Cippsland hosts is trom We

hicolor collected ar Bonang in East Gippsland, and not

from either We bicolor or M. fitliginasus sharing their

range with wombats in the present study area

Ovsophagostomoldes silineri was the least common. of

the nematode species found and had not previously been

noted in hosts from Central Gippsland, Usually recorded

as parasites of the colon all three species were also found

in the small intestine and on one occasion rhe caccum,

This distribution is probably a function of post mortem

migration from) the colon. Although there is moderare

resistance by wombats to F heparica!, it is more likely

io this-case that no infections of F hepatica were found

because the specimens collected were not grazing in

infected areas. Central Gippsland is not one of the main

habitats for Lyymnaena tementosa the intermediate host

snail,> and nor is fascicliasis a siznificant problem of

sheep and cattle from the study area (Regional Vererinary

Laboratory, Bairnsdale, pers. comm.)

My thanks to 1. Beveridec for identifying the cesrodes

aud D. Kemp for identifying the ticks.

TABLE |. Sité in host anid abundance af infections with Oesophagostomvides longispicularis, ©: gilrneri aa

Phascolostrongylus turleyi from seven worsbars.

Site in Host

ileum Caecum Coton

Wo. Parasites/Host

Parasite Mean Range Mean Range Mean Rage

OL longispicularis 7 0.58 0.71 n-§ 23.7 0 62

O17 giltaert 54 0-29 6.14 a1 3.7 0-15

F turleyi 4a 0-294 0 a 47.7 0-113

Lee ccc nee te: ae

130

'Doube, L. J. (1982) Proc 4th Int. Conf. Wildl. Dis. Beveridge, I. (1976) Aust. J. Zoot. Suppl. Ser. No. 44.

Assn. Sydney 1981, 63-75. 5Seddon, H. R. (1967) “Diseases of Domestic Animals

2Spratt, D. M. & Presidente, P. J. A. (1981) Aust. J. Exp. in Australia. Part | Helminth infestations.” Revised by

Biol. Med. Sci. 59, 713-721. Albiston, H. E. (Commonwealth Department of Health,

3Norris, K. C., Mansergh, I. M., Ahern, L. D., Belcher, Canberra).

CA. A,, Temby, I. D., Walsh, N. G. (1983) Fish. Wildl.

Div. Vic. Occ. Paper 1.

LESLEY SMALES, Biology Department, Capricornia Institute, Rockhampton, Qld 4702.

THE OCCURRENCE OF DESMONEMA GAUDICHAUDI (LESSON)

(SCYPHOZOA, SEMAEOSTOMEAE) IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN WATERS

WITH RECORDS OF FISH-JELLYFISH SYMBIOSES

Summary

GRIEF COMMUNICATION

THE OCCURRENCE OF DESMONEMA GAUDICHALU/DI (LESSON) (SCYPHOZOA,

SEMAEOSTOMEAE) IN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN WATERS WITH RECORDS OF

FISHJELLYFISH SYMBIOSES

The genus Desynoneme L. Agassiz, 1662 (Scyphowve,

Semiaeastamede) currently contains three species.t I has

an Amrarcti¢ re sub-Antarctic distribution?) but is

unfecotded in Australlan waters (the record of 2 rosea

Apassiz & Mayer trom Largs Bay, & Aust, refers 10 @

species of (yanea — see comment at end of this note).

Iwo specimens of #2 gawidichandi (Lesson) are recorded

lwte for South Australian waters, Both were found in

symbiotic relationship with lishes. Other jellyfish-fish

symbioses frona southern and eastern Australian waters

are documented. Maserial is deposited in the South

Australian Museum (SAM). Numbers prefixed by A refer

ta registrations in the natebooks of RYV.S.

Desnonewia guudicN@uds (Lesson) (SAN H348 (A1156)).

Bell width to turnover edge |] cms same measurement

with bell taid Mad 14 cm; 10-[5 tentacles/graup. Coll.

S.A. Shepherd, 29-iv.1969, 1 m depth, West Island (N.

side), Encoumer Bay, With SAM F5615 {A1157), a juvenile

trevally Pyendocarenx dentex (Bloch & Schneider) tearlier

Usacarantx georgianus (Cuvier & Valenciennes)) “living

under the mantle”

D. gaudichaudi SAM A349

Bell width to turnover edge 13 cm; same measurement

with bell laid fat 15 cm; & 20 tentacles/group. Coll. W.

Pots and 1. Phillips, 19.31.1986, opposite Point Camphell,

Coorong. SAM F4616, with ¥ small hardyheads, tamaly

Alherinidae (partially decomposed), among dentacles

(possibly Atherinosome miicrestama (Ginther), the only

member of the family currently recorded from the

Covrongs),

Previous records of D. ganelichaudiwith “juvenile fishes,

mostly of the genus Trachurus”, family Carangidae, have

been recorded from New Zealand.

Symbioses between jellyfishes and fishes have been

reviewed comprehensively,” Further records from

Australian waters are as fellows:

{. Unnamed species in association with juvenile yellowtail

scad, Trachurus mecullocki Nichols.4?

2, Pseudorhiza haeckeli Haacke (Rhizostomiesé)

(a) ALOIS, coll. S. A. Shepherd, 141.1968, near surface,

Aldinga Reef, S, Aust, off “Aldinga drop-olt”), SAM

F5614 (A1OL7), 3. small Pseudocaranx dentex and several

Sirene menoni Kramp (Hydrozoa, Leptometusae} (A116)

im association with the rhizastame.

(b) SAM A350 (A1391). Coll.'S. A. Shepherd, 254.1973,

depth 3 om. West Island, 15-16 small PR dentex (four

'Larson, R. (1986) Biology of the Antarctic Seas XVI,

Anlarctic Res. Ser. 41 (3), 59-165.

“Kramp, P-L. (1961) J. Mar. Dial Assoc. LK. 40, 1-469.

sO Sullivan, 1 (482) ANARE Research Notes 4, 1-33,

‘Agassiz, A, & Mayer, A, G, (1898) Bull, Mus, Comp,

Zool. Harvard 32f2), 15-19.

*Ghover C.J. ML, unpublished data.

‘Kingsford, M., in Larson, R, (1986) Hiolopy of the

Antarctic Seas XVL. Antarctic Res Ser, 41(9),

Frontispiece and pp. 102,. 148.

IMansueti, KR. (063) Copeia (1963, 1), 40-8o.

sampled, SAM F3905), and One small amphipod in

asyouation with the jellyfish,

tc) Jellyfish identified but not retained, 230.1975, Glenelg,

S. Aust, with juvenile ®& dentex (SAM F4238).

3, Cetostylus moaseicws (Quay & Gaimard)

(Rhizostomeac) SAM H351 (A884), Bell width 27 cm,

Coll. R. V. Southeort, 7.1965, Pore Hacking, NSW,

with juvetiles of T7 meeccteliochi (SAM P5617 (A886). This

association has been figured previously, Plate 15!.

4. Chrpsaura sp. (Senvaeosiomeae). Coll. R. ¥. Southeort,

17,4.1980, “Cape Jervis Station” of S. Aust. Dept. Fisheries,

Gulf St Vincent, near surface, from F. KR. V. Joseph Verco,

(a) SAM H352 (A2305) with P dentex, SAM F561]

(A2315).

(b) SAM 4353 [A2306) with F dentex, SAM P5612

(A2316).

(co) SAM FI354d (42307) with one juvenile mosaic

lcatherjacket, Lwhalichthys mosaics (Ramsay & Ogilby),

SAM F5613 (423345), (illustrated previously, Plate 14!2),

{d) A231, with P deniex, SAM F5610 (A2317),

(There were 0-4 # dentex symbiotic with each

Chrysaore.)

S. Cranec copitiata (L.) (Semaeastomeae), with juvenile

leatherjackers (family Monaesnthidac) (lidstrared

previously, Plates 14, 16!).

6. Cofostyhus mosaicus. Bass Strait, with juveniles of E.

SHasateus

Namenclatorial note

Desmonema rosea Agassiz & Mayer, 1B9B,* fram Lares

Bay, South Australia, is clearly a Cyaneo and nol a

Dexsmonema, since it has both radial and concentric

musele strands in the subumbrella, andthe tentacle origin

sites are U-shaped, not linear. Mayec!* synanymized this

species with Cyanea annaskala von |endenfeld, including

in the synonymy also C rvwellerianthe Haacke, 1887,"

from Gulf St Vincent, South Australia, Kramp (1995)!4

concluded that both of these last-named species are

synonyins of C expillva(l.). Womay be safely stated that

in Gull St Vincent there occurs one species of Cyanea,

C. capillata (L.). By transferring Lt rosea to Cyane in

1910, Mayer created a potential secondary hontonym of

Crenea rosea Quoy & Guimard, 1824, from the Grear

Harrier Reef, which Kramp*4 has regatded ns a doubtful

species al Craned, but possibly also a synonym of C

capitate. Thus four synonymy are available for C: rosea

{Agassiz, & Mayer).

*Seott, T. DE (1962) “The marine and fresh water fishes

of South Austria.” Handb. Flora & Fauna S. Aas.

(Gove Printer, Adelaide}.

Scott, T, D., Glover, C J, M. & Southoott, RY, (t974}

“The marine and freshwater fishes of South Australia"

(Second Edition). tfandb. Flora & Fauna 8. Aust. (Govt

Printer, Adelaide).

"Southear, ® ¥. (1982) Jellylishes (Classes Scyphozoa

aul ifyikrozoa). pp. 15-59. fn Shepherd, S. A. &

Thamias, T. M. (Eds) *Marine invertebrates of southern

132

Australia.” Part I. Handb. Flora & Fauna S. Aust. (Govt 12Mayer, A. G. (1910) Medusae of the World. Publicn.

Printer, Adelaide). No. 109, Carnegie Instn.

‘Last, P. R., Scott, E. O. G. & Talbot, F. H. (1983) !3Haacke, W. (1897) Jena Z. Naturw. 20, 588-638.

“Fishes of Tasmania” (Tasmanian Fisheries Development !4Kramp, P. L. (1965) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 89, 257-278.

Authority, Hobart).

R. V. SOUTHCOTT, 2 Taylors Road, Mitcham, S. Aust. 5062 and C. J. M. GLOVER, South Australian Museum,

North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000.

VOL. 111, PARTS 3 & 4

30 NOVEMBER, 1987

Transactions of the

Royal Society of South

Australia

Incorporated

Contents.

Barker, S. Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) - 133

Beveridge, I. & Sakanari, J. A. Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. nov. (Cestoda:

Trypanorhyncha) in elasmobranch fishes from Australian and North

American coastal waters - - - - - - - - - 147

Christophel, D. C. & Greenwood, D. R. A megafossil flora from the Eocene of Golden

Grove, South Australia - - - - - - - - - 155

Beveridge, I. & Campbell, R. A. Trimacracanthus gen. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha:

Eutetrarhynchidae), with redescriptions of T: aetobatidis (Robinson,

1959) comb. nov. and 7, binuncus (Linton, 1909) comb. nov. - - 163

Geddes, M. C. Changes in salinity and in the distribution of macrophytes, macrobenthos

and fish in the Coorong Lagoons, South Australia, followig a period

of River Murray flow - - - oe - - - 173

Dulhunty, J. A. Salina bed instability and geodetic studies at Lake Eyre, South Australia - 183

Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Floriceps minacanthus SP. nov. (Cestoda: ba cat

from Australian fishes - - - - - - 189

Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Hornelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb.

nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) from Australian elasmobranch fishes

and a re-assessment of the family Hornelliellidae - - - - 195

Brief Communications:

Davies, M., Watson, G. F. & Miller, C. A. New records of Uperoleia (Anura: Lepto-

dactylidae) from Western Australia with supplementary osteological

data on Uperoleia micromeles - - - - - - “ - 201

Reay, F. Australian plant nematodes: Longidorus Micoletzky, 1922 and Paralongidorus

Siddiqi, Hooper & Khan, 1963 (Nematoda: Dorylaimida) - - 203

Sokol, A. Yabbies at Dalhousie Springs, northern South Australia: morphological evidence

for long term isolation - - - - - - - - - 207

Alley, N. F. Middle Eocene age of the megafossil flora at Golden Grove, South Australia:

preliminary report, and comparison with the Maslin Bay flora - - 211

Errata:

Smales, L. Parasites of the Wombat Vombatus ursinus from The Gippsland Region,

Victoria - - - - - - - - - - - 213

PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. Ill, PART 3

EIGHTEEN NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA)

(COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)

BY S. BARKER*

Summary

Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) are described: S. aglaia sp. nov., S. alecgemmelli

sp. nov., S. arida sp. noy., S. atra sp. nov., S. caillaina sp. nov., S. chamelauci sp. nov.,

S. duggunensis sp. nov., S. earina sp. nov., S. gardnerae sp. nov., S. gordonburnsi sp. nov.,

S. goudiana sp. nov., S. jimturneri sp. nov., S. kanangara sp. nov., S. lauta sp. nov., S. livida sp.

nov., S. sundholmi sp. nov., S. vanderwoudeae sp. nov. S. viridissima sp. nov.

KEY WORDS: Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Stigmodera (Castiarina), New species.

FIGHTEEN NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) (COLEOPTERA;

BUPRESTIDAE)

by 5S. BARKER*

Summary

Barker, S. (1987) Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Custiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Trans.

R. Soc. 8. Aust. 111(3), 133-146, 30 November. 1987,

Eighteen hew species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) are described: §. aglaia sp, nov., S. alecgemmelli

sp. noy., 5. arida sp. nov., S. atra sp. nov., S. cai/laing sp. nav., S. chamelauci sp. nov., 5. dugganensis

sp. nov, 5, earirta sp. Nov, S. gardnerae sp. noy., 8. gardanburnsi sp, nay, 3. goudiona sp. noy,, 8. jimlurneri

sp. nov., S. kKanangara sp. nov, §. lauta sp, nov., 8, livida sp. nov., 5. sundholihi sp, nov, 5, vanderwoudeae

sp. nov, 5, viridissima sp. nov.

Key Worps- Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Siégmodera (Castiarina), New species,

Introduction

Fighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina)

are described herein and placed in species groups.

This brings the number of known species to about

four hundred. Most of the new species have

emerged from recent collecting, however several

have been known for a long time, but confused with

other species. All of them have been placed in

species groups on the basis of the structure of their

male genitalia and external morphology. All

previously recognised species groups are listed in

Barker (1986); an additional three groups are

detailed here.

Materials and Methods

Male genitalia were dissected from selected

specimens, cleaned of attached muscle and glued

dry onto a piece of card before they were photo-

graphed and printed at the same magnification.

Genitalia of known species are included for

comparative purposes, The abbreviations used in

the text for museum and private collections are as

follows (Watt 1979): ASSA Mr A. Sundholm,

Sydney, N.SW.; BMNFE! British Museum (Natural

History), London; EAQA Mr E, E,. Adams,

Edungalba, Qld; GBYA Mr G. G, Burns, Morning-

ton, Vic; JGAA Dr J. Gardner, Adelaide, 8. Aust.;

JHAQ Mrs J. Harslett, Amiens, Qld; JSBQ Mr J.

Sedlacek, Brisbane, Qld; ITNA Mr J. R. Turner,

Hazelbrook, N.SW.; MHSA Mr T, M, 38. Hanlon,

Ryde, N\SW.; MPWA Mr M. Powell, Attadale,

W.A.; NMVA National Museum of Victoria;

MMSA Macleay Museum, Sydney; OMBA Queens-

land Museum, Brisbane; RMBB L’Institut Royal de

Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Brussels; SAMA

* Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O,

Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. SDOT.

South Australias Museum, Adelaide; WAMA

Western Australian Museum, Perth.

Stizmodera (Castiarina) alecgemmelll sp. nov,

FIGS 1A, 2D

Holotype; o, Stanthorpe, Qld, Deo. 1958,. +4.

Gemmell, SAMA 1 21178.

Allotype; 9, Stanthorpe, Qld, E. Sutton, SAMA

I 21179,

Paratypes: Qld: 1 o', same data as holotype; | co,

1 9, Stanthorpe, 27,x1.1926, S. M4. Haison, SAMA;

1 9, Stanthorpe, Nov. 1925, SAMA; | cr,

Stanthorpe, E. Sutton, SAMA; 1 9, Glen Aplin,

26.xi.1941, A. Gemmell, FHAQ; | o, 2 99,

Amiens, 26.xi1.1984, .( Harsleitt, JHAQ; t oc,

Fletcher, E. Sutton, SAMA; 1 @, Stanthorpe, &

Sution, JSBQ; 3 9 9, Stanthorpe, 202t1 1981,

Turner, JTNA; 1 of, Milmerran Dec, 1947/Jan.

1948, Macqueen, ASSA. N.SMW,: 1 o&, Coona-

barabran, 7.xi,1975, S. Barker, SAMA; 1 9,4km

E Rocky Glen, 3.%i,1981, 8, Barker, P Kempster, H-

Vanderwoude, SAMA; i o, 6 km SW Rocky Glen,

3,xi,1981, S. Barker P G. Kempster, H.,

Vanderwoude, SAMA; 2 ao @, 9 km N Coona-

barabran, 5/6.xi1.1983, A. Sundhalm, ASSA; 1c,

8 km N Coonabarabran, 8.43.1983, 4. Sundholm,

ASSA; 1 o, 7 km N Coonabarabran, 5.xi.1982, A.

Sundholm, ASSA; | co, Coonabarabran, 6.x1,1982,

A. Sundholm, ASSA; 2 oo, 1 9, 5 km WN

Coonabarabran, 4.x7.1983, 4. Sundholm, J, Bugeja,

ASSA,

Colour: Head, antennae, pronotum dull green.

Scutellurn blue. Elytra yellow with following black

markings with blue reflections: narrow basal

margin; broad pre-medial fascia not reaching

margin; broad posi-medial fascia reaching margin,

projecting anteriorly in centre of each side of

atiterior margin; pre-apical mark covering apex, all

NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA 135

tnarks conilient along suture. Ventral surface and

tees dull green Hairs silver

Shape and sevlprvre: Head closely punctured,

inedian sulous, shart muzzle Antennae, seements:

1-3, obconic; 4, half toothed; 5-11, toothed,

Pronotum closely punctured, very small basal fovea

extending to apical margin as glabrous line, basal

natches on each side more lateral than medial;

apical margin projecting medially, basal margin

almost straight; laterally parallel-sided at base,

angled inwards, rounded to widest part before

centre, rounded and narrowed to apex, Scutellum

sculiform, glabrous, excavate, Each elytron

punctate-striate, intervals convea, heavily punctured

laterally and apically, smooth medially; laterally

angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus,

concaye, rounded posteriorly then narrowed io

bispinose apex; both spines small, margin rounded

between, apices diverging. Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments

glabrous, dense medium length hairs, 87: truncate

in males; rounded In females,

Size Males, 13,040.24 » §5,3+6,09 mtn (17).

Females, 14.240.28 » 5.84013 mm (J)

Male genitalia; (Fig, 1A), Parameres more or less

parallel-sided for most of length, slightly widened,

rounded apically. Median lobe blunt, sides angled

away, Apophysis of basal picce medium width,

angled to apex.

Remarks: Member of S. simufata C & G species

group. Has been confused with 8. Durchetli C & G

(Holotype, MNHN). Aedeagus of S, burchellii C &

G (Fig. 1B) similar shape but longer and narrower.

Apex of median lobe puinted, sides acutely angled

away, Apophysis.of basal picce medium widrh but

not tapered apically. S. durchelliis coastal species

with ted margins on elytra. S, elegentnelli is found

inland and does not have red margins. Named after

the late Mr A. Gemmell, Glen Aplin, Qld,

Stigmodera (Castiarina) arida sp. 15v.

FIGS IC, 2B

Hotlolype co, Vic. NMYVA,

Allotype: 9, Sofala, N.SW., 26-x1.0083, A.

Sundaolm, SAMA | 21180.

Paratypes: Vie; 1 oo, 3 9 9, NMVA.

Colaur> Head dark blue, Antennae, segments: |, 2,

dark Blues 3-11, bronze, Promotum dark blue

medially, red laterally. Scutellum dark blue, Elytra

red with following dark blur clytral markings:

narrow basal margin; very broad pre-medial fascia

nov reaching margin, but cxpanded anteriorly to

basal margin, enclosing basal spot on each side:

very broad post-medial fascia expanded anteriorly

from centre of anterior margin on cach side and

on suture, expanded posteriorly from ventre of

posterior mangin on cach side and on suture; mark

covering apex. Ventral surface: pre-sternum variably

dark blue medially, red laterally; meso-and meta-

sternum dark blue or variably dark blue and red

laterally; abdomen red, Legs: femora and ubiae

bluc; tarsi blue-green. Hairs silver,

JShupe and sculpture: Head closely punctured, broad

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae. sepinenta:

1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed. Pronotum closely

punctured, basal fovea extending to apical margin

as impressed line: apical margin projecting medially,

basal murgin barely bisinuate; laterally angled

oulwards from base, rounded to widest part

anteriorly, rounded and nartowed to apex, dorso-

ventrally fattened for one third of distance from

base. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, extuvate. Each

elylron ptinctale-striale, intervals convex, punctured

more heavily laterally than medially; laterally

slightly angled our from base, rounded at humeral

callus, concave, rounded posteriorly then tapered,

rounded to spincless apex; minute indentation frorn

apical Margin lo suture without obyious spines,

apices diverging slightly, apical margin rough.

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of

abdominal segments glabrous, sparse very short

hair. Sy: narrowly truncate in males; rounded and

pointed in females.

Size: Mates, 12,7 « 4.9 mm (2). Females 13.4

3.1 mm (4).

Male genitalia; (Fiz, 1C). Parameres parallel-sided

hasally, rounded posteromecially, slightly widened,

rounded apically. Median lobe sharp, sides acutely

angled away, Apophysis of basal piece short atid

slender.

Remarks: A member of S. distinevenda Saunders

species group. External morphology mast closely

resembles §. pilitaris Carter (Holotype male,

RMBEB), bui male genitalia are different. In S.

Fig. 1. Photomicrographs of male genitalia of (he following Srigmeodera (Castiarines species: A. §, aleceemmelli sp.

nay, B.S burcheili C & G, C. 5, avide sp, nov, D, 4, miliaris Carter, E. S. dugganensis sp_ nov., &. $. cehamelauel

sp. nov., G. S, vanderwovdere sp. nov, H, & gordumburnsi sp. nov. LS. klugiC & G, J, S, caillaina sp. nev.,

K. & goeudiona sp. nav, L. &. ‘vida sp. nov., M. §. wridissima sp. now., N, & earine sp. pov,, O, S. sundhofmit

<p. nov., P. S. imitetor Carter, Q. S. agiaia sp. now, R.S, gewtilis Kerremaus, 5. Satta ap now, To oblique

rremans, LS. geeeilior Carter, V. S gardnerae sp. ner, W, S reustelarsajar Thomaon, X, & enesma Cartes,

¥. S, junimeieri sp. aov., Z, keéenyvdre sp, niv,

RTH & BARKER

militariy (Fig. UD) paranieres are wider at apex,

median lobe blunt und obtusely angled away. Basal

piece is pot circular bul protrudes in centre,

Apopliysis of basal piece narrow, constricted in

middle and elongate. §. miditeris is stnallet species

with blue and yellow markings. The name refers to

the habitat and is derived from aridus L., dry.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) dugganensis sp. novi

FIGS IE, 20

Holotype: a, Duggan, W.A,, 27.46.1974, Kok i

Curhaby, SAMA | 21178,

Affotype; &, Lake Cronin, W.AL 17.x.198], M4.

Powell, WAMA.

Paratype WAs 2 oot, 80km B Hyden, 28.x.1984,

Af. Powell, MPWA! 1 cr, Lake Cronin, 18.x.J98!,

Af. Powell, MPWA, Vic; 1 ct, 1 @, Sea Lake, Nov.

Wh, Ho Gaudie, NMVA.

Colour Head blue. Antennae bronze-green.

Proneotum ble medially, red Eaterally from one

third of clistance from base ro apex, hase hve,

Scutellum bluc. Elytra red with (nllowing dark blue

markings: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia

not reaching margin but eatending anteriorly to

basal margin, enclosing hasal spot on each side;

broad post-medial fascia; mark covering apex,

marks mity or may not be conMuent along suture.

Ventral surface: sternum dark blue; abdomen blue

in centre, red at-sides, Legs: femora and tibiae blue-

freen; tarsi green, Hairs silver,

Shupe and seulplurer Head closely punctured, broad

median sulcus, short muzzle, Antennae, segments:

1-3, obcomie; 4-11, toothed, Pronotum closely

pinctured, narrow basal fovea extending to anterior

margin as thin impressed line, small basal notches

on each side more lateral than mediak apical margin

projecting medially, basal margin bisinuiles laterally

rounded from base (o widest part posreromedially,

Tamed to apex, Scutellum seutifarm, glabrous,

flat. Each elytron punctale-striate, intervals convex,

purtetured and wrinkled; laterally parallel-sided at

base then angled out, rounded at humeral callus,

faintly concave, rounded posleriarly.and narrowed

to Bispmose apes; small blunt marginal spine,

minule sutoral spine, anargin iidenied between,

apices diverging slightly, Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, sparse medium length hairs: S32

truncate in males; rounded and slightly pointed in

fernales,

Size: Males, 12.3 = 4,5 mm (5). Vemales, 12.9 +

SAY ay (2).

Mate zenitaliq: (Fig, VE), Paraincres parallel-sided

hisally, widened postérdmedially, mare or less

parallel-sided, rounded apically Median. lobe

pointed, sides acutely angled away. Apophysis of

basal piece narrow and tapered apivally.

Remarks: Mecober of the S. distinguenda Saunders

species group on basis of pronotal markings,

external morphology and male genitalia, Although

distinct within its specics group, could be confused

with & rufa Barker, a member of the §. pibbicollis

Sanders species group, which has sintilar colour

and pattern. Male genitalia are very different Barker

(1986, Fig, 2E), The name is derived from the type

toculity.

Sligmodera {Castiarina) chamelauci $p. nov,

FIGS IF, 2P

Holotype: o, Spalding Park, Bluff Pi, Geraldton

District, W.A., $.ix.1973, AN. McForland, BMNH.

Altaiype: 9. Spalding Park, Bluff Pr, Geraldton

District, W.A_, 21.14.1973, NV. McFarland, BMNH.

Peratypess WAL 25° oc, Dongarra ftsic),

6-19.5x.1934, 20-25.ix.1935, 26 ix-3,.x.1935, 4-10.x,

£935, 11-28.%,1035, R, E. Tuer, BMNH & SAMA,

Cotour; Head dark bluc. Antennaé, segments: 1,

blue; 2-11, blue-green, Pronotum dark blue with

bronze reflections, Scutellum dark blue. Elytra

orange with rcd margin and following black

markings wilh blue reflections: narrow basal

margin; pre-medial fascia not reaching margin or

represcated by spot over each humeral callus and

one on suture; post-medial fascia reaching, margin,

expanded anteriorly on suture and on anterior

margin on each side more lateral than medial,

expanded posteriorly on suture and on posterior

margin oneach side more lateral than medial; pre-

apical mark also covering spines, confluent ip more

heavily marked specimens, post-medial fascia and

apical mark con!Iwent along suture. Ventral surface

dark blue. Legs: lenvora and tibiae dark blue; tarsi

blue-green, Hairs silver.

Shape and seulpture: Head Sosely punctured, broad

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennac, segments:

1-4, ubgenic; 3-11, toothed. Pronotum closely

punctured, narrow basal fovea extending to apical

margut as glabroys line, basal notches represented

by glabrous area on cach side more lateral than

medial? apical margin straight, basal margin

bisinuate; laterally rouoded from base, widest

postcromedially, rounded and narrowed tu apex,

Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate, Each

elytron punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured,

More $0 lalerally than medially; laterally angled out

frum base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteriorly and narrowed, rounded again

to bispittose apex; sharp marginal spine, sniall

sutiiral sping, margin rounded and mdented

NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA WwW

Fig. 2. A, Stigmodera gordonburnsi sp. nov., B.S. arida sp. nov., C. 8. duggunensis sp. nov., D. S. ulecgernmtelli

sp. noy., E. S, caillaina sp. novy., F. S. gardnerae sp. nov., G. S. livide sp. nov,, H- 8. viridissima sp. nav., 1. S. earinta

sp. nov, J. &. fauta sp. nov, K..S. a/ra sp. nov, L, S. sundholmi sp. noy., M.S. aglaia sp. nov., N.S. jimfurnert

ap. nov, O, S. vanderwoudeae sp, nov., P, S, chomelauct sp. nov. Q. §. goutliana sp. noy.. R. 5. kunangara sp, nov,

LR 5S. BARKER

betwoon, apices diverging, apical margin subserrate.

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of

whdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy,

hairs medium Jength. $7: truncate in males:

truncate ancl indentec! medially in females, Legs,

male: tarsal pads absent on Jegs 2 and 3 on

tarsomeres 1-3, replaced by median spine

Sizes Males, l0.8+0,)3 » 4.146.065 mm (26).

Female, 119 x 4.5 nm (i).

Maje genitalia; (Fig, IF) Wedee-shaped with

relatively narrow basal piece, apophysis and

purameres,

Remarks: Member of S. sexplagiata Gory species

group on basis of iis wedge-shaped male gentlalia

and external morphology. Elytral colour and red

margins distinguish this species from others in

group. Named afier Chamelaucium uncinatum

Schau., Geraldton wax, on which adulis are

collected,

Stiguindera (Castiaring) vanderwoudcav sp, nov.

FIGS IG, 20

Hotetype: 0, Lake Gilles Conservation Pk, 27 km

E Kimba, S. Aust,, 25.x.1982, S. Barker PG.

Kempster, H. Virtderwoude, SAMA 1 21182,

Atotype: 2, sane dataas holotype, SAMA 1 21183,

Paratypes: S. Aust 1§ oor, 8 9 9, same data as

hnlntype, SAMA.

Cofuur; Head black with blue reflections.

Antennae, scements:! 1, 2, blue; 3-11, blue-green.

Prunolum and scutellum black with blue

reflections, Elytra orange with following dark blue

markings: narrow basal margin; pre-medial Fascia

not reaching margin, projecting slightly anteriorly

on sutwe; broad post-medial lascia projecting

anteriorly on sulure at anterior matgin and in centre

af each side of anterior margin, projecting

posteriorly on suture at posterigr margins mark

covering apex, murks confluent along suture,

Ventral surface and legs dark blue. Hairs silver.

Shape und sculpture; Head closely pynetured,

median sulcus, short muzzle, Antennae, segments:

1-4, 1obconic; 5-11, toothed. ronotum closely

punclured, narrow basal toveu extending to centre

as glabrous line, then to apical margin a3 impressed

line, apical margiu straight, basal margin bisinuate;

laterally angled inwards from base, rounded to

widest part posteromedially, rounded and narrowed

to apex. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate,

Each ¢lytron punctate-striate, intervals convex,

punctured more heavily laterally than medially:

laterally angled oul trom base, rounded at humeral

callus, concave, rounded posteriorly aud narrowed

to bispinose apex; sharp marginal spine, uinule

sutural spine, margin rounded and indented

between, apices diverging slightly, apical margin

subserrate, Ventral surface with shallow punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately

hairy, hairs short, ‘S7 truncate in both sexes. Legs,

male: tarsal pads absent on fegs 2 and 3 on

tarsomeres I-3 each replaced by small double,

median spine.

Sizes Males, 7.940.270 = 3.0+0.09 mm [l6p.

Females, 8.64024 x 3.4+ 0.04 mm (9).

Male genitalia: (tig. 1G). Wedge-shaped. Parameres

parallel-sided at base, widened posteruniedially,

slightly rounded then abruptly rounded near apex,

apical edge concave. Median lobe pointed, rounded

apically, Apophysis of basal piece narrowed,

Remarks: Member of S. sexplagiata species grougr

on basis of its wedge-shaped male genitalia and

external morphology, Most closely resembles S$

curnishi Barker (1983, Fig, 1R) bur is smaller Male

gcnitalia are smaller and not as wide apically and

spines un ventral surface of tarsomeres are much

less prominent than in S. coraski, All specimens

were collected on flowers of Lremophila scoparia

(R.Br) F. Muell, Named after Ms H. Vanderwoude,

Adelaide.

Sigmodera (Castiariana) gordonhurnsi sp. nov-

TiGS 1H, 2A

Holotype: Oo, Grampians, Vic. 22.xi.1982, GL G.

Burts, NMVA.

Allotype @, Grampians, Vit, (9.xi.1983, G. GC.

Burns, NMVA,

Paratypes; Vic: } o, same data as holotype, GBVA;

1 &, Inglewood, Nov. 1952, & Smith, NMVA: 1 9,

same data ax dllorype, GRVA; | o, Grampians,

23.¥1.1982, GG. Burns, SAMA; 1 0, Grampians,

24.x1.1982, G. G. Burns, GBVA; 1 9, 16 km N

Benambea, 14./.1979, PL Cullen, SAMA,

Colour: Head dark blue, Antennac, segments! 1, 2,

blue-ereen; 3-11, bronze-grocn. Pronotum dark bie

medially, blue laterally. Scutellurn dark blue, Elytra

red with following dark blue markings: broad basal

margin, red spot at lateral margiir on cacle side;

broad post-medial fascia; mark covering apex, all

marks confluent along suture, Ventral surface blue.

Legs! femora blue; tibiae and tarsi bluc-greeti. Hairs

silver,

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured, broad

median sulcus, short muzzle, Antennae, segments:

1-3, obconic; I-(l, toothed. Pronotum closely

punctured, basal fovea extending (o apical margin

4 glabrous line, basal notches on cach side more

lateral than medial; apical margin projecting

medially, basal imargiit almust straight; laterally

NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA 139

parallel-sided at base, angled outwards, rounded to

widest part posteromedially, rounded and narrowed

to apex, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, Mat. Each

elytron punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured

and wrinkled; laterally angled out from base,

rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

postenorly to bispinose apex; both spines small and

blunt, margin rounded and indented between,

apices diverging slightly, apical margin subserrate.

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of

abdominal segments plabrous, sparse short hairs,

S72 truncate In male; rounded in females.

Size: Males,16.2 « 6.5 mm (5). Females, 17,3 x

7.3mm (3).

Mfole gentiatia: (Fig. 1H). Parameres parallel-sided

basally, rounded posteromedially, widened, rounded

apically, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled

away then rounded and obtusely angled away.

Apophysis of basal piece medium width.

Remarks: Member of S. &iug? species group, In

closest species 8, kiugi C & G (Tig- 11), aedeagus

is shorter, apices of parameres are more abruptly

rounded, median lobe blunter, Only red and blue

Species in group, S. Afneiis yelow and blue and &

rubicunda Carter is ted and purple, Named after

Mr G. G, Burns, Mornington,

Stigmodera (Castiarina) caillaina sp. nov,

FIGS 11, 2E

Netotype: o, Vic, Blackburn, SAMA | 21184,

Allotype: >, Hornsby, N.SW., Schrader, SAMA |

21185.

Paratype: | or, no data, RMBB,

Colour: Head and antennae blue-green. Pronotum

green medially, blue laterally, Scutellum blue, Elytra

yellow with following black markings with blue

reflections: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia

teaching margin with projection from posterior

margip; posi-medial fascia reaching margin,

concave posteriorly; mark covering apex, all marks

contfuent along suture. Ventral surface dark blue.

Legs blue-green. Hairs silver,

Shape and sculprurer Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, shor muzzle. Antennae, segments:

1-3, obconic: 4-11 toothed, Pronotum closely

punctured, small basal fovea extending Lo centre as

glabrous line; apical margin slightly projecting

medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally

angled outwards from base, rounded to widest part

postéromiedially, tapered to apex, dorso-ventrally

flattened on basal half, shallow foves at each basal

angle; Scutellum scutitorm, glabrous. Mat. Each

elytrim punctate-stnate, intervals convex, punclured;

laterally angled our from base, routrded at humeral

callus, concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed

to bispinose apex: small marginal spine, small

sulural spine, margin rounded and indented

between, apices diverging, apical margin subserrate,

Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of

abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy,

hairs medium length. S7: truncate in both sexes,

Size: Miles, 14.9 » 6.2 mm (2). Female: 19.7

8.5 mm (1).

Male genitalia: (Fig, (J). Parameres parallel-sided

basally, widened posteromedially, parallel-sided

anteromedially, rounded apically, Median lobe

pointed, sides acutely rounded away. Apophysis of

basal piece narrowed,

Remarks: Belongs in 5, cupricollis Saunders species

group, Most resembles S. deyrollei Thomson but

male genitalia are smaller, apically wider and

apophysis more constricted chan in & deprolles

Barker (1986, Fig. 1M). 3. catllaine is smaller than

& deprollei, pronotum of S. deyrollel is green and

underside green not dark blue as in S, caillaina.

Name refers to colour of pronotun and is derived

from caiainus L., blue-green.

Stigmodera (Castiaring) goudiana sp. nov.

FIGS IK, 2Q

Holotype: x, Sea Lake, Vic,, Nov, 1916, HS Gotelie,

NMVA.

Allatype: 9, same data as holotype, SAMA [ 21184.

Paraiypes NISW.s L oc, Roto, 30.2.1981, JR,

Turner, ASSA; 2 oc, 1 km S Matakana,

30.x.1984, A, Sundholm, J Bugeja, ASSA, SAMA!

J 9, Roto-Matakana, 28.41.1981, A. Sundholm,

ASSA.

Colour: Head black with bronze and blue

reflections, muzzle blue. Antennae and pronotum

black with bronze and blue reflections. Scutellum

black, Elytra yellow with following black markings:

narrow basal margin; incomplete pre-medial fascia,

represented by mark on cach humeral callus and

one on suture confluent with basal margin around

scutellum; incomplete post-medial fascta repre-

sented by mark om cach side and one on suture,

confluent in some spevimens; niark covering apex

and spines, lasi two marks may or aay not be

confluent along suture, Ventral surface black with

bronze and blue reflections. Legs; femora and tibia

blue; tarsi bluc-green, Hairs silver.

Shepe and s¢cstipture; Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, segitents:

1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed. Pronatum shallowly

Punctured, narrow basal fovea, basal notches on

each side more lateral than medial; apical margin

straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally rounded

Tay $. BARKER

from base, widest posteromedially, rounded and

narrowed to apex, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous,

excavate. Each clytron punctate-striaie, intervals

convex, punctured, lateral margin flattened; laterally

angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus,

suncaye, rounded posterlorly and narrowed to

bispinose apex; both spines sharp, margin rounded

hetween, apices diverging. Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments

glabrous, sparse short hairs, 34: truncate in both

SEXES,

Sizer Males, 10.8 « 4.3 mm (4}, Females, 11.8 «

5.2 mm (2).

Mole genitelia: (Fig. 1K). Short. Parameres widened

basally, rounded posteromedially then widened,

rounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely

angled away. Apophysis of basal piece narrow.

Remarks: Member of S, delectahilis Hope species

group, closest to S. dessarti Barker (1986, Fig. 30)

from W_A. Paramcres in that species are narrower

und its has red elytra. Namved after late Mr W.

Goudie, Sea Lake, Vic.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) vida sp. nov:

FIGS IL, 2G

Holotype o, Bukey, Qld, Jan. 1934,F HW Hilsan,

NMVA,

Allotype: ?, MacPherson State Forest, 27 km NW

Central Mangrove, Qld, {7.xii.1979, £ & D. Gardner,

SAMA I 21187.

Paratypes Qld: 1 o, | >, Eukey, 29.1975, &

Barker, SAMA; 3 9 9, Glen Aplin, 28.x.1975, S.

Barker, SAMA; 2. 0'o, same data ay holotype,

NMVA; 1 0, 1 9, Mt Tambourine, 26.xi1.1937, G

Oke, NMVA3 1 9, Durack via Brisbane, 19,x.1978,

G. G. Burns, GRVYA; 1 9, Amiens, 9.xi17,1979,

T. M.S. Hanlon, MHSA; | 9, Stanthorpe, Dec.

1981, A. Sundholin, ASSA. N.SW.2.1 of, Grafton,

SAMA: 4 cu, 2.99, Armidule, Deg, 1953,

CG. L. Gooding, SAMA; 5 wo, 2 949,

Glenbrook, 7) J) Hawkeswood, SAMA: 5 oo,

2909, 96km SE Cessnock, 14,.xi1.1979, 1 & D,

Curdaer, IGAA: 14 oo, 6 9 9, Appin, Nov, C

Dveuquet, RMBB; 8 coor, 4 O 9, Glenreagh, Ocr.

1922, C. Deuguet, RMBB; I co, 4 99,

Mendaouran, Nov. 1933, C. Derequer, RMBB; 1 9,

73 km ENE Windsor, 18.xi,1984, 7 M.S. Hanlon,

MHSA;7 oor, 3 9 9, Dunnedao, L-xiL.1985, A.

Sundhoim, ASSA: 1 o, Sandy Pt, Sydney,

Lxii.1980, A, Sundhofm, ASSA; 1 co, Hassans

Walls, Lithgow, 28.xi.1982, JR. Turner, ASSA;

1 9, Hill End, 24.x1.1983, . . Tiermer, ITNA: I

9, Dangar Falls, 14,x37,1983, 0 R. Tiurrer, JTNA;

loo, 1 9, Fitzroy Falls, Jan. 1941, C2 Denguet,

MMSA, Vie: 2 oo, Rushworth, 7.91,1976, G, G.

Burns, GBVA; 1 cf, 1 @, Inglewood, 9,x1,1977,

G. G, Burns, GBVA,

Colour; Head and antennae blue. Pronotum

variably black medially, blue laterally. Scutellum

black. Elytra yellow with following black markings

with blie reflections: narrow basal margin; pre-

medial fascia not reaching suture but ¢xpanded

anteriorly over humeral callus and posteriorly

reaghing lateral margin in some specimens, not

expanded posteriorly in others; very broad post-

medial fascia; mark covering apex and spines, last

three marks confluent down suture. Ventral surface

and legs blue, Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

shallow median sulcus, very shore muzzle.

Antennae, seements: 1-4, obeonic; 5-11, toothed.

Pronotum closely punctured, marrow basal fovea

extending to apical margin as glabrous line; apical

margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally

parallel-sided at base, angled outwards and rounded

to widest part anteromedially, rounded and

narrowed apically, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous,

flac. Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals flat

medially, convex elsewhere, smooth; laterally angled

out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteriorly then Warrowed, rounded to

bispinose apex; small sharp marginal spine, very

small sutural spine, margin rounded and indented

between, apices diverging slightly. Ventral surface

with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments glabrous, sparse short hair. 57: truncate

in males; rounded in females. Legs, male: tarsal

pads missing on all legs from tarsomeres | and 2,

each replaced by single median spine.

Size: Males, 7-5+0.08 x 2.8£0.02 mm (57),

Females, 4.14010 ~ 3.0+0,04 mm (36).

Male genitalia; (Fig. 1L). Parameres widened

basally, notched anteromedially, parallel-sided,

rounded apically, Median lobe pointed medially,

sides angled axway obtuscly. Basal piece medium

width.

Remarks: Member af 8. flavopicta (Boisduval)

species group, Most like §. Sicelar C & G from &

Aust., figured under its synonym S. aliceae Barker

(1980, Figs 20, 36), Apophysis of basal piece is

wider than in S. bicolor and median lobe sharper.

Also 8, bicolor has unicolorous pronotum, Often

misidentified in museum collections as S. flavavaria

Saunders (replacement name for & flavopicia C &

G, primary homonym of 5, flevapicta (Boisduval)).

Original description and illustration indicate that

S. flavevuria Saunders is known green morph of

S. flavopicia (Boisduval). Name refers to

hicalouraus prometuor and is derived from /iviedeus

L., black and blite

NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA 141

Stigmodcra (Castiarina) yiridissima sp. nov,

FIGS IM, 2H

Holotype; o, Dunmore State Forest, Old, 2.i.1985,

M, Powell, SAMA 1 21188.

Allotype: >, sane data as hulotype, SAMA | 21189,

Poralype; Qld; | o, same data as holotype, MHSA.

Colour: Head, antennae, pronolum and sculellum

green, Elytra yellow with following black markings:

narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia not reaching

margin, expanded anteriorly to humeral callus;

post-medial fascia reaching marvin; mark covering

apex and spines, last three marks confluent along

suture, Ventral surface and legs green. Hairs silver.

Shape and sen(pture; Head closely punctured,

shallow median sulcus, very short nuzzle. Antennae

compressed, segments; t-4, obconic; 5-11, toothed.

Pronotum closely punctured, narrow basal fovea

extending to apical margin as impressed ling, basal

notches on each side more lateral than medial;

apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuates

laterally angled outwards trom base, rounded al

widest part anteromedially, rounded and narrowed

apically. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous, excavate.

Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals flat medially,

convex elsewhere, 3rd and Sth raised at apex, LOth

taised for most of its length: laterally angled oul

from base, rounded at humeral callus {widest part),

concave, rounded posteriorly and narrowed to

bispinose apex; small blupt marginal spine, minute

autural spine, margin indented between, apices

diverging, Ventral surface with shallow punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately

hairy, hairs medium length. Sy: truncare in males;

truncate and tridented medially in females,

Size: Males, &8 x 3.4 mm (2). Female, 8.9 x

3.5 mm (1).

Male genitalia: (Fig. UM). Parameres parallel-sided

basally, rounded posteromedially, parallel-sided

anteromedialy, faintly notched, rounded apically,

Median lobe pointed, sides acuicly angled away.

Apophysis of basal piece wide,

Remarks: Member of S. eruentate (Kirby) species

group. Because of its colour, pattern, shape of

pronotum and raised intervals on elytra this species

is distinct within S. erwensere spectes group. Name

refers to colour ol head and body and is derived

from piridts L., green.

Stlgmodera (Castiarina) carina sp. nov.

FIGS IN, 2l

Holotype cr, 33 km N Israelite Bay, W,A.,

24.x.1980, S. Barker, P G, Kempster, WAMA,

Allotype- 9, same data us holotype, WAMA.

Paraiypes W.A2 9 oo, 3 99, same data as

holotype, WAMA & SAMA,

Coiour) Head, antennae, pronowum and scutellum

green ov bhie-green. Elytra Orange with Following

black markings with blue reRections: narrow basal

margin; broad pre-medial fascia, not reaching

inargin but expanded anteriorly to humeral callus

and posteriorly reaching lateral margin; broad post-

medial fascia reaching margin: apical mark, all

marks confluent along suture. Ventral surface and

legs green or blue-green, Hairs silver.

Shape and scuiplure: Head closely punctured,

shallow. median sulcus, shor! muzzle, Antennae,

segments: L-4, obconic; 5-11, toothed. Pronotum

closely punctured, narrow basal fovea extending to

near apical margin as impressed line; apical margin

straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-

sided at base, rounded to widest medially, rounded

and narrowed to apex. Scutellum scutiform,

glabrous, excavate. Each elycron punctate-striate,

intervals convex, punctured; laterally angled out

from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bixpinose

apex; both spines small, margin rounded and

indented between, apices diverging slightly. Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments glabrous, sparse short hair, Sj: truncate

in both sexes,

Size; Males, 9340.25 » 3.1+0,09 mm [1)),

Females, 9.74.0.28 » 3.310,08 mm (4).

Male genitalia: (Fig, 1N), Parameres parallel-sided

basally, rounded posteromedially and slightly

widened, faintly indented, rounded apically, Median

lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away. Apophysis

of basal piece median widih.

Remarks: Member of S. ervenrata (Kirby) species

group. Must resembles 5, moritigera Oke which bas

blunter median lobe and broader parameres (Barker

1983, fig, IW), S. otontigeria has bicolorous

pronotum and occurs in Australian Alps, Name

refers to colour of head and body and is derived

from eurines L.. green.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) sundholau sp. nov.

FIGS 10, 2L

Halaiype: of, 4m W Paluma, Old, 3.4,1986, BB,

& & WS Adams, SAMA 1] 21190.

Allatype: 9,4 km W Paluma, Qld, 77.1986, & E

&& Wes Adanis, SAMA 3 21191-

Peraivpes; Qld; 3 to, 2 90,4km W Palma,

41.1986, 4. Sundhoim, ASSA; 1 oo, 5/6/7U.

1986, Paluma, ££ & BOM Adams, POA

4c. 8 2, 4km W Paluma, 677/8/10.1,1986,

J Bugeia & A, Sundioim, ASSA.

42 S, BARKER

Colour: Head black wilh blue-green reflections,

Antennae, segments: 1, 2, blue-green; 3-11, bronze.

Pronotum black with blue-green reflections.

Seulelluin black woli Glue ceflevions. Elytra yellow

with following black markings; narrow basal

margin; pre-medial fascia reaching margin,

expanded anteriorly from anterior margin aver

humeral callus, enclosing elongate yellow basal

mark and variably an clongate yellow mark on

margin at humeral callus; post-medial fascia

reaching margin and expanded anteriorly From

antcnor margin, in some specimens fascia conflucnt

enclosing yellow mark in middle of elytra and one

on tateral margin; mark covenng apex and spines

with large mark between it and posi-medial fascia,

yellow vlosest to suture, red from centre Lo margin,

all marks broadly confluent along suture, Ventral

surface green with blue reflections. Legs: femora

and litsae blue; tatsi blue-green. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, segmenrs:

1-3, obconic; 4 half touthed; 5-11, toothed, Pro-

notum closely punctured, basal fovea extending to

apical margin as impressed line; apical margin

straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally widest at

base, rounded and narrowed to apex, elongate

shallow fovea at each angle, Scutellim cordiform,

punctured, excavate. Each elytron punctate-striate,

scurellary, 3rd at anterior part, Sth and 7th imervals

slightly raised and smooth, rest flat and heavily

punctured, lateral margin flattened; laterally angled

oul from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave,

rounded posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose

apex; small sharp marginal spine, minute sutural

spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices

diverging slightly. Ventral surface with shallow

punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous,

mpderately hairy, hairs short. Sj: truncate in

males; truncate and indented medially in fernales.

Size: Males, 9540.10 x 3.640,04 mm (28).

Females, 10,0 +0.20 x« 3.8+0,09 mr (8).

Male genitulla: (Fig 10), Parameres parallel-sided

basally, widened posteromedially, rounded apically,

Median tobe blunt, sides obiusely angled away,

Apopliysis ol! basal piece breve.

Remarks: Member of 5. Sella Saunders species

proup (listed under nexc species). Alittougty this

species resembles S. gentilis Kerremans, genitalia are

most like those of S. imttator Carter (Fig. 1P),

which, although broad upically are not spoon.

shiuped, Rlytral colour resembles 5, geasilis but

upper surtace of S. seneilis is heavily punctured,

while that of S. suadheda is glabrous und elvtral

patterns are quite differenr. Also & gensilis is much

smuller species than S, sundkolmi. Named after Mr

A. Sundholim, Sydney.

Silymuders (Custiaring) aglaia ep. nov.

FIGS 10, 2M

Holotype: oo, 4 ki W Paluma, Old, 4.1, 1986, A.

Suadhoim, SAMA J 2121).

Allotype: Q, same data as holotype, SAMA 1 21201,

Colour: Head black, muzzle blue. Antennae green.

Pronoturn and scutellum black with bronze reflec-

tions, Elytra yellow. with following black markings:

broad basal margin; broad post-medial. fasvia

angled anteriorly but reaching margin; apical mark,

all marks broadly confluent along suture enclosing

& pre-medial yellow mark on each side reaching

miarein, large red pre-apical mark along each

Margin, merging into yellow closest jo suture,

Ventral surlace green with geld reflections, Legs:

femora and tibjse blue; tarsi blue-green. Hairs silver.

Shape and sculoture: Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, segments

l-4, obconic; 5-1), toothed. Pronotum closely

punctured, basal fovea extending to apical margin

as impressed line; apical margin projecting medially,

basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at

base, rouided posteromedially and narrowed to

apex, round fovea on each side more hasal thac

medial, shallow fovea al each basal angle. Scutellum

seutiform, glabrous, excavate, Hach elytron

puncrate-stiiate, intervals convex, punctured lightly

from suture to 6th, punctured heavily from 7th

interval to margins laterally angled out [rom base,

rounded ai himeral callus, concave, rounded

posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; sharp

marginal spine, small sutural spine, margin rounded

and indented between, apices diverging. Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments Blabrous, moderately hairy, hairs short.

$4: truneate in both sexes.

Sizes Male, 3,0 ¥ 8.5 mim (1).

Male genitalia: (Fig. (Q). Parameres widened

basally, rounded and narrowed apically, Median

lobe sharp, sides angled away, Apophysis of basal

piece moderately wide,

Remurks: Belongs in S, betla Saunders species proup

comprising & fella Saunders, 8. agiaia sp- nov, 4.

dedi Carter, S gentilis Ketremans, S. imitator

Carter, S. kerremansi Blackburn, §. kershawe

Carter, S. artrginata Barker, 5. sundholmi sp. now,

Closest to. gentilis Kerremans (Pig. 1R) which has

parameres more or less parallel-sided on apical half,

sides of qnedian lobe acutely angled away. 8. gerttilis

has four yellow spots on each elyiron while §, aeleta

has (we. Only female specimen available is headless.

Name derived from aglaes Cir, beautiful.

NEW SPECIIS OF STIGMODERA 143

Stigmaderg (Castiarina) atrs sp. nov,

FIGS IS 2K

Holotype, 4 kin W Pahima, Qld, 61.1986, A.

Sundholm, SAMA U 21192.

Allotype 9,4km W Paluma, Qld, 5.1986, & E

Adams, SAMA I 21193.

Paratypes: Od: 1 o, 1 9,4 km W Palumea, 41,1986,

A, Suyadhoim, ASSA: 1 o, same data as allotyne,

EAQA.

Colours Head black with blue reflections.

Antennas, segntents: 1, blue; 2-11, bronze-zreen.

Pronotun; and sculelluor black with bronze-preen

and blue reflections. Elvira yellow with following

black markings: basal margin; pre-medial fascia;

post-tnedial fasvia; apical mark, all confluent and

teaching margin enclosing eligi yellow spots, three

ln middle of each elytron and one on lateral margin

at cach humeral callus. Ventral surface bronze

green. Legs blue, Hairs silver.

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, medium length muzzle, Antennae,

segments: 1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed, Pronorum

closely punctured, basal fovea extending to apical

margin as impressed line, basal notches represented

by glabrous area on each side more lateral than

medial; apical margin with slight medial projection,

basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at

base, rounded to widest posteromedially, rounded

and narrowed to apex. Scutellum cordiform,

glabrous, cxcavate. Kagh elytron punctate-striate,

intervals convex, glabrous, 3rd, 5th and 7th faintly

raised at apex; laterally angled out from base,

founded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex;

attenuated margittal spine, minute sutural spine,

miarein indented between, apices diverging, Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs short.

Sy; truncate both sexes.

Size: Males, 9.4 ~ 3,2 mm (3). Females, LIL

3.8 mm {2}.

Male genitalia: (Fig. 1S), Sinuous in lateral profile,

apex curved upwards, Parameres parallel-sided

basally, rounded medially, straightened, widened,

Tounded apically, Median lobe pointed, sides angled

away. Apaphysis of basal piece moderately wide.

Remarks; Second member of 8 edligua species

group, In & obfigua Kerremans (Fig, IT), parameres

ate slightly widened basally, rounded at middle then

slightly narrowed, rounded to apex. Median lobe

blunt, sides angled away. Apophysis af basal piece

Sroad, The iwo species are easily distinguished as

S. oblique has green head, pronotum atid under-

surface and has yellow, black and red markings om

the elytra, S. efra could be confused with &

octosignata Carter which has similar markings,

That specics has: antennal segments 1-4, obconic;

bispinose elytral apices; marginal spine not atten-

uated to the same degree. Name refers to predomi-

nant colour and is derived from a@tra L., black.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) lauta sp. pov.

FIG, 25

Holotype 9, 4km W Paluma, Old, 4.(.1986, .4,

Sundholm, SAMA | 21194.

Paratype; 9, same data as holotype, ASSA-

Colour: Head black with blue muzzle, Antennac,

segments: 1, blue; 2-1], bronze-green. Pronorunt

and scutellum black. Elytra ycllow with confluent

black markings enclosing an elongate pre-medial

yellow mark on each elytron and yellow mark at

each humeral callus; red post-mnedial mark broader

Of margin, not reaching suture Veniral surface

bronze-green. Legs blue. Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpture: Head closely punctured,

plabrous, median suleus, medium length muzzie

Antennze, segments; 1-4, obconic; 5-11, toothed,

Pronotum shallowly punctured, glabrous, basal

fovea extending to near apical margin as glabrous

line; apical margin with slight medial projection,

basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at

base, routed to widest part posteromedially,

rounded and narrowed to apex, Scutellum

cordiform, glabrous, excavate. Each elytron

punctate-striate, intervals Plat medially, convex at

base and apex, glabrous; laterally angled owt from

base, routided at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteriorly, tapered to bispinose apex; marginal

spine larger than minute sutural spine, margin

rounded and indented between, apices diverging

slightly. Ventral surface with shallow punciures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short

hairs. Sy: leuncaté and indented medially in

females,

Size; Females, 10.3 » 3.8 mm (2),

Male genitalia; Unknown in this species. Male

genitalia of S gracilior Carter are illustrated

(Fig, IL) as only species {n group tor which males

are available, Parameres are curved upwards, spoon-

like apically, Parallcl-sided basally, widened,

rounded apically. Medial tobe pointed, sides angled

away, Apephysis of basal piece medium width.

Remarks: Fourth metnber of S. gracilier species

group on basis of external morphology. Easily

disunguished from other members of group by

elytral colour, S, yrereilier is red and black,

§. sulfured Deuduel is yellaw and black and &

ocfasignaia Carter is black with yellow spots.

Name is derived from fewzus L., splendid-

\44 S. BARKER

Stigmoder (Castiarina) gardnerae sp. nov.

FIGS IY, 2F

Holotype: of, between Black Hill and Swan Reach,

S. Aust., 6.x1L0984, S. Barker, H. barderwoude,

SAMA I 214195,

Allatype: 2, between Black Hill and Swan Reach,

S. Ause., 9x1. 1984, J & DB Gardner, SAMA | 21198,

Poratypes WAS 1 9, | 9, Afghan Rock,

Balladonia, |iii.1975, S Barker, SAMA: 2 ae,

Pindar, 21.1.1953, S. Barker, SAMA; 2 & ct, Borden,

27HiA9SH, .L AL. Watson, SAMA: | cr, Beverly,

Ho DuBoulay, SAMA; 2 oct, | 9, Bejugrding,

29.x11.1951, &. P McMillan, SAMA; | co,

Piawanning, 22.17.1950, R. RB McMillen, SAMA; 2

oo, Bucla, 64.1979, TL Hawkeswood, SAMA;

3 oo, Cranbrook, 4.1.1954, 4. ML Douglas,

WAMA; 1 cr, Yellowdine, 21.10.1962, L. McKenna,

A, M, Douglas, WAMA; 1 &, Lake Grace,

8/12:xi1. 1969, K. & E Carnaby, WAMA; 1 oo,

Fitzgerald Riv. N.P., 8/12.i1.1984, 23.11.1985, R. PR

McMillan, WAMA; 3 oc, Yellowdine, 14.1.1979,.

28.1.1979, T. M.S. Hanlon, WAMA;3 oo, 5 km

S Mt Holland, 27.11.1979, 7 Mf. 8. Henlon, WAMA;

Io, Dedari, 20,1,1982, & Jfantvch, 7. if Houston,

WAMA; | cr, Porresrfield, 10.11.1979, T Af, &.

Hanion, WAMA; | ot, Skim N Galena, 21.11.1979,

M. Powell, WAMA; 2 co, 1 9, Dedari, WAMA;

1 &, Cunderdin, Dec./Jan. 1919, WAMA; I cr,

Pixwanning, WAMA; Lo, Lake Grace, WAMA,

S. Aust bo, } OQ, Mundoora N.P, 31-xi1.1949, 8.

Barker, SAMA; 2. cot, McDonald-Ferries N.P.,

7.1.1970, 161.1980, S. Barker, SAMA; 3 ¢ or, same

dita as Holotype, IGAA; 1 9, between Black Hill

and Swan Reach, 2.xii. L984, J & D. Gardnes S,

Barker, IGAA; 1 @, Lyndoch, SAMA; 3 oe, 1

9, 5, Aust, SAMA; | or, no data, White coll.

SAMA, Vie. boo, Birchip, 10.1.1902, SAMA; 2

oor, Mallee clistricl, A. 7) Smith, NMVA; 1 &,

Merzinec, Jan. 1937, Fo, Wilson, NMVA; 1 co,

Gypsum, Nav. 1926, C. Qke, NMVA; 1 oO,

Inglewood, 14.1928, € Oke, NMVA; 2 cro,

Hattah, 25.x1.1950, J Plant, NMA; 1 cr, Sea Lake,

12.41.1916, Goudie, NMYA; | o, 1 @, Inglewood,

J Dixon, NMVA} 1 of, 1G, Mallee district, French

coll, NMVA; 2 oc, 2 9, Lille Desert, ¥,

Hateley, GBVA: G, Glemlee via Kiata, 8.ii1.1978,

G, G. Burns, GBVA; 1 @, 30,5 km NW Yanae,

15.41.1986, G. G. Burns, GBVA; | o&, Benetook,

25.41.1957, A. L. Brown, NMVA,

Colour: Head blue. Antennae, scgiments; 1, 2, blue;

3-11, bronze. Pronotum variably divided medial

blue mark, testaceous laterally, scutellum blue.

Elytra yellow with fullowing blue markings: narrow

{rasal marpin; clongate mark over humeral callus

mecting basal margin; small pre-rnedial spot on

eath side Closer to suture than margin; elongate

post-medial mark from margin 16 middle of each

elytron or reduced to a medial spot; diamond-

shaped pre-apical mark on Suture may or may not

reach apex, reduced to small spot in some

specimens; mark covering apex and spines, apical

margin red, Ventral surface testaceous. Legs: femora

and tibiae blue; tarsi bronze-gteen, Hairs. silver.

Shane and sculpture: Head closely punctured, broad

median sulcus, Antennac, seginents: 1-4, obconig;

5-1, toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, basal

fovea extending Lo centre a5 impressed line; apical

inargin straight, basal margin bisinwate; laterally

parallel-sided at base, angied outwards then

rounded at wides| part \% distance from base,

twpered) to apex, Scutellum scutiform, glabrous,

excavate, Each elytron punctate-striate, intervals

convex and punctured, the inner intervals shallowly

the outer intervals deeply; laterally angled out trom

base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteriorly, tapered to bispinose apex; very large

marginal spines, small, sharp sutural spines; margin

rounded and indented between, apices diverging,

margin subserrate from centre to apex, Ventral

surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal

segments glabrous, hairy, hairs short, 57; truncate

in both sexes, Legs, mule: tarsal pads absent on legs

2. and 3 on iarsal segments 1-3 replaced by median

spine.

Size: Males, 10.1 +010 » 3.740,05 mm (34).

Females, 10,7+0.21 » 4.04 0.09 mm (17),

Mate genitalia: (Tig. \V). Parameres gradually

widened, medially parallel-sided for short distance

then gradually rounded, abruptly rounded apically.

Median lobe pointed, sides angled away, Apophysis

of basal piece narrowed,

Remarks: Third member of $& mustelamajor

Thomson (Holotype male, Australia, MNHN)

specics group. 5, yrestetwmutyor occurs in castem

Australia li moderately high rainfall areas. Lateral

surfaces of pronotunk and ventral surface red,

elytral markings are similar lo S. gardnerae but

inuch heavier and it is much broader than &.

gordnene. S. erasma Carter (Holorype male,

Gippsland, NMVA) was synonymised with S&S

niustelamojor by Barker (1979). lt has heavy black

markings with elyiral villae and occurs in sub-alpine

eastern Australia. S. gerdnerae occurs in mallee

babitat and has lighter elytral markings than other

two. Genitalia of ull three are illustrated (Pigs. 1V,

TW, 1X), | consider all three valid species on hasis

of their male serlalia and dishunce distribution,

Named afier De J. Garciner, Adelaide.

NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA bs

Sligmodera (Castiarina) Jimturneri sp. nov,

FIGS ly, 2N

Holotype: &, Hill End, N.SW., 17.4,1984, FR.

Tiirner, SAMA f 21197.

Alletype: 9, Hill End, N.SW., 9.41,1983, ZR.

Turner, SAMA FT 2198,

Colour; Head, antennae, pronotum and scutellum

coppery with dark blue reflections. Elytra pale

yellow with following black markings with dark

blue and purple reflections: narrow basa! margin;

pre-medial fascia represented by elongate mark on

each side reaching margin but not suture and by

elongate mark slong siture, in allotype marks

confluent forming fascia angled anteriorly from

suture, reaching margin; broad post-medial fascia

reaching margin, projecting anteriorly and poster-

rorly along suture and anteriorly in centre on each

side from anterior margin; mark cowering apex;

marks may or may not be confluent along surure.

Ventral surface: sternum and legs coppery-red with

dark blue reflections; abdomen testaceous. Hairs

silver.

Shape and scalprure: Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, medium length muzzle, Antennae,

segments! 1-3, obconic; 4-11, toothed, Pronotum

closely pyinclured, basal fovea extending to centre

as glabrous line, basal notches on each side more

lateral than medial; apical margin projecting

medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; Iterally

angled outwards from base, rounded and slightly

bulbous posteromedially, tapered to apex. Scutelluin

sculiform, glabrous, flat. Bach elytron punctate-

striate, intervals convex, punctured, more so laterally

than medially; laterally angled out fron base,

rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteriorly and narrowed to bispinose apex; sharp

marginal sping, minute sutural spine, margin

rounded and indented berween, apices diverging,

apical margin subserrate. Ventral surface with

shallow punctures, edges of abdominal sezments

glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs moderately long.

Sy: truncate it male; rounded and shghtly pointed

in female.

Size: Male, 16.7 «x 6.6 mm [1). Female, 17.6 x

6.8 mim (1).

Male genitalia: (Fiz. 1¥). Parameres widened

basally, rounded and narrowed apically, Median

lobe with sharp point, sides rounded away until they

are horizontal, then dropping away vertically.

Apophysis of basal piece short, medium width.

Remarks; Member of S. fulviventris Macleay

species group. Aedeagus iol as heavily chilinised

as ceher members of §, fulviveniris Macleay species

group (Barker 1986, Figs 2), 2K, 2L). Closest to

&. arhertonensis, larger species. Distinguished from

other members by coppery-red colours of head,

thorax and legs, Named after Mr J, R, Tunes,

Hazelbrook.

Stigmodera (Castiarina) kanangara sp. nov.

FIGS 12, 2R

Holotype: Cc, Kanangara Walls, N.SW,, 20.71.1982,

JR. Turner, SAMA I 21199.

Paratypes: Z o ct, Hill End, NSW, 14/19,1,1984,

JR, Turner, TNA,

Colour: Head, antennae, pronotum and scutellum

green with gold reflections, Elytra orange with

following green or blue-green markings: narrow

basal margin; pre-medial fascia represented by

angled vitta over each humeral callus and elongate

mark along sulure; post-medial fascia reaching

margin, extending anteriorly and posteriorly along

suture or represented by medial mark on each side,

diamond-shaped mark on suture; pre-apical mark

on each side angled anteriorly and meeting at

suture; mark covering apex and spines or absent in

some specimens, murks may or may o01 be con-

Fluent along suture. Ventral surface: sternum and

all or part of 1st. abdominal segment green; at least

last four visible abdominal segments testaceous,

Leas green with gald reflections, Hairs silver,

Shape and sculpryre: Head closely punctured,

median sulcus, short muzzle. Antentiae, segments:

1-3, obgenic; 4-11, toothed, Pronotum closely

punctured, basal fovea extending tO centre as

glabrous line, basal notches on cach side more

lateral than medial; apical margin projecting

medially, basal margin bisinuale; laterally parallel-

sided at base, angled outwards, rounded to widest

posterobasally, rounded and narrowed to apex,

lateral margins compressed for more than half basal

length, Scutellum scutiform, elongate, glabrous,

flat. Each elytron punctale-striate, Intervals convex

and wrinkled; laterally angled out from base,

rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded

posteriorly and narrowed ro bispinose apex; small

Marginal spinc shghily angled inwards, small! sutusal

spine, margin rounded and indented between, apices

diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures,

edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately

hairy, hairs medium length. S;: truncate in males,

Size: Males, 12.5 x 4.7 mm (3).

Male genitalia: (Fig, LZ), Parameres paralle-sided

basally, rounded outwards posteromedially,

rounded then parallel-sided, rounded off apically,

Median lobe pointed, sides obtusely angled away.

Apophwsis of basal piece medium width,

146 S. BARKER

Remarks: Member of S. straminea Macleay species

group (Barker 1986, Fig. 2N). Elongate body,

flattened pronotum and angle of marginal spine

distinguish it from other group members. Named

after type locality, an aboriginal place name.

Errata; Barker, S. (1986) Trans. R, Soc. 8, Aust, 110(1),

1-36, 30 May, 1986.

p, 2 insert [g] 8. cupricollis Saunders,

p. 9 paratypes of S. rufa sp. nov. 2 vo, 3 99,

Meekatharra, W.A., 5.vili.1972, not Mary Springs, W.A.,

8.ix.1970.

p. 20 paratypes of S. blackdownensis, 3 oo, 1 9,

Blackdown ‘Tableland, 23,ix,1973, E. E. Adams, ANIC,

AWHQ not EAQA, AWHQ.

p. 24 Allotype 9, WAMA not SAMA I 21172,

p, 33 insert pseuderythroplera Barker 1983, Trans, R. Soc.

S§. Aust. 107, 162 Q.

Acknowledgments

1 wish to thank the following for assistance: Dr

G. F, Gross and Dr E. G. Matthews, South

Australian Museum; Dr J. Lawrence and Mr T.

Weir, Division of Entomology, C.S.1.R.0.; Dr G. B.

Monteith, Queensland Museum; Dr T. F. Houston,

Western Australian Museum; Dr A. Neboiss and Mr

K. Walker, National Museum of Victoria; Miss

C. M. H. von Hayek, British Museum. (Natural

History), London; Dr P, Dessart and M., J. Cools,

Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique,

Brussels; M. A. Descarpentries, Muséum National

@Histoire Naturelle, Paris; Mr K. T. Richards,

Department of Agriculture, South Perth; Mr R. I.

Storey, Department of Primary Industry, Mareeba;

Miss M. Schneider, Department of Entomology,

University of Queensland; Dr D, Horning, Macleay

Museum, Sydney; Mr E, E, Adams, Edungalba; Mr

and Mrs G. G. Burns, Mornington; Mr & Mrs K.

Carnaby, Wilga; Mr H. Demarz, Quinn’s Rocks;

Mr T, M, S, Hanlon, Sydney; Mrs J, Harslett,

Amiens; Mr A. Hiller, Mt Glorious; Mr M, Powell,

Attadale; Mr. R. P. McMillan, Cottesloe; Mr J.

Sedlacek, Brisbane; Mr A. Sundholm, Sydney; Mr

J. R. Turner, Hazelbrook; Mr A. Walford-Huggins,

Molloy; Mr S. Watkins, Summer Hill; Mr G.

Williams, Lansdowne; Miss H. Vanderwoude, Dr

J. Gardner, Mr P. Kempster and Mr D. J. Williams,

Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide;

Australian Biological Resources Committee for

grants-in-aid of research.

References

BARKER, S. (1979) New specics and a catalogue of

Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae).

Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103, 1-23.

(1980) New species and synonyms of Srigmodera

(Castiarina) (Coleoptera; Buprestidae). bid 104, I-7.

(1983) New synonyms and new species of Stig-

modera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). [bid

107, 139-169.

(1986) Stigmodera (Castiarinu) (Coleoptera:

Buprestidae); Taxonomy, new species and a checklist.

ibid 110, 1-36.

Wari, J. C. (1979) Abbreviations for entomological

collections. N.Z. Zool. 6, 519-520.

LACISTORHYNCHUS DOLLFUSI SP. NOV. (CESTODA:

TRYPANORHYNCHA) IN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES FROM

AUSTRALIAN AND NORTH AMERICAN COASTAL WATERS

BY IAN BEVERIDGE* & J, A. SAKANARIF

Summary

Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. Nov. is described from the spiral intestine of Mustelus antarcticus

Gunther, 1870 (type host), Pristiophorus cirratus (Latham, 1947), Galeorhinus australis

(Macleay, 1881) and Hypnos monopterygium (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) from Australian coastal

waters, and from Mustelus henlei (Gill, 1863) and Triakis semifasciata Girard, 1854 from

California. Metacestodes attributable to the species were identified from Synodus lucioceps

(Ayres, 1855) and Sebastes paucispinis Ayres, 1854, also from California. The new species is

distinguished by the presence of four characteristic bill-hooks on the base of the tentacle, and by the

distinctive shapes of hooks 1(11), 7(7') and 8(8') also at the base of the tentacle. The basal armature

of L. tenuis (van Beneden, 1858) is briefly described and illustrated and evidence provided that L.

tenuis may be a composite species. Cestodes from Californian elasmobranchs formerly assigned to

L. tenuis are re-identified as L. dollfusi, indicating a pan-Pacific distribution for the latter cestode.

KEY WORDS: Cestoda, Lacistorhynchidae, Lacistorhynchus, elasmobranchs.

LACISTORHYNCHUS DOLLFUSI SP. NOY. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA) IN

i LASMOBRANCH FISHES FROM AUSTRALIAN AND NORTH AMERICAN COASTAL

WATERS

by IAN BEVERIDGE* & J, A. SAKANARIT

Summary

Beverinor, 1. & SAKANARI, JA. (1987) Lecistorhynchus dollfasi sp. nov, (Cestada: Trypanorliynchal in

elasmobranch fishes from Australian and North American coastal waters. 7rans. R. Soc. & Ans? 1163),

147-154, 31) November, (987.

Lacistorhynchus dollfusi-sp, nov. is described trom the spiral intestine of Mustelus antrcticus Gunther,

1870 (type best), Pristiozhorus cirretis (Latham. 1947), Galeorhinus australis (Macleay, 1881) and ff psros

nionopterygium (Shaw & Nodder, 1795) from Australian coastal waters, and from Mustelus henlet (Gill,

1863) and Triokis semifasciata Girard, 1854 from California. Metacestodes attributable ta the species were

iWentified from Syodus (vcioceps (Ayres, 1855) and Sebastes paucispinis Ayres, 1854, also trom Califarnia,

The new species is distinguished by the presence of four characteristic bill-hooks on the base of the lentacle,

und by the distinctive shapes of hooks 1(1'), 7(7'} and 8(8) also at the base of the tentacle, The basal armarnure

of . feruis (van Beneden, 1858) és briefly described and illustrated and evidence prowided that L. tennis

may be» vomposite species, Cestodes from Californian elasmobranchs formerly assigned to L. fenivis are:

reidentified as £. dollfest, indicaling a pan-Pucinec distribution for jhe latter cestode,

Key Worns: Cestoda, Lacistorhynchidae, Lueistorhyaciey, elasmobranchs.

Introduction

lacistarhynchus tenuis (van Beneden, 1858) is an

appdrently cosmopolitan cestode parasite of the

spiral intestine of sharks and rays. Dollfus (1942)

provided a detailed synunymy and deseription of

the parasire and summarized distribution records.

The type specimens were collected from

Galeorhinus gales (Linnacus, 1758) in the North

Sea, but the cestode is also known to occur in the

English Channel, olf the European and American

coasts of the North Atlantic, the African coasts af

the Atlantic and in the Mediterranean. Dollfus

(1969) subsequently provided additional morpho-

logical details based on specimens collected from

the Mediterranean. L, fenisis has been reported from

sharks and teleosts from the Pacific coasts of North

America (Young 1954a; Riser 1956; Yoge &

EFidmonds 1969; Pappas 1970; Mudry & Dailey 1971;

Buteau ef al, 1971; Heinz & Dailey 1974; Jensen ef

af, 1979, 1982) Moser ef af 1985) and South

America (Carvajal 1974; Duran & Oliva 1980;

Escalante & Carvajal 1984), Limited life cycle

Studies were carried out on material of Californian

origin by Young (1954b), Riser (1956) and Mudry

& Dailey (1971), while the life cycle was completed

experimentally by Sakanari & Moser (1985a) using

* Central Velerinary Laboratories, South Australian

Nepartment of Agriculture, c/o Institute of Medical and

Veterinary Science, Frome Road, Adelaide, 5S, Aust.

SUM). '

| Institute of Marine Sciences, University of California,

Santa Cruz, Catifarnia 95064, (15.4.

the copepod TJigrivopus califurnicus (Baker, 1912)

and the teleost Guerbusia affinis (Baird & Girard,

1853) as infermediute hosts, and Triawkis semifesciata

Girard, 1854 as the definitive host.

Studies on the effects of temperature and salinity

on life cycle stages (Sakanari & Moser 1985b) and

pathology induced by the plerocercoid in Merone

saxatilis (Walbaum, 1792) have also been carried out

(Moser ef af, 1984; Sakanari & Moser 1986),

The genus has nat heen reported from Australian

waters (Beumer ef al, 1982) but has been recorded

from Galeorkinus australis (Macleay, 1881) and

several species of teleosts From New Zealand

(Robinson 1959; Hewitt & Hine 1972), Recent col-

lections indicate that the genus ix not uncommon

in several shark species from South Australian

coastal walers including G. australis. In comparing

South Australian material with the description given

by Dollfus (1992), several discrepancies were noted

and tt became evident thar despite the detail of his

description, certain critical Features of the oncho-

taxy of £, fenuis have not been adequately

Jesenbed, Examination of specimens in the Dollfus

collection in Paris and material from Californian

hosts indicated that two distinet cestode species have

in the past been confused under the name L. feniis.

tn this paper, the Australian and Californian

material is described as a new species, and

additonal details of the morphology of L. ¢ensuts

are provided to enable differentiation of the rwo

species now considered to exist in the genus,

Fyidence is alsa provided indicating ihat L. ferwis,

as currently understood, may be a compuute of {wo

or more species

143 | BEVERIDGE & | A, SAKANARI

Materials and Methods

Cestodes collected from elasmobrauchs were

washed in sea water and fixed with bor 1%

buffered formalin ur bot 70% ethanol, In the

abserve of laboratory facilities (material collecied

on boats), spiral valves were Mooded wilh boiling

waler and a small yuantity of voncentrated formalin

was subsequently added. [In the labaratory, cestodes

were removed from the conrent, washed in water

aud stored in 70% ethiunol, Cestades were stained

With Celestine Blue, dehydrated, cleared im clove oil

aid mounted in balsam, Tentacles were removed

from some speclmens and were cleared tn glycerol,

then touted itv glycerine jelly,

Specimens of Lateistorkkpackus were borrowed

fron Me Srilish Museum (Natural History),

lendan (RMNH), the United States National

Museum Helminth Collection, Washington

(USNMHC}, the Dollfus collection from the

Muséum. national d'Histoive taturelle, Paris

(MNEIN), the Commonwealth Institute of

Parasilolagy, Ste Albans (CIP), and the Australian

Helminth Colleciion (AKC), South Australian

Museum, Adeluitle (SAM}, Unless athe'wise stated,

all Australian specimens have been deposited in

ARC, and American specimens in USNMHC.

Measurements are giver in che text in millimetres,

as the range of 10 individual measurements Followed

by the mean in parentheses, Terminology for che

morphology of trypanorhynch cestodes tallaws

Dollfus (1¥42) and Schmidl (1986), The hook uum-

bering system employed is that of Dullfus (1942),

Lacistorhvachos dollfisi sp. nov,

FIGS. t-t6

Tipes: Holorype, from spiral valve af Muste/tes

wntareticus Ginther, (870, Youne Rocks, south

cous of Kangaroo island, S. Aust,, 23.¥.7985, col-

lector B, G. Robertson, SAM V4UR5; 4 paraiypes,

same data, SAM V4084; 7 punilypes, same data,

AHC 32753; | paratype, sour coast of Kangaton

Island, S. Aust... 10.71.1985, collegjar B, G.

Robertson, USNMLIC 79544; 40 paratypes, same

data ALIC 42754; 3 paratypes, Goolwa, S% Aust,

21.1984, collector R. R. Martin, RMNIT 986.

9,29, 20-22; 19 paratypes, same data, AHC $2755.

Materia! excntinted: trom Mustelus antorericus Giiolher,

1370: types; fram Pristiephorus virratus (Latham, 1947):

Hi apcaimens, south voast Kangaroo Inand, S Ansa,

(AHL $2756); (rom Galewrhinus australis (Macteay, 1XX1):

3 specimens, Young Rocks, Kangaroo istand, 5. Aust.

(AIC $2757), S specimens, Pr Willunga, S. Aust.

(AH 312, $99); | specimen, worth-western Tasmania (CIP

D481), fram Notartivachyus cepedianis (Péeran, 1807);

2 specinens, Young Rocks, Kangaroo Island, S Aust,

(ANIC S2758), fram Hepes reomeplerveiuet (Shaw &

Nodder, 1795): | specimen, Holdtast Bay, & Aust, (AUC

52759), tron Mustelus testes (Gill, 1863;¢ 14 specimens,

Monterey Bay, California, U.S.A. (MNHN Bb28); |

specimen, Bodega Ray, Culitornia, USA. {MNHN Bb28);

trom THrdts sertifesciata Girard, 1854: 13 specimens,

Monterey Bay, California, U.S.A. (USNMHC 79591) from

Synodus ucinesps: 2 nelacestades, Matibu, California,

U.S.A, (USNMHC 74836); from Sebastes paucispinis

Ayres, 1854: | metacestode, Malibu, California, USA.

(USNMHC 76804),

Description (from types): Small cestodes, maximum

length 50, maximum width 1.20, maximum number

of proglottides 48, Scolex actaspedote, 1,52-2.40

(1-74) Jong, maximum width im pars bothridialis

0.26-0.41 (0.35) bothridia 2, patellitorm, with

slighlly indented posterior margin, shallow, without

Promineitt riet (Fig, 7}; diameter of bothridia 0.33,

0.38; pars bothridialis (.28-0.42 (0.36); pars vagin-

alis narrower than pars bothridialis, cxtremely

variable in length, 0.86-1.70 (1.12); pars bulbosa

slightly wider than purs vaginalis; tentacle sheaths

arranged in regular spirals; bulbs clorigate, 4-6 times

as long as wide, 0.33-0.46 (0.39) long by 0.06-O.1L

(0,09) wide; origin of retractor muscle im anterior

third of bulb, continued posteriorly by band of

nucleated, non-miuscular tissue (Fig. 13); scolex

markedly swollen immediately pusterior to bulbs,

swelling variable if length, stains intensely; bulbs

terminate either just anterior ro swelling or extend

info it; pars post-bulbosa, when present, 0.10-0.29

(0.16); scolex covered with prominent microtriches,

visible unuer light microscope,

Tentacles vecy lung and slender, up to 1.9 long,

0.20-0,40 (0.29) in diameter; slight swelling at base,

0.30-0.54 (0.41) in diameter: armature hetecomor.

phic, poeciloucanthous; armaiute at base of

proboscis distinctive: remainder relatively uniform:

hooks hallow. Base of probascis with bare area on

esiernal suface (Fig. 6); bothridial and anti-

bothridial surfaces al hase with 5 oblique rows of

filifonm huwks ranging in length from 0.006.0.014

(0.012) diminishing in size posteriorly (Fig, 4); ex-

ternal sui face of husal swelling with four pairs pf

large bill-hooks or four on antibothridial side and

three on bothridial side, cach with shurply recurved

blade, na guard and exiremely broad base; howks

af first pair (a) 0,022-0.026 (0.024) long, secund pair

(bh) 0,020-0.024 (0.021), third pair (c) O016-0.022

(0.019), Fourth pair (d) 0.08-0,014 (0.012) long; space

between pairs of bill-hooks on external surface af

proboscis occupied by six tilifurm hooks. Basal

hooks I{1')on internal surface (Fig. 4), represented

by three-four pairs of Jarge, slour. spinilorm hooks

followed anteriorly by four- five piiirs of overlappiie

hooks with small triangular blades, small guards

and narrow, clongate handles; anteriorly in meta-

basal region, hooks 11’) become lnrger, miere

Luencinatle O.012- 1,018 (1,014) long, with relatively

large blade and broad base: Basal honks 2(2'):

149

NEW CESTODE IN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES

SA ,

Pe oar BAA a

if” Que” : S : ae =<

A T NF [FF

j py Hel Lf fe

fi ELE )

ra i

, ECS

ing

é eZ:

< os eer 7

ST an, Th La

ANsak SAMA AY

ae “SNS ere \

basal region,

; 6, basal Tegion,

+4,

gion, bothridial surface; 3, metabasal region, external surface

internal surface; bothridial surface to right; 5, basal region, bothridial surface; a-d, bill-hooks

external surface, bothridial surface to right; a-d, bill-hooks, Scale linc 0.01 mm. Hook numbering system follows

Dollfus (1942).

Figs 1-6, Lacistorhynchus dollfusi sp. nov. Tentacular armature. 1, metabasal region, internal surface 0.35 mm anterior

to base of tentacle; 2, metabasal re;

1) L BEVBRIDGE & 1. A. SARANARI

hooks of first four or five rows acicular, small:

anleriorly, nex five pairs adjacent to elongate

handle af hooks 1(1'), sinuous, apex usually directed

externally; in meta-basal region, hooks 2{2') become

large, Unelnate, 0.012-0,018 (0.015) long with

prominent hlade and extremely broad handle.

Hooks 3(3'), 44°), 3(5') similar in basal and meta-

basal regions, lung, slender, willy diminitive base,

handles absent, blade recurved at apex; lenpilis in

meta-hasal region; hooks 343’), O.018-0.022 (0.619)

long, hooks 4(4'), 0.018-0.020 (0,018) long; hooks

StS’), smaller, 0.4008-0.014 (0.011). Hooks 6{6') tiny,

acicular, slightly larger in basal region compared

with meta-basal revion, with thickened base, in-

seried in meti-basal region, slightly anferiar to level

of hooks 5(5') atid 747"), 6,003-0,006 (0.005) Tong

in Mmeta-lyasal region. Hooks 7(7) and 8(8')

commence anterior co Large bill-huoks; initially, 7

Jarger than 8, both with large, expanded bases and

acicular shafts: antetiorly, in meta-basal region, &

larger than 7, both uncinate with gently curving

blades, bases insignificant: hawks 7(7') 0.006-0.010

(0,008) tang; hooks 8(8') 0.010-0.018 (0.014) long,

Hooks 9(9), in form of double chainette, com-

menace anterior to level of bill-hooks as deltoid

plaques; hooks become smaller and acicular in

meta-basal region with slightly thickened bascs,

0.003 -0.0(K) (0,004) long.

Neck fegion extremely long and slender, 4.0-t4,0

(7.6), tegument with prominent folds, giving

appearance of segmentation; miture segnients

longer than wide, length 1.3-3.6 (2.3), width

O.O8-1.12 (1,97), acraspedote, Genital alnum in

posterior part of lateral margin, 0,9-2.2 (1.6) from

anterior end, surrounded by sphineter-like con-

densation of muscle fibres and parenchynia. Herma-

phroditic sac pyriform, |hin-walled, 0,32-0.40 (0,37)

by 0.63-0,19 (0,15); common genital duct of variahte

lenath, divides witht hermaphrodilic sac into

straight vagina and coiled cirrus, both surrounded

by glandular cells, Cirrus unarmed, gland cells react

arearest density in proximal region of cirries, prior

10 entry ito small, internal, crescentic semival

vesicle, External seminal vesicle absent; vas delerens

greatly coiled, passes slightly antenurly, then ails

posteriurly along mid-line to region of ovary; vasa

efferentia mot seen. Testes numerous, approximately

340 in number, occupying entire proglottis medulla.

Vawind pierces posterior wall of hermaphraditic sav,

passes towards ovary, Lerminaling in very slight

enkargement adjacen! to ovarian isthmus. Ovary bi-

lobed in dorsa-ventral view, gach lobe 0.20 0.40

(0.28) by 0.17-0.40 (0.24). Mehlis’ gland between

owartan Iohes, 0,14-0.21 (0.16) in diameter, Uterus

in midiine, extends almost to anterror extremity of

scament: yitellaria follicular, cireumecortical, follicles

0.016-G.032 (0,024) in diameter, L/rerine pore slit-

like, clearly visible in mature Segments, at level of

antetior end of uterus, Single gravid segment secnt

tree in gut lumen; 9.8 long by 2.2 wide; testes abserit,

ovarian lobes well developed, each lube 1.04 hy 0.48;

Mchiis’ gland 0.36 by 6.26; most of proglottis

occupied by uterus; uterus terminates below anterior

vextremily of segment; eggs ellipsoidal, opereulite,

0.046-0.050 (0.048) by 0.032-0,044 (0,033), aon-

embcyonated when laid,

Fiyorolegy The Tew species 1s named after R. Ph.

Dollfus in reeognition of his importance conrribu-

twins to Ihe systematics of the genus.

Lacistorhynckes jenyis (van Beneden, 1858)

FIGS 17-22

Material examined; rom Gatearhinus pateus (Linnaeus,

1758); 5 specimens, English Channel (BMNEH 1985.

17.17-20), | specimen, Scarhoroigh, England (BMNH

L979. 12.89.80); from Be/one befane (Lintaeus, 1758); 3

Metacestodes, S¢ie, France (MNHN Bb14; 55, 56, 58) 2

mctacestodes, Concarneau, France 4MNHN Bb); from

Mustelus canis (Mitchell, (815):9 specimens, Woods Hale,

USA, (determinal as Rayrchobuthruan bulbifer Dy

E, Linton) (USNMHC 4744, 4752, 7699); 7 specimens,

Woods Hole, U.S.A. (USNMHO 7950),

Description of tettacular armaiure: Meta-basal

armature similar to L, dolifust. Base of proboscis

with bare area on external surface; bothridial and

antibothridial surfaces with five oblique rows of fili-

form hooks, dimjpishing in size posteriorly; three

pairs of large bill-hoaks with sharply recurved

blades and extremely broad bases, Basal hooks 1(1")

On internal surface represented By three te four pairs

of stour spiniform hooks followed anteriorly by

lange Lriangular hooks with broadly curved blades

and diminitive handles, considerable discrepancy in

size between hooks of bulhridial and anti-bothridial

rows, Basal hooks 2(2’} clone, triangular to subu-

late, shehtly twisted. Hooks 3(3'), 4(4) and $(59

slender, with dimunitive bases, no handles, blade

recurved al tip, ciminish in size 3-5. Hooks 6(6')

tiny, acicular, Hooks 7(7') and &(8!) sub-triangutay,

large, With prominent, broad blade and expandedt

bases; base ul hook 8 overlain by blade af hook

7, Hooks 9(9') in form of double chainette, blades

tiny. bases swollen, Specimens from M, canix differ

ty shape oF hooks I(1') at base; greater disparity in

size between hooks of buthridial and ancibuthricial

rows than in European specimens; large hooks with

extremely clongate blades.

Discussion

The accouttt of the tisxonomie histary uf Lacy

forhvachus ienvis, compere list of synonyms, and

detailed account of its anatomy given by Dollfics

(1942), appareutly have been accepted by all subh-

Sequent authors, togerher with his lerntative con-

NEW CESTODE IN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES

/ h phe nigie + \ fe ¢

| f ee rs wig | D

[EGY HOOVES 6 | [pfs

{| eres eee on Efe iF 2

| bey QS OR ae

| | fl {> - 3 | te : Zc (on

\ ri oe 8 a ES:

| eagle We i

i lela® | i

ra)

et eRe i

ent,

te,

Figs 7-16. Lacistorkynchus dollfusi sp, nov. 7, scolex; 8, anterior region of strobila showing extremely long neck

region; 9, mature proglottis; 10, gravid proglottis; 11, neck region of cestode showing folding of surface tegument

giving impression of proglottisation; 12, tentacular bulb, showing insertion of retractor muscle; 13, detail of retractor

muscle insertion, showing continuation of retractor along internal wall of bulb by nucleated, non-muscular nysues:

14, female genital complex; 15, cirrus sac and genital atrium; 16, egg. Scale lines 0.1 mm.

1. BEVERIDGE & J, A. SAKANARI

i + 34

NEW CESTODE IN ELASNOERANCH FISHES \s3

clusion thal ihere Is a single, widely distributed

species in this gerius.

However, in exumining Australian specimens of

Lavistorkivnchas, certain discrepancies with Dollfus"

(1942) description were noted. Australian speciiviens

have four pairs of bill-hooks t= “serpe a bec" hooks

of Dollfus), or three pairs and a single extra book

on the external surface of the base of the tentacle,

yet Dollfus (£942) was not able to determine thy

exael nurnber of his speciinens. Furthermore, the

shape of hooks 11) on the base of the tentacle

clearly differed from those ilusurated by Dollfus

(1942, fig. 246). An examination of the specimens

upon which Dollfus had based his description and

his drawings (Pigs 244-254) showed that alrhough

the drawings were extremely accurate, the specimens

were very poor indeed, and che requisite morpho-

logical details were not available to him. However,

Mediterranean material in Dollfus’ collection 3g well

as British material from the type host Galeurhinus

galeus collected (rom (he North Sea indicated that

the Australian and Californian material described

above is different from £. fenwis. Because des-

criptions of the basal armature of L. tenuus are

incomplete and contain key distinguishing, features,

a setles of drawings is given (Figs 17-22), In f.

tenuis, there are three pairs of large bill-hooks on

the external base of the tentacle, compared with

four pairs or four and three hooks in Australian

specimens, Honks 1") of the basal region of L.

renuis are large and broadly curved with insignifi-

cant handles, as Showa by Dollfus (1942, fig. 244),

with a considerable disparity in size between hooks

in the bothridial and antibothridial rows, By con-

trast, tthe Australian specimens, hooks 1(1') have

a small blade and very long handles (Fig, 4), In

addition, hooks 7(7') and 8($’) of the basal region

are much more robust in L, tenuis than in Australian

specimens Because of these three major differences,

thy Australian specimens are considered Lo consti-

lute 4 species distinct From £. tenuis, Material

couispecitie with chat described above from Aus-

tralian hosts also occurs in elasmobranchs and

teleosts fram Californian coasts, Specimens of

Lacisterhynchus collected by N. W. Riser from

Mustelus henlei (syn. Rhinotriocts fentei) ia

Monterey Bay, California, and now im the Dollfus

collection (MNHN) as well asa further specimen

from the same host species fron: Bodega Bay,

California (MNHN 6128) and a series of specimens

from Triakis semifasciata from California are

identical with Australian specimens, as are metaces-

bigs 17-22, Lacistoriyachus tenuis (van Beneden, 1X58), Tentacular armvanie, specimens tron Afasre/us canis, Woods

todes collected (roi the leledsis Synwdus fucioceps

and Sebastes payeispinis both from Malibu,

Cahforma, listed in the material examined.

Bevause of the presence of the new species in

American waters, specimens of Rivrcoborthriuin

bulbifer Linton, 1889, identified by Linton, were

re-examined. This vestode species was described

from Mustelus canis from the north-eastern

Aulantic, and was placed by Dollfus (1942) as a

synonym of £ lertuis, Linton (1890) described a

further species, A, Aeterospine, which he timself

subsequently synonymised with AR. bulhtfer. No

material of R. Aeteraspine appears to be extane

(J, R. Lichtenfels. pers. comm,) and Linton’s own

synonymy of R. Hererospine with R. bulbifer has

therefore been accepted.

Matesial from the western Atlantic. from ibe

same lrost and localiry as Linton’s R. dulbifer,

differs From European material in having a greater

disparity in size between hooks | and VP at the base

of the tentacle, and a different hock shape, Owing

to the limited amount of material available [rom

European hosts, the extent of variation in oncho-

laxy is impossible to determine. The data available

at present sugvest that two species may be present,

and that &. Aubifer may represent an independent

species within Lacisforivachus. However, an

extensive collection of European specimens is re-

quired and the full extent of lntra-specific variation

dacumented hefore such decisions can he made,

Adequate collections do not exist {no European

museums to enable the problem to be pursued al

present,

Examination of material currently available sug-

gests that specimens of £ tenets from the

Mediterranean, the North Sea and the English

Channel are morphulogically similar, MacKenzie

(1985) has stupgested, an biological grounds, thal

more than ane species of Lacitarivrrias occurs

in fish in the Nonh Arlantic.

By contrast, the specimens of lacistariwnchus

from Australian and Californian elasmobranchs

clearly represent a species distinc! fron 2, fesitis

as presently defined and can be readily distin-

guished by features of the onchotaxy,

“L. tenuis” as repurted by Riser (1956) and Jensen

et at, (1979) Tram California is new attributed to

L. dollfusi, Likewise, the life-evele studies of

Sakahari & Moser (1985 a, 6), Moser ef af, (1984)

and Sakanati & Moser (1984) are alsn atrribintedd lo

Z. dotlfun vather than 2. remus. to view of the

findings reported here, all other western American

Hole, U.S.A, 17, basal region, internal surface: 18, basal region, external surface; 19, basal region, borhridial surface.

Tentacular armature, specimens from Belone helane, Séte, France; 20, basal pevion, internal surface; 21, basal region,

external slirface) 22, basal region, borhrtdial surtacc. Seale tines 0.0) roam, Hook qumbering vystem follows Dollfus

(1942); a-c, bill-hooks

154 | BEVERIDGE & J. A. SAKANARI

records should be verified betore the occurrence of

7, fennis in the Pavifie region is accepted.

Acknuwledgments

Thanks are duc to BG. Robertson, M. G.

O'Callaghan and R. R. Martin for collecting clas

mobranchs and/or cestndes; to Drs R. Bray, I R,

Lichtenfels, A, Petter and A. Jones for the loan of

specimens; and to the Australian Biological

Resources Survey for financial support.

References

Heimer, J. P., ASHBURNER, L. D. Burpury, M. E.,

Jette, R. & IaATHAM, D. J. (1982)-A checklist of the

parasites of fishes {rom Australia and its adjacent

Antarctic territories. Technical Cotamunication No. 48

ar the Commonwealth Institute of Parasitology.

Commonwealth Agriculiural Bureaux, Varnham Royal,

England,

Bureau, G. H., Simmons, J. &, Bracu, D. EL, Hotz,

GG. & StkeMan VOW 1071) The linids-of eesrodes

from Pacific and Atlantic coust Triakid sharks. 2

Parasitol, 57, 1272-127K,

CARVATAL, J. (1974) Records of cesiodes from Chilean

sharks. Ibid. 60, 29-34.

Doivr.ts, R. P. (1942) Etudes critiques sur les

Tétrarhynques du Muséum de Paris. 47ch. Mfus. nett.

Hist. nat, Paris, 6 ene ser WW, 1-466,

——{1969) De quelques cestodes téirarhynques

(hétéracanthes er pécilacanthes) recoltés chez des

poissons de la Méditerranée, Viv et Milieu 20, 491-542,

Duran, L. B. & Oxiva, M. (1980) Estudio parusitologica

en Merluccius gayi peruanus Gingsburg, 1954. Bol.

Chile. Parasit, 35, 18-21,

ESCALENTE, FL. ak CARVAJAL, J. (1984) Larval

trypunorhynch vestodes from Peruvian teleost fishes,

with descriptions af two new species, Siud. Nearrop,

Fauna Erty. 19, 185-194,

Herz, M. L. & Daitey, M. D. (1974) The

Trypanorhyncha (Cestoda) of elasmobranch fishes from

southerft California and northern Mexivo, Prod, Hel,

Soc. Wash. 41, 161-169.

Hewitt, G. C. & Hise, P.M. (1972) Checklist of

Parasites of New Zealand fish and-af their hosts, MZif

Mar, Freshw. Sci. 6, 69-114.

Junsen, L. A., Moser, M. & Heckmann, R, A. (1979)

The parasites of the California lizardlish, Synodus

luctoceps, Prac. Helm. Sog. Wash, 46, 281-284.

. & Dairy, M. 0 (1982) Parasites of

Rocaccio, Sehastes paucispinis, trom southern and

ventral California, /bie/. 49, 314-317,

Linton, E. (1890) Notes on eritozou of murine fishes of

New England. Part I. Annual Report of the

Commissioner af ish and Pkishertes’ for 1887,

Mashinglen, 719-900,

Machemzin, K. (1985) The use of parasiies as biological

tags in population studies of herring (Clipe

hureneus dyin the Nerth Sea and to the nowh ane west

of Scolanad. J cons. Jat. expl mer. 42, 33-64.

Mose, M., SAKANARL, LL, WELLINGS, S. & LINDSTROM,

K. (1984) tncornpatibiliry benween San Francisco striped

bass, Morone sexatilis (Walbaum) and the metacestode,

Lacistorhynchus tenuis (Beneden, 1858). J. Fish Diy.

7, 397-400,

—----, , REitty, C. A. & WHIPPLE, J. (1985)

Prevalence, intensity, longevity and persistence of

Anisakis. sp, Sarvae and Lacissorhynehus tenisis

inelavestodes in San Francisco striped bass, National

Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, National

Marine isheries Service, Technical Report 29, 1-4,

Munry, 2 R, & Dattry, MLD. (1971) Postenbryonic

development of certain tetraphyllidean and

trypanorhynchan cestodes. with a possible alternative

lite cycle for rhe order Trypatiorhyneha, Can. £ Zoul.

49, 1249-1253,

Paveas, P. W, (1970) The trypanorhynchid cestodes from

Humboldt Bay and Pacific Ocean sharks. J. Parasitol,

56, 1034,

Riser, N. W. (1956) Early larval stages of two. céstodes

from clasmobranch fishes. Proc. Helm. Sac. Wask, 23,

120-124,

Romnson,, E.'S. (1959) Records of cestodes from marine

shes of New Zealand, Trans, R. Soc, N.Z, 86, 143-153.

SAKANARI, J. & Moser, M. (1985a) Iniectivily of, and

laboratory infection with, an elasmobranch cestode,

Lacistorhynchus tenuis {Van Benederi, 1858),

Parasitol, 71, 788-791,

——;; (1985b) Salinity and temperature effects on

the eges, coracidia, and procercoids of Lacistorhynchs

tenuis (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha) and induecd

mortality in a first intermediate host. [bid. 71, 583-587-

——&{———+(1986) Lesion induction by the

plerocercoid Lacistorhyachus tenuis (Cesioda) and

wound healing in the striped bass, Morone saxarilic

(Walbaum). J. Fish Biol. 28, 289-296,

ScHMIDT, G. D. (1986) Handbuok of Tapeworm

Identification, (CRC Press {nc., Boca Raton, Ploriday

Younc, R. T. (1954a) Cestodes of sharks and rays yn

southern California. Proc, Helen Soc. Wash. 21,

106-112,

(1954b) A nate on the life eyele of Lacistorkynoties

tenuis (van Beneden, 1858), a cestade of the leaparel

shark, /bid. 21, 2.

Voor, M. & Epmenos, [L. (1969) Matching in vitro of

corucidia from oncospheres of Lacutorhpachys tenuis

(Cestoda: Tetrarhynchidea). J. Parasitol, 55, 571-573,

A MEGAFOSSIL FLORA FROM THE EOCENE OF GOLDEN GROVE,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

BY D. C. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWOOD*

Summary

A new Eocene plant megafossil locality is reported from near Golden Grove, South Australia. Well

preserved mummified leaves, fruits and flowers and impressions are abundant in a lens structure

within the East Yatala Sand Pit operated by Monier. Preliminary analysis has identified a rainforest

flora containing Elaeocarpaceae (Sloanea/Elaeocarpus), Lauraceae, Myrtaceae (Myrtaciphyllum),

Proteaceae (Banksieaephyllum, aff. Neorites), Sterculiaceae (Brachychiton), Podocarpaceae

(Decussocarpus, Podocarpus), and the fern Lygodium. Physiognomic analysis of the leaves

suggests that the closest analogue is with Complex Notophyll Vine Forest. The Monier Golden

Grove Eocene flora has some taxonomic similarity in common with other southern Australian

Eocene floras, but has a distinctive character which supports the idea of a regionally diversified

rainforest vegetation in southern Australia in the Eocene.

KEY WORDS: Fossil, Eocene, Golden Grove, South Australia.

A MEGAFOSSIL FLORA FROM THE EOCENE OF GOLDEN GROVE,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by D. C. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWooD*

Summary

CuHerisToPHEL. D.C. & Greenwoop, D. R.. (1987) A megafossil flora from the Eocene of Golden Grove,

South Australia, Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 11403), 155-162, 30 November, 1987.

A new Eocene plant megafossil locality is reported from near Golden Grove, South Australia. Well

preserved mummified leaves, fruits and flowers and impressions are abundant in @ lens structure within

the East Yatala Sand Pit operated by Monier. Preliminary analysis has identified a rainforest flora containing

Flaeocarpaceae (Sloanea/Elaeocarpus), Lauraceae, Myrtaceae (Myrtaciphyllum), Proteaceae

(Banksieaephyllum, aff, Neorites), Sterculiaceae (Brachychifon), Podlocarpaceae (Decussocarpus,

Podocarpus), and the fern Lygodium. Physiognomic analysis of the leaves suggests that the closest analogue

is with Complex Notaphyll Vine Forest. The Monier Golden Grove Eocene flora has some taxonomic

similarity in common with other southern Australian Eocene floras, but has a distinctive character which

supports the idea of a regionally diversified rainforest vegetation in southern Australia in the Eocene,

Key Worps: Fossil, Eocene, Golden Grove, South Australia,

Introduction

In. January 1986, a fossiliferous clay lens was

uncovered during sand quarrying operations at the

Monier East Yatala Sand Pit in Golden Grove,

South Australia (138°43'30'., 34°47'10'') located

approximately 25 km north-east of Adelaide city

centre (Fig, 1), The lens was found amidst cross

bedded, fresh water sands and the entire

depositional sequence suggests a meandering stream

system with possible lacustrine elements.

While this is the first megafossil flora described

from the Golden Grove area, other plant fossils have

been reported from the region,

Eocene clays containing dispersed plant fossils

have been described in several papers (e.g. Lange

1978a, 1978b, 1980), but a precise description of the

location of the deposit is not given in any of them,

As a recent drilling program by the S, Aust, Mines

and Energy Department has indicated that the

lateral extent of the new lens is extensive (Neville

Alley pers comm.) it is possible that these earlier

reports Were based on material from the same

system, However, it is known that the earlier

material did not come from the Monier quarry, and

hence precise geological comparison between the

earlier reported material and the Monier Golden

Grove Locality may never be possible, They may be

palynologically correlated. however.

A preliminary palynological analysis (W. K.

Harris, Western Mining Co, pers, comm.) placed

the lens at the base of the Proteacidites pachypolis

Zone of the Eocene. A second palynological

analysis (Neville Alley pers, comm.) supports

placement in this zone. The deposit is therefore

“ Department of Botany, University of Adelaide, G.P.O.

Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. SOOL.

either just younger than the Maslin Bay deposit

located 30 km south of Adelaide or equivalent to

it, The Monier Golden Grove deposit is slightly

older than the Anglesea deposit in Victoria

(Christophel, Harris & Syber 1987) (Fig. 1).

, “

\h GOLDEN GMOVE PA

MADLIN BAY @ ,NEMLLGA

Pu,

wuoLRSEe Sy

Fig. | Map of eastern Australia giving the location of the

Golden Grove locality relative to the Eocene localities

of Maslin Bay, Anglesea and Nerriga, and lwo of the

sites trom. which litter was collected for the

physiognomic comparison,

156

Materials and Methods

Portions of the lens are highly oxidised and plant

remains are preserved as brown impressions in beige

matrix with no organic remains present, The

majority of the lens contains carbonized remains

within a grey matrix, and mummitied leaves are

floated from this material by placing blocks of the

clay in a 2-3% hot aqueous solution of hydrogen

peroxide to disaggregate the matrix, Many of these

leaves are naturally translucent and can be photo-

graphed directly with transmitted light (Figs 2-6).

The rest are black, opaque, and were observed and

photographed with UV light to study the venation

detail using the technique of Christophel ef al.

(1987). This type of preservation is shown in

Figs 7-9,

A sample cuticle is then prepared using the

method discussed in Christophel ef a/, (1987) and

the leaf is mounted between glass slides in Phenol

Olycerin. Jelly.

All leaves illustrated in this paper are housed in

the Adelaide University Palaeobotany collection.

Fruits and flowers obtained from the macerate are

stored in 1% phenol in 50% ethanol in sealed vials,

in the same collection.

¥ 4

Figs 2-4. Transparent mummified leaves from Golden Grave. Scale bars =

Sloanea/Elagocarpus; Figs 3., 4, Lauraceae,

B.C. CHRISTOPHEL & D. R. GREENWOOD

Components of the Megafossil Flora

The commonest leaf taxon from the munsmilied

horizons at Goldeti Grove is a serrate-margined

notophyll (Fig. 2), This taxon has superficial

similarities to Sloanea/Elaeecarpus (Elaeocar-

paceae). A recent study of extant species of this

family found that leaves of Elaeocarpus L. and

Sloanea L. could not be separated, but that they

consistently clustered distinctly from other genera

in the family and from other architecturally similar

families (Moira Turnbull Adelaide University pers,

comm.). The Golden Grove fossils similar to Fig. 2

consistently clustered with the extant Sloarnea/

Elaeocarpus complex.

Aiother common taxon in the Monier Golden

Grove flora is Banksieagephyllum Cookson &

Duigan (Fig. 9), As the name suggests, the leaf is

very similar to those found in the tribe Banksieac

(Proteaceae), but as Christophel & Greenwood

(1987) suggested, this could also represent the foliar

organ of Musgraveinanthus Christophel (1984).

This is supported by the occurrence of

Musgraveinanthus in the Monier Golden Grove

deposit, which is the only locality other than the

type locality (Anglesea) from which it has been

\ cm. Fig. 2, Blaeocarpaceae aff,

GOLDEN GROVE FOSSIL FLORA is?

reported. Banksieueidites arcuatus Stover, the pallen

iype found in Musgraveinanthus inflorescences, is

also found as a dispersed grain at Galden Grave.

The Lauraceae has been suggested as an

important family in Australian Barly Tertiary floras,

Based on the characters discussed by Hill (1986) as

diagnostic of the family, we haye confirmed at least

two comman leaf taxa at Golden Grove (Figs 3, 4)

which may be assigned to that family. The

importance of the family in the Monier Golden

Grove flora is therefore confirmed.

Leaves of Myrtaciphyl/um Christophel & Lys are

also frequently encountered in the Golden Grove

flora (Fig. 7). However, a preliminary investigation

indicates that the Golden Grove Myrtaceae leaves

belong to different species than the two described

by Christophel & Lys (1986),

‘Two leaf types collected at the Momier Golden

Grove locality are known only rarely from other

Early Tertiary deposits, Table t. These are leaves of

Brachychiton (Sterculiaceae) and the fern Lygodium

(Schizeaeaceae). Brachychiton Scott & Endl. is very

common as impressions in the leached portion of

the Jens, where it is recovered in both a three and

five lobed form. Less common in the mummitied

portions of the lens, it has thus far only been

collected in a three-lobed form from that material

(Fig. 8). Lygodinum is not only recovered as sterile

pinnules (Fig, 6) but has alsa been collected as

numerous fertile fronds, These can be seen to con-

tain spores, which have yet to be studied and com-

pared to their extant counterparts.

The gymnosperms are represented at Golden

Grove by two genera of the Podocarpaceae,

Decussocarpys Laubenf. and Podocarpus L’Herit.

ex Pers. sens. strict, Decussocarpus twigs are

common, and appear morphologically intermediate

helween D. maeslinensis Blackburn, described from

Maslin Bay, S. Aust., and D. brownes (Selling)

Greetiwoad, from Anglesea (Greenwood 1987), It

is. quite likely that the three therefore represent a

range of forms in one highly variable taxon, Similar

variation can be seen in modern examples of the

genus [eg. D. vitiensis (Seeman) Laubent.,

Greenwood 1987], Golden Grove material of this

species has been illustrated earlier by Christophe!

& Greenwood (1988),

Podocarpus leaves are less common, and while

much longer, have epidermal features: identical to

Podocarpus platyphyllum Greenwood described

from Anglesea (Greetiwood 1987),

One further leaf type is reasonably common and

has not been reported previously. These leaves are

pinnately compound (Fig. 5} and on the basis of

their stomatal arrangement and epidermal hair

bases can be ascribed to the Proteaceae. They bear

a superficial similarity to immature leaves of

Neorites L.S,Sm,

While the identity of no other leaf taxa have been

confirmed, a preliminary estimate of approximately

30-35 leaf types for the deposit is made, However,

the present collection contains only approximately

400 leaves, and so the preliminary nature of the

estimate must be emphasized, Four fruit/flower

types have been thus far recovered, but only

specimens of Musgraveinanthus have been

identified.

Physiognomic Analysis

The general elliptic shape, broad lamina, and the

presence of well developed ‘drip tips’ on many leaves

(ee. Fig. 4), strongly suggest that the Golden Grove

flora was derived predominantly from rainforest

vegetation. These features are often cited as being

characteristic of rainforest leaves, particularly

lowland tropical rainforest (Richards 1957). The

presence of typical rainforest taxa eg. Elacocar-

paceae (S/oanea/Elaeocarpus), Proteaceae

(Musgraveinae, Neorites), Myrtaceae (Syzyedum

Tae 1, Megafossil taxa at Australian Localities,

Loéalily Galden Grove

Taxa

Maslin Bay Anglesea Nerriga

_— FT SSS

Austrodiospyros

Museroveinanthus

Elaeocarpacese

Myrteviphyllum

Brachychiton

Devuxsocarpus

Podocarpus

Gvrinosianiu

Zamiaceac

Lauraceae

Lygodiurnt

Banksleaephyllum

Diversity

xONNOAY

AAD

30-35

FAGAN ANBKORT

' 10K) +

-ee SE

C — common (> 10%); X = present (1-10% — possibly more common, but nat assessed); R = rare (< 1% of

flaray; ? = similar bul unconfirnied.

158 D. C. CHRISTOPHEL & D, R. GREENWOOD

Figs 5, 6. Transparent mummified leaves from Golden Grove. Scale bars = | cm. Fig. 5. Proteaceae aff. Neorites;

Fig. 6. Fern pinnule, Lygodium.

Figs 7-9. Opaque mummified leaves photographed using

UV light source. Scale bars = 1 cm. Fig. 7.

Myrtaciphyllum; Fig. 8. Brachychiton; Fig. 9.

Banksieaephyllum.

type), Lauraceae, Podocarpaceae (Decussocarpus,

Podocarpus) strengthens this impression, although

representatives of some of these families are also

found in more open forest types. It is appropriate

therefore to compare the foliar physiognomy of the

Golden Grove flora to that of modern rainforest.

The use of foliar physiognomic analysis for the

interpretation of fossil leaf-beds based on forest

canopy data has been criticized for ignoring the

effect of transportation and the differential input

and preservation of leaves prior to sedimentation

(Martin 1986; Christophel & Greenwood 1988).

Recent research, however, suggests strongly that

leaf-litter from each of the main rainforest types

recognized by Webb (1959, 1968) and Tracey (1982)

has a unique physiognomic “signature” and that this

signature is often retained in stream-deposited leaf-

litter (Christophel & Greenwood 1988). Work in

progress by the second author supports this. The

physiognomic features of primary importance are

length, width, shape and margin type. Leaf length

only will be considered in this paper, as it is

sufficient to illustrate the physiognomic signature.

Fig. 10 shows the frequency distribution of leaf-

length for the four main rainforest types recognised

by Webb (1959, 1968) and the frequency distribution

GOLDEN GROVE FOSSIL FLORA 159

for the Golden Grove flora using mummified leaves.

As can be seen from the figure, the extant rainforest

types can be clearly separated on leaf-length alone,

Fig. 11 shows the same data plotted as a cumulative

percentage for each length class. The CNVF

(Complex Notophyll Vine Forest) forest type has

been presented as two separate sites to better

illustrate the intrinsic physiognomic variability of

litter from NE Queensland (The Crater) and N.SW.

255 + +

NM CMVF CNVF

* nai2 n=mi2

+. +

205 « +

~~ ~

~~ +

te +o

te >

155+ « +.

> al > st

+ we ~ *

= eH - .

aa Lal - ~

105 ~ 7” - aa

Lal -— ee

nH - Hea

He <= 4

. oom) te

55 s + ae

s >

7+ + + + =a tHe PS

5 10 15 20 25 5 10 15 20

255 +

tT GOLDEN GROVE

Leaf Length 155

( 10 mm classes )

5 10 15 20 2

(Dorrigo) from this type. Standard errors for the

data from these sites are presented in Table 2. These

results indicate that the Golden Grove Eocene

vegetation was physiognomically closest to CNVEF

from The Crater N.P. and less so to CNVF from

Dorrigo in northern N.SW. Dorrigo and The Crater

fall within the Mesotherm seasonal Torresian zone

of Nix’s bioclimatic classification of Australia (Nix

1982).

f snve t MMF

i n=12 | ned

: T

= +

D di

; 4

e +

Fi 4

. =

-_ oo

Land i

ee wa

HH Lal

eo _

Ld ee

Lal

= + + + +—

5 10 15 20 25 5 10 15 20 2

ne 5

ore

a a a

5 10 15 20 25

Frequency %

Fig. JO. Frequency distributions of leaf length (10 mm classes) for Microphyll Mossy Forest (MMF), Simple Notophyll

Vine Forest (SNVF), Complex Notophyll Vine Forest (CNVF), Complex Mesophyll Vine Forest (CMVF), Golden

Grove, and Anglesea. Forest nomenclature follows Webb (1959, 1968) and Tracey (1982). Each of the data sets

for the modern forests is based on four samples of 200 leaves collected from litter (Christophe! & Greenwood

1988). Golden Grove data are based on 156 complete leaves from the initial 1986 collections, Standard Errors

are plotted.

Comparison with other Eocene Floras

As mentioned above, the Monier Golden Grove

flora is similar in age to the Maslin Bay flora and

is somicwhat older than the Eocene Anglesea flora.

It is younger than the Nerriga flora (Hill 1982) but

can still be usefully compared with it, as all are

Eocene, Table | Compares the major (as well as. some

of the unique minor) taxa from the four deposits,

Perhaps the strongest similarities ta the Golden

Grove megafossil flora may be seen in the Anglesea

locality. While the diversity of the Anglesea Mora

is shown as much higher (100+), this represents a

composite of six separate fossiliferous lenses. Taken

separately, the lenses at Anglesea have a diversity

much more similar to Golden Grove (Christophel

et al. 1987). The strongest links between the two

are the very similar Elaeocarpaceae leaves,

Musgravelnanthus, Myrtaciphyllum and

Brachychiton, They also have in common

Decussecarpus, Podocarpus, Lauraceae,

Banksiewephyllum and Lygodium, but these are not

restricted to thase localities. Physiognomically,

however, Golden Grove is interpreted as CNVF,

whereas the New Site lenses at Anglesea were

interpreted by Christophel (1981) and Christophel

& Greenwood (1988) as being closest to SNVF

{Simple Notophyll Vine Forest) from N.E.

Queensland (Fig. 11).

The diversity of Golden Grave is similar to

Netriga, but there are very few shared taxa, and the

only feature in common is really the shared

importance of the Lauraceae, Maslin Bay has a few

taxa in common with Golden Grove, but in general

Maslin Bay has a high diversity with no truly

common taxa, while Golden Grove has fewer, well

represented taxa and hence suggests a quite different.

floristic association.. Preliminary physiognomic

analysis. of the Maslin Bay flora by the second

author has detected minor differences which suggest

that the Maslin Bay flora was sourced from a

warmer vegetation type (Greenwood unpubl.).

The absence of both the Zamiaceae und

Gymnostoma Johnson. at the Golden Grove locality

is surprising considering the commonness of both

at Anglesea and their presence in the other deposits.

While further collecting may reveal either or both

of these taxa, their absence to date may be taken

as evidence that they are not major components of

the Monier Golden Grove flora.

The preliminary investigation of the Golden

Grove Nora has revealed a vegetation typical of the

southern Australian Eocene floras studied to date,

in that it appears to have been sourced from a

rainforest vegetation (Complex Notophyll Vine

Forest sensu’ Webb, 1959, 1968) of reasonable

diversity in a mesotherm environment (sensu Nix

1982). There are differences between it and the other

documented floras of similar age, as is expected

based on the temporal and spatial differences in the

localities. While numerous similarities in taxa

present have been highlighted in Table !, it must

be emphasized that these are similarities in natural

and form genera, and there is no evidence yet

(possible excluding Podocarpaceae) to suggest that

Tapbe 2, Standard Error Values for Curiulative

Frequency of Length for Fig. 11.

length class (mm) MMFTt SNVFY

e's

HER ARCOLA ROmW Eins

PSH rH NNYMSS

Mpa kowe ah

SSSSCOSH SK Kew aDwMS

195

205

215

225

Pll} ide bi tb

Dorriga* ‘The Cratec* CMVF*

_ — 0.1

0.2 1.3 24

a9 3.7 3.4

0.7 3.1 3.2

0.8 1.4 24

1.5 1.8 2.3

4Q 1:2 3.1

3,9 1.1 at

23 00 4,2

1.7 0.9 3.7

(.3 1.1 4.2

0.9 5 29

0.6 1.0 1.8

0.4 0.8 Lt

02 0.6 0.7

0,2 0.5 0.5

0.2 0.2 0.4

0,3 — 03

0,1 — o4

0.1 _— 0.2

- — 0.)

*a - 4samples of 224 leaves,

fn — 4 samples.of 224 leaves lor 3 wiles.

GOLDEN GROVE FOSSIL FLORA

100 rt s

90 bd

s e

BO ° 3

# 70 . °

a 7 ¥

a 60

z .

a +

cx 50 ‘

o s

we 40 q *

E °

6 30 ,

20 . 7 .

{ *

io! é }

: 5g AY

25 35 45 55 65 75 BS 95

105 116 125 135 145 155 165 175 185

14)

MMF <NSW)

SNVF (NEQ)

CNVF (Derriga)

CMVE (NEG)

CNVF (The Crater)

Golden Grave

Js 6¢ < @ @

=a ——<$_——___~

195 205 215

Leaf Length (10 mm classes)

Fig. 11, Cumulative trequency histograms for the data presented in Fig. 10. Two separate localities for CNVF are

given: the Crater National Park (open triangles) and Dorrigo (solid triangles). These two localities reflect the extremes

of the range seen in litter samples from N.E. Queensland and N.S.W.

the same species are occurring in the different

localities,

The Monier Golden Grove flora represents South

Australia’s only known mummified leaf flora still

available for collection and study (a collection of

several thousand Maslins Bay specimens exists in

the Botany Department af Adelaide University, but

the locality is no Jonger collectable), and it is hoped

that further work will provide us with deeper

insights into the evolution of South Australia’s flora,

Much of South Australia’s coal reserye which. is

currently being considered for development is

Eovene in age, and hence Golden Grove will

hopefully provide a benchmark for studies of these

floras when they are eventually developed.

Acknowledgments

The authors wish to acknowledge the help and

cooperation of David Keane, Rex Rowley and

Maurice Burton of Monier Ltd. We are also grateful

to Neville Alley (S.A. Mines and Bnergy

Department) and Neville Pledge (S.A, Museum) tor

bringing the deposit to our attention, Research on

this locality is supported by a joint grant from the

S.A. Mines & Energy Department, S.A, Department

of the Environment and Planning, and Monier Ltd.

The plates were prepared by Susan M,. Shaw,

References

CueisToPpHEL, D. C. (1981) Tertiary megafossil floras of

Australia .as indicators of floristic associations and

palaeoclimate. Ch. 12, Jn Keast, A. (Kd.) “Ecological

Biogeography of Australia”. pp. 379-390, (Junk, The

Hague.)

(1984) Early Tertiary Proteaceae: The First Floral

Evidence for the Musgravetnac. Aust J Bol. 32,

177-186.

, GREENWOOR, D, R. (1988) A comparison of

Australian Tropical Rainforest and Tertiary Fossil Leaf

Beds. Proc. Ecol, Soe. Aust. 15.

: Harris, W. K., & Syecr, A. K. (1987) The

Eocene flora of the Anglesea Locality, Victoria.

Alcheringa 11, 403-324,

, & Lys, 5. (1986) Mummified Leaves of Two New

Species of Myrtaceae from the Kocene of Victoria,

Australia. Aust. A Bat, 34, 649-662.

GREENWOOD, D. R. (1987) Early Tertiary Podocurpaceae:

Megafossils from the Anglesea Locality, Victoria. Aust.

J. Bot. 35, 111-133,

Hitt, R, S. (1982) The Eocene megafossil flora of

Nerriga, New South Wales, Australia. Palaeonto-

graphica Abt B. 181, 14-77,

(1986) Lauraceous leayes from the Eocene of

Nerriga, New South Wales. A/cheringa i(3), 327-352.

LANGr, R, T, (1978a) Some Eocene leaf fragments

comparable to Proteaceae. J. Roy. Soc. WA. 60, 107-114.

162

(1978b) Southern Australian Tertiary Epiphyllous

fungi, modern equivalents in the Australasian region,

and habitat indicator value. Can. J Bot. 56(5), 532-541.

(1980) Evidence of Lid-cells and host-specific

microfungi in the search for Tertiary Eucalyptus. Rev.

Palaeob, Palyno, 29, 29-33,

Martin, H. (1986) On the Philosophy and Methods used

to reconstruct Tertiary Vegetation. Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. 107(4), 521-533.

Nix, H (1982) Environmental determinants of

biogeography and evolution in Terra Australis. Ch. 5,

In Barker, W. R., Greenslade, P. J. M. (Eds) “Evolution

of the Flora and Fauna of Arid Australia”. (Peacock

Publications, 8, Aust.),

RicHARDS, P. W. (1957) “The Tropical Rainforest”. pp.

xviii, 1-450 (Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge).

TRAcEY, J. G, (1982) “The vegetation of the Humid

Tropical Region of North Queensland”. pp, 1-124

(C.S8.LR.O. Melbourne),

Wess, L. J. (1959) A physiognomic classification of

Australian rainforests. J, Ecol, 47, 551-570,

(1968) Environmental relationships of the

structural types of Australian rainforest vegetaion. Ecol.

49, 296-311.

TRZMACRACALVTHUS GEN. NOV. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA:

EUTETRARHYNCHIDAE), WITH REDESCRIPTIONS OF

T. AETOBATZDZS (ROBINSON, 1959) COMB. NOV. AND T. BZNUNCUS

(LINTON, 1909) COMB. NOV.

BY IAN BEVERIDGE* & R. A. CAMPBELL}

Summary

Trimacracanthus gen. nov. is erected within the Eutetrarhynchidae Guiart, 1927 for two species,

Prochristianella aetobatis Robinson, 1959 and Rhynchobothrium binuncum Linton, 1909. Both

species are redescribed. The new genus is most similar to Prochristianella Dollfus, 1946 in

possessing a large basal swelling of the tentacle and a distinct basal armature, but differs in having

an asymmetrical swelling and a triad of grossly enlarged hooks on the external surface of the

swelling. The two species are distinguished from one another by number of hooks in each principal

row, size of hooks and number of testes in mature segments.

KEY WORDS: Cestoda, Trypanorhyncha, Eutetrarhynchidae, Trimacracanthus, Prochristianella

aetobatis, Rhynchobothrium binuncum.

TRIMACRACANTHUS GEN. NOY. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHY NCHA:

EUTETRARHYNCHIDAE), WITH REDESCRIPTIONS OF T. AETOBATIDIS

(ROBINSON, 1959) COMB. NOV. AND 7: BINUNCUS (LINTON, 1909) COMB. NOV.

by TAN BEVERIDGE* & R. A. CAMPBELLT

Sunimary

Bevertnor, 1. & CamPBect, R. A, (1987) Trimacracunthus wen, novi (Cestada: ‘Trypanorhynecha:

Eutetrarhynchidae), with redescriptions of 7; aetobaridis (Robinson, 1959) comb. nov, and 7. binuwaicws

(Linton, 1909) comb, ney, Trans, R, Soe 8. Aust, L113), 163-171, 30 November, 1987.

Timacracanthus gen. noy, is erected within the Enutewarhynchidae Guiart, 1927 tor two species,

Prochristianella actobatis Robinson, 1959 and Rhynchobothrium binuncum Linton, 1909. Both species

are redescribed, The new genus is most simitar to Prachristiarielig Dollfus, 1946 1" possessinga large basal

awelling of the leniacle and a distinct basal armature, but differs in having an asyaintetrical swelling and

atriad of grossly enlarged hooks on the external surface of the swelling, The two species are distinguished

from one another by number of hooks in each principal row, size of hooks and number of testes in mature

stgments.

Key Words: Cestoda, Trynanorhyneha, Eutetrarhynchidas, Vrimacracunthus, Prochristiarella

aetobatis, Rhynchodborhrine binuncume.

Introduction

Recent collections of cestodes from South

Australian elasmobranchs included the trypano-

rhynch Prochristianella aetobalis Robinson, 1959

which is apparently a prevalent parasite of some of

the species of rays ovcurting in coastal waters, In

preparing a redescription of the species a number

of significant differences from congeners became

apparent, In addition it was noted that another

species of trypanorhynch, Rhychabothrium

binuncum Linton, 1909, described from a stingray

from the northwestern Atlantic and currently

considered a species incertae sedis (Yamaguti 1959;

Schmidt $986) shared several of the distinctive

features found in P aetnbatis, In this paper we

redescribe both species and show that they consti-

tute a new genous within the Eutetrarhynchidac,

related to Prochristianella.

Materials and Methods

Specimens of P aerobaris were obtained fron the

spiral valves of rays from South Australian coastal

waters, Cestodes were cither washed in sea water,

relaxed bricfly in tap water, then fixed in 10%

buffered formalin, or the spiral valve contents were

fixed with hot formalin and the cestodes were sub-

sequently removed in the laboratory. Cestodes were

* Central Veterinary Laboratories, Sourh Australian

Deparrment uf Agriculture, Institute of Medical and

Veterinary Science, frome Road, Adelaide, 5. Aust. 504K)

| Department of Biclogy, Southeastern Massachusetts

University, North Dartmouth, Massachuserts 2747,

USA,

stained with Celestine blue, dehydrated in ethanol,

cleared in clove oi] ancl mounted in balsam. Six

specimens were also examined by scanning electron

microscopy. Type specimens of PB wetohatis were

borrowed from the National Museum of New

Zealand (NMNZ). All new material collected has

been deposited in the Australian Helminth

Collection (AHC) of the South Australian Muscum,

Adelaide. Additional specimens of FP aétobalis have

been deposited in the British Musem (Natural

History), London (BMNH)}, and the United States

National Museum Helminth Collection, Washington

(USNMHC). Type specimens of R. binuncuen were

borrowed from USNMHC,

Measurements’ are presented in the text in micro-

metres, uiless otherwise stated. The range is

followed by the mean in parentheses. Untess other-

wisé indicated, 10 measurements were made of each

organ,

Terminology for the various elements of try-

panorhynchan-anatomy follows Nollfius (1942) and

Sehntidt (1984).

Trimacracanthus gen, nov.

Generi¢ diagnosis! Eutetrarhynehidae Gulart,

1927. Seolex slender, elongate, acraspedote. Pars

bulbosa and pars vaginalis much longer than pars

bothnidialis. Bulbs long and slender. Tentacle

sheaths sinuous but rot spiral. Prebulbar organs

preset, Retractor muscle attached at posterior

extremity of bulbs, Two bothtidia, margins thick,

free, not contiguous apically, may be noiched

posteriorly suggesting jncipienc subdivision.

Tentacles long with asymmetrical basal swelling

tat |. BEVERIDGE & R.A. CAMPBELI,.

bearing distinctive basal armatiyire, Metabusal

armature heteroacanthous, hetcromorphous,

typidl, Houks solid) Metabasal armature of

allernate half spiral rows beginning with large boak

1 () with recurved point and long base of

implantation, Hooks 2 (29 also large bur smaller

that 7 (')}; remaining hooks diminish in size

becuming slender and shurler as row contimues

towards external face, Strobila acraspedute,

hyperapolytw. Genital pore marginal. Testes

medullary, preovarian, External seminal vesicle

plesen(. Ovary posterior, 4-Johed i) cross section.

Seminal receptacle present. Uterus median. Vitel-

laria cireumcortical

Type species; T qerabutidis (Rabinsan, 1959) comb.

nay,

Other species; 7 Ainurcus (Linton, 1905} comb,

nov,

Trimacracanihus setobalidis (Robinson, 1954)

comb. novi

FIGS 1-15

Prochristianelia aciabarts Robinson, 1959, pp, 49a 394,

figs 26-34,

Types: Holotype from spiral valve of Aerobarus

nurinari Muctler & Henle, 184) (syn. A. renee

caudatus), New Zeukand (precise locality unknown},

March 1955, coll. E. $. Rebinson, holotype NMNZ

ZQO201, paralypes NMNZ ZW 204-206,

Material Examined: from Aetobatus nurinuri: paratypes

NMN4 (ZW 205-6). From /rygonorhina guanerias

Whitley, 1932 (new host record): 23 specimens, Goolwa,

&. Aust, (AHC $2760, USNMEHC 79592), 1 specimen,

Marion Bay, 5. Aust.; 38 specimens, Middleton, S. Aust.

{AHC $2358); | specimen, Port Stanvac, $, Aust. (AHC

52763); 3 speciniens, Cowell, S, Aust; (AHC 52762).

Hrom Mvliohatis austealty Macleay, 1881 (new hivst

rovord); 8 specimens, Middleron, 5, Aust, L[AHC S2455);

| specimen, Young Rocks, Kangarow Island, S$ Aust.

(AHO $2764); Ib specimens, Gerolwa, So Aust. (APC

S27%hy% | specimen, Port Lincaln, § Aust. (AHG S276h).

From Dasyvatis brevicuudatus {Lluttow, 1875) (ew host

revord): LI specimens, Northaven, 3. Ausi. (ALLC $2768)

I specimen, Port Vincent, S$. Aust. (ANC $2769), 1G

Specimens, Streaky ‘Bay, S. Ast. (AHO $2767),

From Dassutiy thetidiy Waite, 1899 (new tiast pecordy +

specimens, Cowell, S. Aust. (ATTIC $2770),

Krom Musrelus antarcsens (Cincher, (R70) (new host

razor): | specimen, Goolwa, S. Agst. (BMNIT 1987.4.7.4).

Desvripien: Slender, delicate worms, up ta 1S nim

Tong, consisting of up 10 |S acraspedote sepments,

Scooles acraspedote (Fig. 2), 2.54-2.99 (2.77) mm

long, 380 530 (410) wade with dao, well scparaled

parelliform bothridia 350-470 (400, n=5) in

diameter. Bothridial margins free, indented poster-

ely, borders thick, lerminaing as short ridges on

internal surface of bothridiym (Fig, 7), Pars

hothridialis 360-460 (420); pars vaginadis 1.2-1.4

(1.31) mm; pars bulbosa 1.18-1.54(1,38) mm, Ralie

of purs bulbosa to pars vaginalis 10095. Tentactes

up to 2.22 mm long, 40-70 (50) tw diameter

excluding hooks; prominent asymmietnical bisa)

swelling, 50-110 (80) wide (Figs. |2-14), Tentacle

sheaths sinuous with some coils, not spiral, Bulbs

at feast eight times longer than wide, 1180-1500

(1300) by 140-180 (160); origin of retractor muscles

ar base of bulb, sucrounded by irregular clumps of

gland cells; prebulbar organs present, Red piemen-

tation anterior to bulbs in living specimens. Pars

postbulbosz very short, 35-110 (67),

Asmature heteroacanthous, heteromorphonus

typical; looks solid. Metabasal armature (Figs 9-11)

consists of alternating, ascending, half spiral rows

of 10-L1 hocks ar mid-tenracle; 12-14 hoaks per half

spiral raw near tip of tentacle. Rows begin on

internal face with hooks | (1') well separated, ending

on eaternal face where hal! spiral rows meet to form

inverted V. Hooks of prinvipal rows begin wilh

single large hook with long base of implantation,

remaining hanks became niore slender with shorier

bases on borhridial and antibothridial faces; hooks

of external face much reduced in size All hooks

become smaller toward tip of tentacle, Hook

dimensions in mid-region of tentacle: 1 (1") arcuate,

stout, 34-46 (43) long, base lengih 20-30 (24);

hooks 2 (2') straighter (Fig, (0), more slender, tip

curved, 38-54 (44) long, base length 36-18 (17);

hooks 3 (3') slender, spiniform with short base

38-50 (46), base 10-18 (16); haoks 4 (4) 38-48 (443

long, base 14-24 (17); hawks 3 (5') 32-46 (40) lang,

base $2-16.415): hooks 6 (6°) 28-40 (32) long, base

10-14 (13); hooks 7 (7'), 18-32 (23) lone; & (89,

12-20 (16) long, 9 (9°)-17' (71'), TH-20 (15) tone.

Basal armialure (Pigs (2-14) consists of eight rows

of hooks on basal swelling of tentacle; hooks

dissimilar on external and internal surfaces. Huuks

of internal surface organized into alternate,

ascending half spiral rows with hooks 1 (1') well

separaled, Proximul mas ene to four consist of

series of large spiniform hooks, gradually

Ueereasing in size as rows continue towards external

surface. Rows five lo cight begin with sloul rase-

thorn shaped hooks | (1); row five continues ins

series of spiniform hooks much stouter than these

of proximal rows one to four. Uall spiral rows one

to five terminate in series of four to cight small

spinilurm hooks on external surflave in inverted

V-formation. Rows six to eight with reduced num-

bers of hooks. On external surface, opposite rows

six to eight, distinct promontory present. sur

mounted by triad of lites cone-shaped hooks with

rounded, festooned bases (Figs 12, 13). Central

hook 24 42 (36) long with recurved point, base

tliameter 18-32 (26), Posterolateral hooks of trind

TRIMACRACANTHUS GEN. NOV. 165

dissimilar, more slender of pair 30-38 (33) long with —_ by 220-404) (300). Genital pores irregularly alternate,

rebated point; base diameter 18-24 (21); stouter in posterior 1/3 of mature segment, 67% of

hook 30-36 (33) long, base 16-24 (21). segment length from anterior end; 75% of segment

Mature segments 1.19~3.09 (1,99) mm by 180-310 = length from anterior end of gravid segments.

(260); detached gravid segments 2.30-4.21 (3.11) mm = Genital alrium small. Cirrus sac globose, 70-140

Figs 1-7. Trimacracanthus aetobatidis (Robinson). 1, entire cestode; 2, scolex; 3, mature segment; 4, female genitalia;

45, gravid segment; 6, cirrus sac with external seminal vesicle; 7, bothridia, Scale lines: fig. 1, 8, 1.0 mmy figs 2-4,

6-7, OL mm.

166 1, BEVERIDGE & R. A. CAMPBELL

z ip ma

a nV i, re MS)

vy a 4 jf ip C if y x

oe Vif fs

f i

1 ff ey GE IK

A Ww fy See. betes las

oh ( (/ Pass, wa js e . pai i

(on

Figs 8-14. Trimucracanthus uctobatidis (Robinson), leniacular armature. 8, bothridial surface of tentacle, 0,1 nm

from tip of fully extended tentaele; 9, bothridial surface, metabasal region, 0.8 11 from base; 10, antibothridial

surface, metabasal region, 0.8 mm from base; 11, external surface, metabasal region, 1.9 mm Irom base; 12, basal

neaion of tentacle, bothridial surface; 13, basal region, external surface; 14, basal region, inlernal surface. Seale

ine: 0.1 mini,

TRIMACRACANTHUS GEN, NOV. Is?

(100) by 3ie-t1O (8D); civrus unanmed. External

seminal yesicle pyriform (Fig. 6), jdnate te cirrus

sac; vas deferens coiled, located in midline between

cirtus sac and ovary. Testes preovarian, sub-

spherical, 50-100 by 40-50, forming Iwo parallel

renwss testes tLumber 68-85 (76) per segment; testis

distribution: postvagingl and poral 6-8 (7)

prevaginal and poral 28-35-(31); antiporal raw 34-43

(38), Vagina passes anteroventral to cirrus pouch,

turns sharply posterior in midvedtral line and

descends fo ovary, Vagina divided into Ovo

segments; first scement greatly expanded from

penital atrium (6 anterior level of ovary Where Sperm

are stored, wall lined by simple epithelium; con.

stricts forming second segment, narrow sperm duct

passes Ventral td ovarian isthmus and joins ootype.

Ovary bilobed in dorsoventral view, lobes suberual,

130-270 (190) by 30-60 (40); Mehlis' gland 80-220

{i50)in diameter, Vitelline follicles cireumeortival,

BO in diameter. Uterus sacciform in detached gravid

segments, filling entire preavarian medullary region,

Trimacracaniines binuncus (Linton, 19049)

comb. nov.

FIGS 16-215

Rhyachohotinien binuacum Linton, 1909, pp. 181-182,

fins 5$-f4,

Types! Lectatype from spiral valve of Dasyatis say

(Le Sueur, 1886), Tortugas, Florida, USNMHC

No, 9010; paraleciolypes, USNM SOIC,

yen examined) trom Dasyaris say; 4iypes, USNMHC

Deseription: Small, delicate warms, 4.9-6.4

é7i mm (n=2) long, consisting of 5-6 (n=4)

actuspedote scements, last segment comprising 65%

er more af Lotal length of worn (Fig 16). Scolex

acraspedote (Fig. 15), 1.30-1.65 (1.53) mim (n=4)

long by 190-280 (248) (n=3) wide, with two

rounded, Well separated, bothridia, 175-250 (216)

{n-4) long by 160-250 (203) (n-3) in diameter.

Buthricial margins free, borders thick, no indenta-

tion or incipient division on posterior barder. Pars

hothridialis 175-250 (223) (n=4); pars vaginalis

800-960 (853) (n=4); pars bulbosa 750-830 (787)

(n= 4), Ratio of pars bulbosa to pars vaginalis (1.09.

Tentacles extended ta 550 bur nor fully everted.

Tentacle widths. excluding hooks, 80 wide al basal

swelling in lareral view, lower metabasal diameter

§5, mid-tentacle diameter 45, tp diameter 45.

Tentacle sheaths sinuous with few coils. Rulbs

clongate, 770-830 (778) (n=4) by 70-108) (83) (n=4},

Tetractor muscle originales at base of bulb,

surrounded by irregular mass of gland cells;

prebulbar organ present. Pars postbulbosa absene.

Armature heteroacanthous, heteromornhyis,

lypical; hooks solid. Metabasal armature (Figs 19,

20, 22, 23) consists of alternating, ascending, halt

spiral rows of 12-14 hooks each, Rows begin on

internal surface with haoks } (1) well separated,

ending on external surface m inverted V-formations,

Hooks | (l'} Jarge. falciform, with extended

posterior lieel; remaining hooks of principal cows

straighter, falciform then spiniform, eradually

decreasing in size. Hook dimensions in mid-region

of tentacle: 1 (1') stout, stronely recurved, with

extended beel, [6-32 long, base length 15-20, heel

4-5 long, height 9-23; hooks 2 (2') similar 10 1 (Lt)

except. straighter and with reduced hase, length

19-20, base length 1-12, height 10-\1; hooks 33")

spiniform, length 15-18, base length 6-8, height

10-11; houks-4 (4')-9 (9') decreasing in length from

25-2 hooks 10 (10')-14 (14°) only 17-18 long.

Basal arinature (Figs 21-23) consists of six rows

of hooks on hasal swelling of tentacle; hooks dis-

Similar on external arid internal faces. Hooks of

internal face organised into aletnate ascending half

spiral rows with hooks | (h') widely separated. Rows

hegin with stout falciform hooks with long postesor

heel, onented transversely; remaining hooks of

proximal rows spiniform, eradually decreasing in

Mize as rows continue toward carerna!l surface,

Smaller spiniform hooks on external face meet in

inverted V formations (Fig. 22). Distinct promon-

tory on external face surmounted hy triad of large

cone-shaped hooks with rounded, festagned bases

and técurved points (Fig. 18), Foremost hook of

triad largest, length 34-42, hase diameter 18-25,

Posterolateral hooks of triad unequal; hook

adjacent buthridlal side larger, length 28-38, base

dhameter 16-218; hook adjacent lo antibothridial

face smallest of triad, length 24-28, base diameter

$-12.

Malure segments 1.497-1.27 (L.L7 mm) (n=3) long

by 150-210 (187) (n =3) wide; tetminal seemetits,

3,12-4,45 (3.67 mov (n=4) long by 200-400 (300)

(n=4) wide, nangravid. Genital pores irregularly

ullernate, in posterior half of mature segment,

Detached eravid segments not present. Cierus sac

pyriform, 60-90 (69) (n=4) by 23-34 (29) (n=4),

external seminal vesicle 40-50 {n—2) in diameter,

adnate to cirrus sac. Vas deferens coiled, forming

loop, extending in mecial line postenorly to level

of ovarics. Testes preovarian, ovoid, dimensions

60-70 wide by 20 long, forming owe parallel rows,

Testes number 105-109 (107) (n=2) per segment,

testis distribution, postvaginal, poral 13-15 (n= 2);

prevaginal, poral 35-39 (n=2), antiporal 54-56

(n=2). Ovary bilobed in dorso-ventral view; lobes

stibequal. 240-260 (n=2) by 160-220 in=2). Vagina

forms seminal receptacle #0 in diameter, Mchilis'

gland well developed, pastavarian, Vitelline follicles

circumeorical, continuous frau anterior ro

posterior margins of segment.

168 1, BEVERIDGE & R, A. CAMPBELL.

Figs 15-17. Trimacracanthus binuncus (Linton). (5, scolex; 16, terminal segment; 17, entire worm, Scale lines: fig.

17, 10 mm; figs 15-16, 0.1mm.

169

TRIMACRACANTHUS GEN, NOY.

-23. Trimacracanthus binuneus

19, métabasa

surface; 22,

external surface of basal swelling;

#; 20, metubasal region, internal surface to left; 21, basal armature, bothridial

surface; 23, basal and metabasal armature, internal surface;

(Linton). 18, triad of enlarged hooks on

| region, antibothridial surfac

basal and metabasal armature, external

note long guards on hooks 1 (1') of metabasal region. Scale line: 0.1 mm,

igs (8

(70 |, BEVERIDGE & R. A: CAMPHELI,

Discussion

The 1wo species described above possess a combi-

uation of characters pot found together in other

euletrachyichid cestodes, in particular, an

asymmetrical basal swelling ataied with a triad of

laree hooks und « metabasal armature composed

of ascending hal{-spiral rows of hooks with hooks

which diminish in sive from the internal to the

exterial surface suggesting that a new genus is

needed to accommodate them.

Dollfus (1942) assigned twu genera lo the Euletra-

rhynchidae. namely Evfetrardpynchus Pintner, 1913,

and Christianella Giuiart, 1933. He Jater (1946)

added Diesingefla Gutart, 1931, and Terrerhyncho-

borhrium Diesing, 1850 and created two new génera,

Prochristionetla Dollfus, 1946 and Purachristianella

Dollfus, (946 bringing the total number af eutetra-

rhynchid genera to six. Dollfus (1969) subsequently

removed Tetrarhynchahothriaen from rhe

Eutetrarhynchidae and made ir the type genus of

anew family, Tetrarhynchobothridae Dollfus, 1969

which remains monotypic, Mecistoholhriue Heinz,

& Dailey, 1974 is a more recent addition to rhe

family Eutetrarhynchidac. Unfortunately Diesin-

gellaand Christionedia remain very poorly defined

and require s thorough redescription to be properly

included in current systematics. Mecistoberhriian

Appears, from its description (Heinz & Dailey, (974),

to be very similar to Renibulbus Feigenbaum, 1975,

originally placed in its own family, Renibulbidae

(Feigenbaum, 1975). Subsequently, Renibulbus was

placed as a synonym.of EulerrwrAyncus along with

Tetrarkynchohatheitin by Schmich (1986). Schmidt

{t986)} also added Oncomegas Dollfus, 1929 to the

family,

Linuls of the genem, Eurerrarbyachyus, Prociris-

tenella and Parachrtstianelle are not clear and this

has resulted in confusion in the allocation of species

to genera, In defining the genus Prochristianelle,

Dollfus (1944) emphasized (wa principal huravters;

the inuredse and subsequent decrease in metabasal

hook size from internal to external surfaces in Pro-

eheistranella conipared with a devline th hook size

in Pucvetristianetiaz ind the presence of a tentacular

basal swelling with a characterisae armature in

Prochristianelia hut not in Parachristianelia, He

placed two species in Prochrisrianetia, the type

Species, feveanicaia with a heteromarphays

merabasal armature and A tenvispine (Linton, 1890)

with a homeomorphous armature. Dollfus (1946)

defined Purachristianella as having a decrease in

hook size from internal co external surface and

jacking a basal swelling of the tentacle. Sub-

sequently, Kruse (1959) added twe new species to

the genus which conformed closely with Dolifus’

definition, Yamacutl (1959), however, lgaored the

nature ol the metabasal armature In his key to

genera (of the fumily relying instead On the presence

af a basal swelling afd it is evident from the

lireralure jhal some workers have followed

Yamaguti’s key rather than Dollfus’ orgimal

diagnesis. OF specific concern here is Robinson’s

(1959) description of Provhristianella actobaris from

New Zewland which combines the metabasal

armature of Patachrisnanelfa with the basal

arinalure on a tenfacular basal swelling like

Prachrisnareila, Following the key of Yamaguti

(1959), Robinson (1959} placed the species in

Prachrisiivenella bur with some Nesitatiun, as

Museum records show he had originally considered

use 4 ew generic name for the species, Thenacna-

canthus, We consider that the bwo species desorbed

above fir neither Prachristianelfa nor Perachristia-

nella, and that a new genus is required to accom-

modate them, for which we propose f6 use (he name

initially Suggested by Robinson in notes attached

to ihe jype specimens,

Distinctive characters of the new genus Trimacna-

centhas are the combination of a mbetabasal

armature similar ta Parvchristiamella but with a

prominent, asymmetrical tentacular basal swelling

bearing @ distinctive armature including rhe

presence of a triad of enlarged hooks. The two

species placed in the new gtnus are T, aelabatidis

and 7 binvacus, T. binuacus was originally

described by Linton (1909) and regarded by

Yamnagurl (1959) and Schmidr (L986) as incertie

sedis. The syntypes of RAynchobothruam dinuncum

(USNM 9010) were examined and the oncotaxy and

analomical leatures were found to be very similar

to but distinct from those of 7 aetobatidis. Both

species possess a metabasal armature al the typical

heteroacanthous type in which the haok sizes begin

with very large hooks then decrease in size towards

the external surface. Also, both species have a

pronounced asymmetrical basal swelling with a

distinct basal armature. There are three cone-shaped

hooks on. the external fave of the basal armature

in both species, 7 gerebatidis may be distinguished

from 7 dinuiicks by the following features: number

of hooks per principal rove at mid-lennacte (10-11

versus 12-14); hooks £ {1') in the principal rows lack

an extended posterior heel in T wetidaetidiy bul a

heel is pronounced in TL Bbinyncus; 2 sharp

transition In hook size on che external lace (7

acinhatidis) versus a gradual decrease in hank size

17. binuneys); testis number per sezment (68-85 in

T. aeioberis versus 105-109 in To bintuncus); number

of segments (1S versus 6); nonspinaus scoles and

strobila of 7 aerobaridis versus aspinous condition

in T. Ginweteus, and presence of a short pars

posthulbosa in 7 eelobetidis which 7 dvnaneus

lacks.

TRIMACRACANTHUS GEN. NOVY. 171

Robinson (1959) used two names, P gerobatis and

P. aetobatidis, in his description of the species. As

the host genus is Aefobatus, we assume that P

aetobatis is a typographical error, and have adopted

the name aetobatidis.

Southwell (1929) reported a single specimen of

R, binuncum (as Tentacularia binunca) from

Dasybatus? walga from the “Ceylon Pearl Banks”,

and. reproduced Linton’s (1909) figures of the

species. The whereabouts of Southwell’s specimen

is not known, and hence its identity cannat be

ascertained.

Acknowledgments

Thanks are due to B. G. Robertson, R. R. Martin

and M. G. O'Callaghan for collecting specimens

and to J. R. Lichtenfels (USNMHC) and R. L.

Palma (NMN7Z) for the loan of type specimens.

This study was supported financially by the

Australian Biological Resources Study.

References

DoLiLFus, R. (1942) Etudes critiques sur les

Tétrarhynques du Muséum de Paris, Arch. Mus. nat.

fist. nat,, Paris 19, 1-466.

(1946) Notes diverses sur les Tétrarhynques. Mém.

Mus. nat. Hist. nat, Paris 22, 179-220.

(1969) De quelques cestodes tétrarhynques (hétéra-

canthes et pécilacanthes) recoltés chez des poissons de

Ja Méditerranée, Vie et Milieu, Sér, A 20, 441-514.

FEIGENBAUM, D. L. (1975) Parasites of the commercial

shrimp Penaeus vannamei Bourne and Penaeus brasil-

fensis Latreille. Bull. Mar. Sci, 25, 491-514,

Heinz, M. L. & DaiLey, M. D. (1974) The Trypano-

thyncha (Cestoda) of elasmobranch fishes from

southern California and Northern Mexico. Prac.

Helminthol. Soc, Wash. 41, 161-169.

KRUSE, D. N, (1959) Parasites of the commercial shnmps,

Penaeus aztecus Tves, P. duerarum Burkenroad and

P setiferus (Linnaeus). Tulane Stud. Zool. 7, 123-144,

LINTON, E. (1909) Helminth fauna of the Dry Tortugas.

I. Cestodes. Carnegie Institution of Washington

Publications 102, 157-190.

ROBINSON, F, S. (1959) Some new cestodes from New

Zealand marine fishes. Trans, R, Sec. N.Z, 86, 381-391.

Scumint, G. D, (1986) Handbook of Tapeworm Identifi-

cation. (C/R.C, Press, Boca Raton, Florida.)

SoOuTHWELL, T. (1929) A monograph of cestodes of the

order Trypanorhyncha from Ceylon and India, Part I,

Spolia Zeyland. 15, 169-312.

Yamacuti, S, (1959) Systeme Helminthum, The

Ci ay of Vertebrates, Vol. 2, (Wiley Interscience, New

York.

i GER

chee me uae a! is

TRANSACTIONS OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED

VOL. 111, PART 4

CHANGES IN SALINITY AND IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF

MACROPHYTES, MACROBENTHOS AND FISH IN THE COORONG

LAGOONS, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, FOLLOWING A PERIOD OF

RIVER MURRAY FLOW

BY M. C. GEDDES*

Summary

This study was carried out to investigate the effects of the above average flow in the River Murray

in 1983-84 on the salinity and the distribution of the biota in the Coorong Lagoons. Salinities fell

only slightly in 1983, but by mid 1984 salinities had fallen significantly to be brackish (< 30°/oo) in

the North Lagoon and moderately hypersaline (55-70°/oo) in the South Lagoon. The biology and

distribution of the biota showed changes that correlated with the freshening of the Coorong. Ruppia

megacarpa flowered profusely in the North Lagoon in October 1983, and R. tuberosa grew

extensively in the South Lagoon in 1984. The “estuarine-lagoonal” macroinvertebrate fauna in the

North Lagoon extended its distribution to the southern extent of that lagoon; the species richness

remained low with only two previously unrecorded species being collected. None of the typically

estuarine-lagoonal macroinvertebrates occurred in the South Lagoon within the study period,

although salinities were generally within their tolerance range in winter-spring 1984. Some

freshwater fish occurred in the North Lagoon and Aldrichetta forsteri and Acanthopagrus butcheri

(estuarine-marine species) moved into the South Lagoon for a brief period in spring 1984.

KEY WORDS: Coorong Lagoons, salinity, macroinvertebrates, fish, Ruppia.

CHANGES LN SALINITY AND IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF MACROPHYTES,

MACROBENTHOS AND FISH IN THE COORONG LAGOONS, SOUTH AUSTRALIA,

FOLLOWING A PERIOD OF RIVER MURRAY FLOW

by M, ©, Genaes*

Summary

Geopes. M. C. (1987) Changes in salinity and inthe distribution of macrophytes, macrobenthns and fish

in the Coorong Lawoons, South Australia, following u period of River Murray flow, Trans, R, Sov.

S. Aust, 114), 173-181, 30 November, 1987.

This study as carried out td investigate the effects of the above average flow in the River Murray

in 1983-84 on the salinity and the distribution of the biota in the Coorong Lagoons, Salimbhes fell anly

slightly in 1983, but by mid 1984 salinities had falleu siznifivantly to be brackish (<30%o0) ili tlie Nortli

Lagoon and moderately hypersaline ($59-70%ov) in the South Lagoon. The biology and distribubon af the

biota showed changes that correlated with Lhe freshening of the Coorong. Ruppia megacerpa Flowered

profusely in the North Lagoon in October 1983, and R, tuberosa grew extensively in the South Lagoon

in 1984. The “estuarine-lagoonal” macroinvertebrate fauna in the North Lagoon extetied its distribution

(o the southern extent of that lagoon; the species richness remained low with only two previously unrecorded

Species being collected. None of the typically estuarine-lagoonal macroinvertebrates ogcurred in the South

Lagoon within the study penod, although salinities were venerally within their tolerance range.in wintet-spring

1984, Some freshwater fish occurred in the North Lagoon and Aldrichetta forsteri and Acanthopagrus

butcheri (estuarine-marine species) moved into the South Lagoon for a brief period in spring 1984.

Key Worvs: Coorong Lagoons, salinity, macroinvertebrates, fish, Ruppia.

introduction

The Coorong is an elongate coastal lagoon

systeot which extends from the mouth of (he River

Murray some I) km southeast along the South

Australian coast (Fig. 1) and is characterized by a

preal rarige of salinity Muctuations (Geddes & Butler

1984). Exchange of water into the Coorong is from

ihe Murray Mouth region at the northern end of

the Coorong. Here eilher sea water from Encounter

Bay or fresh water from the River Murray via Lake

Alexandrina, can enter the Coorong. ‘The formerly

estuarine nature of the Murray Mouth region has

heen changed by River Murray regulation and by

the erection of (the River Murray Barrages, a system

at low levees and gates (approximately 600 in all)

actoss the outflow from Lake Alexandrina (Fig. 1),

Ar times of low River Murray flow the water

entering South Australia is sufficient only to meet

abstraction requirements and evaporative losses and.

al these times the gates of (he barrages are shut and

the barrages separate fresh water retained in Lake

Alexandrina from sea water in the Murray Mouth

gestion. AL periods of moderate or high River

Murray flow, the gates on the barrages are opened

to varying degrees and fresh water flows into the

Murray Mouth region and the Coorong. Therefore

* Depar(ment Oo) Zooloey, University OF Adelaide, GPO,

Box 498, Adefuide, S. Aust. S00).

the flow conditions in the River Murray determine

the salinity of the water in the Murray Mouth region

which is available for mixing into the Coorong and

thus are a major factor controlling salinity in the

Coorong Lagoons. The nature and distribution of

the biola of the Coorong Lagoons is influenced by

salinity (Geddes & Butler 1984; Kangas & Cieddes

(984) and so River Murray flow is likely to influence

ihe blology of the Coorong Lagoons.

A previous study of the Coorong (Geddes &

Butler 1984; Kangas & Geddes 1984) was. under-

taken during u d6-month period (Decenther 1981

to March 1983) of no ourtlow trom the barrages.

During this time the Coorong's salinities were

marine to moderately hypermarine in the North

Lagoon (35-50°%no) and strongly hypersaline

(80-110°/o0) In the South Lagoon, These conditions

greatly restricted the distribution of the marine-

derived estuarine-lagoonal fauna in the Cocrung.

(n 1983 and 1984 there were moderate to high flows

in (he River Murray; the Murray flow year }983-34

recorded a flaw of 8,08 million MI at Lock 1

compared with the long term median (1949-50 to

1982-83) of 3.96 million MI, In mid 1983 there

began» considerable ont low trom the barrages 50

that the Coorong received diluting flows. This paper

describes the changes in the salinity patterns in the

Coorene fram March 1983 until March 1985 snd

the effects of these changes on the distributions of

muctuinvertebrates, fish and macrophytes in the

North and Sourh Lagoons.

174

M. C. GEDDES

Monthly

Borrage Flow

8 A 20930 40 5a 6O ef 10 780

5m og hot sampled 12-12-83

Mureay Mouth gy

(Mix lav§}

Are North Sugeon South Lagoon

wsdertdetbeed lepedosredberidscrederpehmarsionrcinchst = = = ateeceeeneenneeenenecvacseuesiesenies

7-3-83

TTT Ti

$ 20 a fao 50 lac fo 80

77-84—

15m 26°7'84

Buy

io fs fa 30 5a 55 eo Jas 790

25 As 20:9: 84-

18-10-84

ur Sour

area Nuria Voguun South Lagaan

1983 1984 1985

COORONG BIOLOGY AND RIVER MURRAY FLOW 175

Methods

Eight visits, at approximately three monthly

intervals, were made to the North and South

Lagoons from October 983—March 1985. The visits

to the two lagoons were generally within twa weeks

of each other. In the North Lagoon physicochemical

measurements and bivlogical samples were taken

from (he nine stations of Geddes & Butler (1984).

The methods for measuring conductivity at 25°C

(Kos), salinity (measured as tocal dissolved solids,

TDS), chlorophyll, turbidity, Secchi dise trans

pareney for Secchi depth) and OQ) concentration

and for collecting benthic and littoral invertebrates,

fish and macrophytes were as in Geddes & Butler

(1984). In the South Lagoon K 5, TDS and

{urbidities were meusured and benthic and littoral

invertebrates were collected from seven stations

(Fig. 1) The first of these stations (1S) was al

Magrath Flal which is within the constricted region

herween the North and South Lagoons. The other

six were in the South Lagoon from Vila de Yumpa

to just north of Tea Tree Point. Additional

information on the distribudien of chironomids,

macrophytes and fish in the South Lagoon were

provided by Dr David Paton (Zoology Department,

Umyersity of Adelaide) and Mr David Hail

(Department of Fisheries, Sourh Australia). Data

on estimaled olflows from the River Murray

Barrages and on the patterns of opening and closing

of the gates ol’ the hatrages were oblained from the

Engineering and Water Supply Department,

S. Aust,

Results

Physicochemical

Longitudinal and vertical patterns in salinity

(TDS) inthe North and South Lagoons, estimated

outflows from the River Murray Barrages to the

Murtay Mouth and Coorong, and pitlerns of

opening and closing of the barrages during 1983

and until mid 1985 are showitin Fig. 1. The barrages

were closed fram December 198] (see Geddes &

Butler 1984) until f July 1983. In March 1983

salinities Were hypermanne throughout the Coorong

ranging from 40°/%o0-130°/o0 (Fig, 1A), By October

1983 (Fig. 1B), after 3 months of barrage outflow

around | million MI per month, salinities had fallen

and ranged from 25 to 60°/00 in the North Lagoon

and Were about 70°/oo in the South Lagoon. By

December (Fig. 1’), alter cominued good Maws,

salinities at the northern end af the North Lagoon

had fallen slightly while those at the southern end

of the North Lagotn had tisen, There were

considerable vertical salinity gradicnis at the

northern and southern ends of the North Lagoon

presumably caused by deeper level incursion of sea

water and highly saline South Lagoon water respec-

tively. A major freshetiing of the North Lagoon

occurred helween December 1983-and March |984

{Fig. 1D) with the entire lagoon becoming brackish

and the northern half having surface salinities below

S*/ou. There were sharp vertical salinity pracients

as fresher water overlaid denser saline water.

Ourflows over this period were moderale (approx.

0.3-0.8 million MI per month) and by March the

barrage gates were mosrly closed. Iu the South

Lagoon there was a longitudinal salinity gradiene

from 90+|40°%oo presumably as a result of high

evaporation at the shallow southern extremity and

limited tongiludinal mixing, By May-June (Fig, 1B),

after a continued period of moderate flow (0.3-0.4

million MJ), an evea longitudinal gradient. from

<5-25'7o0 had developed in the North Lagoon

and there was a steep gradietit between the two

lagoons, although there had been some freshening

of the South Lagoon. In June and July mauwthly

oulflows were low and sea waler moved from the

Murray Mouth inte the North Lagoon, Further-

More, by July 26 there had been a consilerable

movement of saline water from the South Lagoon

into the North Lagoon (Fig_ 1¥), presumably as a

result of changes in the water levels in the lagoons.

This is clearly shown in Fig. 2, where lofigitudinal

salinity patterns show that salinities rose from

24%o0 and 41°%no at Stations 9 and 1S on June 5

to 24°/op and 72° on June 14, This exchange

between the lagoons broke down the steep salinity

discontinuity thit had existed between them, During

August and September of 1984 (Fig. 1G) barrage

Outflow increased and the North Lagoon shawed

an even longitudinal salinity gradient from

<10-3)%oo, Exchange from the North Lagoon

and seasonal rainfall further freshened the South

Laguon. High outflows (>15 million MIL per

month) were sceorded in Oeteber and early

November, but by carly December all gates on the

barrages were closed, This reduced flow allowed

seawater to enter the Coorong so that on December

4 (Fiz. 1H) the longitudinal salinity pattern in the

Norih Lagoon showed a block of fresher (<10%o0}

Ti. tL. Longitudinal and vertical patterns in salinity (DS oo) in the North and South Lagoons of the Coorong

al ¥ sampling times from March 14983 wntil March [985 and estimated monthly barrage outflow from the River

Murray, The sampling localities ia the North Lagoon (1-9), in the constricted region between the lagoons {1S},

und in the Sourh Lagoemn (25-75) are indicated, Closure of the burrages is indicated by the solid harizonral bats

in the Murray Mauth region, The degree of opening of the main barrages ar Goolwa (Gi) and Tauwiteherie (1)

ts Indicated hy the pesirion and size of the breaks in the bars representing the barrages.

196

Mes}

fas

any

1P 4 45STH OIE

Srotion

223545 $55

Fig, 2. Longitudinal patterns of surface salinity on Sand

{4 Jume 1984. Note the sharp gradient between Station 9

and Station 25 and the movement of saline water into

the région 28 and 9 on June 14.

wafer half way down the lagoon bounded by saltier

water ta the northern and southern cnds, All

barrages remained closed until the final sampling

date in March 1985 (Fig, 1§) by which time salinities

in the North Lagoon had risen above 35°%on and

thase in the South Lagoon to 140°/o0; so that the

salinity pattern for the Coosong was very similar

to that in March 1983.

Water temperature in. the North Lagoon showed

a seasonal pattern front a high of 24°C to a low

of 11°C, On calm days a small vertical gradient

existed, with surface temperatures up to 15°C

higher than bottom temperatures, Secchi dise trans-

parencies were high (up 10 2.2 m) at the northerly

stations in Lhe period of no flow in March 1983 and

then fell co around 0.5 m in October. Subsequently,

they fluctuated generally between 0.5 and 1.5 m with

fo apparens pattern, probably reflecting, local wind-

driven turbulence. In the South Lagoon Secchi disc

Iransparencies were lower varying between 0.3 and

6.7 m

Biological

Chlorophyll a levels in the North Lagoon showed

a longitudinal increase from Station 1 to 9 in March

1983. Diatoms, along with flagellates at Statyons 7

and 9, were the dominant phytoplankters, During

M. ©. GEDDES

the flow period from mid 1983 until late 1984

chlorophy! levels fluctuated usually between 5 and

30 mg m7? but higher levels were recorded at

Stations | and 3 when Planktonema lautabornei

was the dominant phytoplankter (presumably a

wash-out from Lake Alexandrina where it is usually

abundant (Geddes 1984)}). By March 1985 chloro-

phyll levels were tow al Stations 1 and 3, and high

at Stations 7 and 9 where Mazellates bloomed.

During 1983 and 1984 Ruppia megacarpa

continued to be the daminan{ macrophyic in the

North Lagoon with Lepilaena cylindricurpa also

common and Zostera muelleri common at. the niore

northerly stations. The Ruppia and Lepilaeng beds

were vigorous, extensive and Mowering profusely tn

October 1983 along the length of the North Lagoon,

especially from ‘Station 5 southwards, They

remained extensive until June 1984 and then died

back. They became extensive and vigorous again

by December 1984 hut no flowering was observed

in October or December 1984,

In the South Lagoon Ruppia tuberosa was the

dominant macrophyte with Lamprothaninian

sometimes common, Over the period Octeber 1983

until July 1984 small specimens of Ruppia were

observed in restricted areas, By September 1984

extensive beds of Ruppia occurred throughout the

South Lagoon, These were probably produced from

seeds thai germinated in the freshening water

(D, Paton pers, comm,), In December the northerti

and middle areas of the South Lagoon were fringed

with extensive beds af Ruppia growing thickly in

the shallows and flowering profusely. Ruppia died

back during summer as water Jevels dropped and

salinity rose. By April 1985 Ruppia was recorded

only in the northern half of the Lagoon to Station

6S.

The macroinvertebrates and fish collected in the

North Lagoon are listed in Table |, Most species

were collected on most occasions at Stations | ty

5 where salinities usually ranged from 5-45°/o0,

although some species including the polychactc

Australonereis ehlersi, the gastropod Salinalar

fragilis and the bivalve Nefospisula trigonella, were

much less common (han in the earlier study (Geddes

& Butler 1984), In March 1984, when salinities fell

to 2°%%oo-al Stations 1.and 3 and 5°/oo at Station 5,

the polychaetes Cergtonereis aequisetis (formerly

C. pseudoerythraensis), Nephyis australiensis and

Capitella capitita were not collected from Station |

although C. dequisetis was present at Station 3 and

all three species were present at Station 5. Numerical

dominant species thal remaincd in high abundance

in che littoral area during the estuarine phase in the

North Lagoon were the amphipods Melita zey-

fanica, Paracorophiim and Megamphopus, the

COORONG BIOLOGY AND RIVER MURRAY FLOW iW

TABLE 1. Mucroinvertelrates and fish collected in hand net and benthic grab sumples

tram the Nortit Lagoon of the Coorong from October 1983 until March 1985, (Those

marked * were not recorded when similar samples were taken in 1982 (Geddes & Butler

1984),)

Fish

Arenigobius bifrenatus (Kner)

Pseudogohius alorum (Sauvage)

Atherinosoma microstoma (Ginther)

* Philypnodon grandiceps (Krefft)

* Pseudaphriris urvilti (Valenciennes)

* Nematalosa erebi (Giinther)

Decapods

Amphipods.

(Crustaceans

Macrobrachium intermedium (Sumpsan}

Melita zevlanica Stebbing

Paracorophium cf. excavatum

' Megamphopus/Podaceropsis/Gammaropsis

Ostracod

Polychaetes

Osticythere reticulata Hartmann

? Ceratonereis aequisetiy (Augener)

Nephiys australiensis (Fauchald)

Australonereis ehlersi (Augener)

* Privnospio cirrifera (Wiren)

Ficopomiatis enigmaticus (Fauvel)

Boccardia chilensis Blake & Woodwick

Cepitella capitata (Fabricius)

Capiiellides spp.

Fabriciinae

* Questidae

Gastropods

Hydrobia buccinoides (Quoy & Gaiman}

Salmator fragilis (Lamatck)

* Tafea rufilabris (Adams)

Bivalyes

Notospisula trigonella (Lamarck)

Arthritica semen (Menke)

Soletellina donaciaides. Reeve

Chironomid

Eplhiydrid

Insects

Tanytarsus barbitarsis Freeman

Ephydrella sp-

' This population was identified as Megamphapus sp. in Geddes & Butler (1984) and

Kangas & Geddes (1984), but is more properly assigned to this multi-genus group,

which is in need of tevision (J. L. Barnard pers, comm.). Megamphopus sp. 15 used

elsewhere in this paper for brevity.

? This population was identified as C. pseudoerythraensis Hutchings in Geddes &

Butler (1984), but has been synonymized with C. aeguisetis (Augener) (Hutchings &

Glassby 1985).

polychaetes Cerutonéréis weguisetis and Fica-

Ppomatus enigmaticus, and the gastropod Hydrobia

buccinoides. The daminants in the benthic samples

were Capitella capitata and Paracoraphium with the

bivalves Notospisula trigoneHa and Arthritica

semen and the polychaetes Nephtys australiensis

and Prionaspio cirrifera common,

At Stations 7 and 9 high salinities (54-740) in

March 1983 restricted the fauna so that only

Cuapitella captieta, dipterans and the hardyhead

Atherinosoma microstome occurred at Station 9,

and thesé plus Sulinator fragilis and Hydrobia

buccinoides at Station 7 (Fig, 3). By December 1983

after salinities at Station 7 had fallen below 50°co

in October, Paracorophium, Megamphopus and

Capitellides were present and this last was also

collected from Station 9, When salinities dropped

sharply in March 1984 Ficopomatus enigmaticus,

the fabriciine polychaetes, Arthritica semen and

Pseudogobius olorum were collected from

Station 7, and then Melita zeplanica, Ceratonereis

aequisetis and Notospisula trigonella appeared in

June and Prionospio cirrifera, Macrabrachiunm

Intermedium and Tateq rufilabris appeared Jater.

Thus by October 1984 almost all of the common

estuarine-lagoonal species that occur in the

Coorong had colonized Station 7. The same pattern

occutred at Station 9 except that colonization was

generally later and Melita zeylanica, Tatea rufilabris

and Macrobrachium intermedium were not found.

When salinities rose from December 1984 to Mareh

1985 many species disappeared from Stations 7

and 9 (Fig. 3).

None of the common esluarine-lagoonal inverte-

brates of the North Lagoon were collected from the

South Lagoon. Here, the macroinvertebrate fauna

was very restricted, comprising only the chironomid

Taawtarsus barbitarsis, the ephydrid Ephydrella,

other dipteran larvae, the isopod Hal/oniscus, searler

and ostracods including Diacypris compacta.

ITS M,C, GEDDES

Metin sevlorice

Paracoraphiam Vt arcane

Mecomnphopus

Caraaner eis ceqoiiel!:

—_— Pranespia cirnterc

Copitelia woptdta

Ficopomars eatgmoticus

Copiteiides sop

Fodric now

bydrabie Aucoinedes

_ Tateg nistiigbris

hoa Sain ator tragiis

Notasoiswa Ieonelia

Arthihed semen

———en._ Athorinzame mecrastama

— Prevdegdéivs alorum

+ Mecrebrochram intermedium

— Jonytorsus hartitarsis

—— Fphyareila sp.

ADOT TOM

rai

Bs (hu,

v NFOLRT;ASANGIERANSUASORDUTWA

{253 1954

_ Morecorophwin of sacwvorum

S-arjon J Megomphopus — ;

= Cerchangrins néguisens

_ $name HIPPO.

Pripaasgia currtsee

Fxopdmatus esrigmarious

Comjelhdes spp

Fabriaiince

Hyorobia burcinaides

+ Sgnnatee fragilis

Nerespisiia tigonetict

Artartica semen

Atherinosoma imicrostana

Pseudegohius alorum

+ — Tanytorsus borbitarsss

+ Eptiydreiia sp.

BOTTOM

TUF

Od er ert

SEMAN ISM SONTIPMAMUI AS ONDIFMA

SBS jyaq

Fig, 3. Surtace and bottom salinities (TDS °/ao) and the

occurrence of macroinverlebrates and fish at Stations

7 and 9 in the North Lagoon from Murch 1983 16 March

1985.

Tanviarsus. harhitarsis was easily the dominant

littoral and benthic animal and it occurred

tiroughout the South Lagoon on most occasions

although with high salinities in March 1984 (Fig. 4)

and March and April 1985 (Fig. 4) it did not occur

al Stations 6S er 7S. At Stations 2S to 3S the

abundance of 7) barhjtarsis was seasonal with

highest numbers if summer (D, Paton pers..comm,),

Six fish species were collected in the North

Lagoon (Table 1). The small mouthed hardyhead,

Atherinosoma microstama, and the blue spot goby,

Psendosobius olorum, wete the ones mast

commonly collected by hand net. A. microstoma

was distributed throughout the North Lagoon while

P. olorum was testricted to more northerly areas

until mid 1984 when salinities fell (Fig. 3). The other

four species were collected only occasionally.

ACTS me >

buicher! -

Alcrionerta

forse?

Peevcaanritis

orwall’

Atherimasomg

WUCTES HNO.

Tanytorsus

barhitarsrs

Ruppie

fufieraso

— |

2 oc ny Ses xe

Apri! BS

a ae

a 4 ——5__+

-24{ or Sa 1S

6 O5 636 & OF

~ e = = q

‘i £ é = #

1 4 : z

e 2 # % 2

4 v Sa

Fig, 4, Longitudinal salimty profiles and ihe distribution

of biota in the South Lagoon during a low salinity

peviod in spring (September-Ocrober) 1984 and.a high

salinity period in autumn (March-April) 1985,

A much more complete fish sampling program

was. conducted in the North Lagoon of the Coorong

during 1984 by David Hall of the S. Aust. Dept

of Fisheries. The common species in. his catches,

along with those in the present study comprise a

complete list of the common fish occurring in che

Coorong in 1984 (Table 2), They include freshwater

species presumably washed in with the River Murray

flow, marine species thal usc the Coorong as a

nursety-growing aréa, and species that generally

complete their life cycles in the estuarine-lagnonal

system.

The hardyhead, A. mucrostoma, was the only fish

that persisted in the South Lagoon. Hardyheads

occurred in large numbers throughout the South

Lagoon in winter, spring and early summer.

Increasing salinities in late summer and autumn

restricted their southerly distnbution so that only

a few specimens were collected at Station 7S in

March 1985 when the salinity was 149%/o0, and

they were still rare in April 1985 when the salinity

had fallen to 100°%co (Fig, 4), In late winter and

spring 1984 when salinities fell as Juw as 35°00,

congolli (Pseudaphritis urvill), black bream

(Acanthopagrus bulcheri) and yellow-eye mullet

(Aldrichetta forstert) also occurred in the South

Lagoon (Fig. 4). Yellow-eye mullet and black bream

were caught by professional fishermen in the

northern section of the South Lagoon in August,

September and October 1984 and recreational

catches of mullet were recorded as. tar south as Sale

Creek (D. Hall pers. comm.), No catches of

congolli, black bream or ycllow-cye mullet were

recorded in July or November when TDS was

around or above 70°%oa,

COBRONG BIOLOGY ANIT RIVER MURRAY FLOW {73

Discussion

The high River Murray outflows frou tuly-

November 1983 had little inumediate impact an the

salinities in the North and South Lagoons, In

December 1983 salintlies were-as high as 6D°/oo at

the south end of the North Lagoon and above

30°o0 ty the South Lacoon. The major drop in

salinities in rhe North Lagoon occurred between

December 1983 and Murch 1984, resulting in

salinities below 30°%oo throughout the lagoon,

During tus perlad outflows from the barrages wore

moderate. Thus mixing of fresti water soulhwards

in the Coorong is not simply controlled by River

Murray Flow but other factors such as sea levels,

lagoon levels, wind direction and evaporation are

probably Involved (Nove 1975}. Freshening of the

South Lagoan eccurred in the latter half of 1984

so that In September-October salinities were 50-

WM, These salinities were still well above those

recorded in November 1975 (30-40°%o0) following

@ period of yery heavy River Murray flow in 1973

and up lo 1975 (Geddes & Butler 1984),

The River Murray flow produced significant

effecls upon the Ruppia populations in 1983 and

1984, In the North Lagoon, Ruppia megacarpa, a

species which usually reproduces vegetatively and

sets little seed (Brock §982), lowered profusely in

October 1983 after the first heavy outflows from

the River Murray and the slight fall in salinity. In

the South Lagoon, Ruppia tuberosa became

abundant in 1984 and thick and extensive beds of

lowering plants were observed in October-

December 1984. This followed a drop in salinity to

§5-70%w along the South Lagoon in September

1984, This abundance of R. rvberosa contrasted

with Its scarcity during 1982, when salinities were

Benerally above XP /ie (Geddes & Butler 1984), and

supports observations made by others (Delroy e7 ai.

1965'+ Womersley 1975: Paton 1982+} chat growth

of R, ruberosa is inhibited at salinities above Lwice

Seawater,

The minor dilution of the North Lagoon during

1983 did not produce any changes in the distri-

bution of macroinvertebrates, However, with the

marked salinity fall in March 1984, most species

extended their distributions southwards although

there was a Jaz period with must species nat

Occurring at the mosi suutherly station until June,

' Delory, L. B., Macrow, PM. & Sorrell, J. B. (1965) The

foud of warerfow! (Anadidae) in sult water habirars of

Sourh Australia, Unpublished reporr of Fisheries and

Fauna Conservation Department of South Australia,

* Paton, P, (1982) Biotn of the Coorong. South

Australian Department af Environment and Planning,

Nov. 1962. A.DIEP. 5$ (inputlished),

No members of the estuarine-lagooual imacro-

invertebrale fauna were collected In the Sourh

Lagoon although salinities there were within their

tolerance Jimits in September-Detober 1984,

Presumably longer periods at moderate salinily are

mecessary lor the establishment of the estuarine-

Jagoonal fauna in the South Lagoon. The “sale Jake"

association of dipterans, ostracods, Halanisens

searieé and Alherinasomea nricrosioma persisted. in

the South Lagoon throughout 1983 and 1984,

The more estuarine conditions i 1983-84 did iho

see any significant increase in the number of spevie's

of macroinvertebrares inthe North Lagoon. Only

one lurther polychaete, Prionasplo cirrifera, anc

one further gastropod, 7atea rajfilabris, were

collected. Prinnoespio sp. is a commonly

encountered polychaete in the Leschenaalt and Peet-

Harvey estuaries in south-western Australia (E, P,

Hodgkin pers. comm.) and Prionespio virrifera is

common in many estuaries On the south eust

Austrahan coast, especially where there is

considerable freshwater inpul or eulruphicalion

(Rainer & Fitzhardinge 1981; Collett ey af 1984}.

Tatea rufilubris is a hydrobiid found in southern

Australian estuaries (Ponder pers, comm.)- Thus,

even during periods of River Murray flow and

moderale salinities, lhe number of species in the

Coorong (23 species of macroinvertebrates) was

much lower than those recorded in some other

Australian estuaries (Rainer & Pitzhardinge (98);

Geddes & Butler 1984),

River Murray flow and the changed salinity

pattern brought about changes in the fish fauna and

the distribucions of particular specics. The

freshwater species, Cyprinus carpie, Nemeatalosa

erebj and Philypnodon grandiceps, occurred in the

North Lagoon along with the matine and estuaiine

fish, The three freshwater species presumably were

washed in with the River Murray flow, but kirge

populations of N. erehi persisted alone (he entire

length of the North Lagoon for considerable

periods in 1983-84, Three &pecies previously

restricted to the North Lagoon, Pxeudaphritis

uevilli, Acanthepagrus butcheri, and Aldrichettu

forsteri, entered the South Lagoon for a brief period

in August-October 1984 when sallnities were below

70%oo. The disttibutions of these commercial

fishes seem to respond rapidly ta the establishment

of favourable salinities, although catch per unit

effort data suggest that only small numbers of fish

were present (D. Hall pers, comm,),

The fish fauna of the Coorong, like that of the

invertebrates, is very restricted campared fo thal in

other estuaries (Pollard 1984). This is mustly cue

ta the minor represenration of marine fish in che

Coorong. OF the 17 common species ( lable 2), only

five pre marine species that use the Coorony

M. C. GEDDES

Tasi_e 2. Common fisk in the North Lagoon of the Coorong during 1984. Species are grouped according ta their

habitatas follows: estuarine — can. complete lifecycte in the Caorang; marine — generally reproduce at sea; freshwater

— generally reproduce in fresh water,

Family Species nume

ESTUARINE

Atherinidac ' atherinasoma microstoma (Giinther)*

Gobiidae Pseudouobins olorum (Sauvage)

Arenogobius bifrenaius (Kucr)

Callogobius mucosus (Ginther)

Bowichyilae ' Pseudophritis -arvilll (Valenciennes)*

Sparidac Acanthopagrus buteheri (Munro)

Bothilae Rhombosolea tupirina (Ginther)

Hemiramphidae Hyporhamphus regularus (Gunther)

Engraulidac * Engrautis australis (Shaw)

MARINE

Setaenidae Arpyosomus hololeptdatus (Lacépéde)

Mugilidae Aldrichetta forsteri (Valenciennes)

Clupeidae * Sardinopy neopilchardus (Steindachner)

Galaxndae 4 Gulaxlus maculatus (Senyns)

FRESHWATER

Clupetdae Nematalose evebi (Gunther)

Eleotridae Philypnodon grandiceps (Krett)

Cyprinidae Cyprinus carpia (L.innenus)

Common name

Smal mouthed hardyhead

Blue-spot goby

Bridled goby

Sculptured goby

Congalli

Black bream

Greenback flounder

River garfish

Southern anchovy

Mulloway

Yellow-eye mullet

Australian pilchard

Common galaxias

Bony bream

Big-headed gudgeon

European carp

' These, species can breed in tresh water (Lloyd unpublished).

* Breeds in estuaries as far as is known.

* Breeds at sca as far as is known,

4 Breeds in estuaries but larvae then spend time al sea before returning to estuary of fresh water (Pollard 1971}.

lagoons as 4 nursery-growing area, while there are

perhaps nine species thal are resident within the

syste. A similar, but not so severe, restriction of

usage by marine specics has been noted for the Peel-

Harvey system (Potter ef a/, 1983) and the Swan-

Avon estuary (Prince & Potter 1983) in Western

Australia. These authors suggest that the presence

of a narrow channel and of extensive peripheral

bays within the estuaries, make these systerns

conducive to an estuarine mode of life. Conversely

these same factors make it difficult for marine fish

to move in and out of the estuarics. ‘he extreme

salinity Mluctuations in (he Coorong may also limit

lish diversity.

Hypersalinity can be a major luctor limiting fish

distribution within estuarine-lagoonal systems.

Only six fish species occurred in Hamelin Pool, the

hypersaline (~54%oo) region of Shark Bay

(Lenanton 1977), and while most species in South

African estuaries-lagoons could tolerate salinities

up to $5°%eo, only a few could tolerate salinities up

to: 70%0 (Hill 1981). A similar dimunition of fist

fauna between 55 and 70"%/oa appears to occur in

the Coorong, The most tolerant species in fhe Shark

Bay aod South African studies included members

of the Atherinidae, the Mugilidae and the Sparidae,

families which also include the most salt tolerant

species in the Coorong. Considenng the effects of

salinity on the distributions of fishes within the

Coorong, it appears that under the present hydro-

logical and salinity regimes the fish faunas will

sometimes be restricted in the southern end of the

North Lagoon and on most occasions only the

highly tolerant Athkerinosume microstoma will

occur in the South Lagoon,

The effects of the River Murray flow of 1983-84

on salinity patterns and rhe distribution of biota

in the Coorong were short-lived, Following the

barrage closure in December 1984, salinities quickly

rose to 36-70%e0 in the North Lagoon and

80-140%50 in the South Lagoon by March 1985,

This is an almost identical salinity pattern to that

of March 1983 afer a period of extended barrage

closure. It seems that consistently high River Murray

flows are needed to maintain an estuarine-marine

situation in the North Lageon and moderately

hypermarine conditions in the South Lagoon of the

Coorong.

COORONG BIOLOGY AND RIVER MURRAY FLOW 141

Acknowledgments

Thanks to Helen Vanderwoude, David Paton,

Greg Powell and Julie Francis for help in the field

and the laboratory and the following people for

identifying specimens; Pat Hutchings (polychaetes),

Jerry Barnard (amphipods), Winston Ponder

(gastropods) and Lance Lloyd and David Hall

(fish). David Paton and David Hall also allowed

access to unpublished data. The Engineering and

Water Supply Department provided unpublished

data on outflow from the River Murray Barrages

and the South Australian Fisheries Department

provided data on fish species and disiribulion,

Thanks to Sandra Lawson for typing the manu-

scnpt, to Ruth Evans for the artwork and to the

Zoology Department, University of Adelaide for

support.

References

Brock, M. A, (!982) Biology of the salinity tolerant

genus Ruppia L, in saline Jakes in South Australia. II.

Population ecology and reproductive biglogy. Aquat.

Bot. 13, 249-268.

CouiceTT, L. C., AuTcHmas, P. A, Gras, P. J, &

Coins, A. J. (1984) A comparative study of the

macro-benthic fauna of Posidonia australis seagrass

meadows in New South Wales. Aquat. Ror, 18, 111-134.

Geopes, M. C. (1984) Limnology of Lake Alexandrina,

River Murray, South Ausiralia, and the effects of

nutrients and light on the phytoplankton. use J. Mar.

Freshwat, Res. 35, 399-415,

& Butter, A. J. (1984) Physicochemical and

biological studies on the Coorong lagoons, South

Australia, and the effect of salinity on (he distribution

of the macrobenthos. Trans. R. Soe. S$, Aust. 108, 51-62.

Hii, B. J. (1981) Adaptations to‘temperature and salinity

stress in South African estuaries, Ch. 11, pp, 187-197,

In J. A, Day (Ed.) “Estuarine Ecotogy”. (Balkema,

Rotterdam).

HurtcHinas, P. A. & Giasuy, C. J, (1985) Addirional

nereidids {Polychacta) from eastern Avistralia, together

with a redescription of Nammanerets quadraticeps (Gay)

and the synonymising of Ceratonereis pseudoery-

thraeensis Hutchings & Turvey with C. aeguisetis

(Augener), Rec, Aust, Mus. 37(2), 101-110,

Kanaas, M. L. & Gepprs, M. C. (1984) The effects of

salinity on the distribution of amphipods i the

Coorong, South Australia, in relation to their salinity

tolerance, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 108, 139-145.

waters of the stromatolile zone of Shark Bay, Western

Australia. Copeia (1977), 387-390.

Noyt, B. J. (1975) The Coorong. Publ. No. 39, 131 pp.

(Department of Adult Education, University of

Adelaide).

POLLARD, D. A. (1971) The biology of a landlocked form

of the normally catadromous salmoniform fish Galaxtas

maculatus, 1, Life cycle and origin, Aust, J Mar

Freshwat. Res. 22, 91-123,

(1984) A review-of ecological siudies on sea-grass

fish communities, with particular reference to recent

studies in Australia. Aquat Bol. 18, 3-42.

Porver, I. C., Loweracan, N, R, LRNANTON, R. Cb,

Curysta, P. J. & Grant, C. J. (1983) Abundance,

distribution and age structure of fish populations in a

Western Australian estuary. J. Zool, Lond. 200, 21-50.

Prince, J. D. & Potter, 1. C. (1983) Life-cycle duration,

growth and spawning times of five species of Atherini-

dae (Teleostel) found in a Western Australian estuary.

Aust, J. Mar, Freshwar. Res. 34, 247-301,

Rainer, S&S. & FitzHarpince, R, C, (1981) Benthic

communities in an estuary with periodic deoxygenation,

thid. 32, 277-343.

Womers.ey, H, B. S. (1975) The plants. Ch. 7. Jn

J. Noye (Ed.) “The Coorong”, Publ, No. 39 (Department

of Adult Education, University of Adelaide),

SALINA BED INSTABILITY AND GEODETIC STUDIES AT LAKE EYRE,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

by J, A. DULHUNTY*

Surmary

DuLaustyY, J. A, (1987) Salina hed instability and geodetic studies at Lake Eyre, South Australia. Trans,

R. Soc. S. Aust 1V1(4), 183-188, 30 November, 1987.

Horizontal compressional forces in saltcrusts of Lake Eyre cause fracturing with overthrusing in chin

crusts oF marginal areas, and warping or buckling in central areas where crusts are thicker and stronger,

Uneonsolidated Holucene sediments adjust by deformation to warping of overlying saltcrusts and the true

equilibrium level of the lakebed surface is elevated or depressed, When the lake is filled salicrusts are dissalverd

and deforming pressures are released, allowing the surtace of the sediments to return towards equilibrium

level under gravity, Claims that any one place, in any one bay, is the lowest place in Australia, are doubtful,

A more appropriate concept may be that the lowest landsurfaces on the Australian continent are in the

southern bays of Lake Eyre North.

Kry Worbs; Lake Eyre, salterusts, lateral forces, cverthrusting, warping.

Introduction

Lake Eyre ts a Jarge arid ephemeral terniinal lake

Uonns 1955; Bonython 1955, 1956; Dulhunty R.

1975, 1984, 1986; Dulhunty JA. 1977, 1978, 1982:

Allan ev af. 1986; Callen & Wells 1986), It is the

sump of an internal drainage basin, consisting

mostly of semiarid and arid country covering

almost one sixth of the Australian continent, River

courses draining the Lake Eyre Basin seldom carry

flowing waler as far as the lake, as it is mostly lost

to evaporation in desert country of low relief

through which it must pass. Small amounts of water

which do reach the lake, at intervals of 2 to 3 years,

cover only parts of the bed and usually dey up in

less than one year, Infrequent major fillings, once

in 25 to 50 years, cover the whole of the bed to

depths of § to 10 m,-and may require 4 to 6 years

io. dry up (Bye ef al, 1978; Dulhuntry R, 1984; Allan

1985},

Lake Eyre lies in the most arid region of

Australia, with an average annual rainfall of less

than 127 mm, maximum summer temperarures up

‘to #lPC (Price 1955), and an annual evaporation

rate of about 2.5 m (Bonython 1955; Penman 1955).

The purpose of this paper is to record evidence

of lakebed instability or warping of saltcrusts and

deformation of Holocene sedimenis in the salina

arca of Lake Eyre North, and its significance in

peodetic studies and the concept of the lowest place

an the Australian continent.

Saltcrusts

Saltcrusts up to about 30. em in thickness occur

in the three southern bays ol’ Lake Eyre North,

* Department of Geology and Geophysics, Universitv ol

Sydney, N.SW. 2006.

where final evaporation of brines takes place. The

salt has been transported into Lake Eyre. dissolved

in riverwater aud groundwater, after the lake

became terminal following the onset of late

Pleistocene aridity which has persisted through

Holocene to the present day (Bowler 1978;

Dulhunty J. A, 1982). When sufficient water enters

the salina area during major fillings, pre-existing

saltcrusts are dissolved; new sediments are

deposited, and finally, with evaporation of water,

salt is reformed into new crusts (Dulbunty J, A.

1982),

Three generations of gsaltcrusts have been

tecorded at Lake Eyre, The first occurred prior to

the [949-50 filling (Madigan 1930); the second

occurred between the 1949-50 and 1974 fillings

(Dulhunty J. A. 1974, Dulhunty R. 1975; Bonython

1956; Johns 1963), and the third formed after the

water of the 1974 filling dried up in about 1979

(Dulhunty R, 1984). In addition to the three

recorded crusts, a long series OF prehistoric saltcrusts

of gradually increasing volume, must have existed

between major fillings in fate Pleistocene and

Holocene times.

In 1972 @ survey of saltcrust thicknesses was

carried out by Dulhunty over Madigan Gulf and

Jackboot ard Belt Bays, The publication of results

(Dulhunty J. A. 1974) included records of crust

thicknesses measured previously in Madigan Gulf

by Madigan (1930); Bonython (1956), and the South

Australian Geological Survey (Johns 1963).

Differences in salt thicknesses measured at different

times, in the same places in Madigan Gulf, were

also recorded and discussed.

Levelling surveys of thé lakebed surface at the

base of the saltcrust in Madigan Gulf were made

in 1954 by Bonython (1956); in 1969 by the South

Rd JA. DULHUNTY

Australian Fands Department (Simmons 1969)!

and in 1972 by Dulhunty J. A. (1974). The upper

surface af rhe sediments at the base of the saltcrust

is regarded as the present stratigraphical suriace of

(he lakebed (Bonython 1956; Dulhunty J. A. 1974).

The overlying salterusts arc removed perindically

by solution during major fillings, and when

teformed after evaporation of water, they occupy

a younger statigraphical horizon. Therefore salt-

crusts cannot be regarded as specific strata, ar dated

as such, Differences in level values of the lakebed

surface at different times in the same places over

a total period of 18 years emerged from the three

above surveys during the life of the one saltcrust,

When results of both lakebed levelling and salt-

crust thickness surveys were considered in relation

to ime and place, it was evident that there had been

“normal” changes 1 thickness which occur as crusts

nature, Yesulting in migration of salt from higher

marginal areas 10 lower central regions of the

shallow saucer-shaped bottoms of the bays, as

described by Bonython (1956), In addition, however,

there appeared to be evidence of anvther lactor

Which had influenced changes in crust thickness and

fakebed surface levels during the life of the crast

hetween [he 1949-50 and 1974 fillings. This

operated independently al “normal” thickness

changes in marginal and central positions, It

elevated Or depressed relatively small areas of

salicrust and Underlying lakebed surface, which lead

to thinning or thickening of the crust respectively,

by migration of salt as illustrated in Pig. 2-

Lakebed instability

Subsequent research between 1978 and 1983,

during the formation of a new saltcrust following

the drying up of the 1974 filling, has provided a

clearer understanding of the factors mvalved in

what may now he described as lakebed instability.

A series of lakebed profiles hased on results of

crust thicknesses and lakebed surface levels, has

been consinicied in Fig. 1 to illustrate lakebed

instabilicy within a limited area in (he central region

of Madigan Gulf. Section LA af Tig, 1 is a map

showing puints A lo J at which it was possible lo

compare crust thicknesses and lakebed surface levels

at different times during the life of the crus! fron

about 195] to 1974, helween the 1949-50 and 1974

fillings of the lake. Section 1B of Fig. 1 shows twa

lakebed profiles along the line ABCDEFG with sall-

crust thicknesst's and Jakebed surface levels based

on surveys by Bonython (1956) in 1954 when the

1Simmons, P RB (1969) Measurement of tesr range for

Iuser ARP at Lake Eyre, South Australia Pands

Dopartment, Adelalde (unpublished),

crust Was about | year old, and Dulhunty (1974)

in 1972 when it was About 19 years old. The dif,

ferences in formes of the profiles show the amounts

of change in lakebed surface levels between the two

surveys. Also, crust thicknesses indicated by S values

along the profiles show the amounts Of change in

crust thicknesses which had occurred between the

two surveys.

Section tC of Fig. | shows lakebed profiles along

the line 1/13, in 1954 and 1972. Section 1D of Fig.

| shows three profiles with level values along IHG.

Two of these have crust thicknesses indicated by 5

values based on surveys in 1954 and 1972, The chled

profile withoue crust thicknesses in Section 1D, is

hased on the level survey by che Sourh Australian

Lands Department in 1969, during which na crust

thicknesses were reported. However, the relatively

Yow level value of this profile in 1969, in relation

wo the higher values of earlier and Jater surveys.

indicates the complex nature of changes in level

values that had occurred teiween 1954 and (972,

Where salicrust and lakebed surlace rise Over an

upward buckle, the crust becomes thinner by trans-

fer of salt to a Jowee area such as a nearby down-

ward buckle as illustrated in Pig- 2, B and C.

Conversely, when the crust and lakebed surface sink

over a downward buckle, the crust thickens by

iransfer of salt from a nearby higher area, As well

as thickness changes due to buckling, and super

iinposed upon rhein, “normal” wansfers of sale frou

higher marginal areas to lawér central areas, take

place during the life of the crust, Thus thicknesses

in a buckled arca are the net resutt of boeh factors.

In the buckled areas ilustnited in Figure | there are

8 points at which lakebed surface levels and crust

thicknesses. were hoth determined by Boaython in

1954 and Duthunty in 1972, Of these & points, aver

the perind of FS years, 34AB & () went up and

crust thinned and 4 (GHI& J) went. down and enust

thickened. At only | point (D) had the net crust

Ihickness not conformed to thinning with rise and

thickening with fall, At this poimt addition of salt

due to some other factor such 8s mignition from

marginal to cenwal areas, or a nearby rise on an

upward buckle, mush have heen greater than loss

of sale due to rise in Jakebed surface level.

It is now concluded that lateral compressional

forces, generated in sattemuists as they marure, are

responsible for lakebed instability, Evidenve of the

operation of horizonta) compressional forces in thin

and relatively weak saltcrusts up to about 10 em

thick, in marginal areas, is seen in extensive

fracturing of the crust with overthrust movement,

illustrated hy photographs in Fig. $. The berzontal

displavement associated with overihrusting on

individual fractures is as much 30 cm in same

places, but wsually less than 1S em, There is a great

SALINA STUDIES AT LAKE EYRE 185

MAP

CENTRAL AREA

MADIGAN GULF

Ben IN LAKE EYRE NORTH

CAMPBELL SHOWING

LEVEL SURVEY POINTS

NSULA

HUNT PENI

___

HORIZ. SCALE

re)

Salt 31cm

DULHUNTY 1972

elow SL.

Aust. Hgt, Dtm.

e 1

Salt 27.9.,, $27-9 §27-9 $279

0 2

HORIZ. SCALE

Salt 28cm

DULHUNTY 1972

BONYTHON 1954

iy 2 4km

§22 HON 1954

HORIZ. SCALE BONYTHON 195

23 $23

$42

Oo DULHUNTY 1972

Salt33.cm

$35

tt LANDS DEPT. 1969

H G

FIG. 1D caxeseo proFies

Fig. | Lakebed surface profiles and saltcrust thickness along lines in central Madigan Gulf of Lake Eyre North.

186 I, A, BULHUNTY

EEO IMENTS

“Tavexteo

SALT AMD

SURFACE

OF BED

SEDIMENTS

TELUTM WZ

eg ee

TRANSFER

[one ION

pal som NING

DEPOSIT

AND

DEPOSITION

Nig. 2. A — diagranumatic WMustration of surface of unconsolidated Holocene sediments beneath salicrust. B— buckling

of salicrust and underlying sediments by lateral compressional! farces. C — sali transfer From higher to lower place

by solution and redeposition of salt giving thinning and thickening of crust

deal of fracturing in all marginal areas surrounding

the principal sheets of saltcrust, as well as in small

areas formed in washouts which occur in tiver

estuaries and form walerholes after Mowing ceases

(Wopfner H. (982, pers. comm).

In central areas of the main saltsheets, where

<rusts are 30 to 50 em thick, and stronger, they do

not fracture bui warp either up or down, above or

below the true or equilibrium lakebed surface level

under gravity, by as much as 0.5 m, Warping may

occur over limited areas up to several kilometres in

width, The watery pliable nature of the underlying,

unconsolidated Holocene sediments allows adjust-

ment by deformation to the warping of the more

rigid saltcrusts, und so the level of the lakebed

surface is elevated ot depressed,

Fracturing, with up to 10cm of horizontal over.

thrust movement, occurs in small isolated areas of

crust, from 100 to 300 m across, such as those

formed in washouts along river estuaries. This

suggests that appreciable amounts of compressional

force, or 6xpansion of the crust, are generated

throughout both marginal and central regions of

the large saltshéets in the southern bays of Lake

Eyre North, Also, it suggests that fracturing and

buckling in marginal and central regions is due 1a

compressional dorces gencrated within those

regions, and not necessarily transmitted long

distances from one region to another across the

saltsheet.

In addition to well-defined fracturing of thin

crusts with overthrust movement, and warping of

thick crusts, a polygonal jointing pattern is

developed in saltcrusts. Brine rises from ground-

water along the cracks to the surface, where it dries

and deposits new crystalline salt. 1f the crust is very

thin (less than about 7 cm) new salt may be

deposited along cracks beneath the polygons, pro-

ducing upturned edges around the slabs which vary

from about { to 4m in diameter. Where the salterusc

is thicker (10 cm or more) the new salt forms low

ridges up to 5 cm high over the cracks, but it is

eventually dissolved in rainwater which dries and

the salt is added to the pre-existing crust (Madigan

1930; Bonython 1956; Johns 1963).

It has been suggested by Prof, C C, von der

Borch (1986, pers. comm.) that the fracruring,

warping and polygonal jointing described in this

paper may be analogous to processes which produce

“tepee” slructures (Assereto & Kendall 1977; Reeves

1970) which commonly occur in expanding

supratidal carbonate crusts analogous to expanding

halite crusts. This is very probably so, but the actual

physical or chemical mechanism in the origin of

tepee structures in relatively short-lived salt crusts,

is a complex matter well worth further investigation,

FLORICEPS MINACANTRUS SP. NOV. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA)

FROM AUSTRALIAN FISHES

BY R. A. CAMPBELL* & I. BEVERIDGET

Summary

Floriceps minacanthus sp. nov. is described from adult worms in sharks and from plerocerci

obtained from the viscera of teleosts taken in Australian coastal waters off Queensland, New South

Wales and South Australia. Selachian hosts are Carcharhinus brachyurus (Guenther, 1870)

(type host), and C. amboinensis (Mueller & Henle, 1841). Plerocerci were obtained from the

teleosts Platycephalus laevigatus Cuvier, 1829, Plectropomus ? leopardus (Lacépéde, 1802) and

Sphyraena novaehollandiae Guenther, 1860. Descriptions of the adult and metacestode stages are

provided. Characteristics of both the adult worms and plerocerci are consistent, with the exception

that the scolex of adults is more elongated than plerocerci thereby increasing the ratio of bulb length

to pars vaginalis. Characters differentiating F. minacanthus from other species of Floriceps are the

shape of principal hooks 1(1’), shorter bulbs (<O0.9mm), ratio of pars bulbosa to pars vaginalis

(almost 1:6) and genital pore in posterior '/, of segment.

KEY WORDS: Floriceps, Trypanorhyncha, new species, Cestoda.

FLORICEPS MINACANTAUS SP. NOV. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA) FROM

AUSTRALIAN FISHES

by R. A. CAMPBELL* & J, BEVERIDGET

Summary

Campnrbiy, R- A & BevesipGe, |, (1987) Floricens mingcanrhus sp. nov. (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha}

from Australian fishes, Trans. R. Sev, S. Aust. 114(4), 189-194, 30 November, t9&7.

Flariceps minacantius sp. nov, ss described from adult worms in sharks and from plerocerci obruined

frorn the viscera of teleosts taker in Australian coastal waters off Queensland, New South Wales and South

Australia, Scluchian hosts are Carcharhinus brachyerus (Guenther, 1870) (type host), and C. anzhoinenyis

(Mueller & Henle, 1841). Plerocerci were obtained fram the teleusts Platycephalus laevigatus Cuvier, 1829,

Plectropomus ? leopardus (Lacépéde, 1802) and Sphyraena noveehollandiae Guenther, 1860, Descriptions

of the adult arid metacestode stages are provided. Characteristics of both the adult worms and pleracerci

are consistent, with the exception that the scolex of adults is more elongated than pleracerci thereby increasing

the ratio of bulb length to pars vaginalis, Characters differentiating A ryinucanthus trom other species

of Floriceps are the shape of principal hooks 1('), shorter bulbs (<0.9 mm), ratio of pars bulbosa to

pars vaginalis (almost 1:6) and genital pore in posterior '4 of segment.

Key Worns: Flarfcepes, ‘Irypanorbyncha, new species, Cestoda,

Introduction

Specics of the trypanorhynch cestode genus

Floriveps Cuvier, 1817 are common parasites of the

spiral valves of sharks in many regions of the world

(Dollfus 1942) with the metacestode stages (plero-

cerci) occurring encapsulated in the viscera of

leleosts. The genus has not previously been reported

from Tish in Australian coastal waters (Beumer et

al 1982). Recent cestode collections from sharks

and teleasts contain both adults and plerocerci of

a ew species Of Fluriveps and \he description of

the new species forms the basis of this paper.

Materials and Metis

Adult cestodes were removed from the spiral

valves of sharks and were either killed by relaxing

in Lap. water and fixing in 10% formal saline, or were

lixed {ive with hor 10% formalin, Plerocerci were

fixed in 10% formalin or the scoleces were dissecred

free, the tentacles everted by placing in fresh waler,

and they were then fixed in formalin or Berland’s

fluid. Whole mounts were stained with eclestine

blue, dehydrated in ethanol, cleared in clove oil and

mounted in balsam. Teotacles were dissected free

from scoleces, and were mounted in glycerine jelly.

Measurements are presented in the text in micro-

* Department of Biology, Southeastern Massachusetts

University, North Dartmouth, Massachusetts, USA

U2747,

| South Australian Department of Agriculrure, Ceniral

Veterinary Laboratories, c~ Mnaritute of Medical and

set Seiéiee, Frome Read, Adelaide, S Aust,

metres, unless otherwise stated, as the range

followed by the mean in parentheses. The number of

measurements mad¢ is shown in the form n=.

Terminology for typanorhynch morphology

follows that of Dollfus (1942). Specimens have been

deposited in the South Australian Museum (SAM),

Adelaide, the British Museum (Natural History)

{BMNH), London, the United States National

Museum Helminth Collection (USNMHC},

Washington, and the Australian Helminth Collec-

tion (AHC), in SAM.

Floriveps minacanthus sp, nov-

FIGS I-17

Description: Measurements of eight adult

speciinens from Carcharhinus brachyurus (types).

Scolex and strobila slightly craspedote, strobila up

to 18.5 cm long, segments hyperapolytic., Scoles

length 3550-5950 (4770) (n=8), width at bulbs

800-1470 (1060) (n-8), Two bothridia, heart-

shaped, cach with small indentation on posterior

margin, length 930-1140 (1030) (n=8) by 1300;

anterior margins curled toward midline (Fig. 15},

Pat's vaginalis 2860-5500 (4050) (n=8), tentacle

sheaths coiled; gland cells scattered in parenchyma

of pendunculus scolecis, Bulbs 680-800 (720) (1 =8)

long, 140-250 (200) (n=8) in diameter; retractor

muscle attached near posterior extremity, Pars post-

bulbosa lacking. Ratio of pars bulbosa to pars

vaginalis 1:4,2 to 1:7.3 (1:5.6) (n=8). Metabasal

armature pocciloacanthous, with single chainette

of V-shaped hooks; no basal armature. Metabasal

armature consists of altemating half spiral rows of

7 hooks each; single satellite hook Jocated posteniur

to seventh hook of each principal row (Fig, 3),

k. A, CAMPBELL & L BEVERIDGE

19)

j«

phy

—<2L ~BY~B~9 OD _ ~s ap

I LBD

~ 44s S92 ALIA

Figs |-I4, Mloriceps minacantaus sp. nov, |, 2, metabasal armature, bothridial surface; 3, basal and metabasal armature

of tentacle, external surfave; 4, metabasal armature, internal surface; $-11, profiles of hooks 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and

7 respectively; 12, profile of satellite hook or hook 8; 13, chainette element from mid-tentacular region; 14, chainette

element from metabasal region. Scale lines: figs !-4, 0.1 mm; figs 5-14, 0.01 mm. Legend: bothridial hooks

Te: Pare 7; antibothridial hooks 1,3’, ..,. 7'; satellite haoks §; chainette C.

NEW SPECIES OF FLORICEPS 191

Hooks hollow; hooks of principal rows and

chainette smallest in basal region, reaching

maximum size 8 to 10 rows from base, decreasing

in size beyond midlength of tentacle, Hooks Lit’)

and 2(2') on inner face large, thorn-shaped; Lit'}

strongly cucved toward tentacle, leneth 21-30 (28}

(n<10), base Jength 158-20 (19) (n=10), maximum

height 10-25 (18) (n=10); hooks 2¢2') erect, nocurved

at tip, length 24-31 (29) (n=10), base 18-20 (19)

(n=10), height 15-20 (17), Hooks 3{3’) to 7({7')

sinuous, becoming spiniform in shape as row

reaches external face; 343°), Jemgth 25-32 (30)

(n=10), base length LU-14 (12) (n=10); 4(4') length

22-32 (29) (n-10), base length 8-11 (10) (n=10);

5(5") length 16-24 (22) (n =10), base length 5=8 (7)

(n=10); 6’) spiniform, length 16-22 (20) (n=10),

hase length 3-6 (5) (n=10 7(7') spiniform, length

23-30 (28) (n=10), hase length 4-6 (5.2) (n=I0),

Satellite hook (hooks 8(8')) spiniform, length

18-26 (24) (n=10), base length 5-K (6) (a=IU).

Chainetfe single, consisting of large fooks with

basal winglike processes; maximum dimensions at

base of tentacle, length 6-10 (8) (n=10) by 12-14 (13)

(n=10); in metabasal region, width across wings

24-30 (29) (9 =10) by 17.5-20 (18) (n=10). Tentacle

diameter, 70-80 (75) (qn =4) at base, 20-25 (21) (n=4)

at midlength.

Number of segments 69-83 (n=3). Segments

appear 6,0-9,5 mm posterior to scolex, First

segments wider than long, rapidly becoming longer

than wide wilh maturity, Mature segments 4200-

6850 (5070) (n=10) by 1400-1700 (1450) (n=10). Testes

medullary, spherical, 50-65 (60) (n=L0) in diameter,

filling all available space between lorgirudinal

osmorezulalory canals and extremities of segment,

icluding postovarian region, Tesles number about

1200 per segment. Genital pores marginal, irre.

gularly alternating, posterior, located 69-79% (73)

(n=10) of segment length from anterior margin.

Cirrus sac 430-3570 (S00) (n =10) by 200-300 (240)

(n=10), containing internal seminal vesicle. External

seminal vestclé absent. Vas deferens coils medially

then posteriorly fo level of ovary. Vagina posterior

to cirrus sac, Ovary bilobed, maximum dimensions

180-260 (190) (n=10) by 200-300 (270) {a=10).

Mehlis’ gland ventral to ovarian isthmus, c 50 in

diameter. Vitellaria follicular, forming a layer

enclosing osmorceularory canals and reproductive

negatis. Literus simple, median, extending ahout

three-fourths of segment length.

Measurements of 7 specimens from Carclunhinus

arnboinensis: Scolex 3250-4500 (3870) (n=7),

maxinium width 600-1200 (820) (n—6); pars both-

rstialis 710-960 (870) (fn =6); width of bothridia 750;

pars vaginalis 2300-3340 (2930) (n=7); bulbs

650-410 (810) (n=) Long by 180-290 (220) (n= 6)

if chyameler; ralio of bulbs to pars vaginalis

12.9-1;4.5 (1:36) (n=7).

Plerocerci: 28 plerocerci obtained from. viscera

and body cavity of three specics of teluost Fishes.

Armature and scolex features agree with adult

worms from sharks. Three-specimens fram Plectro-

pontus measured: Scolex 3000-3600 (3230) by

$20-1380 (1100); bothridial length 930-1040 (970):

pars vaginalis 2330-2700 (2520); bulbs 750-840

(81M) dy 200-250 (230), ratio of bulbs to pars

vaginalis 1;2,8 to :3,6 (1:3.2); tentacle diameter 70

(base), 40-60 (midlength). Eight plerocerci obtamed

from Platycephalus laevigatus; measurement of 3

specimens with extended tentacles: Scolex

4320-5000 (4680) by 850-1200 (1030); bothridial

length 1000-1060 (1040); pars vaginalis 3470-4050

(3740) bulbs 750-830 (800) by 140 to 220 (190);

ratio bulbs to pars vaginalis 14.2-1:5.4 (4.7);

lentacle diameter 70 (base), 40 (midlenstn). Single

plerocercus from Sphyreena novachallandiae

Guenther, 1860: Scolex 4760; bothridial Iengeth 1010;

pars vaginalis 3050; bulbs 775-800 by 170-215; ratio

bulbs to pars vaginalis 1:3.8; tentacle diameter 78

{base}, 60 (midlength).

Hasts and focalities; adulis; Cercherhinus

brachyuras (Guenther, 1870) (type bost), Tachra,

NSW. (lype locality) (5 specimens); Port Lincoln,

S. Aust, (4 specimens). C ambojnensis (Mueller &

Henle, 1441}, St Lawrence, Qld. (7 speciniens) (AHC

$2652),

Ste in host; Spiral valve,

Types: Holotype SAM V4UI5, 2 paratypes SAM

V 4036-4037; 2 paratypes USNMHE€ 79545, 795467

4 paratypes AHC 82650, 8265).

Pleracerei. From Plectropomus? leopards

(Lacépéde, 1802), Heron Island, Qld (3 specimens)

(AHC $2653); Platycephtalus laevigetus (Cuyiwr

1829), Northhayen, & Aust, (8 specimens) (SAM

¥4038) (BMNH 1986.10.14.2-3); Platyoephatus sp.

from fish shop, Adelaide, S. Aust. (16 specimens)

(ARC $251}, 2512, 2513); Sphynaena novachollan-

diae Guenther, 1860, Northhaven, S. Aust,

(L specimen) (BMNH 1986,10,34.1).

Site i host; serosa of viscera and in body vavety.

Etymology: The specific nanse is derived from

Latin, sinax, meaning “strongly recurved" and

relérs ta [he shape of hooks i(f').

Discussion

Schmidt (1986) listed four species helanging to

the genus Floriceps, namely the lype species, &

saccaties Cuvier, IIT, Fl cataieroy Cruz-Reyes, L977,

F Nichive Pinter, 1929 and & txvneri Guiari, 1938,

192 R. A. CAMPBELL & |. BEVERIDGE

Figs 15-17. Floriceps minacanthus sp. nov, 15, scolex; 16, mature proglottis; (7, cirrus sac and distal vapina. Scale

lines: figs 15, 16, 1,0 mm; fig, 17, 0.1 mm.

NEW SPECIES OF "LORICEPS 193

F, savoatus ditters from & ininacnarhaus sp. nov.

in faving hooks ((1') and 2(2') of Lhe same shape

rather than with hooks 1(1') almost recumbent,

larger bulbs (3 nim or more in length), pars bulbosa

to pars Vaeitalis ratin of fess than 1:3, and bothridia

that are more triangular in shape In comtrast haoks

11 of A mtiinecsnithus ts extremely arched and

almuyst recumbent whereas hooks 2(2') siand ereci

as in F saccatis, the bulbs are short (S40-or less),

the ratio of pats biulbosa ro pars vaginalis averages

1:5.6, and the bothridia are more rounded in shape.

Gland cells within the pedunculus scolecis extend

froin the bothridia to the antenor end of the bulbs

jn # minacanthus, while in KR saceafus they are

sicher restricted to the antenor part of the pendun-

culus scolecis (Dollfus 1942, figs 198, 200), or are

sancentrated in this region (Linton 1924, fig. 1, as

Ripncobothriun ingens).

A series uf characters present in the mature

segment may also serve to separate the two species.

Yamaguti (1934) estimated that in # saecatus (as

Dasyrivnchus ingens (Linton}}, 200 testes were

present in a single sagittal section, compared with

about 1200 per segment found in F mrinucunfhis.

Even allowing for several layers of testes in A

saccoius, testis nuniber may differ between the rwo

species, In minecanthus, an internal Dut not an

external seminal vesicle is present (Fig. 17), whereas

both Linton (1921) and Yamaguti (1934) describe

both vesicles as being present. linton (1921) has the

two vesicles incorrectly labelled in his figures (A and

12), while Yarnaguri’s figures of the external seminal

vesicle are not convincing, This feature of the

anatomy of F saceatus should be re-investigvated as

it muy be a further characier separating the wo

species.

All reports of F sacewtus in which measurements

are given, summarised hy Dollfus (1942), agree in

having bulbs approximately 3.0 mm long, Sub-

hapradha (1955) however, reported “A saccuits"

from Carcharhinus sp. from Madras, in which the

bulbs were 0.75 mm Jong and hooks 1(1') are clearly

drawn as being recurved (Figs I3b, 14). This

specimen is considered to he /) minacanthus and

considerably extends the geographic range of the

mew species,

Crug-Reyes (1977) provided a single view of ihe

armature of F cabalferer and his figure of the

chainetre (4a) shows hooks quite uolike those of

Fo minucanikus. The correct orientation and detail

of the armature of F c@ballerai is quite unclear

from his description and al needs WW be redescnbed

before any critical assessment of its status can be

made. FA caballerol can be distinguished from

F minacanthus becuuse the bulbs of & caballeroi

are long (3 mm), Cruz-Reyes (1977) described the

mature segment of Fcadisferal as having (he genital

hores ih the anterior fourth of the segment, the

vagina passing anterior to the cirrus sac, the uterus

terminating ar the level of the cirrus sac and the

lestes being numerous chaush few are shown in his

drawing (Fig, 5), leis highly unlikely that the mature

segment described by Cruz-Reyes (1977), which is

in fact a detached segment, is that of a crypano-

rhynch.

Dullfus (1942; p. 395) noted that F fichiae of

Pintner (|929) is very similar to Moficela horrida

(Goodsir, 1841). This means thay Pintner’s species

possessed four bathvidia unlike species of Flariceps

which have only two (see Pintner 1929). Guiart’s

(1938) description of # axnert ts very poor, such

that it cannot be identified to any specific trypano-

rhyoch family. The two microvraphs of the plero-

cetus show no detail of the bothridia or armature.

We consider F oxneri as incertae sedis.

Other trypanorhynchs chat have been wrongly

assigned to Floriceps are FD suncinatus (Linton,

1924), F crassicolle (Diesing, 1850), F elongaries

(Rudolphi, 1819), & macmcercus (Rudalphi, 1819),

and F granvius (Rudolphi, 1819). Yamaguti’s (1932)

descriptiun and figures of F wrcinatus appear to

beaspoues of Gyrrmarfprchus though he does not

list the species in his subsequent synopsis of the

trypanorhynchs (1959). According to Dollfus (1942)

all of che remainder belong in the Gymnorhynehi-

dae except F granuius which is a synonym of

Lacisterhynehus tenuis (Beneden, 1858).

The only major dilference belween adults and

plerocerci of FF minacanthus is the increase in soolex

length of the adult worms as compared to ihat of

the plerocerci. The increased length affects the

length of the pars vaginalis and accounts fol the

difference in the ratios of bulb length to pars

vaginalis. However, the bulbs are the same size in

both the pleracerci and adults and arc the smallest

bulbs of any species in the genus Floriceps.

The hook numbering system used bY Dollfus

(1942) for F swcevties has been utilised in the above

description. However, the so-called “sateflite hooks”,

which he ammediately postenur to hooks 7(7') in

Fforiceps occur in an exactly analogous position in

Cotlitetrarhvachus Pintner, 193f and Lacisto-

réprchus Pintner, 1913, in which genera they wre

simply desvribed as hooks &(8'), There is camplere

homology between the hook arrangemenrs uf the

metabasal armature of these three genera, and this

homology could be stressed by the utilisation of a

uniform system of hook numbering.

Acknowledgments

Thanks are due to BG. Robertson, D. M, Spratt,

R, G, Lester, R, A. Bray, K. 1, Gowletl- Holmes and

194 R. A. CAMPBELL & 1, BEVERIDGE

D. C. Lee for the collection and provision of

specimens described in this paper. This work was

supported financially by the Australian Biological

Resources Survey.

References

Beumer, J. P., ASHBURNER, L. D,, BurBuRY, M. E.,

JeTTE, E. & LATHAM, D. J. (1982) A checklist of the

parasites of fishes from Australia and its adjacent

Antarctic territories. Technical Communication no. 48

of the Commonwealth Institute of Parasitology,

Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux, Farnham Royal,

pp. 99.

Cruz-Reyes, A. (1977) Céstodes de peces de México, I.

Descripcién de una nueva especie del género Floriceps

Cuvier, 1817 (Trypanorhyncha: Dasyrhynchidae Dollfus,

1935). Publicaciones Especiaties Instituto de Biologia,

Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico 4, 343-355,

DoLirus, R. Ph, (1942) Etudes critiques sur les tétra-

rhynques du Muséum de Paris. Arch. Mus. natl. Hist.

nat, Paris 19, 1-466,

Guiart, J. (1938) Etude parasitologique et épidémio-

logique de quelques poissons de mer. Bull. Inst.

Océanogr. Monaco No. 755, 1-15,

Linton, E, (1921) RAynchobothrium ingens spec. nov. a

parasite of the dusky shark (Carcharhinus obscurus).

J. Parasitol. 8, 22-32,

PINTNER, T, (1929) Studien ueber Tetrarhynchen nebst

Beobachtungen an anderen Bandwuermen. IV.

Mitteilung. Ueber einige Diesing’sche Originale und

verwandie Formen. Stizungsber, Acad. Wiss. Wien

Math, Naturwiss. KL Abt. I, 138, 145-166.

ScHMIDT, G, D. (1986) Handbook of Tapeworm Identifi-

cation, CRC Press, Inc,, Boca Raton, Florida. 675 p.

Susyaprabua, C. K. (1955) Cestode parasites of fishes

of Madras Coast. Ind. J. Helminthol. 7, 41-132.

YAMAGUTI, S. (1934) Studies on the helminth fauna of

Japan. Part 4, Cestodes of fishes. Jop. J. Zool. 6, 1-112.

(1952) Studies on the Helminth Fauna of Japan,

Hak 49. Cestodes of Fishes, Il. Acta Med. Okayama

, 1-76,

(1959) Systema Helminthum. Vol. 1. The Cestodes

of vertebrates Interscience Publ, Inc., New York, 860 pp.

HORNELLZELLA MACROPORA (SHIPLEY & HORNELL, 1906) COMB.

NOV. (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA) FROM AUSTRALIAN

ELASMOBRANCH FISHES AND A RE-ASSESSMENT OF THE FAMILY

HORNELLIELLIDAE

BY R. A. CAMPBELL* & I. BEVERIDGEt

Summary

Hornelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb. nov. is redescribed from the

elasmobranches Stegostoma fasciatum and Chiloscyllium punctatum from northern Queensland.

H. annandalei (Hornell, 1912) is considered a synonym of H. macropora. The armature is described

for the first time and consists of a unique poeciloacanthous type in which large, alternating pairs of

hollow hooks form a double chainette on the external surface of the tentacle. The presence of an

hermaphroditic vesicle is confirmed and illustrations are provided. The family Hornelliellidae

Yamaguti, 1954 is considered justified, based on a combination of the unique features of the

armature and the genitalia, and is re-defined.

KEY WORDS: Cestoda, Trypanorhyncha, Hornelliellidae, Hornelliella, elasmobranchs.

HORNELLIELLA MACROPORA (SHIPLEY & HORNELL, 1906) COMB. NOV,

{CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA) FROM AUSTRALIAN ELASMOBRANCH FISHES

AND A RE-ASSESSMENT OF THE FAMILY HORNELLIELLIDAE

by R. A. CAMPRELL* & I, BEVERIDGEt

Summary

CaMPBeELL, R. A, & Bryerines, | (1987) Hornelliella muceopora (Shipley & Hornell, (906) comb. nov;

(Cestodd: Trypanorhyncha) from Australian clasmobranch fishes and a re-assessment of the family

Hornelitellidae. Troms. R. Soc. S, Aust. 111(4), 195-200, 30 November, 1987,

_ Hornelhielia macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906) comb. nov. is redescribed from the elasmobranchs

Stegostoma fasciatyum and Chiloscy/liam punctatum from northern Queensland, H. annendalei (Hornell,

1912) is considered a synonym of A. macrapora, The armature is described for the first time and consists

of 4 unique poeciloacanthous type in which large, allernating pairs of hollow hooks forny a double chainetie

on the external suttace of the tentacle. The presence of an hermaphroditic vesicle is confirmed and illustrations

are provided, The family Hornelliellidac Yamaguti, 1954 is considered justified, based on a combination

of the unique features of the armature and the genitalia, and is re-defined,

Key Worpbs; Cestoda, Trypanorhyncha, Hornellietlidae, Hornelliclla, clasmabranchs.

Introduction

Yamaguti (1954) erected the genus Hornelliélia

and the family Hornelliellidae for a single species

of trypanorhynch cestode, Tefrarhynchus annart-

delet Hornell, 1912 described from a shark, Stego-

stoma fasclatum (Hermann, 1783) (syn, §, tigrinunt

(Cimelin)), from the Bay of Bengal. The new family

was distinguished primarily by the presence of a

unique structure within the reproductive system,

termed an hermaphroditic vesicle, which was not

illustrated, and was supported by several minor

characters including the distribution of testes and

vitellaria. In trypanorhynchan 4ystematics, the

tentacular armature is of prime importance (Dollfus

1942), but neither Hornell (1912) nor Yamaguti

(1954) described the armature in sufficient detail

to determine the taxonomic position of the family,

In addition, Southwell (1929) synonymised 7:

ennandatlie with Tentactilaria macropora (Shipley

& Wornell, 1906), a fact which Yamaguti (1954)

either overlooked or ignored. Cestodes of this

family have not been reported previously from the

Australian region, however, specimens have recently

heen collected from Sregostoma fascidtum and

Chiloseyllitim punctatum off the coast of

Queensland, In this paper the species is described

in Full for the first time, the taxonomic position of

the family Hornelliellidae reassessed, and the family

redefined,

* Department of Bivlogy, Southeastern Massachusetis

University, North Dartmouth, Massachusetts, 02747,

USA,

t Central Veterinary Laboratory, South Australian

Depuriment of Agriculture, Instilite af Medical and

Veterinary Science, Frome Road, Adelaide, S, Aust,

Materials and Methods

Cestodes from the spiral valves of sharks were

fixed in 10% formalin, and were stained with

celestine blue, dehydrated in ethanol, cleared in

clove oi! and mounted in balsam. ‘Tentacles were

dissected free and cleared in glycerol. Measurements

ate given in micrometres, unless otherwise stated,

as the range of 10 measurements followed, in paren-

theses, by the mean.

Terminology for trypanorhynch morphology

follows Dollfus (1942), Specimens have been

deposited in the Australian Helminth Collection

(AHC) of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide

Southweil’s specimens of Téntacularia macropora

were borrowed from the British Muscum (Natural

History), London (BMNH).

Hornelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell, 1906)

comb. nov,

FIGS I-11

Tetrarhynechus trnandefe! Hornell, 1912

Aornellieta anancdie’ (Hornell, 1912) Yamaguti,

1954

Tetrarhynchus macroporus Shipley & Hornell,

1906

Tentacularia macropora (Shipley & ttornell,

1906) Southwell, 1929

Descriplion; Cestodes up to 76 mm long, with up

to 63 scements in gravid strobilae. Sculex

acraspedote, 7.25-11.2 (8.62) mm long, maximum

width at bulbs 0,85-1.02 (0.94) mm. Two bothridia.

1.7-2.6 (2.09) mim by 1,36, 1.38 mm, eval or slightly

dumb-bell shaped, notched posteriorly, rim broad,

median ridge within each bothridial cavity. Pars

196 Kk. A. CAMPBELL & I. BEVERIDGE

ata,

bah

grrrtrrs

nea cape :

1 a4 ‘

es)

Er}

fe oH)

Figs 1-6, Hornellietla muecrepora (Shipley & Hornell) from Sfegostomu Jusciaium., 1, scolex; 2, mature segment; 3,

genital system; 4, venital atrium with partial eversion of the hermaphroditic duct; 5, genital atrium with partial

eversion of the hermaphrodilic vesicle; 6, genital pore, lateral view showing lappéts anterior and posterior to pore.

Scale lines: Figs 1, 2: 1.0 mm; Figs 3-6: 0.1 mm. Legend: c, cirtus: ga, genital atrium; hd, hermaphroditic duct;

hy, hermaphroditic vesicle; isv, internal seminal vesicle; |, lappet; v, vagina.

CESTODE bAMILY HURNELLIELLIDAE 197

vaginalis 3,35-3.95 (3,82) mm, shealhs coiled, Bulbs

12 to J5 times longer than wide, 3,57-5.72

44.74) oun by U.28-0.38 (31) mm to diamerer:

prebulbar organs absent; retractor muscle attached

at anterior end of bulb: pars postbulbosa absent.

Soolen ol sharply delineated from strobila, merging

Inky neck.

Amiacure: pocciloacanthous, with a chainette of

iwo tuws of large, paired hooks on middle of

external face in metabasal resion; principal rows

alternate, forming ascending half spirals beginning

én Internal face: distinctive basal armature present;

no basal swelling; hooks hollow. Tentacle diamerer

130-170 (160). Basal armature: about cight

ascending balf spiral rows of small hooks on cach

side Of external surface; rows alteriate, Median,

teook-[ree area present on internal surface of base,

tapering toward metabasal region. Hooks !(t') of

proximal four rows of basal armature large, falci-

form with broad transverse bases; hooks I(I') of

basal rows 2-3 largest, 150-216 (184) long, base

44-90 (62); hooks 2 (2') also barge, recurved;

remaining hooks small, spiniform, opposing rows

meet 10 form inverted-V formations on external

face; spiniform hooks.of rows four-six larger than

tore distal or proximal rows. Basal armature

merges gradually into metahasal armalure. Meta-

basal armature: ascending tows with seven hooks

per half spiral. Hooks 1(1") widely separated, rose-

thorn shaped, length 126-160 (149), base 76-102

(93), smaller near base of tentacle; hooks 2(2°) large,

falcilormi, length 110-142 (13), base SO-74 (47);

hooks 33") slender, falciform, length 130-150 (136),

base 32-50 (40); hooks 4(4°%) slender, falciforn,

length 110-130 (124), base 20-30 (24). Hooks 5(5°)-

7(7') spiniform, forming triad, offset at oblique

angle and slightly posterior to hooks 4(4"; hooks

5(5'), length 88-10 (93), base 24-32 (26); hooks

6(6°), 82-110 (94) long, base 18-26 (24) hooks 7(7'),

1D4-120) (112) long, base 18-24 (21). Hooks 88) and

9(5°) widely separated from hooks 7(7') forming

ilternate pairs in chamerte, each pair opposite a

single principal row: Hooks 8(8') and 9(9"} spini-

forin, similar to hoerks 5(6')-7(7') of principal rows;

hugoks 88"), 72-112 (99) long, base 20-26 (23),

hooks 9(9°) smaller, 68-90 (73) long, base 14-28

(22).

Segments appear |.0-1,5 mm posterior to scotex,

initially segments very narrow, beconving elongated,

craxpedate; mature segments. 1,76-2.57 (2.10) mm

by 0,89-1.41 (1.18) mm. Testes numerous, 50-6! (50)

wi diameter, arranged in layers, occupying entire

medulla anterior to hermaphroditic sac, traversing

dorsal osmoregulatoty canals but not ventral pair

of osmoregulatory cattals; testes absent posterior

to hermaphrodithe sac, Vas deferens greally coiled,

distetided, occupying much of available space

between ovary and proximal pole of hermaphroditic

Sax, penctrating sac from anterior cde Hermaphro-

ditic sac, 520-700 (626) hy 250-390 (310), pyriform,

thick-walled, proximal pole deviated anteriorly;

contains crescentic internal seminal vesicle and

eoiled cirtus armed with tiny, aciculate spines.

Cirrus joins thick-walled, comugated, hermaphro-

ditic vesicle armed with prominen sagittate spines.

Hermsphroditic vesicle joins genital atrium through

short, muscular, cversible hernmiaphraditic canal,

Genital pore marginal, irregularly alrernare; genital

atrium deep, sitiated in posterior \4 of segment,

68-71% of segment length from anterior margin,

surrounded ameriorly and posteriorly by two large,

fleshy semi-lunar lappets, Ovary tetralobed in cross-

section, set forward from posterior margin of

segment, lobcs subequal, 130-250 (176) by 210. 290

(230), Mehilis' gland large, about 280 in diameter,

poslovarian, Vagina thick-walled, coiled, ascencting

from Mehlis" gland on poral side of vas deferens

fo penetrate posterior wall of hermaphrodiric sac

and join hermaphroditic vesicte. Seminal rooeptable

absent. Uterus simple, median, walls irregularly

lobulate, terminating near anterior extremity of

seument. Preformed uterine pore almost mid-way

between genital pute and anterior margin of

segment, Vitellaria follicular, crcunicortical, (ing

Pastovarian space, surrouriding all internal organs

except most anterior testes, Eeps ovaid, pale in

colour, Longntudinal osmoregulatory canals paired,

ventral canals with transverse commissure at

posleriur margin of segment: dorsal canal medial

to ventral canals.

Materiat examined: 11 specimens [rom spiral valve of

Stegosionwy fasciaiurnr (Hermann 1743), Balgel, Olu,

L4.ix.1985S, coll. BOG. Robertson ($2771); L specimen trom

Chiloseyllium puneraram Mucilot & Henle, (841, Balgal,

Old, 17,i4,79K5, voll. B. G. Robertson ($2772).

Discussion

Southwell (1929) synonymised Télrarsynchus

macroporus and T. athriundate? under the combina-

tion Tertecwluria macropora, having examined a

range of specimens from different host species,

including the type host of 7: emandalet, Shipley

& Hornell’s description (1906) of Ferrarkvichis

miaccropariks was based on specimens fron Fintan

tura uarnak (Forsskal, 1775) (Syn, Tregon uemek),

The whereabouts of their specimens is unknowu,

and no specimens have since been recovered from

thts hast, Their description of the species is brief,

und as Southwell (1929) pointed out, differs. little

from thaLof 7 annanda/e:, Southwell (1925) con-

yidered jhe difference belween (he two species,

namely the presence or absence of a longirudiral

R. A. CAMPBELL & J. BEVERIDGE

198

Nee

<——

{

internal surface, metabasal region;

face, basal region; 11, profiles

internal sur

figs 7-10 same. scale.

’

nelliella macropora (Shipley & Hornell). 7

hothridial surface, basal region; 10

ies

nae 2 |

SEs

O23

vos

S329

= 4

Ezoa

aoa

aa =

Bem

£75

cls

Reg

TZ2

rot

—

nad C

CESTODE FAMILY HORNED TTELLIDAE 199

division uf the bothridium, to be due to intraspecific

variation, and noted thar contracted specimens are

mote likely to have @ medium sub-division of the

bothvidia, Southwell’s (1929) cowclusiuns are

considered justified since if specimens are examined

unstamed using incident light, there is a prominent,

media longitudinal ridge in each bothridium,

which becomes virtually invisible when the speci-

mens are cleared, Hornell (1992) also stated that the

length of “proboscis hooks" differed between the

Iwo specics, though no measurements were given

in etthec of the original descriptions Marked

differences occur in hook size and shape ona single

tentacle, and hence such comparisons are useless

if the posilion of the hooks being compared is not

clearly specified.

Hornell’s (1912) specimens of f! annuidalet were

taken froin Stegastenia fasciatwnr (Hermann, 1783)

(syn, 3, ngrinwen (Gmelin, 1789}), as were those of

Yamaguti 1/934) and the new specimens described

herein, The material examined by Southwell (1929)

included specimens from S. fasciatum rom Sri

Lanka (BMNH 1977 11.14.46) as well as speamens

fron) Guteocerdo cuvier (Peron & Le Sueur, 1822)

isyn, Gi wretions (Faber, 1829) and G. tigrinus

Mueller & Heale, (839) from Sri Lanka (BMNH

1977.LL.14 32-35) and specimens from a host

identified on the label simply as 7rygen sp. (BMNH

L977.01,14.9 aid 1977.11, 14, 21-24) bur identified in

the text of his paper as Dasybenes sp. All specimens

clearly belong to a single species, with a wide host

range, We therefore support Southiwell'’s (1929)

conclusion that 7) niacreporus and 7) annandalei

are conspecific though material trom Himanture

uarnak is needed to confirm this view. Yamaguti

(1954) appear to have overlooked this synonymy

ht his redescription of T; wnaendale’, and hence the

correct combination for his new genus becomes

Hornetliella macropera (Shipley & Hornell, 1906)

comb. nov. (syn. 4, annandalei (Hornell, 1912)

Yamaguri, 1954).

Hornejlielia palasoorani Zaidi & Khan, 1976 is

the only other nominal member of the genus, The

spevies was said lo.differ from H. micropora only

in the size of the cirrus sac (Zaidi & Khan 1976).

However, the description is very poor arid itis clear

fron the drawings thal it does not belong to the

gens Hornellielia, is systematic position cannot

be determined and it is considered fneertae sedis,

the description given herein continms most of

Yamaeuti's (1954) observations, except for the single

seminal vesicle which appears, from his description,

to be external ro the virrus sae bue whivh in faet,

is inlermal (see Fig. 3).

The artnuture, desertbed Here for the First time,

presents several unique featuses. The large Falcifori

hooks of the basal armature are similur w species

of Gramoriyachus Rudolphi, [819 and Malirole

(Pollfus, 1935} Also, the external surface of the

metabasal armature bears what we have described

as a double chainette of hooks which are similar

in form (o those of the principal rows, The hooks

ol the chainette are well separated from and

opposite to the alternating principal rows as Occurs

in genera such as Lacistorhynchus Pintnes, 1913 and

Caliiterraraynchus Pintner, (934. All of che hooks

are hollow and are not accompanied by satellite

hooks or by intercalating rows of hooks Although

a4 poecifoacanihous type of hook atrangement

fiiting the orderly arrangement found in a chainette,

it could also be interpreted as a “hand” of hooks

such as is found on the external surface of the

tentacles of species Molola and Grilloria (see

Dolifis 1942). However, such bands of hooks in

poectloacanth trypanorhynchs {reguently shove little

or no orderly linear arrangement of their elcmenrs

and the haoks may vary both in size and in form,

We therefore prefer ts consider the hook

arrangemenc seen in Hornelfiglig as a modified

chainette.

A double chainetie with hooks in a tandem

position, acours in Lacistarkynchas and Eulaciste-

rhynchus Subhapradha, 1957 (Lacistorhynchidac),

in Callitetrarhynchus (Dasyrhynchidaes, Gymno-

fhunchus (Gymnorhynchidae) and some species of

Dusprkvnichus Pintner, 1928 {Dasyrhynchidae).

Simple chainettes with hooks in a single row oceur

in FYaviceps Cuvier, 1817 (Dasyrhynchidae), Hely-

siockyachus Pinner, 1913 (Pierobothnidae}, Afixo-

digma Dailey & Vogelbein, 1982 (Mixodigmatidae)

and in same species of Dasyrhiyrcius, No genus

described to date has a chainette composed of pairs

of hooks in tandem, and the structure seen in

Hernellietia is unique among the Trypanorhyncha_

Yamaguti (1954) erected a new Family and genus

for the species hased primarily on the presence of

a unigue, hermaphroditic vesicle, which be chd not

iNustrate. Yamuguti's description is correct, and

both cirrus and vagina join a large, thick-walled

vesicle armed with sagiltate spines The vesicle leads,

via a highly muscular hermaphroditic duct, to the

geniial atrium, A fully everted circus was not

observed but the hermaphroditic duct appears to

be éyersible and the vesicle is capahle of being

partially protcuded through the duct, with the

characteristic sagittate spines being visible on the

external surface (Fig, 5) Althougl) the vesicle

appears to be unique, a union of male and female

ducts within the “cirrus sac” |=hermaphrodiue

pouch of Yamaeguti 41954)) oeeurs in Lectsre-

rAynchus (see Dollfus 1942) hut in the latier case

there is no armed vesicle, merely a simple

hermaphroditic duct referred to as the “gentlal

atrium by Doilfus (1942) because Ihe “arriwin" by

200 &. A. CAMPBELL & |. BEVERIDGE

everted first, followed by the cirrus. A similar

mechanism of evagination may operate in A.

niacropora. We consider the terminology used by

Yamaguti (1954) of hermaphroditic duct. and herma-

phroditic vesicle preferable to that used by Dollfus

(1942) for Lacistorhynchus tenuis.

Yamaguti (1954) erected the family Hornellielli-

dae based on the preserice of an hermaphroditic

vesicle, testes anterior to the “cirrus sac”, presence

of paired lappets around the genital atrium, a series

of muscular rings in the tentacle sheaths and

circumcortical vitelline follicles which formed a

band posterior to the ovary. Of these characters,

the muscular rings of the tentacle shcaths were not

visible in our specimens, and we doubt whether such

precise distribution of the testes and vitellaria will

prove to be family characters. However, the

armature is unique in that each pair of hooks in

the chainette is contributed by a single, principal

row, in alternating fashion. Furthermore, the hooks

of the chainette are similar in shape to those of the

principal rows instead of being markedly different,

On the basis of its armature and the herma-

phroditic vesicle we consider that the Hornelliellidac

is valid and that it is most closely related to the

poeciloacanthous families Lacistorhynchidae

Guiart, 1927 and Gymnorhynchidae Dollfus, 1935.

A redefinition is given below,

Hornelliellidae Yamaguti, 1954. Hornelliella

Yamaguti, 1954, Scolex elongate, acraspedote; two

oval bothridia each with median longitudinal ridge.

Metabasal armature poeciloacanthous, chainette of

two rows of large paired hooks; intercalary hooks

absent; distinctive basal armature present; no basal

swelling. Tentacle sheaths coiled; prebulbar organ

absent; retractor muscle originates in anterior third

of bulb, Pars postbulbosa absent. Genital pores

marginal, irregularly alternate. Testes numerous,

scattered, anterior to genital pore; internal seminal

vesicle present; male and female ducts unite to form

armed hermaphroditic vesicle; genital pore sur-

rounded by lappets. Vitellaria follicular, circum-

cortical, pre and post-ovanian. Uterus simple,

median, tubular; preformed uterine pore present.

Parasites of sharks and rays.

Acknowledgments

Thanks are due to B. G. Robertson for collecting

the specimens, and to Dr D, Gibson (BMNHB) for

lending specimens.

This project was supported financially by the

Australian Biological Resources Survey.

References

Dor.rus, R. P. (1942) Etudes critiques sur les Tétra-

rhynques du Muséum de Paris. Arch. mus. nat, Hist.

nat, Paris, 6° sér. 19, 1-466.

Hornet, J. (1912) New cestodes from Indian fishes. Rec.

Ind, Mus. 7, 198-204, plates IX, X.

SOUTHWELL, T. (1929) A monograph of cestodes of the

order Trypanorhyncha from Ceylon and India, Part 1,

Spolia Zeyl, V5, 169-312.

Yamacuti, 5. (1954) Parasitic worms mainly from

Celebes, Part 6. Cestodes of fishes, Acta Med. Okavama

8, 353-374, plates I, 11.

ZarpL, D, A, & KHAN, D. (1976) Cestodes. of fishes from

Pakistan. Biologia 22(2), 157-179.

NEW RECORDS OF UPEROLEZA (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) FROM

WESTERN AUSTRALIA WITH SUPPLEMENTARY OSTEOLOGICAL

DATA ON UPEROLEIA MICROMELES

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

NEW RECORDS OF UPEROLEIA (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) FROM WESTERN

AUSTRALIA WITH SUPPLEMENTARY OSTEOLOGICAL DATA ON UPEROLEIA

MICROMELES

Upereleia Gray, 1842 comprises 23 speeies! of which

ten o¢cur in Western Australia: two from the Pilbara and

eight from the Kimberley Division, Recently sianificant

range extensions al two species inio W.A. have been

discovered.

Uperoleia trachyderma Tier, Davies & Martin, 1981

On 13..1987 we collected LU! Irachyderma during heavy

thunderstorms on the irrigation flats of the Ord River

Scheme at Kununurra (WAM R96781, 8.5 kin NNE

Kununurra, at the junction of Ivanhoe and Research

Stations Rds). ‘his represents an addition to the fauna

ot WA,

The species was collected on self mulching grey cracking

clay.* U. trachyderma is the only member of the genus

ta be associated with a particular soil type, and all

previously collected specimens have this fidelity,

Self-mulching grey cracking clays are distributed

disjunctly throughenut W.A., the N-T. and Qld;* those on

the Barkly, Tableland are considered to have evolved in

stv.? Distribution along current drainage patterns would

explain the presence.of the species‘on the Georyina River

and at Lawn Hill in Qld! but the occurrence of the

Species at Newry Station in the far northwest of the

NJ) and at Kununurra remains an enigma,

Two other vertebrates havé comparable disjunct

disteybutions on grey cracking clays: the monitor baranis

spercert’ and the planigale Planigale ingrami\®* while

two specics of bird, the flock pigeon Histrigphups

Aisteionice and the red-chested quail Turnix pyrrothorax,

have theic centres of abundance on these soils. Perhaps

jhe question of the origins of the Barkly Tableland soils

sliould be examined in the hight of the endemicity of the

associared fauna.

An additional species of Uperoleia has been recorded

in W.A.* A specimen of 1) mivromeles was collected by

A. A, Burbidge and P. JS. Fuller on 25.iv.1979, 1 km S

Stafford; Bore (22°22'S, 127°24'E) (WAM R64073),

Previously known only fron) {he Tanami Sanctuary, NT.

the species is unusual in 4 number of niarphological and

ostcologica!l features. Re-examination of the paratype

alizarin has enabled the clarification of same osteological

features not included in the original description! Jiere

we redefine the species and report these fealures.

Uperoleia micromeles Tyler, Davies & Martin, 198)

Definition: A relatively large species (@ 27 mm, 9 9

24-31] mm 5-V) of gross habitus; maxillary teeth present

ap vestiges; narrowly exposcd frontoparietal tontanctie;

short, fattened unweébbed toes; internarial span greater

than cye to naris distance; carpus of six elements; itial crest

present. Advertisement call not known.

Osteology: Uiunr with small dorsal crest (Fig. 1). Dorsal

prominence very large, mesa-shaped. Dorsal promberance

laleral; pubis caleitied,

These elements articulate proximally with G. radiautna,

with each other on their proximomedial border, with large

transversely elongated O. centrale postaxiale distally. 0.

radiale articulates laterally with O. centralé preaxiale.

ae SP,

Ao — mR | 7

Fig. 1 Lateral view of the pelvis of Upercleia micrameles

(Paratype):

O, centrale pastaxiale articulates distally with bases of

O. metacarpi UI, IV and V; small flange extends

proximally from. lateropraximal comer (Fig. 2). O. centrale

prexiale articulates laterally with O. radiale, distally with

carpale 2.and 3, laterally with basal prepoltical element.

Three distal tarsal clements. Lateral element largest, lies

at base of O, metatarsus If], extending laterally to

metalarsus 1, medially to base of O. metatarsus 1]. Medial

element lies at base of Q. metatarsus I, articulates with

QO, centrale prehallucis, Distal prehallical element long,

metatarsus | (Fig. 2),

1, |

Bal

Biz. 241A) Palmar view of the carpus and (B) plantar view

of the tarsus of Uperaleia micromeles (Paratype).

202

Comparison with other species: Uperoleia micromeles is

a functionally edentate species (the teeth are vestigial) with

a poorly exposed frontoparietal fontanelle. This species

is unique amongst Uperoleia in a number of features:

presence of vestigial teeth; a broad snout (E-N/ IN

0.83-0.90!!); anteromedial extensions to the nasals; and

the presence of a moderately developed ilial crest.

We thank Michael J. Tyler for reading the manuscript,

John and Judy Caratti for hospitality in Kununurra, and

Chris Done and the W.A. Department of Conservation

and Land Management for field assistance, This work was

supported by research funds from the Departments of

Zoology, Universities of Adelaide and Melbourne.

\Davies, M., McDonald, K. R. & Corben, C. (1986)

Proc. R. Soe, Vict. 98, 147-188.

2Northcote, K. H., Hubble, G. D., Isbell, R. F,

Thompson, C. H. & Bettenay, E, (1975) “A description

of Australian Soils,” (CSTRO, Melbourne).

3Davies, M. (1987) Taxonomy and systematics of the

genus Uperoleia Gray, 1842 (Anura: Leptodactylidae).

Ph.D. thesis, University of Adelaide. Unpubl.

4Northcote, K. H. Pers. comm.

Tyler, M. J., Watson, G. F, & Davies, M. (1983) Trans.

R. Soc. S. Aust, 107(4), 243-245.

6Tyler, M. J. & Davies, M. (1986) “Frogs of the Northern

Territory.” (Conservation Commission of the N-T., Alice

Springs).

7Pengilley, R. (1981) Aust. J. Herp. 1, 23-26.

8Parker, S. A. (1973) Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(11), 1-57.

°Andrew, D. L. & Setile, G. A. (1982) pp. 311-24 Jn M.

Archer (Ed.) “Carnivorous Marsupials.” (R. Zool. Soc.

N,SW., Sydney).

10Parker, S, A, Pers. comm.

'lTyler, M. J., Davies, M. & Martin, A. A. (1981) Aus.

J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 79, 1-64.

MARGARET DAVIES, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001,

GRAEME F. WATSON, Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Vic. 3052 and CHRISTOPHER

A. MILLER, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide.

AUSTRALIAN PLANT NEMATODES: LONGIDORUS MICOLETZKY, 1922

AND PARA LONGIDORUS SIDDIQI, HOOPER & KHAN, 1963

(NEMATODA: DORYLAIMIDA)

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

AUSTRALIAN PLANT NEMATODES: LONG/DORUS MICOLETZKY, 1922 AND

PARALONGIDORUS SIDDIQI, HOOPER & KHAN, 1963

(NEMATODA: DORYLAIMIDA)

Ina comtinuing study of the distribution and laxonomy

of plant parasitic nematodes associated with naturally

occurring native vegetation, spesies of Curu/onagidoeus and

Longidorus were identified. The distribution of both these

genera in Alistratia is poorly known. All records here are

from areas Gt natural vegetation, many of which are

National Parks (NP), Conservation Parks (CP) and Stale

Forests (SF) (excluding Plows redsata and other planted

forests). Nematode specimens are held in rhe Waite Insri-

tuic Nematode Collection (WINC). Measurements are

fram specimens mounted in glyceral.

The genus Lonaiderus has been recorded from three

locuboms around Sydney (NS SAV)" and from Charleville,

Qld? bur npne js identified to species, Soil samples

collecied fram four localities in South Australia contained

speviniens Of Lomgiderus faniwha Clack, 1963, a New

Zealand spovits, not previously recorded in Australia. The

localities are all on the Fleuricu Peninsula, sourh of

Adelaide, in Eucolyivus L'Hér,, forest at Mt Compass,

Kyeerna CP and Spring Mount CP, and wn area of mallee

ut Myponga CP. Apart from a more posterior guiding ring

(52-37 pm from anterior end), South Australian speeinens

arc similar in most respects lo the type population. Small

numbers of males were cotfected from each locality except

Spring Mount.

Three species of Purglongidorus have been recorded in

Australia. Two of these, P evcalypti Pisher, 1964 and

# saechar! Siddiqi, Hooper & Khan, (963 have been

idemlified by the aulhory, from bus{land soils, A euca/ypii

has only previously been necarded Irom the type locality

(S. Aust.)) and three localities in N.SW.! Specimens of

P evedlypt) have been Wentified from mare than 35

dilferemt Ineulities, in all States of mainland Australia.

Most of the localities are Eucalypius woodland or mallee.

rarely torest, none Irom rainforest. Soil samples have betn

collected from 24 sites, within 14 separate greas of rain-

forest (totalling (76 soil samples) in exstern Qld, and

NSW, No species of Paraloneldorus have been recovered

from Uiese soils.

fomales of Hardiongidaras eucalypi{ were swudied, and

the marphometnes of specimens from eight lovalines are

elven in Table b, The specimens are similar to the vriginal

description, with minor differences in tail length and

shane. The papillac near the amphid apertures, a peculiar-

Hy of (Mis species, ace clearly visible in mest specimens.

There ale seme clifYerences between measurements of

specimens fram differing lavalities, The $, Aust, specimens

ate similar to those from the type lecality, The Qld

ypeciens are shofter (han those from S. Aust. and also

have a shyrter styler and a more unleriorly situated guiding

ring. Some specimens trom Marne Valley 1S. Aust.) and

Mt Topper (N.SM.) have a slightly more pusteriorly situ-

ated vulya. One female specimen, identified tram

Dengarra (WAL) Las an untoually short stylet (127 pm)

but is similar in other respects to f% excalypti. The

messurements given here considerably extend the range

for This species,

Localities from which # eucalppti were collected are

48 follows:

S. Aust: Guileys to the vast and west of Northern Minders

Ranges, in association with Evcalypius cumuldulensis

Dehnh; mid-north, associated with Liaulypius woodland

and mallee; frequeul on sandy sous associated with

Fucalypius woodland and mallee, including: Saudy Creek

CP (neat Gawler); Ferrics McDonald €P (near Murray

Bridge); Marne Valley CP (near Swan Reach): Aldinga

Serb (Adelaide cowl).

Vie, Sunraysia district, associated with Eucalypius

comuldilensis oy mallee; Eucalyptus woodland at Victoria

Valley, Grampian Mountains,

NSW: Sunraysia district, north-castern State Terests

including M1 Topper SF; Sacks Creck SFS Nundle SF,

Unumyar SP; Beaury SP,

Old: Eveaiypies woodland west of Mt Garnett (north

Old: brigalow asseciatian, Thangool (near Biloclay:

Cosuerina ditterefis Salish, fuulside rainforest area)

Eungella NP near Mackay); malice and mutpa,

Charleville

NT Bucwlvpius woodland with tall perential arasses,

Katherine.

HAs Buedyeres calaphylla R.Br west af Narrham,

E& erythrocorys UT. Muell., south of Dongarra (near

Geraldton),

The male of # evcalypr/ has or be desecibed, One male

has been collected from S. Aust. and qne from W.A., which

are described here.

Measwrements (5. Aaist. male, n = ib - 3 S8 mm, a

~ M27 p0 = 8.2; ¢ — 128; odonmtostyle ~ 106.4 pms

adoniophore = 49,5 pms total stylet = 155.9 am; guiding

ring 43.4 ym [rom antetior end; T = 63.4; spicules

= 43.4 pm (tivasured wlong curvature): lateral guiding

icces 14,7 pms tail = 43.5 pm,

(WA. male on = Lb = 539mm - 12L%¢ - 223

ec = 135: odoninstyle - IDL2 ym; oadantophore

= 46.8 pin; total srylee = 144.0 pin; guiding ring 34,9 am

from anterior end; T — 48.0; spicules 56.3 am), lateral

guiding pieces LI1 pm; tail ~ 44.03 pm.

Neserlotiag: Body ventrally Curyed whien relaxed (Fig. LA),

more strungly curved in posterior region than fernales,

Anterior region similar ta temales, with offset lips region

(Fig. (BC), papillae near amnphid apertures and stirrup

shape! amphids. Odontostyle shorter rhan females fram

type populaiion. Hemizonicd 3.8-6,8 por long, Cinnas!

rather obsetire. Spicules arcuate, lateral guiding pieyes

slightly cutved. In the S. Aust. specimen, supplements

consisting of ay adanal pair, unequal distances from the

nus, with a venrra-median scri¢s of fourteen. If the W.A,

specimen there aré thirteen ventro-median. supplements,

The most anterior supplemeiy is $5.1-95,2 pm from anus

(mewured along curvature), Tail rounded-conoisl terminus

slighty bulbous in buth specimens (Fig. 1D, 2).

Localities: (8. Aust.) Collected fram Aldinga Serub,

S. Aust, in December 198] by (he author Uhts site is law

‘pus JOWAIUe WOI] Aus BuIpins Jo aoueisip = “VST = Us

atwest (ir-2€) (ET) (Zrt-971) fhTT-301) (Gr-Br) (E66) (g-9P) (9¢I-SszD = (€8t-1z1) ('s-1°9) f CIN)

16£ Tl POE! ST Lge TIP cup 9 TEL 0°6L1 os auLayyey

D‘ap6Z 9E-ZE TE-O'T LBI-IST —IST-6€L_—OS-LB SS Sh-EE 9S-€p Z9I-p8 ss QUZ-LZT BOB Z ete

QS1Z 6E-f€ TI-Vl 91I-L6 08-89 OS-6r =. ZE-TE Or-OF 001-66 Opl-6El = G E-BE TZ ee

C-VLIZ (Ib-€s) (€1-0'1) (671-101) (6-99) (TS=SP) (hE-62) (t¢-9€) (601-%6) —(IST-SED) Ce b-s'f) gy (PIO)

‘qa ‘worz = ese etl TSI 3'r8 8b rte gr L'66 S'Trl £0'F yoosuryy,

q ‘weiz (zp-se) (e'T-O°1) « (GpI-zzI) (TEI-€01) (€S-6h) (Sh-88) (9S-9€) (€pi-971) (L61-FLT) (6°S-9°F) i CAYS'N)

B°8t VI $'8El oEIT Vis Str User SSEL Orel ps jaddoy, 1

166

AL6 (€b-6€) (191-91) «(ZTT-86) — 6b-Lb) (6-94) (pp-8E) (Z9I-OS1) (OLZ-161) (h9-9"S) t (isny °S)

406 = -G'0P x01 9'6FT 0°01 S'8P z'or 6th bpst £°861 19 yaarD Apueg

: : . ; , . ; : fer ; Casny °S)

asit = FOE 60 6 P81 €'S0T 6 iP gir 8°05 g6rl 9007 99°¢ 1 gnisg eauipry

A‘acte (6p-1g) (1-01) (zLI-€01) Ozt-€6) = (zs-eb) (Th-S) (09-€P) (ipl-O€1) (O0Z-E8T) (6's-8"F) OL (ysny °S)

azige SBE rll O'8E1 0°601 00s 6 8E arAs sSel 8° L8T £z'S AgeA auseyy

eer _ (IST-111) (BET-SOT) (6-9) (ZP-6E) (¢s-8P) (ISt-€€1) 2 0T'9-08'F gy ‘207 adap

O'9EL 0'6IT 6 LY 66 g's OOP zLs Cysny *S) BuoID0D

(uu) (ur) (un) (uu?) (ut) (mur)

ONIM ye a 2 eB A 1d aroydowwopg = ayAyso}wopO TBIAIS TI u Aye07}

‘sainyv20] auiu woif Wdsjeons sniopisuojeeg fO Sodjausoydsopy “| ATVI,

Fig. 1. Paralongidorus euculypti—male. A—relaxed body

posture; B, C—lip region; D—posterior region; E-tail.

Rar seales: A = 1 mm, B-E = 20 ym,

lying, sandy soil with Eucalyptus cumaldulensis and

numerous Isolepis nodosa (Rotb,) R.Br. (Knobby Club-

Rush) WINC: 176A,

(W.A.) Male and juveniles collected from dam reserve at

‘The Humps”, Hyden, W,A,, by P. Orr and P. Laidlaw

in September 1986. Caswarinad sp. dominant, with

associated Acacia sp, Eucalyptus sp. Santalum

acuminatum (R.Br) A.D.C. and tussock grasses, WINC

332A.

' McLeod, R. W. (1979) Science Bulletin 87, 48 pp. Dept

Ap. N.S.W-

> Khair, G. T. (1987) List of plant parasitic nematodes of

Australia (3rd Edn) Canberra, Dept of Primary Industry.

156 pp.

3 Fisher, J. M. (1964) Nematolopica 10, 464-470.

205

Paralongidorus sacchari, first described from north Qld

and India‘ and also recorded fram FijiS has not been

recorded elsewhere in Australia. Specimens have been

identified from two localities in S, Aust, and are

morphologically similar to the original description, but

differ in same measurements.

Black Rock CP, females (a = LO). L = 3.7-5.5 mm;

c = 100-141; co = 1.1-1,3; V = 47-52; odontostyle =

119-134 pm; odontophore = 36-60 um; total stylet =

162-19) pm; guiding ring 32-37 ym from anterior end:

tail — 30 44 pm.

Locality. Black Oak, Casuarina cristata ssp. pauper (P.

Muell, ex Miq) L. Johnson and Blue Bush, Maireana

sedifolia (F. Mucll), P, G, Wilson association at Black

Rock CP (near Orroroo) S. Aust.

Females and juveniles collected in 1974. WINC 59-63.

Martins Well, females (n = 3). I, = 3.7-4.8 mm; c¢ =

109-157; c = 1.0-1.2; V = 48-50; odontostyle = 115-130

um; odontophore = 38-62 gm; total stylet = 154-192 pm;

guiding ring 35-383 wm trom anterior end; tail = 30-35

pITL,

Locality: 118 ktm south-east of Blinman, towards Martins

Well (ouiside northern Flinders Ranges), from gully mar-

gin. Associated vegetation includes Eucalyptus

camaldulensis and EB, interfexta R. T. Baker, and Ptilpius

spp. Females and juveniles collected in 1973. WINC. 29

A, D.

Sincere thanks to people who collected soil, in particu-

lar; J. A. Simpson, Forestry Commission of N.SW., R.G.

Silcock, Dept of Primary Industries, Qld, M, H, Andrew,

CSIRO Division of Tropical Crops and Patures, N-T., J. H.

Warcup and P. McGee of the Waite Institute, P. Laidlaw

and P. Orr, Adelaide. Thanks also to the 8, Aust. and Qld

National Parks and Wildlife Services, $. Aust. Planning

Commission and the Forests Commission of Victoria for

co-operation with soil sampling in their reserves, ‘Technical

assistance by P, Fuhlbohm is gratefully acknowledged.

This work was partially funded by a grant from the Burcau

of Flora and Fauna,

4 Siddiqi, M. R,, Hooper, D. J. & Khan, BE. (1963)

Nematologica 9, 7-4.

> Orton Williams, K, J, (1980) Plant parasitic nematodes

of the Pacific, Tech. Report Vol. 8. 192 pp.

Commonwealth Inst. Helminthology, England,

FRANCOISL REAY, Department of Plant Patholovy, Waite Agricultural Research Institute (University of Adctaide),

Glen Osmond, 8. Aust. 5064.

YABBIES AT DALHOUSIE SPRINGS, NORTHERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA:

MORPHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE FOR LONG TERM ISOLATION

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

YABRIES AT DALHOUSIE SPRINGS, NORTHERN SOUTH AUSTRALIA:

MORPHOLOGICAL EVIDENCE FOR LONG TERM ISOLATION

This paper stems from a comprehensive morphological

analysis of the taxonomy of the @estrucor group of the

genus Cherax,'* Since the specimens from Dalhousie

Springs proved to be morphologically distinct from all

other specimens examined, they are given special

consideration here,

Dalhousie Springs are u series of over 60 active mound

springs distributed (throughout an area of about 60 km*4,

160 km NE of Oodnadatta in the far north of South

Australia? While located within the Lake Byre Drainage

division, they are isolated from the major waterways and

lakes of central Adstralia.

Morphological analyses included both bivariate

(analysis of covariance) and :multivariate (principal

components analysis) techniques? On the basis ot tity

metric and multistate characters, the specimens from

Dalhousic Springs are closest to C. destructor, which is

the only other species of Cherax ty be found in central

Australia.? Of these characters, the Dalhousie Springs

specimens could be distinguished sratisiigally from

C. destructor by iheir relatively broad arcola (the distance

between the branchincardiac groaves), short thorax, and

Shert vostuim, and to a lesser cxtent by relatively Jarge

chelae and broad rostrum.’ These characters are

iWusttared in Fig, 1,

The Dalhousie Springs spevimens are separated nrost

conspicuously frome. desiructor by their relatively broad

areola. The relationship between areola width and ocular-

carapace length for the Dathousle Springs specimens (a),

C. albidus (b) and C. destructor (c) is shown in Fig. 2.

The data for Dalhousie Springs specimens represent

collections from several mound Springs. These data were

tog-itansformed to linearize the allometric relationship of

areola width with ocular-varapace length, Analysis of

covariance indicated that the elevations of these regression

lines are significantly different (F497 =6)1.), p<.0,001),

A pesteriori comparison of the elevations using Tukey's

Tes!” indicated that the differences between each pair of

lines are statistically significant (p<0.05), with the

Dalhousic Springs specimens having the broadest aveolac

and C. destructor having the narrowest.

lgalhousie Springs are thought to have formed during

the lale Pliocene-early Pleistocene and Ure surrounding

atea hay been substantially dry sinve the late Tertiary.’

However, in modern times, flood waters from the creeks

near the springs would have provided a connection

between the springs and the Finke river system via spring

run-off during particularly wet years.’ Tt has been

suggested that these canditions may have occurred

nurnerous times in the past 1000 years and possibly more

Frequently during the Pleistocene wher the springs niay

have been ata ictatively lower elevation.’ In the hzht of

these suggestions, it is interesting that these populations

have maintained their morphological integrity, probably

in the face of repeated invasion by C destrucrar. One

explanation for this may be that rhe yabbies of Dalhousie

Springs may have developed pliysiplogical tolerance of the

high, relatively constant tumperiture to which they are

eaposed, Invading C. destructor may not be ahte to survive

+——

TGL

hig, 1, Cephalothoracic measurements distinguisling the

Dalhousie Springs yabbies from arher specimens of

C. deytruvior, TCL, total-carapace length; OCL, aculur-

carapace length; TL, thorax tength; RW, rostron. widit;

AW, areala width. Rostrum length was calculated as the

difference between TCL and OCL.

and reproduce under chese conditions. Ecological isolation

af populations hetween which there are no geopraphical

barrienm has been described tor some species of Garnmnartes

which inhwhit regions with differing salinities.*

Individuals from different populations of some “species”

were 50 specialized that they could not survive and

reproduce at any common salinity.

On the basis of zoogeographic evidence not connected

with Dalhousie Springs, | have previgusly postulated that

¢. destructor arose as a result of increased selection for

drought tolerance during the late Teruary-Pleistocene

phase of increasing aridity and that it arose from a

previously widespread “C. albidus-like!! ancestov,'? This

latter species is now restricted to southwestern Victoria

and (he extreme southeast of South Australia. The

similarity of the Dalhousie Springs specimens to

¢! alhidus, wlth respect 1o relative areola width is,

therefore, particularly siznificant. Mound springs also have

been sugyested as providing refuges: for aquatic fauna

LNUAW tant

26 Za 2.0 32 34 3.6 3.8

LATOCL mimi

Fig, 2. Lines of best Jit for the log-log regressions of areola

width on oculat-cvarapace length. a, Dalhousie Springs

in=75); h, C. albidus (n=526, <. C. destructor (n=900).

All regressions ate statistically significant (p<0.001).

The circles indicate the positions of individuals from

Dalhousie Springs.

dunng periods of wiereased aridity.? An association

between dreola width and the environment has been noted

for cambarid species, wide arcolae being largely restricted

to highly oxygenaled Jotic habitats and narrow areolar

being more common on crayfish inhabiting waters of lower

oxygen concentrations,” This association was related

to the fact that a lengthening and narrowing of the areola

will result in a concomitant enlargement in the gill

chamber? We wight therefore predict thar 2 drougit-

adupled spevies (ie. C. destructor) would have a relatively

narrow angola, ASC. des{reector populauans inhabiting

the cooler. wetter areas of central Victoria and

scatheasterm New Soulh Wales do nol show any

broadening of the areata, !* this relationship (if it applies

lo parastacids) ts not & proxinoal ore

Although the Spring water lemperatures are high,

dissolved oxygen levels are generally high ti saturated m

most springs, except in the immediate vicinily of the

vent,” The permanent water of the mound springs would,

therefore, buffer the crayfish fron: che effects of undity

and subsequent selecrian for drought tolerance, For further

interpretation of the pattern of morphological variation,

it would be interesting to Know wherher there has been

gene flow between the Dalliousie Springs crayfish and

typical C destructor. Future investigation using other

methods (c.g. immunological techniques} may help 1a

larity the relationships between the Dalhousie Springs

populations, CQ destructor and C albiadus-

Although these specimens are murplioloyically very

distinct from the other C destructor specitnens, their

taxonomic statusis far from clyar, The possability that their

distinetive morphology is environmerstally induced must

be considered, The Dalhousic mound springs represent

an exireme environment. Spring watet temperatures at the

source vary from 29°C ta 44°C, the hotter springs betrg

in the north. While summer water temperatures may

reach these levels in Gther parts of central Australia, che

Spring water (emperatires are constant throughout the

year it least at ihe source. These springs rarely Naw more

thad 1S km from their source due Ww the high evaporation

rate (2500 msn /annum), "1s the unusual morphology of

the Dathousi¢ Springs. specimens is environmentally

induced, some indication of morphological similarity with

other central Australian populations might be expected_

However, with respect to the chatacters which distinguish

the Spring specimens, yabbies from other nocthern Sauih

Australian, southern Northern Territory and southwest

Queensland localities are eloser to southeast Australian

specimens,!*

A further indication of the extreme environment at

Dalhousie Springs is the presence of berried females of

very small carapace lengths. | have examined berried

females of tolal carapace length (TCL) 23.4 inm (OCL

19.8 mim) and 24.3 mm (OCL 20.6 mm) fram this locality

Previous field studies have recorded miaimum total

carapace Jengths (TCLs) for bertied females of 31-

45 mro," although berried females of total carapace

length o& small as 26 mm have been revorded from Lake

Eucumbene in southeastern N.SW.'" The Dalhousie

Springs specimens therefore represent the smallest. berried

fernales of “Ct desrructor™ yet recorded. The size at which

crusiaacans reach sexual maturity in the field has been

Sugpested to be a guuge of (he influence of the

environment on the performance of the papulation,'®

A further complication is the possibility of recent

introductions. Yabbies were first recorded from the Springs

in May 1984 when they were collected using wire-mesh

box raps for fst!" However, bo Cherak were collected

on previous visitzin July/August. 1968, November, 1969,

and May, 1974 using the same raps in the same area.

When collecting vabbies, hawever, itis nor unusual to have

markedly different trapping success at different times. It

has also been nated that locals inthe mid-north of South

Australia, at least as far north as Godnadatta, have

introduced yabbies into their dams.!? Given that the

morphulogy of the Dalhousie Springs crayfish is so distinet

from all other C desiructer populations examined,'* it

is most untikely that they are the resule of recent

introductions by man

While the frequency and extent of past aquatic connec-

tions between ihe Dalhousie Springs and surrounding

drainage systems are not known, conditions Tavouring

speciation of other taxa have existed since there are two

endemic fish species, the Dalhousie catfish (Neosilurus

spt und the Dathousle hardyhead (Careracephulay

dalhousensis) whict cannol survive al waler lemaperatures

much less than 20°C.'§920 Dalhousie Springs alse

contains endemic snails {family| Hydoobiidae) and

amphinods.°

The cause of the unique morphology of the Dalhousic

Springs specimens (Le. genetic or envirtinenental) may be

solved by the rearing of young under conitollod conditions

The replication of this procedure with *pood" C

destructor would serve.as a centrol Without this further

evidenue, however, firm txonomic conclusions are nul

justified,

1 am indebted to Dr Sam Lake for his constructive

critigism and suggestions: My thanks also go 1 Dr bin

Bayly and Michael Barry for thet comments on this

manuscript.

' Sokal, A. (1986) Ph.D. Thesis, Department of Zoology,

Monash Lniversily, Victoria. (Linpublished),

q {in presay J. Invertebrate Taxenanyy,

3 Harris, C. R. (1985) In J. Greenslade, L. Joseph & A.

Reeves (eds) “South Australia’s Mound Springs”. (Nature

Conservation Society of South Australia Inc. Adelaide).

4 Riek, E. F. (1969) Aust. J. Zool. 17, 855-918.

5 Zar, + H. (1974) “Biostatistical Analysis” (Prentice-

Hall Inc. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.).

® Krieg, G. W. (1985) Dalhousie, South Australia,

1:250 000 Geological Series — Sheet SA/53-11 Explana-

tory Notes. (Geological Survey of South Australia),

personal communication,

8 5 Kolding, S. (1985) Marine Biology 89, 249-255.

9 Ponder, W. (1986) Zn P. De Deckker & W. D. Williams

(eds) “Limnology in Australia”. (CSIRO-Dr W. Junk

ip Publishers, Melbourne).

'" Hobbs, H. H. Jr. (1958) Q. J. Fla Acad. Sci. 21, 71-91.

ua (1969) Jn P. C, Holt (ed) “The Distributional!

History af the Biota of the Southern Appalachians. Pt 1

Invertebrates”, (Research Division Monograph 1. Virginia

Polytechnic Institute. Blacksburg, Virginia).

2 Williams, A. F. (1974) Sampling and measurement of

Great Artesian Basin, Mound Springs, South Australia,

209

Progress Report. 1. Dalhousie Springs. Department of

Mines, South Australia. Report 74/204.

'3 Lake, PS. & Sokol, A. (1986) The ecology of the

yabby Cherax destructor Clark (Crustacea: Decapoda:

Parastacidae) and its potential as a sentinel animal for

mercury and lead pollution, Australian Water Resources

Council, Technical Paper No. 87.

‘4 Faragher, R. A. (1983) Aust. J, Mar. Freshwater Res.

Is22! 407-417.

‘5 Wenner, A. M., Fusaro, C. & Oaten, A. (1972) Can. J.

Zool. 52, 1095-1106.

i 7 Clover, C. J. M. personal communication,

1, Zeidler, W. personal communication.

5 Wwantsoff, W. & Glover, C, J. M. (1974) Aust. Zool. 18,

88-98.

'9 Glover, C. J. M. (1982) In W. R. Barker & P. J. M.

Greenslade (eds) “Evolution of the flora and fauna of

arid Australia”, (Peacock Publications, Frewville, South

Australia.)

20 Merrick, J. R. & Schmida, G, E. (1984) Australian

Freshwater Fishes, (Griffin Press Limited, Adelaide).

ANTHONY SOKOL, Department of Zoology, Monash University, Clayton, Vic, 3168.

MIDDLE EOCENE AGE OF THE MEGAFOSSIL FLORA AT GOLDEN

GROVE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA: PRELIMINARY REPORT, AND

COMPARISON WITH THE MASLIN BAY FLORA

Summary

BRIEF COMMUNICATION

MIDDLE EOCENE AGE OF THE MEGAFOSSIL FLORA AT GOLDEN GROVE,

SOUTH AUSTRALIA: PRELIMINARY REPORT, AND COMPARISON WITH

THE MASLIN BAY FLORA

A clay lens exposed during mining operations in »

Monier Golden Grove sand pit contains abundant remains

of leaves, pollen and spores, Evaluation of all the Tossils

continues but preliminary results of the mezalosuils are

now available’.

This note presents the preliminary results of a

palynqological examination of two samples fram Golden

Grove and two others from the Jeal-bearing beds at Maslin

Ray2 4 The latter saniples were examined In order to

determine whether che two sites are correlative, A more

extensive treatment of the palynofloras from Golden Grove

will be given following analyses of borehole saraples of

the glay leds obtained dunte a recent drilling programme

in the Golden Grove area’. Detailed records of the

palynofloras are held m the Biostratigraphy Bronch,

Department of Mines and Fnergy, South Australia.

All samples produced diverse: well preserved

palynotloras in which pollen of Nothofuyidites spp.,

Haloragacidites horrisii (Couper) Harris 1971, the

pymnosperms, the Preteaceae and spores: from the

cryptogams are very common. No one group, however,

is @ Very dominant part of the assemblage.as is usually

expected, say, of Hualeragacidites Aarrisii and

Nothojagidites spp. in Tertiary palynofloras. The samples

are alsa rich in their diversity of triporate, Iricolpate and

tricolporate pollen produced by the angiosperms. One

sumple from Golden Grove contained an unusually high

frequency of tricalporate pollen, in particular that assigned

ta Rhoipites sphaerica (Cookson) Pocknalt & Crosbie

1982. In general, however, the composition of the

assemblages from cact site is similar.

In southern Australia two palynological zones have been

erecyed for the Tertiary in the Gippsland and Souch

Ausiralian aveas (Fig. J) In the Harcis zonation,

palynofloras from Golden Grove and Maslin Bay can he

assigned to rhe R pachypolus Zone, This derermination

\5 made on the hasis of the presence of Norhafasidites

asperus (Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973 and N. falcaius

(Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973, the first occurrence of

which marks the base of the Zone, as well as (he common

occurrence of the zonal species together with frequent

Norhofagidites spp. and Proteacidites spp., particularly

P. Kepiensis Harris 1972, 2 reticulatus Cookson 1980 and

P symphyonemaides Cookson 1950°. Trifites tuberculi-

formis Cookson 1947 and Matonispuritey ornamentatix

(Cookson) Stover & Partridge 1973 are rare, and THorites

magnificus Cookson 1950 is absent; The firsr occurrence

of the latter species is used to mark the top of the P

pachypolus Zone,

The palynotioras are also correlatives of the lower

Nothofozidites asperus Zone in the Gippsland sequences

(Fig. 1), thus supporting the conclusion drawn above. The

base of fhe Zone is marked by the first appearance of a

number of species which are present in the palynofloras

inchiding: Foventriletes bajteus Partridge 1973, Gerimerri-

volporites gesfus Partridge 1973, Gathanipallis hassensis

Staver 1973, Nothofasidites axperus (Cookson) Stover &

Evans 1973, N._faledtus (Cookson) Stover & Evans 1973,

PALYNOLOGICAL

ZONES

GIPPSLAND BASIN | SGUTH AUSTRALIA

(After 9,10) Aller Bt)

PALYNOLOGICAL

ZONES

Unnamed urt

Triporapaliensies

bellus

Cyolheocidiles

onnulate

Proreacid|tes

fubercuiatus

Nothotagidites

Prateacidjles

pachypolus

OSPErUs

Praleacidites

confragosus

Prot asperopolus

Malvocipe iis

diversus arthateichus

Gombierina

edwards |

Lygistepollenites

balmei

Tricaiplres

Jongus

Tricolpires

longus

Fig. |. Tertiary palynological zones in southern Anstralia,

N, vansteenisi (Cookson) Stover & Byans 1973, Peripore-

pollenites vesicus Partridge 1973, Rheipites unzurium

(Patttidge) Pocknall & Crosbie 1982, Augulatisporites

trophus Partridge 1973, Tricolpites simarus Partridge 1973,

T thomasii Cookson & Pike 1954 and Tricolporites leuros

Partridge 197390.

A number of species whose upper range terminates

within theJower NV, asperus Zone are also present including

Anacolosidites acutullus Cookson & Pike 1954, A.

Iuteaides Cookson-& Pike 1954, A. sectus Partridge 1973,

Dryptopollenires semilunatus Stover 1973, Proteacidijes

dlveolatus Stover 1973, PB asperopolus Stover & Evans

1973, P. incurvaius Cookson 1950, PB kopiensis Harris

1972, PF. pachypolus Cookson & Pike 1954, P tenuiexinus

Stover 1973, Palycolpites reticulatus Couper 196),

Rhoipites sphaerica and Verrucosisporites cristatus Part-

ridge 1973.

Palynofloras previously recovered from the Maslin Bay

leaf beds were believed to have been correlative with the

older Proteacicdites confragosus Zone, although in the light

of Jater work they were reassigned to the Profeucidites

pachypolus Zone®'*, The data presented in the present

note not only support the latter conclusion bur alsa show

that the palynofloras from Maslin Bay and Golden Grove

are correlative. Thus the Golden Grove and Maslin Bay

clay lenses and plant megafossils are Middle Eocene in

age, as are the fossil floras from the Maslin Bay site. The

palynological zonations and the age determination indicate

that the sand deposit at Golden Grove is a correlative of

the North Maslin Sands.

The palynofloras found at Golden Grove appeat to be

more diverse than the macrofloral assemblages’. At least

134 taxa can be recognized in the palynoflora, of which

115 can be ascribed to established form yenera or species,

and a further 19 species of unknown affinity. This is to

be expected, however, because the pollen and spores. are

IChristephel, D. C, & Greenwood, D, R, (1987) Trans.

R, Soc. 5. Aust. JIL, 155-162.

2Blackburn, D. T. (1981) Alcheringa 5, 9-28.

3Chrigtuphel, B.C. (1981) Jn Keast, A. (Ed.), “Ecological

biogeography of Australia” (W. Junk, The Hague).

& Biackburn, D. T. (1978) Alcheringa 2,

31h-319.

SLange, R. T. (1970) N. Jb, Geol. Palaont, Mh. 8,

486-490.

'bMeGowran, B., Harris, W. K. & Lindsay, J. M. (1970)

N. Jb. Geol. Palaont. Mh, 8, 481-485,

7Pept. Min. Ener, §. Aust, (1986) Ja Miner, Ind. Quart.

43, 30-31.

representative of the regional vegetation and may have:

been transported considerable distances to the site. The

macrofossils, on the other hand, were derived in close

proximity to the site of deposition and provide evidence

of the local vegetation, Moreover, the sediments in which

the macrofossils occur are very finely laminated clay and

sill with no current bedding to indicate that the leaves

could have been brought from some distance away by

streams.

Pollen and spores from a number of plant geneva

recorded at Golden Grove are well represented in the

palynofloras, Proteaceous pollen is common and diverse,

including pollen of Banksia Linnaeus f, and Grevillea R.

Brown ex R.. A, Salishury, as.is pollen from the family

Podocarpacege, inchiding three species of Pkylloctadus

L. C. Rich, one of Dacrydiun Solander, three of

Podocarpus L’Herit ex’ Pers, and one Microcachrys F.

Hooker. The Myrtaceae are common and at least four

species of pollen can be recognized, including pollen with

affinities ta Euca/yvprus L’Herit. Although spores of the

eryptogams form only small proportion of the assemblage,

they are diverse and include two specics of Lygodiym

Linnaeus f. type spores and two others with probable

affinities to the genus.

Lthank J. M. Lindsay, W. V. Preiss, W. K. Harris and

C, B, Foster for their comments on the manusertipr,

This disenssion is published with the permission of the

Nitector-General, Department of Mines & Energy.

‘Harris, W. K. (1971) Jr Wopfner, H, & Douglas, J, G.

(Eds). The Orway Basin of Southeastern Australia, Spec,

Bull. geol. ‘Survs. 5. Aust. & Vict. 67-67.

*Stover, L. E. & Partridge, A. D. (1973) Proc. R. Soc.

Vict. 85, 237-286.

0 & -——— (1982) Palynology 6, 69-95.

il Truswell, £. M..& Harris, W. K. (1982) Jn Barker, W.

S. & Greenslade, P. f, M, (Eds), “Evolution of the flora

and fauna of arid Australia” (Peacock Publications,

Adelaide) pp. 67-76.

'2Harris, W, &. (1985), Ja Lindsay, J. M, (Fd,)

“Stratigraphy, Palacontology, Malacolopy. Papers in

honour of Dr Nell Ludbrook”. Spec. Publ. Dept. Mir.

Enet, 5, Aust, 5, 133-144.

NEVILLE F, ALLEY, Department of Mines and Pnergy, South Australia, P-O. Box 151, Eastwood, 5. Aust. 5003.